Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers, 1280-1453 [E8-29584]
Download as PDF
1280
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Aviation Administration
14 CFR parts 65, 119, 121, 135 and 142
[Docket No. FAA–2008–0677; Notice No. 08–
07]
RIN 2120–AJ00
Qualification, Service, and Use of
Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers
AGENCY: Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA), DOT.
ACTION: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(NPRM).
The FAA proposes to amend
the regulations for crewmember and
dispatcher training programs in
domestic, flag, and supplemental
operations. The proposed regulations
enhance traditional training programs
by requiring the use of flight simulation
training devices for flight crewmembers
and including additional training
requirements in areas that are critical to
safety. The proposal also reorganizes
and revises the qualification and
training requirements. The proposed
changes are intended to contribute
significantly to reducing aviation
accidents.
DATES: Comments must be received on
or before May 12, 2009.
ADDRESSES: You may send comments
identified by Docket Number FAA–
2006–26139 using any of the following
methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to
https://www.regulations.gov and follow
the online instructions for sending your
comments electronically.
• Mail: Send comments to the Docket
Management Facility, U.S. Department
of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue, SE., West Building Ground
Floor, Room W12–140, Washington, DC
20590.
• Fax: Fax comments to the Docket
Management Facility at 202–493–2251.
• Hand Delivery: Bring comments to
the Docket Management Facility in
Room W12–140 of the West Building
Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey
Avenue, SE., Washington, DC between 9
a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday, except Federal holidays.
For more information on the rulemaking
process, see the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document.
Privacy: We will post all comments
we receive, without change, to https://
www.regulations.gov, including any
personal information you provide.
Using the search function of our docket
Web site, anyone can find and read the
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
comments received into any of our
dockets, including the name of the
individual sending the comment (or
signing the comment for an association,
business, labor union, etc.). You may
review DOT’s complete Privacy Act
Statement in the Federal Register
published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR
19477–78).
Docket: To read background
documents or comments received, go to
https://www.regulations.gov at any time
or to the Docket Management Facility in
Room W12–140 of the West Building
Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey
Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, between
9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday, except Federal holidays.
B. Need for Safety Improvements and FAA
Actions
C. Qualification To Serve as a Required
Crewmember or Aircraft Dispatcher
D. Subparts N and O Aviation Rulemaking
Committee (ARC)
E. Training Program Vocabulary and
Instructional Design
IV. The Proposal
A. Major Changes Affecting Crewmembers
and Aircraft Dispatchers
B. Major Changes Affecting Flight
Crewmembers
C. Major Changes Affecting Flight
Attendants
D. Major Changes Affecting Aircraft
Dispatchers
V. Impact Statements
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For
flight crewmember information contact
Ed Cook, for flight attendant
information contact Nancy Lauck
Claussen, and for aircraft dispatcher
information contact David Maloy, Air
Carrier Training Branch (AFS–210),
Flight Standards Service, Federal
Aviation Administration, 800
Independence Avenue, SW.,
Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202)
267–8166. For legal questions, contact
Anne Bechdolt, Office of Chief Counsel
(AGC–200), Federal Aviation
Administration, 800 Independence
Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20591;
telephone (202) 267–7230; e-mail:
Anne.Bechdolt@faa.gov.
Purpose
Later in
this preamble under the Additional
Information section, we discuss how
you can comment on this proposal and
how we will handle your comments.
Included in this discussion is related
information about the docket, privacy,
and the handling of proprietary or
confidential business information. We
also discuss how you can get a copy of
this proposal and related rulemaking
documents.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Authority for This Rulemaking
The FAA’s authority to issue rules on
aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the
United States Code. This rulemaking is
promulgated under the authority
described in 49 U.S.C. 44701(a)(5),
which requires the Administrator to
promulgate regulations and minimum
standards for other practices, methods,
and procedures necessary for safety in
air commerce and national security.
Table of Contents
I. Summary of the Proposal
II. Qualification Performance Standards
(QPS) Appendices
III. Background
A. Current Qualification and Training
Requirements
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
I. Summary of the Proposal
The primary purpose of this NPRM is
to establish new requirements for
traditional air carrier training programs
to ensure that safety-critical training is
included. These changes are expected to
make a significant contribution to the
FAA’s accident reduction goal. The
secondary purpose of this rulemaking
project is to reorganize, simplify and
modernize all rule language associated
with crewmember and aircraft
dispatcher qualification and training
under part 121. This proposal revises
and recodifies the crewmember
qualification and training requirements
in subparts N and O into a new subpart
BB of part 121 and revises and
recodifies the aircraft dispatcher
qualification and training requirements
in subparts N and P into subpart CC of
part 121.
This rulemaking is part of the FAA’s
efforts to reduce fatal accidents in
which human error was a major
contributing cause. The proposed
changes would reduce human error and
improve performance among flight
crewmembers, flight attendants, and
aircraft dispatchers.
The FAA is proposing the following
safety improvements to its qualification
and training requirements:
• Train and evaluate flight
crewmembers in a complete flight crew
environment.
• Require Line Oriented Flight
Training (LOFT) to be administered to
flight crewmembers in a full flight
simulator (FFS) during recurrent
training.
• Require the use of a qualified flight
simulation training device (FSTD) for
training, testing, and checking flight
crewmembers.
• Require special hazard training for
flight crewmembers, such as loss of
control and Controlled Flight Into
Terrain (CFIT).
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
• Require additional training and
practice in the use of Crew Resource
Management (CRM) principles.
• Require flight attendants to
complete ‘‘hands on’’ performance drills
using emergency equipment and
procedures every 12 months.
• Require flight attendants to
complete operating experience by
aircraft type for the certificate holder.
• Require trained and qualified flight
attendant ground instructors and
evaluators.
• Standardize the training and
experience requirements for check
dispatchers and dispatcher instructors.
• Implement supervised operating
experience (SOE) requirements for
aircraft dispatchers.
• Establish Requalification training
for aircraft dispatchers and
crewmembers.
• Require a continuous analysis
process (CAP) for certificate holders.
In addition, the FAA’s recent ‘‘Call to
Action’’ plan elevated short-, mid-, and
long-term goals to address safety
improvement at airport runways. This
proposed rule states that the tasks listed
in the rule, and the Flight Crewmember
Operating Manual (FCOM) required by
the rule, must be integrated with one
another and must reflect the certificate
holder’s operations and the specific
aircraft. The proposed rule also includes
tasks that directly address the runway
safety goals. Specifically, they include
the following:
(1) Using an airport diagram (surface
movement) chart to aid in maintaining
positional awareness.
(2) Obtaining the appropriate
clearance before crossing or entering
active runways.
(3) Observing runway hold lines,
localizer and glide slope critical areas,
beacons, and other surface movement
guidance control markings and lighting.
(4) Ensuring takeoff clearance is
received and that the correct runway is
being entered for takeoff prior to
crossing the hold short line.
The FAA is issuing this proposal
under the authority described in
Subtitle VII, Part A, subpart i, 49 U.S.C.
44701. The FAA is charged with
regulating air commerce in a way that
best promotes safety.
Compliance Issues
To help transition from the current
regulations to the revised requirements
for qualification, service, and use of
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers,
the FAA is proposing to continue the
current regulations under subparts N, O,
and P, for 5 years after the effective date
of the final rule. On the date the current
regulations expire, all certificate
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
holders, crewmembers, and aircraft
dispatchers must be in compliance with
the requirements in subparts BB and CC
of part 121. Therefore, it will be
necessary for certificate holders to begin
training under subparts BB and CC in
sufficient time to ensure that all
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers
are trained, qualified, and meet the
applicable look back provisions of
subparts BB and CC, before the
expiration of regulations pertaining to
qualification, service, and use of
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers
in subparts N, O, and P. Proposed 14
CFR121.1202 and 121.1402 require
certificate holders to submit a transition
plan that specifies the transition
completion date, which must be before
the expiration of the current regulations.
The effective date of the final rule will
be 120 days after publication in the
Federal Register. Persons who have an
approved training program before the
effective date of the final rule or have
submitted a training program for
approval before the effective date of the
final rule may comply with existing
regulations, subparts BB and CC, or
both. The proposed rule permits
simultaneous compliance to allow the
certificate holder to continue using its
approved programs while transitioning
to the new requirements. Although the
rule allows the certificate holder to
simultaneously comply with the
existing regulations and the new rules,
each individual crewmember or aircraft
dispatcher must be trained and qualified
under the requirements of either
subparts BB and CC, or subparts N, O,
and P.
For example, during the transition
period, the air carrier may decide to
train all newly hired flight attendants in
accordance with the proposed rules,
while continuing to train existing flight
attendants under the current
requirements. However, individual
flight attendants, in the above example,
would be required to be fully in
compliance with the requirements of the
existing regulations or with the
proposed regulations. If a certificate
holder submits a training program for a
new aircraft type after the effective date
of the rule, the training program
developed for this new aircraft type
must be in compliance with and
approved under proposed subparts BB
and CC. Therefore, any flight attendants
qualified on this new aircraft type
would be trained in accordance with the
new rules, while flight attendants
qualified on aircraft types currently
operated by the certificate holder could
be trained in accordance with the
existing regulations in subparts N, O,
and P.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1281
Setting the effective date for 120 days
after publication of the final rule and
allowing use of the existing regulations
for 5 years after this period provides
existing certificate holders and the FAA
time to smoothly transition to the new
requirements. By using this approach,
certificate holders seeking FAA
approval for a new training program
will not have to develop one training
program to comply with the old
regulations, then develop another
training program to comply with the
new regulations.
The proposed rule also contemplates
that when a new training program is
submitted for approval after the rule’s
effective date, the training program must
meet the requirements of subparts BB or
CC, as applicable. The FAA does not
intend that non-significant
modifications that may be proposed to
a current training program under the
existing regulations would require the
certificate holder to initiate
development of a training program to
comply with Subpart BB or CC any
earlier than they had planned in
accordance with their current business
plan.
The FAA has included a grandfather
provision in proposed subpart BB to
allow persons qualified for a
crewmember duty position under the
current rules to meet the requirements
of the proposed rule without having to
repeat certain categories of training they
have already completed under the
current rules. Proposed subpart CC
contains a similar grandfather provision
for aircraft dispatchers.
In addition, the FAA is proposing to
amend requirements in current
§ 121.543 in proposed
§ 121.1241(b)(3)(v). Proposed
§ 121.1241(b)(3)(v) requires that all
flight crewmembers at the controls are
current and qualified, including landing
recency. Under the current rules,
landing recency is not required for relief
pilots. This proposal codifies current
industry practice and ensures
proficiency in all tasks necessary for
safe operation of the aircraft.
II. Qualification Performance
Standards (QPS) Appendices
The FAA is proposing to add four
QPS appendices in 14 CFR part 121:
pilots, appendix Q; flight engineers,
appendix R; flight attendants, appendix
S; and aircraft dispatchers, appendix T.
The QPS appendices contain minimum
training and evaluation standards as
well as procedures for crewmembers
and aircraft dispatchers to become
qualified and maintain qualification.
The material in the proposed QPS
appendices is based on the subjects and
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1282
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
tasks in subparts N, O, and P. In
addition, the pilot QPS is based on
current part 121 practical training and
checking standards in appendices E and
F, and flight simulation performance
guidelines in appendix H. The FAA has
separated the material in the QPS
appendices into two sections: ‘‘QPS
Requirements’’ and ‘‘Information.’’ The
‘‘QPS Requirements’’ sections are
regulatory and are in addition to the
requirements in part 121. The
‘‘Information’’ sections are advisory,
and are not regulatory. Future changes
and additions to the QPS Requirements
would be subject to notice and comment
rulemaking procedures under the
Administrative Procedure Act, unless
‘‘good cause’’ (see 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B))
exists to justify proceeding without
notice and comment.
The FAA does not expect that many
changes to the QPS appendices will
justify the expenditure of time and
resources at the highest levels of the
agency that the standard procedures for
final review of rulemakings require. The
Administrator will delegate authority
for final review and issuance of changes
to the QPS appendices to the Director of
the Flight Standards Service. This
delegation of authority will be exercised
with the concurrence of the Office of the
Chief Counsel. This streamlined process
will result in timely responses to
incident and accident data, continuous
analysis process (CAP) changes, and
advances in aircraft or simulation
technology. If at any time during the
amendment process the Administrator
or the Director of the Flight Standards
Service determines that a proposed
amendment is not appropriate for this
streamlined process, the rulemaking
project will proceed in accordance with
the agency’s standard rulemaking
procedures.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
III. Background
A. Current Qualification and Training
Requirements
The regulations governing certificate
holder crewmember and aircraft
dispatcher qualification and training
requirements appear in 14 CFR part 121
subparts N, O, and P. Subpart N
contains the requirements for
establishing and maintaining a training
program for crewmembers, aircraft
dispatchers, and other operations
personnel. Subpart N also contains the
requirements for the use of airplane
simulators and other training devices.
Subpart O contains crewmember
qualification requirements. Subpart P
contains aircraft dispatcher qualification
requirements. Appendix E to part 121
establishes the flight training tasks
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
required in pilot initial, transition, and
upgrade training. Appendix F to part
121 establishes the flight checking tasks
required in pilot proficiency checks.
Appendix H to part 121 provides
guidelines and a means for using
advanced airplane simulators in training
and checking of flight crewmembers.
B. Need for Safety Improvements and
FAA Actions
FAA Initiatives
Among the leading causes of fatal
accidents for U.S. air carriers from 1987
through 1996 were loss of control and
CFIT. Human error was identified as a
major contributing cause in a large
percentage of these accidents. The FAA
took immediate steps toward preventing
these types of accidents by developing
technological standards and
encouraging simulator training in CFIT
avoidance and to improve flight
crewmember response in loss of control
situations. The FAA also reviewed its
regulations in 14 CFR part 121 subparts
N, O, and P to identify improvements in
training for flight crewmembers, flight
attendants, and aircraft dispatchers.
As part of the regulatory review, the
FAA evaluated its experience with the
Advanced Qualification Program (AQP)
currently in place at many part 121 air
carriers. AQP is an alternative method
using advanced simulation equipment
and objective performance standards for
training and testing crewmembers.1 The
FAA’s review of AQP revealed the need
to improve the traditional qualification
and training programs conducted under
subparts N, O, and P.
The National Transportation Safety
Board (NTSB) investigations identified
several areas of inadequate training that
were the probable cause of an accident,
such as Incomplete Manuals, Inadequate
Standards/Procedures, Lack of a
Stabilized Approach Below 500 Feet,
Crew Resource Management,
Turbulence, Thunder Storms, Wind
Shear, IFR Conditions, Cross Wind, and
Tail Wind.
During the 1985 through 2004 time
period, the NTSB determined that
inadequate training was the probable
cause of 169 accidents involving the
affected populations. We believe that
many of these accidents could have
been prevented if the proposed training
initiatives were in place during that 20year period. Of the 169 accidents, 43
(about 25%) involved one or more
fatalities and 126 (about 75%) had no
fatalities. These accidents resulted in
988 fatalities and 250 serious injuries. In
addition to the injuries and fatalities,
1 The
FAA codified AQP in 14 CFR part 121
subpart Y (September 16, 2005; 70 FR 54810).
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
there was also significant damage or
complete hull loss for these accidents.
This proposal contains changes to
address the causes and factors identified
by the NTSB.
NTSB Recommendations
The changes proposed in this NPRM
also address several NTSB
recommendations. The NTSB
recommendations addressed
Crewmember Resource Management
(CRM) training (Recommendations A–
88–71 and A–94–196); use of simulators
to conduct LOFT (Recommendations A–
94–191 through 194); TCAS RA training
(Recommendation A–93–46); training of
flight crews to respond to sudden,
unusual or unexpected aircraft upsets
(Recommendation A–96–120); flight
attendant training (Recommendations
A–92–67, A–92–70, A–92–71, A–92–74,
and A–92–77); and training to respond
to inflight fires (Recommendations A–
01–83 through A–01–85).2
The FAA recognizes that the NTSB
has already closed some of these
recommendations. However, we
reviewed NTSB recommendations
concerning training to make the
proposed training requirements as
effective as possible. For specific
information on how the FAA is
responding to these NTSB
recommendations, see section IV, ‘‘The
Proposal,’’ later in this preamble.
C. Qualification To Serve as a Required
Crewmember or Aircraft Dispatcher
There are several requirements for a
crewmember to become qualified to
serve in part 121 operations. Just
because an individual is ‘‘qualified’’
under this proposal does not mean that
he or she can serve in part 121
operations without meeting additional
requirements. For example, pilots are
‘‘qualified’’ under this proposal when
they hold the appropriate certificates
and ratings and have completed the
required curricula. However, to serve
unsupervised in part 121 operations
they must also meet the operating
experience, initial line check, crew
pairing, operating limitations, and route
and airport qualification requirements.
In addition, when they first serve in part
121 operations they must be supervised.
Further, once they obtain their initial
authorization to serve, they must
continually meet a different set of
requirements to retain that
authorization. This is similar to current
requirements.
2 The NTSB Safety Recommendation Letters are
available online at https://www.ntsb.gov/Recs/
letters/letters.htm.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
D. Subparts N and O Aviation
Rulemaking Committee (ARC)
On May 3, 2004, the FAA established
the ARC as a forum for the FAA and the
aviation community to discuss
crewmember and aircraft dispatcher
qualification and training. The ARC
focused on changes to improve flight
safety issues; the application of
simulation to flight crewmember
training, testing, or checking activities;
and the implementation of technical
changes in training and qualification
standards. The ARC included
participants from the FAA, Air Line
Pilots Association, Air Transport
Association, Airbus Training Center,
Airline Dispatchers Federation, Alteon
Training, America West Airlines,
American Airlines, Association of Flight
Attendants, Association of Professional
Flight Attendants, Boeing, CAE,
Independence Air, JetBlue Airways,
Northwest Airlines, Omni Air
International, Pan Am, Regional Airline
Association, and Southwest Airlines.
The ARC submitted recommendations
to the Associate Administrator for
Aviation Safety in April 2005. These
recommendations focused on changes to
the regulatory requirements, the
development of QPS appendices
specific to the needs of pilots, flight
engineers, flight attendants, and aircraft
dispatchers, and organization of the
regulations.
E. Training Program Vocabulary and
Instructional Design
The purpose of a certificate holder’s
training program is to produce and
maintain competency necessary for job
performance. In this proposal, the FAA
is introducing new terms associated
with training programs.
At the highest level, training programs
have ‘‘curricula’’ to qualify a person for
a duty position for an aircraft type. A
pilot in command (PIC), second in
command (SIC), flight engineer, or a
flight attendant serving in operations
under this part holds a ‘‘crewmember
duty position.’’ A flight instructor
(aircraft or simulator), flight engineer
instructor (aircraft or simulator), flight
attendant instructor, check person
(check pilot, aircraft; check pilot,
simulator; check flight engineer, aircraft;
check flight engineer, simulator; or
check flight attendant), or person
authorized to administer flight attendant
proficiency tests holds a ‘‘training’’ or
‘‘evaluation’’ duty position. The
curriculum for each crewmember duty
position and training or evaluation duty
position includes categories of training
and the appropriate segments for each
category.
Within a curriculum, ‘‘categories of
training’’ (also called ‘‘training
categories’’) relate to qualification
experience levels, first time
qualification for a certificate holder, first
time qualification in type, configuration
differences within type or series,
maintaining and regaining qualification,
and changes in operation. The
categories of training within a
curriculum include: New hire; initial;
transition; conversion (full and core);
upgrade (full and core); emergency;
differences; recurrent; requalification;
and special.
Current rule
TRAINING PROGRAM
(Curriculum and Resources)
CURRICULUM
CATEGORIES OF TRAINING
Flight crewmember:
Flight attendant:
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Basic Indoctrination
Initial
Transition
Upgrade
Recurrent
Requalification
Differences
Crewmember Emergency
CURRICULUM SEGMENTS
(Two Types—Ground and Flight)
MODULE
LESSON
ELEMENT
New Hire
Initial
Transition
Conversion
Upgrade
Recurrent
Requalification
Differences
Special
CURRICULUM SEGMENTS
(Two Types—Academic and Job
MODULE
LESSON
ELEMENT
IV. The Proposal
This section addresses the major
changes proposed in this document and
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Each category of training includes two
‘‘segments of training’’—academic and
job performance. Academic is training
and evaluation that provides students
with the required knowledge and
cognitive skills necessary to perform the
tasks required for the crewmember duty
position or training or evaluation duty
position. Academic training could be
completed in either a classroom setting
or through distance learning. Job
performance is training and evaluation
in the duty or job environment that
provides students with the practical,
hands on experience of integrating
knowledge and skills and learning the
related motor skills necessary to
perform the job.
For flight crewmembers, the proposed
term ‘‘academic training’’ is currently
known as ‘‘ground training.’’ For flight
crewmembers, the proposed term ‘‘job
performance training’’ is currently
known as ‘‘flight training.’’ The FAA
has proposed these new terms in order
to ensure they accurately apply to all
training populations affected by the
proposed rule, including those that do
not conduct flight training, such as
flight attendants and aircraft
dispatchers.
Segments of training have subsets
called ‘‘modules.’’ Certificate holders
create modules based on the task
requirements in the applicable QPS. The
FAA approves all modules as part of the
approved training program.
The following table compares the
proposed terminology with the current
usage.
Proposed rule
TRAINING PROGRAM
(Curriculum and Resources)
CURRICULUM
CATEGORIES OF TRAINING
VerDate Nov<24>2008
1283
Jkt 217001
New Hire
Initial
Transition
Recurrent
Requalification
Differences
Special
Emergency
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Initial
Transition
Recurrent
Requalification
Differences
Special
Performance)
includes a general description of each
change and supporting rationale. You
can find a detailed description of these
PO 00000
Aircraft dispatchers:
Sfmt 4702
and other proposed changes in the
‘‘Section-by-Section Discussion’’ in the
docket for this rulemaking at https://
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1284
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
www.regulations.gov. In addition to the
‘‘Section-by-Section Discussion’’
document, the docket also contains
‘‘Derivation and Distribution Tables’’ for
the proposed Subparts BB and CC. The
‘‘Derivation and Distribution Tables’’
will help commenters track how the
proposed sections relate to the current
sections in part 121. The following table
lists the major changes and their
applicability to crewmembers and
aircraft dispatchers.
MAJOR CHANGES AND THEIR APPLICABILITY TO CREWMEMBERS AND AIRCRAFT DISPATCHERS
Major changes
A. Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Provide more accurate and complete operating procedures and crewmember and aircraft dispatcher duties.
2. Integrate subparts N, O, and P into new subparts BB and CC.
3. Require baseline and minimum programmed hours.
4. Require integration of Crew Resource Management (CRM) and Dispatcher Resource Management (DRM).
5. Add ‘‘Special’’ training category.
6. Establish phased Requalification.
7. Establish provisions for initial cadre.
8. Continuous analysis process.
B. Flight Crewmembers
1. Require the use of FSTD for job performance training and evaluation.
2. Train and evaluate flight crewmembers in a full crew environment.
3. Require Special Hazards training.
4. Require Recurrent LOFT.
5. Reduce the frequency of performance drills using emergency equipment and procedures.
C. Flight Attendants
1. Establish qualification and training requirements for check flight attendants, flight attendant instructors, and evaluators.
2. Require operating experience by aircraft type specific to the certificate holder.
3. Increase the frequency of performance drills using emergency equipment and procedures.
D. Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Establish dispatcher instructors and check dispatchers.
2. Require supervised operating experience specific to the certificate holder.
3. Establish optional aircraft dispatcher Combined Certification and Initial Curriculum.
4. Establish qualification requirements for Dispatch Program Designees.
A. Major Changes Affecting
Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1. Provide for More Accurate and
Complete Operating Procedures and
Crewmember and Aircraft Dispatcher
Duties
Training effectiveness is enhanced
when operational procedures and
crewmember duties are thoroughly and
accurately defined for the type of
operation. The FAA reviewed numerous
accidents where a lack of properly
defined procedures and duties were a
direct or contributing factor. The
following proposals will improve the
completeness and accuracy of the duties
and procedures for crewmembers and
aircraft dispatchers.
• Add Standard Operating
Procedures, Abnormal or Non-normal
Procedures, Emergency Procedures,
Weight and Balance (or Loading), and
Performance sections to the Operating
Limitations section of the FAAapproved Flight Crew Operating Manual
(FCOM) as mandatory instructions for
all persons operating a civil aircraft in
operations under this part.
• Require that training and evaluation
of monitoring duties for the pilot not
flying the aircraft be provided in
addition to the traditional pilot flying
(at the controls).
• Include procedures in the FCOM for
executing the tasks authorized for the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
certificate holder. These procedures
may come from the following: (1) The
FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual
(AFM); (2) the generic procedures
provided in the QPS; or other
procedures as modified by the
certificate holder and approved by the
Principal Operations Inspector (POI),
such as those contained in Operations
Specifications (OpSpecs).
• Provide training in approved
procedures in critical environments
(e.g., windshear for takeoff and landing).
• Provide awareness performance
statements relative to each task (e.g., be
aware of the autoflight configuration at
all times).
• Require that the material in the
current certificate holder’s manual
(§§ 121.133, 121.135, and 121.141)
pertaining to crewmembers and aircraft
dispatchers be contained in the Flight
Crew Operating Manual (FCOM), Flight
Attendant Operating Manual (FAOM),
and Aircraft Dispatcher Procedures
Manual (ADPM).
The requirement for operating
procedures and crewmember duties is
not new. However, a thorough and
accurate compilation of the information
will improve safety of flight operations.
It will also result in better training
program definition and development.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2. Integrate Subparts N, O, and P Into
New Subparts BB and CC
Under the proposal, the current
regulations governing drug and alcohol
testing and hazardous material training
would remain in subparts N and O. The
crewmember qualification and training
requirements in subparts N and O
would be moved into subpart BB of part
121 and the aircraft dispatcher
qualification and training requirements
in subparts N and P would be moved
into subpart CC of part 121. Other
changes include the addition of new
appendices, Q, R, S, and T as QPS
appendices for pilots, flight engineers,
flight attendants, and aircraft
dispatchers. The proposal also removes
obsolete references to flight navigators.
3. Require Baseline and Minimum
Programmed Hours
This proposal prescribes programmed
hour requirements for crewmembers
and aircraft dispatchers. Programmed
hours are the required academic and job
performance training hours for
categories of training. The proposed
programmed hours are contained in the
applicable QPS. The programmed hours
consist of baseline and minimum hours
for academic and job performance
training segments. The term baseline
hours refers to the starting point for
determining the number of programmed
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
hours required for FAA approval. The
FAA may allow a reduction from the
baseline hours in certain circumstances.
However, the FAA will not allow a
reduction below the minimum number
of hours prescribed in the QPS
appendices.
For example, in accordance with
Table 1 of the Pilot QPS, the baseline for
transition academic training is 92 hours.
The FAA may allow a certificate holder
to reduce the number of programmed
hours if the certificate holder
demonstrates that circumstances justify
a lesser amount. However, the FAA will
not approve a reduction below the
minimum hours stated in the Pilot QPS,
which is 62 hours for transition
academic training. These proposed
requirements would improve the
consistency of reductions to training
hours.
The programmed hours do not
include other required training, such as
training for hazardous materials and
security. In addition, periods of time
when training is not occurring, such as
lunch and travel between facilities, do
not count toward required programmed
hours. The proposed programmed hours
give certificate holders flexibility in
developing training programs. The
proposed programmed hours also
ensure that training programs have a
sufficient number of hours for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers to
gain and maintain proficiency.
Flight Crewmember Programmed Hours
Programmed hours consist of baseline
and minimum hour requirements. The
FAA bases the proposed baseline and
minimum program training hours on
national norms, FAA handbooks,
traditional and AQP training programs,
and problems routinely encountered by
a POI. The baseline hours for flight
training are not reducible. The baseline
hours for academic training could be
reduced to the minimum hours if the
certificate holder applied for a reduction
under proposed § 121.1335(b). The
Administrator would consider the
factors outline in proposed
§ 121.1337(e) before granting a
reduction in programmed hours. These
factors are:
• The pass/fail rate in the curriculum.
• The quality and effectiveness of the
teaching-learning process.
• The experience levels of the
students, instructors, and check
persons.
• The certificate holder’s type and
scope of operations.
• The complexity of make, model,
and series of aircraft used.
Current regulations prescribe
minimum programmed hours for flight
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
training. However, under § 121.409(c),
the minimum programmed hours do not
apply if the training program includes a
course of flight crewmember training in
an FSTD. Since one of the purposes of
this rule is to require all certificate
holders to use FSTD in their job
performance training programs, the FAA
proposes to delete the exception in
current § 121.409(c). Under § 121.1335
of this proposal, all training programs
are required to have the programmed
hours specified in the applicable QPS.
Flight Attendant Programmed Hours
Similar to flight crewmember
programmed hours, flight attendant
programmed hours are also based on
current regulatory and advisory
material. In Recommendation A–92–67,
the NTSB stated the FAA should
establish procedures for reducing
required hours of flight attendant
Recurrent training. Specifically, the
NTSB recommended the procedures be
based on the following:
• The number of types of aircraft for
which flight attendants are qualified.
• The accuracy and effectiveness of
training devices and simulators.
• The methods used to test and
evaluate proficiency.
The FAA proposes to change the way
it allocates flight attendant programmed
hours for Initial training for each aircraft
type. The FAA proposes to increase the
number of baseline hours for Initial
training on the first aircraft type. Under
the proposal, the FAA requires 12 hours
of training on general subjects (such as
CRM, passenger handling, and theory of
flight) and 12 hours of aircraft type
specific training. For each subsequent
aircraft type, the FAA does not require
the flight attendant to repeat training on
the general subjects.
The FAA also proposes a baseline of
24 hours for flight attendant emergency
training. These hours may not be
reduced for flight attendants qualified in
overwater operations. For flight
attendants not qualified in overwater
operations, the required hours may be
reduced to a minimum of 22 hours. This
proposal codifies the national norms
that the FAA has included in FAA
Order 8400.10 Air Transportation
Operations Inspector’s Handbook
(https://www.faa.gov/library/manuals/
examiners_inspectors/8400/), and is
consistent with industry practice and
NTSB recommendations.
In addition, the FAA is proposing
new programmed hours for transition
training. Transition training would
allow a flight attendant to qualify on an
aircraft type if the flight attendant has
been qualified for at least 180 days and
served in the previous 180 days on an
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1285
aircraft as a flight attendant for that
certificate holder.
Under the proposal, the baseline
programmed hours for transition
training are 12 hours to ensure adequate
training for flight attendants. The
baseline may be reduced to a minimum
of 8 hours.
Aircraft Dispatcher Programmed Hours
The proposed aircraft dispatcher
regulations contain programmed hour
requirements similar to crewmember
programmed hours, including
authorizations for reductions. For
example, the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS
outlines a baseline programmed hour
requirement of 8 hours for supervised
operating experience. These
programmed hours may not be reduced
below the baseline.
4. Require Integration of Crew Resource
Management (CRM) and Dispatcher
Resource Management (DRM)
CRM and DRM training is the
incorporation of team management
concepts in flight operations. Resource
management training focuses on the
interaction among flight crewmembers,
flight attendants, aircraft dispatchers,
maintenance personnel, air traffic
controllers, and others. CRM and DRM
activities include team building and
maintenance, information transfer,
problem solving, decision making,
maintaining situational awareness, and
using automated systems. This proposal
revises current CRM and DRM
requirements by integrating CRM and
DRM proficiencies throughout the
training and evaluation programs for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers.
These proposed changes address NTSB
recommendations concerning CRM
training (Recommendations A–88–71
and A–94–196).
The proposed requirements provide
details about how certificate holders
must include CRM and DRM training in
specific subject areas. The QPS
appendices describe specific CRM and
DRM subject areas, such as:
Communication processes and
decisions, workload management, and
situational awareness. The proposed
Pilot and Flight Engineer QPS
appendices require CRM training and
evaluation during recurrent LOFT
sessions and line checks. Training in
these areas helps prevent errors such as
taxiing on a wrong runway,
misinterpreting tower controller
information, and incompletely
preparing for takeoff because of
interruptions. The Flight Attendant QPS
incorporates CRM proficiencies into
performance drills. The Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS requires that certificate
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1286
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
holders evaluate DRM indicators
throughout the entire Proficiency Test
or Check.
5. Add ‘‘Special’’ Training Category
When certain changes are made to the
certificate holder’s operations or
equipment, the certificate holder must
make conforming changes to its training
program. For example, a certificate
holder may begin conducting Reduced
Vertical Separation Minimums (RVSM)
or Extended Operations (ETOPs) and
would need to amend its training
program to address these new
operations. Another example is the
addition of equipment to aircraft (e.g.,
Automated External Defibrillators). In
these situations, it may be difficult to
determine when specific crewmembers
and aircraft dispatchers have been
trained. To address this situation, some
certificate holders have developed a
‘‘Special’’ training category. The
modules for this ‘‘Special’’ training
category are temporary and used by the
certificate holder to ensure that all
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers
receive the new training. The certificate
holder integrates the module for this
‘‘Special’’ training into the existing
training categories. The proposed
language has adopted this strategy by
codifying a ‘‘Special’’ category of
training.
6. Establish Phased Requalification
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Flight Crewmembers
Proposed § 121.1239 establishes
Requalification requirements for flight
crewmembers who become unqualified
by not meeting Recurrent training
requirements. The proposed changes
clarify that an unqualified person may
not necessarily be required to repeat all
of the Initial training to regain
qualification. Instead, the FAA has
based the Requalification requirements
on the amount of time that has elapsed
since the person last served in the duty
position in operations under this part.
Proposed § 121.1239(b) outlines three
phases of Requalification:
• Phase I Requalification—the person
has been unqualified for less than 9
months.
• Phase II Requalification—the
person has been unqualified for at least
9 months, but less than 27 months.
• Phase III Requalification—the
person has been unqualified for 27
months or more.
The specific tasks that the flight
crewmember must complete for
requalification are outlined in the
appropriate QPS.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
Flight Attendants
7. Establish Provisions for Initial Cadre
Proposed § 121.1309 establishes
Requalification requirements for flight
attendants who become unqualified by
not meeting Recurrent training
requirements. This rule is necessary
because the current regulations imply
that an unqualified person must repeat
all required training. In some cases this
is not necessary because a previously
qualified flight attendant retains some of
the knowledge and skills that he or she
has learned. Thus, proposed § 121.1309
establishes that, to be requalified, the
person must meet either the basic
qualification requirements (new hire,
initial, transition, and emergency
training, and differences training, if
necessary), or requalification
requirements based on the amount of
time the person has been unqualified.
Proposed § 121.1309 outlines three
phases of requalification:
• Phase I Requalification—the person
has been unqualified for less than 12
months.
• Phase II Requalification—the
person has been unqualified for at least
12 months, but not more than 24
months.
• Phase III Requalification program—
the person has been unqualified for
more than 24 months.
The specific tasks that the flight
attendant is required to complete for
Requalification are outlined in the
proposed Flight Attendant QPS.
A start-up part 119 certificate holder
or an existing certificate holder startingup operations using a new aircraft type
is not able to meet all of the
requirements for check pilots, check
flight engineers, and check flight
attendants. Those certificate holders
lack qualified personnel to fill these
duty positions. The FAA has over 40
years of experience authorizing check
persons as the initial cadre. The existing
practice has served the safety goals of
the FAA for the following reasons: (1)
The FAA requires highly qualified and
recently experienced personnel to
participate in the initial cadre; (2) the
FAA directly oversees the evaluation
and observation of the initial cadre; and
(3) the FAA limits the duration of the
initial cadre to a period not to exceed
24 months. Proposed § 121.1257
codifies a long-standing FAA policy to
allow initial cadre personnel to serve as
check pilots or check flight engineers
during the period of initial cadre status.
Proposed §§ 121.1425 and 121.1323
for check dispatchers and check flight
attendants are similar to proposed
§ 121.1257 for initial cadre check pilots
and check flight engineers. These
sections codify requirements for
qualifying an initial cadre of check
persons. Most of the proposed
requirements are based on current
industry practice and FAA policy.
Dispatchers
8. Continuous Analysis Process
Proposed § 121.1419 contains aircraft
dispatcher requalification requirements
that are similar to crewmember
requalification requirements.
Proposed § 121.1419 outlines five
phases of requalification:
• Phase I Requalification—the person
has been unqualified for less than 6
months.
• Phase II Requalification—the
person has been unqualified for 6
months or more, but less than 12
months.
• Phase III Requalification—the
person has been unqualified for 12
months or more, but less than 24
months.
• Phase IV Requalification—the
person has been unqualified for 24
months or more, but less than 36
months.
• Phase V Requalification—the
person has been unqualified for 36
months or more.
The specific tasks that the dispatcher
must accomplish for requalification are
outlined in the appropriate QPS.
The proposal adds a continuous
analysis process for crewmember and
aircraft dispatcher training programs.
These new requirements are similar to
the existing § 121.373, which addresses
continuing analysis and surveillance for
maintenance programs. The proposal
requires certificate holders to establish
procedures for validating and
maintaining the effectiveness of the
continuous analysis process and the
training program. Additionally, it
requires certificate holders to analyze
crewmember and aircraft dispatcher
evaluations to identify areas that need to
be addressed and training program
improvements that need to be made.
The continuous analysis process
ensures that certificate holders identify
and correct deficiencies in their training
programs. The proposal also establishes
a notification and appeal process that
ensures the FAA approves any changes
to the training program, consistent with
the approval and amendment process.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
B. Major Changes Affecting Flight
Crewmembers
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1. Require the Use of FSTD for Job
Performance Training and Evaluation
Current appendix H of part 121
permits certificate holders to use
simulators for varying amounts of the
training, testing, and checking required
by the FAA. Appendix H is a voluntary
alternative to training and checking in
the airplane. The only required use of
an FSTD in the current regulations is
the windshear requirements in
§ 121.409(d).
The proposal requires that all
creditable pilot and flight engineer
training and evaluation be completed in
a qualified FSTD approved by the POI
for those tasks specified in the
applicable QPS. Using FSTD, rather
than airplanes, allows for more in-depth
training in a safer environment,
including the practice of critical
emergency procedures. FSTD also
provide benefits such as reducing noise,
air pollution, and air traffic congestion,
and conserving petroleum resources.
This proposal addresses concerns raised
by NTSB Recommendations A–94–191
through 194, which stated that part 121
flight training and checking should be
required in FSTD wherever possible.
The FAA recognizes that in a few
cases, certificate holders initially may
not be able to comply with the
requirements to use FSTD for all of their
job performance training and
evaluation. Accordingly, the proposed
rule includes provisions for requesting a
deviation in § 121.1345(b) through (e).
Proposed paragraph (b) describes the
limited circumstances when a certificate
holder may receive a deviation from the
requirement in paragraph (a). Proposed
paragraph (c) requires a person
requesting a deviation to demonstrate to
the FAA why the circumstances warrant
a deviation from the requirement to use
a qualified FSTD. The FAA does not
intend that the deviation provide a
loophole for certificate holders who
want to continue training and
evaluating in aircraft. Rather, the
deviation is designed to accommodate
those certificate holders who use aircraft
for which there are no FSTD available
(e.g., DC–6) or, for extraordinary
reasons, do not have access to an FSTD
for the aircraft type they operate.
2. Train and Evaluate Flight
Crewmembers in a Full Crew
Environment.
The existing recurrent qualification
and training requirements for a PIC and
SIC differ in several respects. Current
regulations require different tasks and
events for PIC and SIC, and the training
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
is separate. For example, PIC receive
more training tasks and more frequent
proficiency checks than SIC. In
addition, PIC train on a 6-month basis,
and SIC train on a 12-month basis. The
disparity between the training
requirements for PIC and SIC is not
consistent with actual line operations.
During actual operations, pilots must
work as a flight crew unit. Typically,
today’s flight operations involve PIC
and SIC performing both pilot flying
and monitoring duties.
The proposed rule eliminates the
differences in training for PIC and SIC.
The training cycles for PIC and SIC are
no longer separate. Under the proposal,
PIC and SIC are required to complete
Recurrent training on a 9-month basis.
The requirement is such that each must
complete all of the academic subjects
and all of the job performance tasks
listed in the applicable QPS where each
subject, task, or environment may be
required once each 9-month period;
once each 18-month period, or once
each 36-month period. Proposed
§ 121.1333 and the QPS require the
same tasks and events for PIC and SIC.
Both PIC and SIC must demonstrate
proficiency in the flying and monitoring
duties associated with the prescribed
tasks and events. The QPS also requires
the same number of programmed hours
for PIC and SIC training. For example,
there are 24 programmed hours for
transition flight training. During that 24
hours of training, both the PIC and the
SIC must demonstrate proficiency in
flying and monitoring duties. The
proposed changes facilitate training
flight crewmembers in a complete
crewmember environment.
In addition to leveling the
requirements regarding tasks and task
performance between PIC and SIC, this
proposal provides additional
advantages. The change in frequency of
training exposure provides an increase
in the actual training exposure for both
PIC and SIC over an equal time period.
Additionally, while this proposal
reduces the frequency with which PIC
return for training, it increases the
frequency with which SIC return for
training. The FAA anticipates a
reduction in previous piloting
experience for pilots entering the air
carrier industry in the near future;
almost all of these new pilots will start
their air carrier service as SIC. This
proposal would provide these new,
lesser experienced, pilots with more
training at each training event and
provide those training events more
frequently than under today’s
regulations.
In addition to integrating the training
for PIC and SIC, the proposal will also
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1287
integrate the training for flight engineers
with the training for PIC and SIC, when
applicable. Proficiency tests, proficiency
checks, proficiency reviews, LOFT, and
FSTD Course of Instruction require all
flight crewmember duty positions to be
occupied by a person who is qualified
to serve in that crewmember duty
position (including a qualified
crewmember, instructor, check pilot,
and aircrew program designee (APD)),
or is in student status learning to serve
in that crewmember duty position.
3. Require Special Hazards Training
In 1996, the NTSB recommended the
FAA require training to better prepare
flight crewmembers to respond to
sudden or unexpected aircraft upsets
(Recommendation A–96–120). Also, the
NTSB recommended the FAA develop
CFIT training requirements for all pilots
operating under part 121.
The QPS includes special hazard
academic training subjects such as CFIT
and Ground Proximity Escape
maneuvers, upset and loss of control,
and runway incursions. In addition to
academic training in special hazards,
the FAA is proposing to include job
performance training during Initial,
Conversion, Transition, Upgrade,
Requalification, and Recurrent training.
For pilots, this training includes inflight
maneuvers in upset and disturbance
recovery, low altitude windshear
avoidance and escape, and ground
proximity warning system (GPWS) and
terrain awareness warning system
(TAWS) alert recognition and escape
maneuvers.
4. Require Recurrent LOFT
LOFT is training in an FSTD with a
complete flight crew. LOFT uses
representative flight segments
containing standard operating
procedures, abnormal procedures, nonnormal procedures, and emergency
procedures expected in line operations.
LOFT used in Recurrent training is
called ‘‘recurrent LOFT.’’ LOFT used to
qualify for line operations is called
‘‘qualification LOFT.’’
Proposed § 121.1353 includes the
general requirements for conducting
LOFT. The proposed requirements are
more specific than the current
regulations and codify existing advisory
material (AC 120–35C, Line Operational
Simulations: Line Oriented Flight
Training, Special Purpose Operational
Training, Line Operational Evaluation).
A LOFT is conducted as a line operation
and allows for no interruption by the
instructor during the session except for
a non-disruptive acceleration of
uneventful en route segments.
Interruptions are not allowed in LOFT
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1288
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
sessions because they disrupt the flow
and undermine the realistic nature of
line operations.
The proposal requires 4 hours of
training in an FSTD, plus a briefing and
debriefing. In addition, each duty
position must be filled by a person who
is qualified or in student status to serve
in that position. This proposed
requirement is needed because the
training value of LOFT is diminished
when inappropriate crew substitutions
are made, such as using an SIC to
substitute for a PIC. The certificate
holder selects the tasks to be performed
from the list provided in the applicable
QPS, and the FAA approves the selected
tasks. In this way, the FAA is certain the
selected tasks are appropriate for the
certificate holder’s operations.
Under proposed § 121.1353, any
person serving in a flight crewmember
position during a LOFT who does not
perform satisfactorily may not serve as
a required crewmember or operate
under part 121 without receiving
additional training to correct the
deficiencies. This is common industry
practice and consistent with FAA
advisory material. The certificate holder
must schedule a separate training
session to correct the deficiencies. This
additional training ensures that the
substandard performance is corrected
before the person performs line
operations.
5. Reduce the Frequency of Performance
Drills Using Emergency Equipment and
Procedures
The current rule requires all
crewmembers to have recurrent
emergency ‘‘hands on’’ performance
drill training on the use of portable
emergency equipment (e.g., fire
extinguishers, protective breathing
equipment, portable oxygen equipment,
flotation equipment) and aircraft exits
every 24 months. This proposal adjusts
the frequency of flight crewmember
‘‘hands on’’ training from 24 months to
36 months. This matches the newly
adjusted frequency for flight
crewmember Recurrent training. It also
addresses FAA guidance recommending
that flight crewmembers land the
aircraft as quickly as possible to
minimize the effect of an on-board fire,
and that flight crewmembers remain on
the flight deck, consistent with the post9/11 security procedures. In addition,
current policy places increased
responsibility on the flight attendant to
respond to emergency situations in the
aircraft cabin. While this proposal
decreases the frequency of hands on
drills for flight crewmembers, it
increases the frequency of hands on
drills for flight attendants. Although the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
FAA is proposing to reduce the
frequency for flight crewmember
emergency ‘‘hands on’’ drills, we are
also proposing to add an unannunciated
fire (fire in the aircraft cabin) drill to
flight training.
C. Major Changes Affecting Flight
Attendants
The proposed rule and associated
Flight Attendant QPS appendix would
revise flight attendant requirements in
several areas to address NTSB
recommendations and to enhance flight
attendant training and evaluation.
1. Establish Qualification and Training
Requirements for Check Flight
Attendants, Flight Attendant
Instructors, and Evaluators
Check Flight Attendants
The proposed rule includes eligibility,
approval, qualification, and continuing
qualification requirements for check
flight attendants. These proposed
requirements provide regulatory
standards for initially qualifying a flight
attendant to serve as a check flight
attendant as well as continuing
qualification for that flight attendant.
The requirements ensure that check
flight attendants are familiar with the
certificate holder’s operations as well as
the aircraft type on which they will be
conducting operating experience, that
they are line-qualified for the certificate
holder before evaluating other flight
attendants, and that they are qualified to
evaluate flight attendants who are
completing operating experience. The
FAA is proposing to add these
requirements to ensure that effective
and qualified evaluators conduct the
evaluation of the person completing
operating experience.
Flight Attendant Instructors
The proposed rule requires each flight
attendant instructor to complete basic
qualification or Recurrent training
requirements, as appropriate, for the
certificate holder. The FAA recognizes
that a flight attendant instructor may not
be physically able to perform certain
performance drills due to injury,
pregnancy, or disability. Therefore, the
FAA also proposes to allow those
individuals to complete the required
training to qualify as a flight attendant
instructor, with the exception of those
performance drills the person cannot
physically perform. However, the FAA
only allows flight attendant instructors
to teach performance drills that they are
able to demonstrate at the time of
instruction. In addition, the flight
attendant instructors must have
performed the drills within the past 12
months as part of their basic
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
qualification or Recurrent flight
attendant training. This requirement
provides certificate holders with flight
attendant instructor staffing flexibility,
while ensuring that flight attendant
training is delivered by knowledgeable
instructors who have completed the
FAA approved flight attendant training
program for that certificate holder. The
FAA based the proposed rule on current
effective industry practices.
Persons Authorized To Administer
Flight Attendant Proficiency Tests
The FAA is proposing new
requirements to ensure that an
individual who evaluates flight
attendant proficiency tests is approved
by the Administrator and has
appropriate training to administer the
test. This ensures that effective and
qualified evaluators administer the
proficiency tests. The FAA based these
requirements on current effective
industry practice regarding qualification
of instructors and evaluators in flight
attendant training programs.
2. Require Operating Experience by
Aircraft Type Specific to the Certificate
Holder
The proposed rule increases the
requirements for flight attendants to
complete operating experience on each
aircraft type operated by the certificate
holder prior to becoming qualified on
that aircraft type. The proposed rule
requires flight attendants to gain aircraft
operating experience after completion of
Initial training for each aircraft type.
This is different from the current rule
which only requires a flight attendant to
complete operating experience on one
aircraft type (Group I or Group II, as
applicable) in part 121 operations
during the flight attendant’s career. The
proposal ensures that a flight attendant
qualified on a large number of different
aircraft types has more extensive
training on each aircraft type than under
the current rules. The proposed rule
also requires that a person receive
operating experience on each aircraft
type for each certificate holder for
whom the person is employed. This
requirement is necessary because flight
attendant procedures can differ
significantly between certificate holders,
even for the same aircraft type.
The proposed rule also gives
certificate holders more flexibility than
the current rule regarding the
instructional design of basic
qualification curricula. For example,
under the current rule, a person must
complete all Basic Qualification training
before beginning operating experience.
However, under the proposed rule, a
person must only complete new hire
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
and Initial training on the aircraft type
prior to beginning aircraft operating
experience on that aircraft type. This
approach allows certificate holders to
incorporate the increased operating
experience requirements into their
training programs more efficiently.
The proposed rule also requires flight
attendants to complete aircraft operating
experience within 90 days of
completing Initial training on that
aircraft type. This is consistent with the
concept of consolidating knowledge and
skills learned in Initial training on that
aircraft type.
The proposed rule also establishes
new supervision requirements for
aircraft operating experience and limits
the number of persons who may receive
or administer operating experience on
any one operating cycle. For example, a
check flight attendant cannot supervise
more than four persons on any one
operating cycle, and there can be no
more than two check flight attendants
supervising on any one operating cycle.
These requirements help ensure a
realistic operating environment where
effective evaluation of the person
receiving operating experience can
occur, and are consistent with current
effective industry practices and
International Civil Aviation
Organization (ICAO) recommendations
for Cabin Attendant’s Safety Training.
The proposed rule also requires that
when completing operating experience,
a person perform the assigned duties of
a flight attendant on at least two cycles
on each aircraft type. This ensures that
a person completing operating
experience is actually gaining
experience during takeoffs and landings,
which are the most critical phases of
flight. However, the person could not
serve as a required crewmember,
because the person is not a fully
qualified flight attendant. The proposed
rule continues the current requirement
that a person receive aircraft operating
experience for 5 hours. All operating
experience must be gained during line
operations. The proposal does not allow
operating experience credit for training
conducted in a full-scale cabin training
device. The FAA considers experience
gained in a ‘‘line operations’’
environment to be a significant training
event that combines the demonstration
of knowledge and skill. A ground based
cabin training device is not considered
an adequate substitute for operating
experience gained during actual line
operations with passengers onboard.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
3. Increase the Frequency of
Performance Drills Using Emergency
Equipment and Procedures
The proposed rule requires flight
attendants to perform emergency
procedure drills with the appropriate
emergency equipment every 12 months,
as opposed to the 24-month interval in
the current rule. These drills provide
critical practice in the actions that flight
attendants must take in an emergency.
As stated in NTSB Report, Flight
Attendant Training and Performance
During Emergency Situations (NTSB/
SIR–92/02),
[e]mergency procedures, such as those
required to prepare an airplane for an
evacuation or a ditching, extinguish an inflight fire, supervise the cabin following a
decompression, handle a hijack situation, or
manage passengers during an emergency
evacuation, are rarely, if ever, used. Flight
attendants must immediately change from
passenger service oriented roles to their
critical safety-related roles in an emergency.
Emergency situations typically require quick,
assertive, and decisive action with little time
for analysis of the situation. For most flight
attendants, the only opportunity to practice
skills needed in an emergency is during
Initial and Recurrent training. These skills
are perishable, and continuing and effective
training is essential for maintaining them.
In addition to responding to the
NTSB, this proposal codifies current
industry practice, as well as ICAO
recommendations for Cabin Attendant’s
Safety Training.
D. Major Changes Affecting Aircraft
Dispatchers
1. Establish Dispatcher Instructors and
Check Dispatchers
The proposal establishes qualification
requirements for dispatcher instructors
and check dispatchers. The new
requirements are based on current FAA
policy and industry practice. Codifying
these requirements standardizes
requirements for dispatcher instructors
and check dispatchers.
The proposal adds new requirements
that a dispatcher instructor either hold
an aircraft dispatcher certificate,
maintain aircraft dispatcher currency,
and meet certain instructor training
requirements or be a subject matter
expert. The proposal provides flexibility
by allowing people who do not have an
aircraft dispatcher certificate to be
subject matter experts and instruct in
specific subjects as approved by the
Administrator (e.g., weather). The
proposed requirements ensure that all
dispatcher instructors (subject matter
experts and certificated aircraft
dispatchers) are knowledgeable in the
subjects they are teaching. In addition,
the proposal ensures that dispatcher
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1289
instructors who are certificated aircraft
dispatchers are knowledgeable in the
certificate holder’s facilities, equipment,
and procedures, and use equipment and
facilities specifically approved for the
certificate holder’s training program.
The proposal also codifies check
dispatcher qualification requirements.
The proposed term ‘‘check dispatcher’’
replaces current terms ‘‘supervisor or
ground instructor’’ used in § 121.422(b).
The proposal requires check dispatchers
to hold an aircraft dispatcher certificate,
maintain aircraft dispatcher currency,
and meet certain training and
experience requirements. For example, a
check dispatcher must have performed
the duties of an aircraft dispatcher for at
least 8 hours in a 24-hour period in the
preceding 60 days, and be current and
qualified as an aircraft dispatcher for a
part 121 domestic or flag operation for
at least 3 of the previous 5 years. The
FAA believes that the proposed recency
of experience requirement is necessary
because currently dispatchers who
administer competency checks are not
required to have recent practical work
experience. The FAA believes recent
experience is necessary for check
dispatchers to competently evaluate
aircraft dispatchers. This is consistent
with proposed subpart BB for
crewmembers.
The proposed new section also
specifies curriculum requirements for
Initial and Recurrent training for check
dispatchers. These requirements are
consistent with the proposed
requirements in subpart BB for check
pilots and check flight engineers and
with current industry practice.
2. Require Supervised Operating
Experience Specific to the Certificate
Holder
The proposal establishes a new
requirement that aircraft dispatchers
receive supervised operating experience
for the certificate holder. This proposal
improves safety by ensuring that aircraft
dispatchers are familiar with the
certificate holder’s operations, and have
an opportunity to practice knowledge
and skills during actual operations. The
proposal prescribes minimum hours of
supervised operating experience that the
aircraft dispatcher must meet before
serving unsupervised.
The proposal also imposes specific
criteria for persons supervising
operating experience. The supervising
dispatcher does not need to be a check
dispatcher. However, the supervising
dispatcher must meet the same
experience requirements as a check
dispatcher. Requiring the supervising
dispatcher to have the same experience
as a check dispatcher provides adequate
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1290
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
safety for supervised operating
experience and staffing flexibility for
certificate holders.
The proposed rule also clarifies that
supervised operating experience may
not begin until the person has
completed Initial, Combined
Certification and Initial, or
Requalification training and operating
familiarization. This new requirement
ensures that supervised operating
experience provides an opportunity to
consolidate knowledge and skills
acquired in training.
The proposal also prohibits an aircraft
dispatcher administering operating
experience from supervising more than
one person at a time. This ensures that
the supervising aircraft dispatcher has a
manageable workload.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
3. Establish Optional Aircraft Dispatcher
Combined Certification and Initial
Curriculum
Currently a person may obtain an
aircraft dispatcher certificate only under
the requirements in part 65 subpart C.
After obtaining a certificate from the
FAA, the aircraft dispatcher is then
trained in the certificate holder’s
approved training program to become
qualified to serve as an aircraft
dispatcher in the certificate holder’s
operations.
The proposed rule continues to allow
certification of aircraft dispatchers
under part 65, but it also integrates part
65 requirements into part 121 training
programs to allow certification through
a certificate holder’s approved
Combined Certification and Initial
training curriculum (in-house).3 Under
the proposal, a person could receive the
necessary training, be tested by the
certificate holder’s dispatch program
designee, and be issued an aircraft
dispatcher certificate. The aircraft
dispatcher’s certificate would be issued
under part 65, not part 121. Integrating
a certification program into a certificate
holder’s training program allows a
certificate holder to draw potential
dispatchers from its pool of employees
and train them ‘‘in-house’’ to become
aircraft dispatchers.
The requirements for obtaining an inhouse dispatcher certificate are
contained in the proposed Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS. These proposed
requirements are based on the
3 ‘‘In-house’’ is used in this preamble to mean as
part of the part 121 operator’s FAA-approved
training program. This option is described in detail
in the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS as the ‘‘combined
certification & initial training curriculum.’’ Use of
the phrase ‘‘in-house’’ does not mean that the
training necessarily would only be conducted by
the certificate holder or in the certificate holder’s
facility. Some training could still be out sourced to
an FAA-approved training provider.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
requirements in Appendix A of part 65
and provide an equivalent level of
training and safety. The proposed
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS also contains
training requirements for aircraft
dispatchers who receive certificates
through a traditional FAA approved part
65 program.
Under the proposal, a certificate
holder with a Combined Certification
and Initial curriculum administers
practical and proficiency tests to their
dispatcher candidates. This process is
illustrated in Flowchart 1 of the
proposed Aircraft Dispatcher QPS. The
dispatcher candidate completes the
practical test, undergoes supervised
operating experience, and then
completes a proficiency test. A dispatch
program designee for the certificate
holder or the FAA must administer the
practical test.
4. Establish Qualification Requirements
for Dispatch Program Designees
This proposed section establishes
qualification requirements for a
dispatch program designee. These
requirements are consistent with those
proposed for aircrew program designees
in subpart BB. Part 65 currently allows
designated aircraft dispatcher examiners
to administer practical tests for
certification to graduates from certain
approved courses. The proposal would
allow dispatch program designees to
administer practical tests for
certification to graduates of the specific
certificate holder’s in-house training
program. The FAA has used designees
for pilot, maintenance, and aircraft
certification for decades and has been
satisfied with designee performance.
Therefore, the FAA proposes to extend
the use of designees to aircraft
dispatcher certification in part 121
operations to provide greater flexibility
while maintaining the highest level of
safety. Dispatch program designees
evaluate aircraft dispatcher candidates
based on the specific operational
requirements of the certificate holder;
therefore, the FAA believes it is in the
best interest of safety for dispatch
program designees to be limited to a
specific certificate holder.
V. Impact Statements
Privacy Impact Statement for Proposed
14 CFR Part 121 Subparts BB and CC—
Qualification, Service, and Use of
Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
Legal Requirements
Section 522 of the Consolidated
Appropriations Act of 2005 instructs
DOT to conduct a privacy impact
assessment (PIA) of proposed rules that
will affect the privacy of individuals.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The PIA should identify potential
threats relating to the collection,
handling, use, sharing and security of
the data, the measures identified to
mitigate these threats, and the rationale
for the final decisions made for the
rulemaking as a result of conducting the
PIA.
Definitions
Certificate holder means a person
certificated under part 119 of this
chapter that conducts operations under
part 121 of this chapter, or a person
certificated under part 119 of this
chapter that conducts operations under
part 135 of this chapter and is permitted
or required by § 135.3 of this chapter to
conduct training curricula in
compliance with this subpart.
Individual means a living human
being, especially a citizen of the United
States or an alien lawfully admitted for
permanent residence.
Personally Identifiable Information
(PII) is any information that permits the
identity of an individual to whom the
information applies to be reasonably
inferred by either direct or indirect
means, singly or in combination with
other data. Examples of PII include but
are not limited to physical and online
contact information, Social Security
number and driver’s license number.
Privacy Impact Assessment is an
analysis of how a rulemaking would
impact the way information is handled
in order to ensure data handling
conforms to applicable legal, regulatory,
and policy requirements regarding
privacy, determine the risks and effects
the rulemaking will have on collecting,
maintaining and sharing PII, and
examine and evaluate protections and
alternative processes for handling
information to mitigate potential
privacy risks.
Requirements for the Submission and
Retention of PII as Part of Compliance
With Proposed 14 CFR Part 121
Subparts BB and CC—Qualification,
Service, and Use of Crewmembers and
Aircraft Dispatchers
The FAA proposes to amend the
training regulations for pilots, flight
engineers, flight attendants and aircraft
dispatchers serving in part 121
operations. There are 34,000 affected
pilots in part 121 operations, 1,600
flight engineers, 2,700 aircraft
dispatchers, and 106,600 flight
attendants. Therefore, the total number
of individuals that would be impacted
by the proposed rule is approximately
150,000.
Under the proposal, certificate
holders are required to develop a record
keeping system demonstrating that each
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
person has completed the required
training and evaluation to serve in a
particular duty position for the
certificate holder. The proposed rule
does not require a certificate holder to
maintain PII. However, the FAA
recognizes that certain PII may be
contained in the certificate holder’s
records. This information may include
the person’s name, date of birth,
address, telephone number, duty
position, social security number,
medical records, and type ratings. The
FAA routinely reviews training records
in the course of exercising its safety
oversight authority and may request a
certificate holder to disclose PII for
investigation, compliance, or
enforcement purposes.
In addition to the certificate holders’
records, the FAA also maintains PII for
all certificated airmen, including pilots
and aircraft dispatchers. The FAA
records for certificated airmen include
the name, date of birth, social security
number, driver’s license number,
passport number, or government ID
number, physical description (height,
weight, hair and eye color, sex, and
citizenship), address (airmen only),
medical records, and airmen certificate
number. The FAA also maintains PII for
flight attendants who have obtained a
Certificate of Demonstrated Proficiency.
The FAA protects PII in its possession
in accordance with ‘‘Privacy Act Notice
DOT/FAA 847—Aviation Records on
Individuals (formerly General Air
Transportation Records on
Individuals).’’ The Privacy Act Notice is
available at https://cio.ost.dot.gov/DOT/
OST/Documents/files/records.html.
The FAA did not conduct a PIA for
this rulemaking because this proposed
rule does not specifically require the
collection of any PII. However, in
August 2004, the FAA released a PIA for
airmen certification records. The PIA
addresses the methodology the agency
uses to collect, store, distribute, and
protect PII for certificated airmen and
flight attendants. The PIA is available at
https://www.dot.gov/pia/faa_rms.htm.
For more information or for comments
and concerns on our privacy practices,
please contact our Privacy Officer, Carla
Mauney at carla.mauney@faa.gov, or by
phone at (202) 267–9895.
Paperwork Reduction Act
This proposal contains the following
new information collection
requirements. As required by the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44
U.S.C. 3507(d)), the FAA has submitted
the information requirements associated
with this proposal to the Office of
Management and Budget for its review.
Title: Qualification, Service, and Use
of Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers.
Summary: The FAA proposes to
amend the regulations for crewmember
and dispatcher training programs in
domestic, flag, and supplemental
operations. The proposed regulations
enhance traditional training programs
by requiring the use of flight simulation
training devices for flight crewmembers
and including additional training
requirements in areas that are critical to
safety. The proposal also reorganizes
and revises the qualification and
training requirements. The proposed
changes are intended to contribute
significantly to reducing aviation
accidents.
Use of: This project is in direct
support of the Department of
Transportation’s Strategic Plan—
Strategic Goal—SAFETY; i.e., to
promote the public health and safety by
working toward the elimination of
transportation-related deaths and
injuries. This request for clearance
reflects requirements necessary under
Title 14 CFR parts 65, 119, 121, 135, and
142, to ensure safety-of-flight by making
certain that complete and adequate
training, testing, checking, and
experience is obtained and maintained
by those who operate under these parts
of the regulation and that the use of
flight simulation is utilized to its
maximum practical extent in achieving
these goals. The FAA will use the
information it collects and reviews to
ensure compliance and adherence to
regulations and, where necessary, to
take enforcement action on violators of
the regulations.
Respondents (including number of):
The FAA estimates there are 118
certificate holders who would be
required to provide information in
accordance with the proposed rule. The
respondents to this proposed
information requirement are certificate
holders using the training requirements
in 14 CFR part 121.
Frequency: The FAA estimates
certificate holders will have a one time
information collection, then will collect
or report information occasionally
thereafter.
Burden Estimate: This proposal
would result in a 10-year recordkeeping
and reporting burden as follows:
Summary of time and costs (10-year)
addressed in question 12:
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Section
Cost
121.133/121.135:
Flight Crew Operating Manual .................................................................................................................................
Flight Attendant and Aircraft Dispatcher Operating Manuals ..................................................................................
121.1413 ..................................................................................................................................................................
121.1421 ..................................................................................................................................................................
121.1433
(a)(i) ..................................................................................................................................................................
(b)(i) ..................................................................................................................................................................
(b)(ii) .................................................................................................................................................................
(b)(iii) .................................................................................................................................................................
(b)(iv) ................................................................................................................................................................
121.1457 ..................................................................................................................................................................
121.1459 ..................................................................................................................................................................
121.1307 ..................................................................................................................................................................
121.1331
(a)(i) ..................................................................................................................................................................
(a)(ii) .................................................................................................................................................................
(b)(i) ..................................................................................................................................................................
(b)(ii) .................................................................................................................................................................
(c)(i)(A) ..............................................................................................................................................................
(c)(i)(B) ..............................................................................................................................................................
(c)(i)(C) .............................................................................................................................................................
(c)(ii)(A) .............................................................................................................................................................
(c)(ii)(B) .............................................................................................................................................................
(c)(ii)(C) .............................................................................................................................................................
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1291
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Hours
$1,272,212
424,071
13,295
83
42,480.0
14,160.0
320.0
2.0
13,273
159,281
159,281
106,188
42,475
16,618
16,618
105,618
355.0
4,260.0
4,260.0
2,840.0
1,136.0
400.0
400.0
2,840.0
208,253
1,041,266
5,263
39,469
122,081
16,277
8,139
651,098
542,582
108,516
2124.0
10620.0
142.0
1065.0
3195.0
426.0
213.0
17,040.0
14,200.0
2,840.0
1292
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Section
Cost
Hours
(d) .....................................................................................................................................................................
121.1355
Pilots and Flight Engineers ..............................................................................................................................
Flight Attendants ...............................................................................................................................................
Dispatchers .......................................................................................................................................................
601
35.5
273,133
79,980
76,693
3068.0
1,846.0
1,846.0
Total ...........................................................................................................................................................
5,502,366
132,113.5
The agency is soliciting comments to:
(1) Evaluate whether the proposed
information requirement is necessary for
the proper performance of the functions
of the agency, including whether the
information will have practical utility;
(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the
agency’s estimate of the burden;
(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and
clarity of the information to be
collected; and
(4) Minimize the burden of the
collection of information on those who
are to respond, including through the
use of appropriate automated,
electronic, mechanical, or other
technological collection techniques or
other forms of information technology.
Individuals and organizations may
submit comments on the information
collection requirement by May 12, 2009,
and should direct them to the address
listed in the ADDRESSES section of this
document. Comments also should be
submitted to the Office of Information
and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, New
Executive Building, Room 10202, 725
17th Street, NW., Washington, DC
20053, Attention: Desk Officer for FAA.
According to the 1995 amendments to
the Paperwork Reduction Act (5 CFR
1320.8(b)(2)(vi)), an agency may not
collect or sponsor the collection of
information, nor may it impose an
information collection requirement
unless it displays a currently valid OMB
control number. The OMB control
number for this information collection
will be published in the Federal
Register, after the Office of Management
and Budget approves it.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
International Compatibility
In keeping with U.S. obligations
under the Convention on International
Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to
comply with International Civil
Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards
and Recommended Practices to the
maximum extent practicable. The FAA
has reviewed the corresponding ICAO
Standards and Recommended Practices
and has identified no differences with
these proposed regulations.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
Economic Assessment, Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Determination,
Trade Impact Assessment, and
Unfunded Mandates Assessment
Changes to Federal regulations must
undergo several economic analyses.
First, Executive Order 12866 directs that
each Federal agency shall propose or
adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned
determination that the benefits of the
intended regulation justify its costs.
Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act
of 1980 (Pub. L. 96–354) requires
agencies to analyze the economic
impact of regulatory changes on small
entities. Third, the Trade Agreements
Act (Pub. L. 96–39) prohibits agencies
from setting standards that create
unnecessary obstacles to the foreign
commerce of the United States. In
developing U.S. standards, this Trade
Act requires agencies to consider
international standards and, where
appropriate, that they be the basis of
U.S. standards. Fourth, the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L.
104–4) requires agencies to prepare a
written assessment of the costs, benefits,
and other effects of proposed or final
rules that include a Federal mandate
likely to result in the expenditure by
State, local, or tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector, of
$100 million or more annually (adjusted
for inflation with base year of 1995).
This portion of the preamble
summarizes the FAA’s analysis of the
economic impacts of this proposed rule.
We suggest readers seeking greater
detail read the full regulatory
evaluation, a copy of which we have
placed in the docket for this rulemaking.
In conducting these analyses, FAA
has determined that this proposed rule:
(1) Has benefits that justify its costs, (2)
is a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ as
defined in section 3(f) of Executive
Order 12866, requiring review by the
Office of Management and Budget, (3) is
‘‘significant’’ as defined in DOT’s
Regulatory Policies and Procedures; (4)
would have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities; (5) would not create
unnecessary obstacles to the foreign
commerce of the United States; and (6)
would not impose an unfunded
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mandate on State, local, or tribal
governments, or on the private sector by
exceeding the threshold identified
above. These analyses are summarized
below.
The purpose of this rulemaking is to
establish new requirements for air
carrier training programs to enhance
safety-critical training. These changes
are expected to significantly reduce
aviation accidents. The secondary
purpose of this rulemaking project is to
reorganize, simplify, and modernize all
rule language associated with
crewmember and aircraft dispatcher
qualification and training under part
121. This proposal revises and
recodifies the crewmember qualification
and training requirements in subparts N
and O into a new subpart BB of part
121, and revises and recodifies the
aircraft dispatcher qualification and
training requirements in subparts N and
P into subpart CC of part 121. The
rulemaking is necessary because the
existing regulations have not been
revised since 1970. They do not reflect
current best practices or technological
advances that have emerged over the
last 30 years.
Over a 10-year period, the total cost
of the proposed rule would be
approximately $372.7 million ($229.7
million, discounted). The total cost is
composed of the costs of subparts BB
and CC. The total the cost of subpart BB
(crewmember training) would be
approximately $368.1 million ($226.3
million, discounted), and the cost of
subpart CC (aircraft dispatcher training)
would be approximately $4.6 million
($3.4 million, discounted).
Based on FAA analysis, the FAA
believes the proposed training
improvements, both in content and
application, are expected to produce
safety benefits (i.e., accidents avoided)
of $1.11 billion and $2.46 billion over
the first 10 years. Presently, part 121
carriers may train crewmembers under
existing subparts N and O to part 121 or
under the Advanced Qualification
Program (AQP), which is in subpart Y
to part 121. We believe that current AQP
training programs already meet the
safety improvements contained in this
NPRM. Because the proposed rule
would principally affect part 121 and
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
part 121/135 operators not conducting
training under an Advanced
Qualification Program (AQP) and
because only 42.8 percent of the part
121 and part 121/135 pilots are not
trained under AQP, we only claim 42.8
percent of these potential safety
benefits. After this adjustment, the
safety benefits would be between $476
million and $1.05 billion over the 10year period. Several requirements of this
proposed rule are phased-in over several
years. Taking into account the phasing
in of the proposed rule requirements,
we believe the potential benefits of this
rulemaking to be between $333 million
and $737 million over the 10-year
period, with an expected benefit value
of $535 million. The proposed rule
would also generate qualitative benefits
for dispatchers, flight attendants, and
flight engineers.
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
A. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
for Subpart BB
A.1. Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Determination for Subpart BB
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980
(Pub. L. 96–354) (RFA) establishes ‘‘as a
principle of regulatory issuance that
agencies shall endeavor, consistent with
the objectives of the rule and of
applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and
informational requirements to the scale
of the businesses, organizations, and
governmental jurisdictions subject to
regulation. To achieve this principle,
agencies are required to solicit and
consider flexible regulatory proposals
and to explain the rationale for their
actions to assure that such proposals are
given serious consideration.’’ The RFA
covers a wide range of small entities,
including small businesses, not-forprofit organizations, and small
governmental jurisdictions.
Agencies must perform a review to
determine whether a rule will have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. If
the agency determines that it will, the
agency must prepare a regulatory
flexibility analysis as described in the
RFA.
However, if an agency determines that
a rule is not expected to have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities,
section 605(b) of the RFA provides that
the head of the agency may so certify
and a regulatory flexibility analysis is
not required. The certification must
include a statement providing the
factual basis for this determination, and
the reasoning should be clear.
The Small Business Administration
size standard for ‘‘small’’ air carrier is
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1,500 or fewer employees, as defined in
13 CFR 121.201, NAICS Code 48111.
For subpart BB, the FAA identified a
total of 73 out of 102 air carriers affected
by this rule that meet this definition.
For each of these entities, the FAA
attempted to retrieve annual revenue
data from Back Aviation Solutions. The
FAA found revenue data for 17 of the
73 small entities that would be
impacted by the rule. The FAA then
compared this revenue data with the
annualized compliance costs (see
Appendix H, Table H.1, in the full
regulatory evaluation available in the
docket). Of the 17 entities, the FAA
expects that the projected annualized
cost per entity of the rule would be
$104,000. The FAA also expects that the
projected annualized costs of the rule
would be 1% or higher than the annual
revenue for five of them (29%), which
we believe is a significant economic
impact. For the remaining 56 small
entities, we believe that the annualized
cost of the rule would also be significant
for 29%, or sixteen or more of them.
Accordingly, the FAA concludes that
Subpart BB of the proposed rule would
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
A.2. Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis for Subpart BB
Under section 603(b) of the RFA (as
amended), each initial regulatory
flexibility analysis is required to address
the following points: (1) Reasons why
the agency considered the rule, (2) the
objectives and legal basis for the rule,
(3) the type and number of small entities
to which the rule will apply, (4) the
reporting, recordkeeping, and other
compliance requirements of the rule,
and (5) all Federal rules that may
duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the
rule. In addition, 5 U.S.C. 603(c)
requires that the analysis also describe
any significant alternatives to the
proposed rule which accomplish the
stated objectives of applicable statutes
and which minimize any significant
impact of the proposed rule on small
entities.
Reasons Why the FAA Considered the
Rule
The FAA reviewed its crewmember
and dispatcher training regulations in
14 CFR part 121 to identify
improvements in training program
content and application that would
reduce human error among
crewmembers and dispatchers,
particularly in situations with special
hazards. Based on this review, the FAA
proposed improvements to the current
rule, as discussed in the Background
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1293
section of this Regulatory Evaluation
(Section II.).
The Objectives and Legal Basis for the
Rule
The objective of the rule is to enhance
crewmember and aircraft dispatcher
training programs by including
additional training requirements in
areas that are critical to safety. The
proposed changes are intended to
contribute significantly to reducing
aviation accidents and improving
crewmember and dispatcher
performance.
The legal basis for the rule is 49
U.S.C. 44701 et seq., which provides
that for regulations related to airmen
certification, the FAA must consider the
duty of an air carrier to provide service
with the highest possible degree of
safety in the public interest. The FAA
must also consider, as a matter of
policy, reducing or eliminating the
possibility of recurrence of accidents in
air transportation (49 U.S.C. 44701(c)).
The Type and Number of Small Entities
to Which the Rule Will Apply
Of the 102 air carriers affected by the
rule, there are 73 air carriers that meet
the SBA size standard of small business.
Of these 73 air carriers, we retrieved net
income and balance sheet data on 20 of
these identified air carriers. A brief
financial profile of these small entities
is provided in Tables H.2 (net income)
and H.3 (current assets, current
liabilities, and financial solvency ratios)
in the full regulatory evaluation
available in the docket.
Federal Rules That May Duplicate,
Overlap, or Conflict With the Rule
The FAA is unaware of any Federal
rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict
with the rule.
Other Considerations:
Affordability Analysis
For the purpose of this analysis, the
degree to which small entities can
‘‘afford’’ the cost of compliance is
predicated on the availability of
financial resources. Initial
implementation costs can be paid from
existing company assets, from
borrowing, or from obtaining additional
equity capital. Continuing annual costs
of compliance may be accommodated by
accepting reduced profits, raising ticket
prices, or finding other ways to offset
costs.
Other means of assessing the
affordability is the ability of each of the
small entities to meet its short-term
obligations, as shown in Tables H.2 (net
income) and H.3 (working capital and
financial solvency ratios) of the full
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1294
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
regulatory evaluation available in the
docket. A company’s short-term
financial strength is substantially
influenced by its working capital and its
ability to pay short-term liabilities. Net
working capital is the excess of current
assets over current liabilities. It
represents the margin of short-term
debt-paying ability over existing shortterm debt. In addition to the amount of
net working capital, two other analytical
indexes of current position are often
computed: (1) Current ratio; and (2)
quick ratio. The current ratio (i.e.,
current assets divided by current
liabilities) helps put the amount of net
working capital into perspective by
showing the relationship between
current assets and short-term debt. The
quick ratio (sometimes called the acid
test ratio) focuses on immediate
liquidity (e.g., cash, marketable
securities, accounts receivable) divided
by current liabilities. A decline in net
working capital, the current ratio, and
the quick ratio over a period of time
(such as 3 or 4 years) may indicate that
a company is losing financial solvency.
Negative net working capital is an
indication of financial difficulty. If a
company is experiencing financial
difficulty, it is less likely to be able to
afford additional costs.
To assess the affordability of affected
entities, we can also consider the
amount of the annualized costs of the
rule relative to net income. The lower
the relative importance of the costs, the
greater the likelihood that implementing
offsetting cost-saving efficiencies or
raising fares to cover increased costs
will not substantially decrease the
number of passengers.
The financial information shown in
Tables H.2 and H.3 of the full regulatory
evaluation, available in the docket,
suggest the following:
• Five of these entities appear to be
generally profitable and solvent, as
shown in Table H.2 and H.3,
respectively, for most or all of the 5-year
period examined. Therefore, they
probably will have financial resources
available to meet the requirements of
this rule.
• For 10 entities, the FAA is unable
to determine the ability to financially
comply with the rule because of
contradictory results (e.g., the
companies were profitable, yet their net
working capital has been negative, and
their current and quick ratios have been
below 1.00).
• The FAA has identified five small
entities that may have trouble financing
the expected compliance cost of this
rule. Those entities had net losses as
well as negative net working capital,
current ratios, and quick ratios below
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1.00 for most of the years examined.
This amounts to 25% of the entities for
which we found data.
• Additionally, there is little or no
data in 53 cases to make any financial
assessment. However, based on the
information on the companies that we
do have information on, we believe that
25%, or thirteen or more of these
entities, also may have trouble financing
the expected costs of the rule.
Competitiveness Analysis
Due to the financial problems that
certain aircraft operators are
experiencing, there may be an impact on
the relative competitive position of
these carriers in the markets they serve.
Business Closure Analysis
The FAA is unable to determine with
certainty the extent to which those
small entities that would be
significantly impacted by this proposed
rule would have to close their
operations. However, the profitability
information shown in Table H.2 in the
full regulatory evaluation, available in
the docket, and the affordability
analysis can be indicators of the
likelihood of a business closure.
A number of these small entities are
already in serious financial difficulty.
To what extent the proposed rule makes
the difference in whether these entities
remain in business is difficult to
determine. However, the FAA believes
that the likelihood of business closure is
high for three of the 20 (15%) entities
for which financial data was available.
(See Table H.2 in the full regulatory
evaluation, available in the docket).
Therefore, we believe that for the
remaining 53 small entities, 15% or
more may have similar difficulties.
Alternatives
The FAA considered alternatives to
the rule for the small air carriers. A
discussion of these alternatives follows.
Alternative 1—12-month recurrent
training cycle for small entities.
Currently, PICs train every 6 months
and SICs train every 12 months. The
FAA could extend the recurrent training
cycle for PICs working for small entities
to 12 months to coincide with current
SIC recurrent training cycles, instead of
proposing to require PICs and SICs to
attend recurrent training on a 9-month
training cycle. This would result in cost
savings for small entities. Again, in the
proposal the FAA has required
improvements that would reduce
human error among crewmembers and
aircraft dispatchers, particularly in
situations with special hazards.
Reducing the training cycle for PICs to
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
a 12-month cycle is contrary to the
purpose of this rulemaking.
Conclusion. In the proposal, the FAA
has required improvements that would
reduce human error among
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers,
particularly in situations with special
hazards. Because these problems are
equally incurred by all part 121 air
carriers, regardless of size, it would be
contrary to our policy for one high level
of safety in all part 121 operations to
exclude certain operators simply
because they are small entities. Thus,
the FAA does not consider this to be a
significant alternative in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 603(d).
Alternative 2—Extending the final
compliance date to 7 years for small
entities.
Extending the final compliance date
from 5 years to 7 years for small entities
reduces the costs to the industry by
approximately 40 percent. Under this
alternative, the FAA expects that the
projected annualized cost of the rule
would still be significant for 2 of the 20
operators studied, or 10 percent of the
small entities. Since there are 73 known
small operators impacted by this rule,
this alternative not only does not
eliminate the problem for a substantial
number of small entities, but also it
would be contrary to our policy for one
level of safety.
Conclusion: In the proposal, the FAA
has required improvements that would
reduce human error among
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers,
particularly in situations with special
hazards. Because these problems are
equally incurred by all part 121 air
carriers, regardless of size, it would be
contrary to our policy for one high level
of safety in all part 121 operations to
exclude certain operators simply
because they are small entities. Thus,
the FAA does not consider this to be a
significant alternative in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 603(d).
Based on this analysis, the FAA
expects that subpart BB may have a
significant impact on small entities.
Please provide comment on any or all
provisions in the rule with regard to the
impact of the provisions on small
entities, including any benefits and
costs, as well as any alternatives that
would meet the FAA’s safety objectives
but also result in reducing the costs and
burdens for these small entities. All
comments must be accompanied with
clear and detailed supporting data.
B. Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Determination for Subpart CC
In accordance with the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA) the FAA
reviewed subpart CC to determine
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
whether there would be a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. Over a 10-year
period, enactment of subpart CC would
impose costs of $25,500 ($18,400,
discounted) per small entity or
applicant (see Appendix I in the full
regulatory evaluation, available in the
docket, for further details). The Small
Business Administration size standard
for ‘‘small’’ air carrier is 1,500 or fewer
employees, as defined in 13 CFR
121.201, NAICS Code 48111 (2008). A
review of the air carriers listed by the
FAA concluded that 73 of the firms met
this criterion, which employ on average
13 dispatchers. These dispatchers
would incur a one-time cost for the
initial and transition dispatchers’
training and an annual cost for the
recurrent training. Because the initial
and transition training costs are
different from the recurrent training
cost, costs would vary on a per year
basis, but the annualized cost per small
entity would only be $2,600 ($18,400 ×
0.14238), which is less than 1% of the
annual revenue of small entities. As a
result, subpart CC would not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
The FAA, however, invites industry
comments and requests that all
comments be accompanied with clear
and detailed supporting data.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
VII. International Trade Impact
Assessment
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979
(Pub. L. 96–39) prohibits Federal
agencies from establishing any
standards or engaging in related
activities that create unnecessary
obstacles to the foreign commerce of the
United States. Legitimate domestic
objectives, such as safety, are not
considered unnecessary obstacles. The
statute also requires consideration of
international standards and, where
appropriate, that they be the basis for
U.S. standards. The FAA has assessed
the potential effect of this proposed rule
and has determined that it would have
only a domestic impact and therefore no
effect on any trade-sensitive activity.
VIII. Unfunded Mandates Assessment
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104–4)
requires each Federal agency to prepare
a written statement assessing the effects
of any Federal mandate in a proposed or
final agency rule that may result in an
expenditure of $100 million or more
(adjusted annually for inflation with the
base year 1995) in any one year by State,
local, and tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector; such
a mandate is deemed to be a ‘‘significant
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
regulatory action.’’ The FAA currently
uses an inflation-adjusted value of
$136.1 million in lieu of $100 million.
This proposed rule does not contain
such a mandate.
Executive Order 13132, Federalism
The FAA has analyzed this proposed
rule under the principles and criteria of
Executive Order 13132, Federalism. We
determined this action would not have
a substantial direct effect on the States,
on the relationship between the national
Government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government, and therefore
would not have federalism implications.
Environmental Analysis
FAA Order 1050.1E identifies FAA
actions that are categorically excluded
from preparation of an environmental
assessment or environmental impact
statement under the National
Environmental Policy Act in the
absence of extraordinary circumstances.
The FAA has determined this proposed
rulemaking action qualifies for the
categorical exclusion identified in
paragraph 312f and involves no
extraordinary circumstances.
Regulations That Significantly Affect
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use
The FAA has analyzed this NPRM
under Executive Order 13211, Actions
Concerning Regulations that
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). We
have determined that it is not a
‘‘significant energy action’’ under the
executive order because it is not likely
to have a significant adverse effect on
the supply, distribution, or use of
energy.
Additional Information
Comments Invited
The FAA invites interested persons to
participate in this rulemaking by
submitting written comments, data, or
views. We also invite comments relating
to the economic, environmental, energy,
or federalism impacts that might result
from adopting the proposals in this
document. The most helpful comments
reference a specific portion of the
proposal, explain the reason for any
recommended change, and include
supporting data. To ensure the docket
does not contain duplicate comments,
please send only one copy of written
comments, or if you are filing comments
electronically, please submit your
comments only one time.
We will file in the docket all
comments we receive, as well as a
report summarizing each substantive
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1295
public contact with FAA personnel
concerning this proposed rulemaking.
Before acting on this proposal, we will
consider all comments we receive on or
before the closing date for comments.
We will consider comments filed after
the comment period has closed if it is
possible to do so without incurring
expense or delay. We may change this
proposal in light of the comments we
receive.
Proprietary or Confidential Business
Information
Do not file in the docket information
that you consider to be proprietary or
confidential business information. Send
or deliver this information directly to
the person identified in the FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section of this
document. You must mark the
information that you consider
proprietary or confidential. If you send
the information on a disk or CD–ROM,
mark the outside of the disk or CD–ROM
and also identify electronically within
the disk or CD–ROM the specific
information that is proprietary or
confidential.
Under 14 CFR 11.35(b), when we are
aware of proprietary information filed
with a comment, we do not place it in
the docket. We hold it in a separate file
to which the public does not have
access, and we place a note in the
docket that we have received it. If we
receive a request to examine or copy
this information, we treat it as any other
request under the Freedom of
Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552). We
process such a request under the DOT
procedures found in 49 CFR part 7.
Availability of Rulemaking Documents
You can get an electronic copy of
rulemaking documents using the
Internet by—
1. Searching the Federal eRulemaking
Portal (https://www.regulations.gov);
2. Visiting the FAA’s Regulations and
Policies Web page at https://
www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/; or
3. Accessing the Government Printing
Office’s Web page at https://
www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/.
You can also get a copy by sending a
request to the Federal Aviation
Administration, Office of Rulemaking,
ARM–1, 800 Independence Avenue,
SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by
calling (202) 267–9680. Make sure to
identify the docket number, notice
number, or amendment number of this
rulemaking.
You may access all documents the
FAA considered in developing this
proposed rule, including economic
analyses and technical reports, from the
Internet through the Federal
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1296
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
3. Amend § 65.70 by revising the
introductory text of paragraph (a) to
read as follows:
eRulemaking Portal referenced in
paragraph (1).
List of Subjects
§ 65.70 Aircraft dispatcher certification
courses: Records.
14 CFR Part 65
Aircraft, Airmen, Aviation safety,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
14 CFR Part 119
Administrative practice and
procedure, Air carriers, Aircraft,
Aviation safety, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
14 CFR Part 121
Air carriers, Aircraft, Aviation safety,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Safety, Transportation.
14 CFR Part 135
Air taxis, Aircraft, Airmen, Aviation
safety, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
14 CFR Part 142
Administrative practice and
procedure, Airmen, Educational
facilities, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Schools, Teachers.
The Proposed Amendment
In consideration of the foregoing, the
Federal Aviation Administration
proposes to amend Chapter 1 of Title 14,
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) parts
65, 119, 121, 135, and 142, as follows:
PART 65—CERTIFICATION: AIRMEN
OTHER THAN FLIGHT
CREWMEMBERS
1. The authority citation for part 65
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701–
44703, 44707, 44709–44711, 45102–45103,
45301–45302.
2. Amend § 65.57 by revising the
introductory text and adding paragraph
(c) to read as follows:
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 65.57 Experience or training
requirements.
An applicant for an aircraft dispatcher
certificate must present documentary
evidence satisfactory to the
Administrator that he or she has the
experience prescribed in paragraph (a)
of this section or has accomplished the
training described in paragraph (b) of
this section or has completed a
dispatcher training program in
accordance with paragraph (c) of this
section as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Successfully completed an aircraft
dispatcher training program approved in
accordance with subpart CC of part 121
of this chapter.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(a) The operator of a part 65 appendix
A aircraft dispatcher course must
maintain a record for each student,
including a chronological log of all
instructors, subjects covered, and course
examination and results. The record
must be retained for at least 3 years after
graduation. The course operator must
also prepare for its records, and transmit
to the Administrator not later than
January 31 of each year, a report
containing the following information for
the previous year:
*
*
*
*
*
PART 119—CERTIFICATION: AIR
CARRIERS AND COMMERCIAL
OPERATORS
4. The authority citation for part 119
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 1153, 40101,
40102, 40103, 40113, 44105, 44106, 44111,
44701–44717, 44722, 44901, 44903, 44904,
44906, 44912, 44914, 44936, 44938, 46103,
46105.
5. Amend § 119.65 by adding new
paragraph (a)(6) to read as follows:
§ 119.65 Management personnel required
for operations conducted under part 121 of
this chapter.
(a) * * *
(6) At least one line qualified check
pilot, and, if appropriate, at least one
check flight engineer, for each aircraft
make and model and aircraft type for
which the certificate holder has more
than five pilots. A check pilot or check
flight engineer may hold the additional
position of Director of Safety, Director of
Operations, or Chief Pilot, if the check
pilot or check flight engineer meets the
requirements of the additional position.
*
*
*
*
*
6. Amend § 119.67 by adding
paragraph (f) to read as follows:
§ 119.67 Management personnel:
Qualifications for operations conducted
under part 121 of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) To serve as a Check Pilot or Check
Flight Engineer for an aircraft type
under § 119.65(a) a person must be
qualified in accordance with
§§ 121.1251, 121.1253, and 121.1255 of
this chapter.
7. Amend § 119.69 by adding
paragraph (a)(4) to read as follows:
§ 119.69 Management personnel required
for operations conducted under part 135 of
this chapter.
(a) * * *
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(4) A line qualified check pilot or
check flight engineer for each aircraft
make and model and aircraft type for
which the certificate holder has more
than five pilots and is required to have,
or elects to have, an approved training
program under part 121 of this chapter.
A check pilot or check flight engineer
can hold the additional position of
Director of Safety, Director of
Operations, or Chief Pilot, if the check
pilot or check flight engineer meets the
requirements of the additional position.
*
*
*
*
*
8. Amend § 119.71 by redesignating
paragraphs (e) and (f) as paragraphs (f)
and (g) and adding a new paragraph (e)
to read as follows:
§ 119.71 Management personnel:
Qualifications for operations conducted
under part 135 of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) To serve as a Check Pilot for an
aircraft make and model and aircraft
type under § 119.69 a person must be
qualified in accordance with § 121.1251
of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 121—OPERATING
REQUIREMENTS: DOMESTIC, FLAG,
AND SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS
9. The authority citation for part 121
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 40119,
44101, 44701–44702, 44705, 44709–44711,
44713, 44716–44717, 44722, 44901, 44903–
44904, 44912, 46105.
10. Revise § 121.1(c) to read as
follows:
§ 121.1
Applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Each person who applies for initial
or provisional approval of an Advanced
Qualification Program curriculum,
curriculum segment, or portion of a
curriculum under subpart Y of this part
and each person employed or used by
a person authorized to conduct
operations under this part to perform
training, qualification, or evaluation
functions in accordance with an
Advanced Qualification Program under
subpart Y of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
11. Add new § 121.9 to read as
follows:
§ 121.9 Fraud, falsification, or incorrect
statements.
(a) No person may make, or cause to
be made, any of the following:
(1) A fraudulent or intentionally false
statement in any application or any
amendment thereto, or in any other
record or test result required by this part
or by any QPS associated with this part.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(2) A fraudulent or intentionally false
statement in, or a known omission from,
any record or report that is kept, made,
or used to show compliance with this
part or with any QPS associated with
this part, or to exercise any privileges
under this chapter.
(b) The commission by any person of
any act prohibited under paragraph (a)
of this section is a basis for any one or
any combination of the following:
(1) A civil penalty.
(2) Suspension or revocation of any
certificate held by that person that was
issued under this chapter.
(3) The denial of an application for
approval of a training program
established under this part.
(4) The removal of approval for a
training program established under this
part.
(c) The following may result in denial
of an application or removal of approval
for a training program established under
this part:
(1) An incorrect statement, upon
which the FAA relied or could have
relied, made in support of an
application for approval of a training
program.
(2) An incorrect entry, on which the
FAA relied or could have relied, made
in any training records or test results
required to be kept, made, or used to
show compliance with any requirement
of this part or with any QPS associated
with this subpart.
12. Revise § 121.133 to read as
follows:
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.133
Preparation.
(a) Each certificate holder must
prepare and keep current a manual for
the use and guidance of flight and
ground operations, and management
personnel in conducting its operations.
(b) The certificate holder may prepare
the manual, in whole or in part, in
printed form or other form acceptable to
the Administrator. The manual must
include the instructions and
information necessary to allow
crewmembers or aircraft dispatchers to
perform their required safety related
duties and responsibilities with the
highest possible degree of safety. The
manual, and any changes, must be
approved by the Administrator and
contain the following:
(1) A Flight Attendant Operating
Manual (FAOM) for all of the aircraft
types operated by the certificate holder
in operations under this part.
(2) A Flight Crewmember Operating
Manual (FCOM) for each aircraft type
operated by the certificate holder in
operations under this part.
(3) An Aircraft Dispatcher Procedures
Manual (ADPM) for all types of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
operations and aircraft types, if
required.
13. Amend § 121.135 by revising
paragraph (b)(16), redesignating
paragraph (b)(26) as (b)(28), and adding
new paragraphs (b)(26) and (b)(27) to
read as follows:
§ 121.135
Manual contents.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(16) Each training program
curriculum required by § 121.1333.
*
*
*
*
*
(26) Each task specified in each of the
crewmember and aircraft dispatcher
Qualification Performance Standards
(QPS) must be tailored to the specific
aircraft type as provided in the FAOM,
FCOM, or ADPM and must be trained or
evaluated as indicated in the
appropriate QPS.
(27) Each FCOM must also include
the contents described in § 23.1581(a)(1)
or § 25.1581(a)(1), as appropriate for the
specific aircraft type.
*
*
*
*
*
14. Revise § 121.141 to read as
follows:
§ 121.141
Airplane Flight Manual.
Each certificate holder must keep a
current approved Airplane Flight
Manual for each type of airplane that it
operates except for nontransport
category aircraft certificated before
January 1, 1965.
15. Add new § 121.392 to read as
follows:
§ 121.392 Personnel identified as flight
attendants.
(a) Any person identified by the
certificate holder as a flight attendant on
an aircraft in operations under this part
must be trained and qualified in
accordance with subpart BB of this part.
This includes:
(1) Flight attendants provided by the
certificate holder in excess of the
number required by § 121.391(a) and (b);
(2) Flight attendants provided by the
certificate holder on an aircraft having
a passenger seating capacity of 9 or less;
and
(3) Flight attendants provided by the
certificate holder on an aircraft with a
payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less
and a passenger seating capacity of 19
or less.
(b) Any person serving as a
crewmember on an aircraft in operations
under this part, who has not completed
the requirements of § 121.1301(a)(1) and
(a)(2) for the certificate holder, may not
be identified to passengers as a flight
attendant.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 121.393
1297
[Amended]
16. Amend § 121.393(a) by removing
the reference to ‘‘§ 121.417’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘§ 121.1373 or 121.417, as
applicable’’.
17. Amend § 121.400 by adding
paragraph (d) and a note to paragraph
(d), to read as follows:
§ 121.400
Applicability and terms used.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Except for § 121.429, the
provisions of this subpart, and
Appendices E, F, and H of this part,
expire on [date 5 years and 120 days
after publication of the final rule]. After
[date 5 years and 120 days after
publication of the final rule], all training
programs must be established and
maintained in accordance with the
provisions in subparts BB and CC of this
part, or in accordance with the
certificate holder’s approved Advanced
Qualification Program under subpart Y
of this part.
Note to paragraph (d): See §§ 121.1202 and
121.1402 for provisions outlining the process
for transitioning from training programs
established in accordance with subparts N,
O, and P of this part, to the training program
requirements provided in subparts BB and
CC of this part.
18. Amend § 121.431 by adding
paragraph (c), and a note to paragraph
(c), to read as follows:
§ 121.431
Applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Except for §§ 121.455, 121.457,
121.458, and 121.459, the provisions of
this subpart, and Appendices E, F, and
H of this part, expire on [date 5 years
and 120 days after publication of the
final rule]. After [date 5 years and 120
days after publication of the final rule],
all training programs must be
established and maintained in
accordance with the provisions in
subparts BB and CC of this part, or in
accordance with the certificate holder’s
approved Advanced Qualification
Program under subpart Y of this part.
Note to paragraph (c): See §§ 121.1202 and
121.1402 for provisions outlining the process
for transitioning from training programs
established in accordance with subparts N,
O, and P of this part, to the training program
requirements provided in subparts BB and
CC of this part.
§ 121.461
[Amended]
19. Amend § 121.461 by removing the
words ‘‘Qualifications and’’ from
paragraph (a).
§ 121.463
[Removed]
20. Remove § 121.463.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1298
§ 121.465
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
[Amended]
21. Amend § 121.465 by removing
paragraph (c).
22. Add § 121.540 to read as follows:
§ 121.540 Manual procedures
requirements.
Each crewmember must perform and
each certificate holder must ensure that
each crewmember performs the
respective job function in accordance
with the information, instructions,
duties, and responsibilities contained in
the manual required by § 121.133. The
information, instructions, duties, and
responsibilities must include standard
operating procedures, abnormal
procedures, non-normal procedures,
emergency procedures, airplane
performance, and airplane limitations.
23. Amend § 121.543 by adding
paragraph (c), to read as follows:
§ 121.543
Flight crewmembers at controls.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) The requirements of § 121.543 will
expire on [date 5 years and 120 days
after publication of the final rule]. After
[date 5 years and 120 days after
publication of the final rule], the
requirements of § 121.1241 apply.
*
*
*
*
*
24. Revise § 121.683 to read as
follows:
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.683
record.
Crewmember and dispatcher
(a) Each certificate holder must
maintain current records for each
crewmember and dispatcher in
accordance with the following
requirements:
(1) The records must show whether
the crewmember or aircraft dispatcher
complies with the applicable sections of
this chapter, including proficiency and
route checks, airplane and route
qualifications, training, and all required
physical examinations, flight time, and
duty and rest periods.
(2) Training records must include
qualifications, instruction, certificate
and ratings, and satisfactory proficiency
evaluations. For flight crewmembers,
the training records must also include
both satisfactory and unsatisfactory
performance evaluations and comments
and evaluations made by an evaluator
designated under §§ 121.1251, 121.1271,
125.295, or 135.337 of this chapter.
(3) For flight crewmembers and
aircraft dispatchers, records must show
any disciplinary action that was taken
with respect to the individual that was
not later overturned.
(4) For flight crewmembers and
aircraft dispatchers, records must show
any release from employment or
resignation, termination, or
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
disqualification with respect to
employment.
(b) Except for records on flight time,
and duty and rest periods, crewmember
and aircraft dispatcher records must be
maintained for at least 5 years. Flight
attendant records must be maintained
for at least 12 months. For aircraft
dispatchers, records kept under
paragraph (a)(4) of this section must be
kept for 6 months.
(c) Each certificate holder conducting
supplemental operations must maintain
the records required by this section at
its principal base of operations, or at
another location used by it and
approved by the Administrator.
(d) Computer record systems
approved by the Administrator may be
used in complying with the
requirements of this section.
25. Amend § 121.805 by removing
paragraph (b)(4), redesignating
paragraph (b)(5) as paragraph (b)(4), and
revising the newly redesignated
paragraph paragraph (b)(4)(iii), to read
as follows:
§ 121.805 Crewmember training for inflight medical events.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(4) * * *
(iii) Recurrent training, to include
performance drills, in the proper use of
an automated external defibrillator and
in cardiopulmonary resuscitation at
least once every 12 months.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 121.901
[Amended]
26. Amend § 121.901(b) by removing
the reference to ‘‘§ 121.401’’ and adding
in its place ‘‘§ 121.1331, or the
provisions of subpart N and O of this
part, as applicable’’.
§ 121.909
[Amended]
27. Amend § 121.909(d) by removing
the reference to ‘‘§ 121.405(e)’’ and
adding in its place ‘‘§ 121.1337(e) or
§ 121.405, as applicable’’.
28. Add subpart BB to part 121
consisting of §§ 121.1201 through
121.1391 to read as follows:
Subpart BB—Requirements for
Qualification, Service, and Use of
Crewmembers
General
Sec.
121.1201 Applicability.
121.1202 Interim requirements for training
programs transitioning from the
requirements of subparts N and O.
121.1203 Certificate holder responsibility
for compliance with this subpart.
121.1205 Definitions.
121.1207 Certification requirements:
Crewmembers, flight instructors, check
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
pilots, check captain, and check flight
engineers.
121.1209 English language requirement.
121.1211 Medical certificate requirements.
121.1213 Pilot monitoring (not flying)
duties.
Flight Crewmember
121.1221 Flight Crewmember: Training and
evaluation.
121.1223 Flight Crewmember: Recurrent
training and evaluation schedule for
continuing qualification.
121.1225 Flight Crewmember: Operating
experience.
121.1227 Pilot: Consolidation.
121.1229 Pilot: Recent experience.
121.1231 Flight engineer: Recent
experience.
121.1233 Line checks.
121.1235 Pilot: Routes and airports.
121.1237 Pilot: Operating limitations and
crew pairing.
121.1239 Flight crewmember:
Requalification.
121.1241 Flight crewmembers at controls.
Check Pilot and Check Flight Engineer
Qualification
121.1251 Eligibility: Check pilot, check
flight engineer, Aircrew Program
Designee (APD), and Flight instructor.
121.1253 Check pilot and check flight
engineer: Training, evaluation, approval,
and recent experience.
121.1255 Check captain: Additional
training requirements.
121.1257 Check pilot, check captain, and
check flight engineer: Initial cadre.
Aircrew Program Designee Qualification
121.1271 Aircrew Program Designee (APD):
Training, evaluation, and recent
experience.
Flight Instructor Qualification
121.1281 Flight instructor: Qualification
and training.
Flight Attendant Instructor Qualification
121.1291 Flight attendant instructor:
Qualification and training.
Flight Attendant
121.1301 Flight attendant: Training and
evaluation.
121.1303 Flight attendant: Continuing
qualification.
121.1305 Flight attendant: Aircraft
operating experience.
121.1307 Flight attendant: Recent
experience.
121.1309 Flight attendant: Requalification.
Check Flight Attendant Qualification
121.1321 Check flight attendant: Eligibility,
approval, qualification, and continuing
qualification.
121.1323 Check flight attendant: Initial
cadre.
General Training Program Requirements
121.1331 Training program: General.
121.1333 Training program: General
curriculum by aircraft type.
121.1335 Training program: Category of
training programmed hours.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
121.1337 Training program: Approval and
amendment process.
121.1339 Training program: Special rules.
121.1341 Training program: Administering
training, evaluation, and operating
experience.
121.1343 Training program: Knowledge and
comprehension assessment.
121.1345 Training program: Mandatory use
of flight simulation training devices.
121.1347 Training program: Qualification
and approval of qualified flight
simulation training devices.
121.1349 Training program: Limitations on
the use of flight simulation training
devices.
121.1351 Training program: Training
equipment other than flight simulation
training devices.
121.1353 Training program: Line Oriented
Flight Training (LOFT) and Flight
Simulation Training Device (FSTD)
Course of Instruction.
121.1355 Training program: Continuous
analysis process.
Training Category Requirements
121.1361 Training category requirements:
Standards used in academic and job
performance training segments.
121.1363 Training category requirements:
Crewmember new hire.
121.1365 Training category requirements:
Pilot and flight engineer initial,
conversion, transition, and upgrade,
academic and job performance training.
121.1367 Training category requirements:
Pilot and flight engineer recurrent
academic, recurrent job performance,
and recurrent aircraft emergency
equipment training.
121.1369 Training category requirements:
Flight attendant initial and transition
training.
121.1371 Training category requirements:
Flight attendant eligibility for transition
training.
121.1373 Training category requirements:
Flight attendant emergency training.
121.1375 Training category requirements:
Flight attendant recurrent training.
121.1377 Training category requirements:
Flight instructor initial, transition, and
recurrent academic training.
121.1379 Training category requirements:
Flight instructor initial and transition job
performance training.
121.1381 Training category requirements:
Check pilot, check flight engineer, or
check flight attendant initial, transition,
and recurrent academic training.
121.1383 Training category requirements:
Check pilot and check flight engineer
initial, transition, and recurrent job
performance training.
121.1385 Qualification requirements: Check
pilots authorized to conduct line checks.
121.1387 Training category requirements:
Initial, transition, and recurrent
academic training for persons authorized
to administer flight attendant proficiency
tests.
Other Training Requirements
121.1391 Differences training and
evaluation.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
Subpart BB—Requirements for
Qualification, Service, and Use of
Crewmembers
General
§ 121.1201
Applicability.
(a) This subpart prescribes the
following:
(1) Requirements for qualification,
service, and use for:
(i) Persons who serve in operations
under this part as crewmembers, flight
instructors, check pilots, check flight
engineers, aircrew program designees
(APDs), flight attendant instructors,
check flight attendants, or persons
authorized to conduct flight attendant
proficiency tests.
(ii) Persons who serve in operations
under part 135 of this chapter for a
certificate holder that is permitted or
required by § 135.3 of this chapter to
conduct training curricula in
compliance with this subpart.
(2) Requirements applicable to each
certificate holder for establishing,
obtaining approval of, and maintaining
a training program, for crewmembers,
flight instructors, check pilots, check
flight engineers, APDs, flight attendant
instructors, check flight attendants, and
persons authorized to conduct flight
attendant proficiency tests, who serve
under this part.
(3) Requirements applicable to
persons other than the certificate
holder’s employees who are used by the
certificate holder to assist in meeting the
certificate holder’s responsibilities
under this subpart.
(b) Any person qualified in a duty
position for the certificate holder before
[date 120 days after publication of the
final rule], or qualified under the
provisions in subparts N and O of this
part, may continue to serve in that duty
position for that certificate holder
without complying with new hire
training under § 121.1363, initial
training under § 121.1365 or § 121.1369,
operating experience under § 121.1305,
or emergency training under § 121.1373.
§ 121.1202 Interim requirements for
training programs transitioning from the
requirements of subparts N and O.
(a) Contrary provisions of this subpart
notwithstanding, a person who has
submitted a training program for
approval before [date 120 days after
publication of the final rule] that was
constructed in accordance with the
applicable provisions of subparts N and
O of this part in effect on or before [date
119 days after publication of the final
rule], may complete the approval and
implementation process and conduct
operations in compliance with the
applicable provisions of subparts N and
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1299
O of this part instead of the provisions
of subpart BB of this part.
(b) A certificate holder must submit a
transition plan to the FAA no later than
[date 4 years and 120 days after
publication of the final rule]. The
transition plan must include the
following:
(1) Subpart BB training program(s), as
applicable.
(2) Plan for transition for
crewmembers from the provisions of
subparts N and O to the provisions of
subpart BB of this part.
(3) A transition completion date that
is before [date 5 years and 120 days after
the publication of the final rule].
(c) During the transition, the
certificate holder may use people to
conduct operations under this part
provided those people are trained under
the applicable provisions of subparts N
and O of this part, or subpart BB of this
part. While a certificate holder may
simultaneously operate training
programs in compliance with the
applicable provisions of subparts N and
O of this part and subpart BB of this
part, each individual (crewmember or
aircraft dispatcher) must be trained and
qualified under the requirements of
either the applicable provisions of
subparts N and O of this part, or the
applicable provisions of subpart BB of
this part.
(d) The certificate holder may not use
a crewmember, nor may a crewmember
serve, in a duty position unless that
person is current and qualified to
perform the duties to which he or she
is assigned. If, during the operation of
the aircraft, one required crewmember is
current and qualified in accordance
with the appropriate provisions of
subparts N and O of this part, and
another required crewmember is current
and qualified in accordance with
subpart BB of this part, the lesser
operating requirements apply for that
duty position for that operation.
§ 121.1203 Certificate holder responsibility
for compliance with this subpart.
Responsibility for compliance with
the requirements of this subpart applies
as follows:
(a) Each certificate holder is
responsible for ensuring that its
approved training program, including
all portions of the training program
conducted by persons other than the
part 119 certificate holder’s employees,
meets the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Each certificate holder is
responsible for ensuring that all training
program procedures, manuals, and other
materials submitted for initial or final
approval are kept up to date.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1300
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(c) Each certificate holder is
responsible for ensuring that all training
and evaluation is completed in
accordance with the requirements of
this subpart. Training or evaluation that
does not meet the definition of
complete, as used in this subpart, must
be repeated to ensure that the
requirements of this subpart are met.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1205
Definitions.
For the purpose of this subpart, the
following terms and their definitions
apply:
Academic training. The structured
training conducted on the ground in a
classroom or other location for the
purpose of acquiring knowledge,
procedural skills, and cognitive skills
needed to perform in operations under
this part.
Actual fire. A fire fueled by ignited
combustible material, in controlled
conditions, of sufficient magnitude and
duration to complete crewmember
training requirements for the firefighting
drill as contained in the Pilot QPS,
Flight Engineer QPS, and Flight
Attendant QPS.
Airplane Flight Manual (AFM). A
document that contains aircraft
operating limitations, operating
procedures, and performance
information. The FAA may review and
approve amendments to the operating
limitations section of the AFM.
Amendments to the AFM that are
adopted via Airworthiness Directives
are enforceable by the FAA.
Approved fire extinguisher device. A
training device that has been approved
by the Administrator for use in meeting
crewmember training requirements for
operation of a specific type of aircraft
installed hand fire extinguisher as
contained in the Pilot QPS, Flight
Engineer QPS, and Flight Attendant
QPS.
Approved protective breathing
equipment (PBE) device. A training
device that has been approved by the
Administrator for use in meeting
crewmember training requirements for
operation of a specific type of protective
breathing equipment as contained in the
Pilot, Flight Engineer and Flight
Attendant QPS.
Base month. The month in which a
recurrent activity is due.
Basic Qualification (flight attendant).
All requirements that a person must
complete prior to working his or her
first flight for a certificate holder as a
flight attendant. It includes new hire
training, initial training, emergency
training, and differences training, as
applicable, as well as aircraft operating
experience.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
Categories of training. Parts of a
curriculum that relate to qualification
experience levels, first time
qualification for a certificate holder, first
time qualification in group (applicable
to flight crewmembers), configuration
differences within type or series,
maintaining and regaining qualification,
and changes in operations. Categories of
training include: New hire, initial,
transition, conversion (full and core),
upgrade (full and core), emergency,
differences, recurrent, requalification,
and special.
Certificate holder. A person
certificated under part 119 of this
chapter that conducts operations under
part 121, or a person certificated under
part 119 of this chapter that conducts
operations under part 135 of this
chapter and is permitted or required by
§ 135.3 of this chapter to conduct
training curricula in compliance with
this subpart.
Check captain. A person qualified as
pilot in command who is current and
qualified on the navigation system
necessary for the route to be flown and
the aircraft on which he or she will be
supervising operating experience, and
who is specifically approved by the
Principal Operations Inspector for
supervising operating experience.
Check flight attendant. A person who
meets the qualification and training
requirements for a check flight attendant
and is authorized to evaluate a person
who is completing aircraft operating
experience as required by the Flight
Attendant QPS.
Check person. A person who meets
the training and qualification
requirements to serve as an aircrew
program designee, check pilot, check
flight engineer, or check flight
attendant.
Combat. To properly fight an actual
fire or simulated fire using an
appropriate type of fire extinguisher
until that fire is extinguished.
Complete. To fully carry out the
training or evaluation required by this
subpart, including being eligible to
receive or administer the training or
evaluation, and demonstrating the
required level of proficiency. In
addition, for flight crewmembers,
performing the training or evaluation in
a flight simulation training device
(FSTD) appropriately qualified in
accordance with the requirements of
part 60 of this chapter.
Consolidation. The process by which
a person through practice and practical
experience increases proficiency in
newly acquired knowledge and skills.
Conversion training. A category of
training used to qualify a person as a
flight crewmember for a certificate
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
holder when the person has been
previously qualified in the same
crewmember duty position in the same
aircraft type(s) for another certificate
holder conducting operations under this
part. Conversion training may be
required to reestablish recency or for
Requalification training for the
certificate holder. Conversion training
may be either ‘‘core’’ or ‘‘full’’ as
specified in the QPS.
Crewmember Duty Position. A
crewmember duty position is a pilot in
command, second in command, flight
engineer, or flight attendant serving in
operations under this part.
Current. Current means satisfying the
recency of experience requirements
prescribed in § 121.1229, § 121.1231, or
§ 121.1307.
Currently Serving. Currently serving
means current and qualified as defined
in this subpart.
Curriculum. A curriculum is the
training required to qualify a person for
a crewmember duty position or a
training or evaluation duty position for
an aircraft type. The curriculum for each
duty position includes categories of
training and the appropriate segments
for each category.
Differences training. A category of
training on a particular aircraft type
when the Administrator finds additional
training is necessary before that person
serves in the same capacity on a
particular variation within a series of an
aircraft type or a different series within
an aircraft type.
Eligibility Period. The eligibility
period consists of the month in which
the recurrent activity is due (the ‘‘base
month’’), the month before and the
month after (the ‘‘grace month’’).
Emergency training (flight attendant).
A category of training that qualifies
flight attendants to conduct emergency
procedures, operate emergency
equipment, and enhance passenger and
crewmember survivability.
Environment. A combination of
external, physical, and surrounding
conditions that affect aircraft
performance, aircraft and equipment
operation, and decisionmaking.
Evaluation. Any testing, checking,
proficiency review or observation
activities in which a person’s
knowledge and skills are assessed by a
person authorized to perform that
evaluation.
Exit device. Exit device means
emergency exit doors, plugs, and
hatches, including window exits, floor
level exits, tailcone exits, ventral stairs,
flight deck exits, and any other exit
designed for passenger or crewmember
egress from the aircraft.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Flight Attendant Jumpseat. A flight
attendant jumpseat is a seat located in
the cabin of an aircraft that meets the
requirements of § 121.311(g).
Flight Attendant Operating Manual
(FAOM). An FAA-approved document
that includes the instructions and
information necessary to allow the flight
attendant to perform his or her required
safety related duties and responsibilities
with the highest possible degree of
safety. The FAOM contains standard
operating procedures, abnormal or nonnormal procedures, and emergency
procedures.
Flight Crewmember. A pilot in
command, second in command, or flight
engineer.
Flight Crewmember Operating Manual
(FCOM). An FAA-approved document
that includes the instructions and
information necessary to allow a flight
crewmember to perform his or her
required safety related duties and
responsibilities with the highest
possible degree of safety. The FCOM
contains standard operating procedures,
abnormal or non-normal procedures,
and emergency procedures. The FCOM
also contains information such as
ground and flight operations tasks, flight
deck checklists, systems descriptions,
and evacuation procedures.
Flight tasks. The maneuvers and
procedures necessary to operate the
aircraft in various phases of flight
operations and environments.
Group. A broad categorization of
aircraft based on propulsion methods.
Group I is propeller driven, including
reciprocating powered and
turbopropeller powered. Group II is
turbojet powered.
Initial Cadre. The specific persons
approved by the FAA for the start-up
time frame necessary, not to exceed 24
months, for a new part 119 certificate
holder to initiate operations under part
119 of this chapter, or for a current part
119 certificate holder to initiate
operations of a new aircraft type not
operated previously or to initiate a new
type of operation.
Initial training (flight attendant). A
category of training required to qualify
a person to serve as a flight attendant on
an aircraft type when the person has not
served as a flight attendant for at least
180 days in operations under this part
for the certificate holder.
Initial training (flight crewmembers).
A category of training that is required to
qualify a person to serve as a flight
crewmember for the first time in group
or for the first time in operations under
this part.
Initial training (flight instructors,
check persons, flight attendant
instructors, and persons authorized to
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
conduct flight attendant proficiency
tests). A category of training that is
required to qualify a person to serve for
the first time for the certificate holder as
a flight instructor, check person, flight
attendant instructor, and a person
authorized to conduct flight attendant
proficiency tests.
Job performance training. The
structured training conducted in an
aircraft, in a flight simulation training
device approved under part 60 of this
chapter, in another training device
approved under this part, or in a
classroom for the purpose of obtaining
required psychomotor skills for
crewmembers.
Lesson. A part of a segment of
training. A module could be a lesson, or
a module could have several lessons.
Line operating flight time. Flight time
performed in operations under this part.
Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT).
Training in a simulator with a complete
flight crew using representative flight
segments that contain procedures that
may be expected in line operations. A
qualification LOFT is an approved flight
simulator course of LOFT to transition
from a structured flight training syllabus
to representing line operations. A
recurrent LOFT is an approved flight
simulator course of LOFT that must be
used to meet recurrent job performance
training requirements.
Line Qualified. Qualified to serve as a
flight crewmember in operations under
this part.
Module. Modules of instruction are
subsets of a training segment that
include major subject areas for training
and evaluation.
Month. Calendar month.
New Hire training. A category of
training required to qualify a person to
serve as a crewmember for the first time
for the certificate holder under this part.
Observation Drill. Observation drill
means a drill where a person watches
without actively participating in the
training or evaluation.
Observer Seat. An observer seat is a
seat on the flight deck, or a forward
passenger seat with headset or speaker,
that provides adequate visibility of the
flight controls, instruments, and
external views that is used by the FAA
for conducting en route inspections.
Operating cycle. A complete flight
segment consisting of the time from
push back/power back, taxi out, takeoff,
climb, en route portion, descent,
landing, taxi in, parking, and shutdown.
Practice. A physical or verbal exercise
of skills in an instructor led
environment that encourages interaction
among participants for the specific area
of knowledge.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1301
Procedure. A procedure is a step-bystep method used to complete a specific
task. Types of procedures are:
(1) Standard operating procedure. A
procedure associated with systems that
are functioning in their usual manner.
(2) Abnormal or Non-normal
operating procedure. A procedure
associated with systems that are not
functioning in their usual manner and
that require crewmember action for
continued safe flight and landing.
(3) Emergency procedure. A
procedure requiring immediate
crewmember action to protect the
aircraft and occupants from serious
harm.
Proficiency. Demonstrated sufficient
awareness of existing circumstances,
competence in the necessary knowledge
and skill, and performance of the
relevant task (maneuver or procedure)
within the operating range of
environments to the standards
identified and required by the
appropriate QPS.
Proficiency check. An assessment of
crewmember proficiency during which
limited training or practice is allowed.
The assessment is of knowledge and
skill in tasks to the standards identified
and required by the appropriate QPS.
The proficiency check must be
conducted by a check person.
Proficiency review. An assessment of
pilot or flight engineer proficiency
during which limited training or
practice is allowed. The assessment is of
knowledge and skill in tasks to the
standards identified and required by the
appropriate QPS. The proficiency
review must be conducted by a check
person, or a flight instructor authorized
to conduct proficiency reviews.
Proficiency test. An assessment of
crewmember proficiency during which
additional training or practice is not
allowed. The assessment is of
knowledge and skill in tasks to the
standards identified and required by the
appropriate QPS. For flight
crewmembers, when a proficiency test
is not for the purpose of obtaining an
airman certificate or rating, it must be
conducted by a check pilot. When a
proficiency test is conducted for the
purpose of obtaining an airman
certificate or rating, it must be
conducted by an APD or an FAA
Inspector. For flight attendants, the
proficiency test may only be conducted
by a person authorized to administer
flight attendant proficiency tests or an
FAA Inspector.
Programmed hours. The required
academic and job performance hours set
forth in this subpart for categories of
training.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1302
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Protective Breathing Equipment (PBE)
drill. An emergency drill in which a
crewmember combats an actual fire or
simulated fire while using PBE.
Qualification Performance Standards
(QPS). FAA standards providing all of
the tasks and areas of training and
evaluation, including activities,
procedures, and knowledge needed to
qualify a person to serve under this part.
The QPSs are in part 121 appendices as
follows: appendix Q: Pilot Qualification
Performance Standards; appendix R:
Flight Engineer Qualification
Performance Standards; appendix S:
Flight Attendant Qualification
Performance Standards; and appendix
T, Aircraft Dispatcher Qualification
Performance Standards.
Qualified. Qualified, when used in
reference to an individual, means:
(1) For a flight attendant crewmember
duty position or a flight attendant
training or evaluation duty position, an
individual who has completed the
certificate holder’s FAA-approved
curriculum for the aircraft type to serve
in that position under this part.
(2) For a flight crewmember duty
position or a flight crewmember training
or evaluation duty position, an
individual who has completed the
certificate holder’s FAA-approved
curriculum for the aircraft type to serve
in that position under this part and
holds the appropriate U.S. medical
certificate and airman certificates and
ratings.
Recurrent Flight Attendant Training
Cycle. The 12 month period in which
required tasks are trained and evaluated
in accordance with the Flight Attendant
QPS.
Recurrent training. A category of
training that must be completed within
the specified eligibility period to enable
a qualified person to continue to serve
in a crewmember duty position or a
training or evaluation duty position for
the certificate holder under this part.
Requalification training. A category of
training required to allow crewmembers
to become qualified again to serve in a
crewmember duty position for the
certificate holder in operations under
this part.
Segments of training. Each category of
training has two segments. One segment
is ‘‘academic.’’ This is training and
evaluation that provides students with
the required knowledge and cognitive
skills necessary to perform the tasks
required for the crewmember duty
position or training or evaluation duty
position. The other segment is ‘‘job
performance.’’ This segment is training
and evaluation in the duty or job setting.
This segment provides students with the
practical, hands on experience of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
integrating knowledge and skills and
learning the related motor skills
necessary to perform the job.
Serve. To perform the duties and
discharge the responsibilities required
under this part.
Simulated fire. An artificial
duplication of smoke or flame used to
create various aircraft firefighting
scenarios, such as lavatory, galley oven,
and aircraft seat fires.
Simulator Only Instructors and Check
Persons. Simulator Only Instructors and
Check Persons are persons who have
completed the training necessary to
qualify as a crewmember and meet the
recency of experience requirements
prescribed in this subpart, as applicable,
but may not serve as a required flight
crewmember in operations under this
part.
Special training. A category of
training necessary to address changes to
the certificate holder’s operations or to
correct deficiencies identified by the
certificate holder’s continuous analysis
process. Special training is temporary
and is integrated into the approved
training program.
Training. Instruction and practice.
Training center evaluator. An
individual who meets the requirements
of § 142.55 of this chapter.
Training or Evaluation Duty Position.
Flight instructors, flight attendant
instructors, check persons, check
captains, and persons authorized to
conduct flight attendant proficiency
tests.
Training program. A certificate
holder’s training curricula, personnel,
facilities, equipment, and other
resources used to meet the training
requirements under this subpart.
Transition training (check persons
and persons authorized to conduct
flight attendant proficiency tests). A
category of training required to qualify
check persons and persons authorized
to conduct flight attendant proficiency
tests to serve in a training or evaluation
duty position on an aircraft type for the
certificate holder when they have
previously served in the same training
or evaluation duty position on a
different aircraft type in the same group
for that certificate holder.
Transition training (flight attendants).
A category of training that allows a
flight attendant to qualify on an aircraft
type if the flight attendant has been
qualified for at least 180 days and
served in the previous 180 days on an
aircraft as a flight attendant for that
certificate holder.
Transition training (flight
crewmembers). A category of training
required to qualify flight crewmembers
who have qualified and served in the
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
same duty position on a different
aircraft type in the same group in
operations under this part.
Upgrade training. Refers to core
upgrade or full upgrade training.
(1) Core Upgrade: A category of
training required to qualify flight
crewmembers as either PIC or SIC in an
aircraft type in which they have been
previously qualified and served as SIC
or flight engineer respectively for that
certificate holder. A pilot may complete
core upgrade when it has been 9 months
or less since the person served as SIC or
flight engineer for that certificate holder.
(2) Full Upgrade. A category of
training required to qualify flight
crewmembers as either PIC or SIC in an
aircraft type in which they have been
previously qualified and served as SIC
or flight engineer respectively. A pilot
may complete full upgrade when it has
been more than 9 months but less than
36 months since the person has
qualified and served as SIC or flight
engineer for that certificate holder, or
when it has been 36 months or less
since the person served as SIC or flight
engineer for another certificate holder in
operations under this part.
§ 121.1207 Certification requirements:
Crewmembers, flight instructors, check
pilots, check captain, and check flight
engineers.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
crewmember, flight instructor, check
pilot, check captain, or check flight
engineer in a training program or in
operations under this part, unless that
person meets the following
requirements, as applicable:
(1) Pilots.
(i) To act as pilot in command of an
aircraft, or as second in command of an
aircraft that requires three or more pilots
in a flag or supplemental operation, a
pilot must hold an airline transport pilot
certificate and an appropriate type,
category, and class rating for that
aircraft.
(ii) To act as a second in command of
an aircraft that requires only two pilots
in flag operations or in international
supplemental operations, a pilot must
hold at least a commercial pilot
certificate with appropriate type,
category, and class ratings for that
aircraft, and an instrument rating.
(iii) To act as a second in command
in domestic operations, a pilot must
hold at least a commercial pilot
certificate with appropriate category and
class ratings for that aircraft, and an
instrument rating.
(2) Flight Engineers. To serve as a
flight engineer, a person must hold a
flight engineer certificate with the
appropriate aircraft class rating.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(3) Flight Instructors, Check Pilots,
Check Captains, and Check Flight
Engineers. No person may use, nor may
any person serve, as a flight instructor,
check pilot, check captain, or check
flight engineer in a training program or
in operations under this part, with
respect to the aircraft type involved,
unless the person holds the airman
certificates and ratings required to serve
as a pilot in command or flight engineer,
as applicable, in operations under this
part.
(4) Flight Attendant. A person is
considered to hold a Certificate of
Demonstrated Proficiency and is eligible
to serve as a flight attendant once the
Administrator is notified by a certificate
holder that the person has the
demonstrated proficiency to be a flight
attendant.
(b) A person who is currently serving
as a pilot or flight engineer for the
certificate holder or a person who is
engaged in training and evaluation
activities for the certificate holder (as
described in § 121.1331(d)) may be
issued the appropriate certificate or type
rating if that person meets the following
requirements:
(1) The applicable eligibility,
aeronautical knowledge, and experience
required by part 61 or part 63 of this
chapter.
(2) The applicable training
requirements of this subpart.
(3) The proficiency test requirements
of § 121.1365(b)(1). The FAA or an APD
must administer the proficiency test.
§ 121.1209
English language requirement.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
flight crewmember, flight attendant, or
person acquiring flight attendant
operating experience in operations
under this part, unless that person has
demonstrated to an individual qualified
to conduct evaluations under this part,
that he or she can:
(a) Read, write, speak, and understand
the English language.
(b) Have his or her English language
and writings understood.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1211 Medical certificate
requirements.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, on an
aircraft as a required flight crewmember
in operations under this part unless that
person has a valid medical certificate
required by § 61.23 or § 63.31 of this
chapter, as appropriate for the duty
being performed.
(b) No medical certificate is required
to serve in an FSTD.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
§ 121.1213
duties.
Pilot monitoring (not flying)
Each pilot who is seated at the pilot
controls of the aircraft or FSTD, while
not flying the aircraft or FSTD, is
required to accomplish pilot monitoring
duties as appropriate in accordance
with the FCOM. Pilot monitoring duties
are subject to the same oversight and
evaluation as pilot flying duties.
Flight Crewmember
§ 121.1221 Flight Crewmember: Training
and evaluation.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
required flight crewmember in
operations under this part unless that
person has completed the required
curriculum for that aircraft type and
crewmember duty position.
(a) A curriculum consists of the
programmed hours, including training
and evaluation, as specified in
§ 121.1335 and in the appropriate QPS,
and the following training categories.
(1) New hire training as prescribed in
§ 121.1363.
(2) Initial, conversion, transition, or
upgrade training as prescribed in
§ 121.1365, as applicable.
(3) Differences training, if necessary,
as prescribed in § 121.1391.
(4) Recurrent training as prescribed in
§ 121.1367, according to the schedule
prescribed in § 121.1223.
(5) Requalification training, if
necessary, as prescribed in § 121.1239.
(6) Special training, if necessary, as
prescribed in § 121.1337.
(b) Continuity of training. Within 120
days of beginning first time qualification
a person must have completed in the
following order:
(1) The required new hire training as
described in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, if the person is qualifying for
the first time for the certificate holder.
(2) The required initial, conversion,
transition, or upgrade training categories
and academic and job performance
training segments described in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, as
applicable; and differences training as
described in paragraph (a)(3) of this
section, if applicable.
(3) A proficiency test as prescribed in
§ 121.1365(b)(1).
(4) A qualification LOFT as prescribed
in § 121.1365(b)(2).
(c) Failure to complete training within
120 days. If a person fails to complete
the required curriculum within the 120
days, as required by paragraph (b) of
this section, the person must repeat the
entire curriculum. No credit is given for
any of the training previously
completed if the entire curriculum is
not completed within 120 days.
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1303
(d) Complete Flight Crew. Except as
provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, a complete flight crew is
required for training under this part and
each flight crewmember duty position
must be filled by a person qualified to
serve in the required duty position.
(1) For aircraft certificated for 2 pilots:
Each pilot duty position must be
occupied by a person who is qualified
to serve in that crewmember duty
position (a line qualified crew member,
a simulator-only instructor, a flight
instructor, a check pilot, a check
captain, or an APD), or by a student
training to serve in that crewmember
duty position.
(2) For aircraft certificated for 2 pilots
and a flight engineer: Each pilot duty
position and the Flight Engineer duty
position must be occupied by a person
who is qualified to serve in that
crewmember duty position (a line
qualified crew member, a simulatoronly instructor, a flight instructor, a
check pilot, a check captain, a check
flight engineer, or an APD), or by a
student training to serve in that
crewmember duty position. After the
minimum hours of job performance
training have been completed, at the
discretion of the instructor, training on
specific piloting tasks may be conducted
without the flight engineer duty
position being filled. In these situations,
the flight engineer’s panel in the
simulator must be properly set for the
pilot training tasks and must not require
further monitoring or adjustment.
§ 121.1223 Flight Crewmember: Recurrent
training and evaluation schedule for
continuing qualification.
(a) To serve as a flight crewmember,
a person must complete the recurrent
academic and job performance training
segments for each aircraft type, as
prescribed in § 121.1367, in accordance
with the associated programmed hours
specified in § 121.1335. Each flight
crewmember must complete all of the
academic subjects and all of the job
performance tasks and environments in
accordance with the applicable QPS.
(b) A flight crewmember must
complete a recurrent academic training
module, a recurrent job performance
training module, and aircraft emergency
equipment training as prescribed in
§ 121.1367 and at the interval specified
in the applicable QPS.
(c) A flight crewmember must
complete recurrent academic and job
performance training modules by the
end of the eligibility period. The
eligibility period consists of the base
month, the month before the base month
and the month after the base month. The
base month is the 9th month following
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1304
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
the month during which the proficiency
test required in § 121.1365(b)(1) is
completed; the 9th month following the
month in which the proficiency test
authorized in § 121.1239 is completed;
or the 9th month following the
completion of the recurrent academic
and job performance training modules
when adjusting the base month in
accordance with § 121.1223(d).
(d) The base month may be adjusted
by completing the required recurrent
academic and recurrent job performance
training modules within the time frames
described in § 121.1223(f) at any time
prior to the beginning of the eligibility
period described in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(e) A flight crewmember who has not
completed recurrent training by the end
of the base month may continue to serve
until the end of the eligibility period.
However, if the recurrent requirements
are not completed during the eligibility
period and the base month is not
adjusted forward as described in
paragraph (d) of this section, the person
is unqualified for that flight
crewmember duty position on the first
day of the month following the
eligibility period. The unqualified
person may not serve in that flight
crewmember duty position until
requalified. The person must complete
the applicable phase of the
requalification training category in
accordance with § 121.1239 to become
requalified.
(f) Time required to complete
recurrent training:
(1) Academic Training. A flight
crewmember must complete each
required recurrent academic training
and evaluation within the preceding
number of months specified in the
applicable QPS. The academic training
must begin and end within the
eligibility period, and end within 30
days from the beginning of the academic
training.
(2) Job Performance Training. A flight
crewmember must complete required
job performance training and evaluation
within the preceding number of months
specified in the applicable QPS. The job
performance training must begin and
end within the eligibility period, and
end within 96 hours from the beginning
of the training.
§ 121.1225 Flight Crewmember: Operating
experience.
(a) Except as provided in this section,
no certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
required flight crewmember on an
aircraft, unless the person has
completed the operating experience and
operating cycles required by this section
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
for that aircraft type and in that duty
position in operations under this part.
The certificate holder must ensure that
the flight crewmember completing
operating experience and operating
cycles is current and qualified for the
duty position in accordance with this
part.
(b) Pilots must complete operating
experience and operating cycles as
follows:
(1) General. Operating experience
must include at least four operating
cycles and 21 hours in operations under
this part. At least one cycle must be
flown as the pilot monitoring the
aircraft. At least two cycles must be
flown as the pilot flying the aircraft, of
which at least one must be flown with
the automatic pilot disengaged after
takeoff until departing the terminal area
and prior to approach upon entering the
terminal area. A pilot will receive one
hour of credit towards the 21 hours
required by this paragraph for each
operating cycle completed in excess of
the four operating cycles required.
Operating experience must be started no
later than 60 days and completed within
120 days of completing the proficiency
test given at the end of initial,
transition, upgrade, or conversion
training. If operating experience is not
started within 60 days or completed
within 120 days of completing the
proficiency test, another proficiency test
is required to re-initiate operating
experience.
(2) Pilot in command.
(i) A qualifying pilot in command
completing operating experience and
operating cycles must complete all of
the following:
(A) Serve as the second in command
of record.
(B) Perform the duties of a pilot in
command under the supervision of a
check pilot or check captain, except as
provided in paragraph (d) of this
section.
(C) Be given a line check conducted
by an appropriately qualified check
pilot during the final portion of
operating experience. The line check
must consist of at least two operating
cycles. During one of the cycles the
qualifying pilot in command must
perform the duties of the pilot flying the
aircraft. In the other cycle, the
qualifying pilot in command must
perform the pilot monitoring duties.
(D) In addition to the requirements in
paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of
this section, a qualifying pilot in
command receiving operating
experience after completing initial or
upgrade training, must perform the
duties of a pilot in command during at
least one operating cycle under the
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
observation of an APD authorized to
conduct these observations or an FAA
inspector.
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph
(d) of this section, the check pilot or
check captain supervising operating
experience must serve as the pilot in
command and occupy a pilot station
under the following requirements:
(A) While supervising the
transitioning or converting pilot in
command until the qualifying pilot in
command has completed the following,
at which time the check pilot or check
captain may occupy the observer’s seat
for the remaining portion of the
operating experience:
(1) Made at least two takeoffs and
landings in the aircraft type used.
(2) Satisfactorily demonstrated to the
check pilot or check captain the ability
to perform the duties of a pilot in
command of that aircraft type.
(B) While supervising an initial or
upgrading pilot in command.
(3) Second in command. A second in
command pilot must perform the duties
of a second in command under the
supervision of an appropriately
qualified check pilot or check captain.
(c) A flight engineer must perform the
duties of a flight engineer for at least 10
hours of operating experience in
operations under this part under the
supervision of a check flight engineer, a
check pilot, a check captain, or a flight
engineer who is specifically authorized
by the POI to supervise operating
experience.
(d) During operating experience
following transition, conversion, or
upgrade training, the check pilot or
check captain may take a rest period
during the en route cruise portion of
flight, if the following conditions are
met:
(1) The pilot obtaining operating
experience meets the requirements of
paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A)(1) and (2) of this
section.
(2) The relief pilot meets the
requirements in § 121.1241(b)(3).
(e) In the case of an aircraft not
previously used by the certificate holder
in operations under this part, operating
experience for pilots and flight
engineers completed in the aircraft
during proving flights or ferry flights
may be used to meet this requirement.
(f) Credit for operating experience
hours may only be taken while the pilot
or flight engineer is under the direct
supervision of the check pilot or check
captain.
§ 121.1227
Pilot: Consolidation.
(a) Pilots completing the proficiency
test given at the end of initial,
transition, or conversion training must
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
complete at least 100 hours of LOFT for
consolidation in that aircraft type for the
certificate holder. The consolidation
hours must be completed within 120
days after completing the proficiency
test.
(1) If the consolidation flight time in
an aircraft type is interrupted by flight
time in another aircraft type, the pilot
must complete refresher training to
refresh the pilot’s knowledge and skills,
as provided in the certificate holder’s
approved training program. The
refresher training must be completed in
the aircraft type in which consolidation
was started before continuing the
consolidation. The refresher training
must be conducted by a flight instructor
or check pilot qualified under this part.
(2) Consolidation must be started no
later than 60 days after completion of
the proficiency test given at the end of
initial, transition, or conversion
training. If consolidation is not started
within 60 days of completing the
proficiency test, another proficiency test
is required to re-initiate consolidation.
(b) If consolidation is not completed
within 120 days of completing the
proficiency test given at the end of
initial, transition, or conversion
training, the certificate holder may
extend the 120-day period to no more
than 150 days if both of the following
conditions are met:
(1) The pilot continues to meet all
other applicable requirements of this
subpart.
(2) On or before the 120th day the
pilot completes refresher training
conducted by an appropriately qualified
and authorized instructor or check pilot
to refresh the pilot’s knowledge and
skills, as provided in the certificate
holder’s approved training program, or
a check pilot determines that the pilot
has retained an adequate level of
proficiency after observing that pilot in
a supervised line operating flight.
(c) If consolidation is not completed
within 150 days of completing the
proficiency test given at the end of
initial, transition, or conversion
training, the certificate holder may
extend the 150-day period to no more
than 210 days if both of the following
conditions are met:
(1) The pilot continues to meet all
other applicable requirements of this
subpart.
(2) On or before the 150th day the
pilot completes a proficiency check in a
Level C or D full flight simulator
qualified in accordance with part 60 of
this chapter.
(d) If consolidation is not completed
within 210 days of completing the
proficiency test given at the end of
initial, transition, or conversion
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
training, the remaining line operating
flight time that is necessary to complete
consolidation must be supervised by a
check pilot.
(e) If consolidation is not completed
by the time the proficiency test required
by § 121.1223 is completed for the first
recurrent period, consolidation must
start over.
§ 121.1229
Pilot: Recent experience.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
required pilot unless the person has
made, within the preceding 90 days, at
least three takeoffs and landings as the
pilot flying in the aircraft type in which
the person is to serve. The three takeoffs
and landings required by this paragraph
must be satisfied by compliance with
either paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section, but not a combination of
paragraph (b) and (c) of this section.
(b) If a pilot satisfies the requirements
of paragraph (a) of this section through
the use of an aircraft, the pilot must
complete three operating cycles in the
aircraft type in which the pilot serves.
(c) If a pilot satisfies the requirements
of paragraph (a) of this section through
the use of a full flight simulator (FFS),
the FFS must be qualified in accordance
with part 60 of this chapter and
approved for takeoff and landing
maneuvers. The pilot must complete in
a single simulator session at least three
takeoffs and landings and the
maneuvers and procedures prescribed
in the QPS. One takeoff and one landing
must be included in a LOFT
environment under § 121.1353.
(d) If it has been 90 days or less since
the pilot’s recency has lapsed, the pilot
may regain recency by completing at
least three takeoffs and landings using
the maneuvers and procedures specified
in the Pilot QPS in an FFS qualified for
takeoffs and landings in accordance
with part 60 of this chapter. All three
takeoffs and landings must be
conducted in a LOFT environment as
provided in § 121.1353.
(e) If it has been more than 90 days
since the pilot’s recency has lapsed, the
pilot may only regain recency by
completing the core conversion training
category in accordance with the pilot
QPS. Completing core conversion to
reestablish recency of experience does
not change the pilot’s recurrent training
base month.
§ 121.1231 Flight engineer: Recent
experience.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
required flight engineer unless, within
the preceding 90 days, the person has
performed the duties of a flight engineer
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1305
during at least three takeoffs and
landings in the aircraft type in which
the person is to serve. The three takeoffs
and landings required by this paragraph
must be satisfied by compliance with
either paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section, but not a combination of
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
(b) If a flight engineer satisfies the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section through the use of an aircraft,
the flight engineer must complete three
operating cycles in the aircraft type in
which the flight engineer serves.
(c) If a flight engineer satisfies the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section through the use of an FFS, the
FFS must be qualified in accordance
with part 60 of this chapter and
approved for takeoff and landing
maneuvers. When an FFS is used, the
flight engineer must complete in a
single simulator session at least three
takeoffs and landings and the
maneuvers and procedures prescribed
in the QPS. One takeoff and one landing
must be included in a LOFT
environment under § 121.1353.
(d) If it has been 90 days or less since
the flight engineer’s recency has lapsed,
the flight engineer may regain recency
by completing a proficiency check in
accordance with the Flight Engineer
QPS. This proficiency check must be
administered with a complete flight
crew, with each crewmember duty
position filled by a person who is
qualified or in student status to serve in
that crewmember duty position.
(e) If it has been more than 90 days
since the flight engineer’s recency has
lapsed, the flight engineer may only
regain recency by completing the core
conversion training category in
accordance with the flight engineer
QPS. Completing core conversion to
reestablish recency of experience does
not change the flight engineer’s
recurrent training base month.
§ 121.1233
Line checks.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
pilot in command, unless, within the
preceding 24 months, that person has
completed a line check for that
certificate holder in one of the aircraft
types in which he or she is to serve.
During the line check, the person must
perform the duties and responsibilities
of a pilot in command.
(b) A pilot in command line check for
domestic and flag operations must be
administered by a check pilot or APD
who is current and qualified on both the
route and the aircraft type. A pilot in
command line check for supplemental
operations must be administered by a
check pilot or APD who is current and
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1306
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
qualified in the aircraft type and must
be conducted on an instrument flight
rules flight plan.
(c) A line check conducted under this
part must consist of at least two
operating cycles during operations
under this part. In one of the cycles the
pilot in command must perform the
duties of the pilot flying the aircraft. In
the other cycle, the pilot in command
must perform the pilot monitoring
duties.
(d) The check pilot or APD
conducting the line check must evaluate
the entire flight crew in the performance
of their duties during the line check of
the pilot in command required by
paragraph (a) of this section. The check
pilot or APD will record the evaluation
of the pilot in command and any other
required flight crewmember that
demonstrates a lack of proficiency. If
any required flight crewmember
performs below standard on any tasks,
that person may not serve as a required
flight crewmember in operations under
this part until he or she receives training
on such tasks, and completes a
proficiency test in those tasks.
(e) Check pilots or APDs conducting
line checks must conduct a debriefing of
the flight crew that includes technical
and resource management
competencies.
(f) On flights with a flight engineer as
a required crewmember, check pilots or
APDs who meet the qualification
requirements of this subpart to conduct
pilot in command line checks will
evaluate flight engineer performance
during the line check. The check pilot
or APD is not required to hold a flight
engineer certificate to conduct flight
engineer evaluations during line checks.
(g) If a pilot does not receive the line
check required by paragraph (a) of this
section, the pilot may not serve as pilot
in command in operations under this
part until he or she completes the
following:
(1) If it has been more than 24
months, but less than 30 months since
the pilot received his or her last line
check, the pilot must complete a line
check. The check pilot or APD must
serve as the pilot in command during
the line check and must occupy a pilot
duty station.
(2) If it has been 30 months or more
since the pilot received his or her last
line check, the pilot must complete the
core conversion training category in
accordance with the pilot QPS and
complete a line check. The check pilot
or APD must serve as the pilot in
command during the line check and
must occupy a pilot duty station.
Completing core conversion to satisfy
the line check requirement does not
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
change the pilot’s recurrent training
base month.
(h) If a pilot in command fails the line
check required by paragraph (a) of this
section, the pilot may not serve in
operations under this part until he or
she successfully completes within 60
days of the date of failure all of the
following:
(1) Recurrent academic training
without adjusting the recurrent base
month.
(2) A proficiency check.
(3) A qualification LOFT, consisting
of at least two operating cycles, one
under normal conditions, and one that
includes abnormal or emergency issues.
(4) Two operating cycles during line
operations under the supervision of a
check pilot or APD, followed by a line
check. The check pilot or APD must
serve as the pilot in command and
occupy a pilot duty station during the
operating cycles required by this section
and the line check.
(i) If a pilot in command fails to meet
the requirements of paragraph (h) of this
section within 60 days of the date of the
failed line check, the pilot in command
may not serve in operations under this
part until the pilot in command
completes the following:
(1) Full conversion training without
adjusting the recurrent base month.
(2) A proficiency check.
(3) A qualification LOFT, consisting
of at least two operating cycles, one
under normal conditions, and one that
includes abnormal or emergency issues.
(4) Two operating cycles during line
operations under the supervision of a
check pilot or APD, followed by a line
check. The check pilot or APD must
serve as the pilot in command and
occupy a pilot duty station during the
operating cycles required by this section
and the line check.
procedures and authorized instrument
approach procedures for the airports
involved.
(7) Congested areas and physical
layout of each airport in the terminal
area in which the pilot will operate.
(8) Notices to Airmen.
(b) Each certificate holder must
provide a system acceptable to the
Administrator for disseminating the
information required by paragraph (a) of
this section to the pilots and appropriate
flight operations personnel. The system
must also provide an acceptable means
for showing compliance with pilot
qualification for special areas, routes,
and airports.
(c) The Administrator may determine
that certain airports (due to items such
as surrounding terrain, obstructions, or
complex approach or departure
procedures) are special airports
requiring special airport qualifications
and that certain areas or routes require
a special type of navigation
qualification.
(d) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
pilot in special airport operations
unless, within the preceding 18 months,
the pilot has met one of the following
requirements:
(1) Made a takeoff and landing at the
special airport while serving as a pilot
flying the aircraft.
(2) Qualified by using photographs
and diagrams approved by the
Administrator for the special airport.
(3) Qualified by using written
descriptions and diagrams of the special
characteristics of the airport only in
those cases where the country in which
the airport is located does not allow
photographs to be taken of the airport.
The written descriptions and diagrams
must be approved by the Administrator.
§ 121.1235
§ 121.1237 Pilot: Operating limitations and
crew pairing.
Pilot: Routes and airports.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
pilot, unless that pilot has current
information provided by the certificate
holder regarding routes, airports and
terminal areas into which that pilot
operates. The certificate holder must
ensure that each pilot has adequate
knowledge and skill to use the
information. The certificate holder must
provide information on at least the
following subjects:
(1) Weather.
(2) Navigation facilities.
(3) Communication procedures,
including airport visual aids.
(4) Terrain and obstructions.
(5) Minimum safe flight levels.
(6) En route and terminal area arrival
and departure procedures, holding
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
pilot in operations under this part
unless either the pilot in command or
the second in command has at least 75
hours of line operating flight time for
that aircraft type, either as pilot in
command or second in command. The
Administrator may, upon application by
the certificate holder, authorize
deviations from the requirements of this
paragraph by an appropriate
amendment to the operations
specifications in any of the following
circumstances:
(1) A new certificate holder does not
employ any pilots who meet the
minimum requirements of this
paragraph (a).
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(2) An existing certificate holder adds
an aircraft type that was not previously
proven for use in its operations.
(3) An existing certificate holder
establishes a new domicile to which it
assigns pilots who will be required to
become qualified on the aircraft
operated from that domicile.
(b) If the second in command has
fewer than 100 hours of flight time as
second in command in operations under
this part in the aircraft type being flown,
and the pilot in command is not an
appropriately qualified check pilot, the
pilot in command must make all
takeoffs and landings in any of the
following conditions:
(1) The prevailing visibility value in
the latest weather report for the airport
is below 3⁄4 mile.
(2) The runway visual range for the
runway to be used is below 4,000 feet.
(3) The runway to be used has water,
snow, slush or similar conditions that
may adversely affect aircraft
performance.
(4) The braking action on the runway
to be used is reported to be less than
‘‘good.’’
(5) The crosswind component for the
runway to be used is in excess of 15
knots.
(6) Windshear is reported in the
vicinity of the airport.
(7) Any time the pilot in command
determines it to be prudent to make the
takeoffs and landings.
(c) Except for check pilots, newly
qualifying PIC in the aircraft type, and
as described in paragraph (d) of this
section, no certificate holder may use
any person, nor may any person serve,
as a PIC or SIC in operations under this
part unless the PIC has been trained for,
is assigned to, and operates the aircraft
from the left hand pilot’s seat, and the
SIC has been trained for, is assigned to,
and operates the aircraft from the right
hand seat.
(d) A certificate holder may authorize
an assigned PIC to operate the aircraft
from the right hand pilot seat and to
authorize the assigned SIC to operate
the aircraft from the left hand pilot seat
provided the pilots have completed
either a training program for that pilot
seat or the seat dependent task training
for that pilot seat in accordance with the
Pilot QPS. The responsibilities of the
PIC and SIC who exchange operating
seats as described in this paragraph,
remain unchanged regardless of the
pilot seat being occupied. Duties and
functions of the pilot flying and the
pilot monitoring will change only due to
the limitations and requirements
imposed by occupying the opposite
pilot seat.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
§ 121.1239 Flight crewmember:
Requalification.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
pilot or flight engineer if that person has
become unqualified by failing to
complete recurrent academic or job
performance training segments
including proficiency tests, proficiency
checks, and proficiency reviews, as
required by § 121.1223.
(b) If a person fails to meet any of the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section, then the person must complete
the initial training requirements of
§ 121.1365 in accordance with the Pilot
QPS, including operating experience
and proficiency test, or the person must
meet the requirements of this paragraph
in accordance with the appropriate
requalification phase to be requalified.
The requalification phases are based on
the person being unqualified and the
number of months after the month in
which the person last served in a
crewmember duty position for the
aircraft type in operations under this
part.
(1) Phase I Requalification.
(i) Eligibility for Phase I
Requalification. An unqualified flight
crewmember may requalify by
completing the Phase I Requalification
program if it has been less than 9
months since the month the person last
served in a crewmember duty position
for the aircraft type.
(ii) Phase I Requalification program.
The flight crewmember must complete
all of the recurrent training modules or
any modules that were not completed.
These requirements must be completed
within 30 days of beginning
requalification training and less than 9
months from the month the person last
served in a crewmember duty position
for the aircraft type in operations under
this part. The flight crewmember’s base
month for recurrent training will not
change.
(2) Phase II Requalification.
(i) Eligibility for Phase II
Requalification. An unqualified flight
crewmember may requalify by
completing the Phase II Requalification
program if it has been 9 months or more,
but less than 27 months since the month
the person last served in a crewmember
duty position for the aircraft type in
operations under this part.
(ii) Phase II Requalification program.
The flight crewmember must complete
the following Phase II Requalification
requirements within 60 days of
beginning requalification training and
less than 27 months from the month the
person last served in a crewmember
duty position for the aircraft type in
operations under this part:
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1307
(A) The flight crewmember must
complete the core conversion training
category. The Principal Operations
Inspector will decide, on a case by case
basis, the number of programmed hours
for academic and job performance
training. For academic training, the
required programmed hours may be
more or less than the core conversion
training hours. For the job performance
training segment, the programmed hours
will be no less than the minimum job
performance programmed hours for the
core conversion training category
required by the applicable QPS. A pilot
in command must also complete a line
check.
(B) The flight crewmember’s recurrent
base month must be changed as
appropriate to correspond to the month
in which the proficiency test was
completed.
(3) Phase III Requalification.
(i) Eligibility for Phase III
Requalification. An unqualified flight
crewmember must complete the Phase
III Requalification program if it has been
27 months or more since the month the
person last served in a crewmember
duty position for the aircraft type in
operations under this part.
(ii) Phase III Requalification program.
The flight crewmember must complete
the following Phase III Requalification
requirements within 90 days of
beginning requalification training:
(A) The flight crewmember must
complete the full conversion training
category, except the programmed hours
specified in the QPS do not apply. The
Principal Operations Inspector will
decide, on a case by case basis, the
number of hours for academic and job
performance training. For job
performance training, the programmed
hours will be no less than the minimum
job performance programmed hours for
the full conversion training category
required by the applicable QPS. A pilot
must also complete a qualification
LOFT, and a pilot in command must
also complete a line check.
(B) The flight crewmember’s recurrent
base month must be changed as
appropriate to correspond to the month
in which the proficiency test was
completed.
§ 121.1241
controls.
Flight crewmembers at
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section, each required flight
crewmember on flight deck duty must
remain at the assigned duty station with
seat belt fastened while the aircraft is
taking off or landing, and while it is en
route.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1308
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(b) A required flight crewmember may
leave the assigned duty station only in
the following situations:
(1) If the crewmember’s absence is
necessary for the performance of duties
in connection with the operation of the
aircraft.
(2) If the crewmember’s absence is in
connection with physiological needs.
(3) If the crewmember (PIC or SIC) is
taking a rest period, and relief is
provided during the en route cruise
portion of the flight by a pilot who
meets all of the following:
(i) Holds an airline transport pilot
certificate and a type rating on the
aircraft.
(ii) Is qualified as pilot in command
or second in command on the aircraft.
(iii) Has completed operating
experience in accordance with
§ 121.1225.
(iv) Has completed line operating
flight time for consolidation, if
applicable, within the time prescribed
in § 121.1227.
(v) Has completed either of the
following:
(A) Training for the duty station to be
occupied.
(B) Training for the opposite duty
station and the seat dependent task
training described in the pilot QPS for
the duty station to be occupied.
(vi) Is maintaining recency in
accordance with § 121.1229.
(4) If the pilot in command is taking
a rest period in accordance with
paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the pilot
in command must designate an acting
pilot in command on the flight deck.
Check Pilot And Check Flight Engineer
Qualification
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1251 Eligibility: Check pilot, check
flight engineer, Aircrew Program Designee
(APD), and Flight Instructor.
To be eligible to enter training as a
check pilot, check flight engineer, APD,
or Flight Instructor, a person must meet
the following requirements:
(a) For pilots:
(1) Have an ATP certificate and a
rating for the aircraft type in which they
are to serve.
(2) Have served in one of the
following capacities for at least 1 year in
an aircraft of the same group in which
that person is authorized to instruct or
evaluate:
(i) A flight instructor in a certificate
holder’s approved training program.
(ii) A pilot in command.
(iii) A Training Center Evaluator
(TCE).
(iv) A second in command.
(3) Have completed the certificate
holder’s academic and job performance
training segments for pilot in command,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
in accordance with §§ 121.1365 and
121.1367, for the aircraft type on which
they are to serve as an instructor, check
pilot, or APD.
(b) For flight engineers:
(1) Have a flight engineer certificate
and a rating for the aircraft type in
which they are to serve.
(2) Have served as a flight engineer for
at least 1 year in an aircraft of the same
group in which that person is
authorized to instruct or evaluate.
(3) Have completed the certificate
holder’s academic and job performance
training segments for flight engineer in
accordance with §§ 121.1365 and
121.1367, for the aircraft type on which
they are to serve as an instructor, check
flight engineer, or APD.
§ 121.1253 Check pilot and check flight
engineer: Training, evaluation, approval,
and recent experience.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
check pilot or check flight engineer in
a training program established under
this subpart, with respect to the aircraft
type involved, unless the person has
satisfied the requirements of this
section.
(a) Training:
(1) For check pilots, the following:
(i) The certificate holder’s approved
academic and job performance training
for check pilots, as required by
§§ 121.1381 and 121.1383.
(ii) The seat dependent task training
from both seats, in accordance with the
QPS.
(2) For check flight engineers, the
certificate holder’s approved academic
and job performance training for check
flight engineers, as required by
§§ 121.1381 and 121.1383.
(b) Evaluation:
(1) For check pilots, the following
observation checks:
(i) To be authorized to conduct
proficiency tests or proficiency checks,
the person must be observed conducting
a proficiency test or proficiency check
in an FFS by an FAA inspector or an
APD, and the pilot undergoing the
proficiency test or proficiency check for
this observation must be signed off by
the FAA inspector or the APD as the
evaluator of record.
(ii) To be authorized to conduct line
checks, the person must be observed
conducting a line check by an FAA
inspector or an APD, and the pilot
undergoing the line check for this
observation must be signed off by the
FAA inspector or the APD as the
evaluator of record.
(2) For check flight engineers, to be
authorized to conduct proficiency tests
or proficiency checks, the person must
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
be observed conducting a proficiency
test or proficiency check in an FFS by
an FAA inspector or an APD, and the
flight engineer undergoing the
proficiency test or proficiency check for
this observation must be signed off by
the FAA inspector or the APD as the
evaluator of record.
(c) Approval:
(1) For check pilots, after completing
the requirements of paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section, the check pilot may
be issued an FAA letter of authorization
to conduct the following, as applicable:
(i) Proficiency tests, proficiency
checks, or proficiency reviews, or any
combination.
(ii) Line checks.
(2) For check flight engineers, after
completing the requirements of
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section,
the check flight engineer may be issued
an FAA letter of authorization to
conduct proficiency tests, proficiency
checks, or proficiency reviews, or any
combination.
(3) Check pilots and check flight
engineers may conduct only those
activities listed on the FAA letter of
authorization.
(d) Recent experience:
(1) Check pilots and check flight
engineers must maintain recency as a
pilot or flight engineer as required by
§ 121.1229 or § 121.1231, as applicable.
Check pilots and check flight engineers
who use the authorizations of
§ 121.1229(c) or § 121.1231(c), as
applicable, to maintain this recency of
experience requirement, must also,
within 90 days before performing the
duties of a check pilot or check flight
engineer, satisfy the following
requirements:
(i) The check pilot must have made at
least five takeoffs and landings in an
FFS qualified in accordance with part
60 of this chapter and approved for
performing takeoffs and landings.
(ii) The check flight engineer must
have served as a flight engineer on five
takeoffs and landings in an FFS
qualified in accordance with part 60 of
this chapter and approved for
performing takeoffs and landings.
(2) After a person has been a check
pilot or a check flight engineer for 12
months:
(i) The person may not serve as a
check pilot or a check flight engineer
unless in the preceding 12 months the
person has completed at least eight
evaluation activities for the certificate
holder. The minimum of eight activities
must include at least one of each
activity he or she is authorized to
conduct in accordance with the
applicable QPS. If the check pilot or
check flight engineer fails to conduct at
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
least eight activities, that person may
not serve as a check pilot or check flight
engineer until the person is re-observed
by an FAA inspector or an APD while
conducting a proficiency test or
proficiency check. If the person has
conducted eight activities but one or
more of the authorized activities have
not been conducted:
(A) The check pilot or check flight
engineer may not serve as a check pilot
or check flight engineer until reobserved by an FAA inspector or an
APD while conducting a proficiency test
or proficiency check; or
(B) The certificate holder must request
that the FAA update the check pilot’s or
check flight engineer’s letter of
authorization by removing the nonconducted activities from the
authorizations.
(ii) Within the 12 months preceding
performing the duties of a check pilot or
check flight engineer, the check pilot or
check flight engineer must have
completed the following:
(A) Attended all standardization
meetings (required by § 121.1355(a)(2))
for each aircraft type in which the
person is authorized to conduct check
pilot or check flight engineer duties; and
(B) If the check pilot or check flight
engineer meets the requirements of
paragraph (d)(1) of this section by
completing § 121.1229(b) or
§ 121.1231(b) through aircraft operations
other than line operations under this
part, or by completing § 121.1229(c) or
§ 121.1231(c) in a qualified and
approved FFS, the check pilot or check
flight engineer must have observed the
line operations of at least one of the
certificate holders for whom the check
pilot or check flight engineer performs
evaluations. This observation must be
part of a Principal Operations Inspector
approved line-observation program.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1255 Check Captain: Additional
training requirements.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
check captain in operations under this
part with respect to the aircraft type
involved, unless the person is current
and qualified as a pilot in command and
has done the following in an FSTD:
(a) Learned the safety measures to be
taken from either pilot seat for
emergency situations that are likely to
develop during flight operations.
(b) Learned the potential
consequences of improper, untimely or
unexecuted safety measures during
flight operations.
(c) Completed the seat dependent task
training described in the QPS.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
§ 121.1257 Check pilot, check captain, and
check flight engineer: Initial cadre.
(a) A certificate holder may use a
person as a check pilot, check captain,
or check flight engineer even though the
person does not meet the experience,
recency, crew pairing, or consolidation
requirements of the subpart, if the
person meets the initial cadre
requirements of this section. The FAA
will determine the period of initial
cadre status and may terminate initial
cadre status entirely or for an individual
check pilot, check captain, or check
flight engineer, if necessary. In no case
will initial cadre status exceed a period
of 24 months.
(b) To be an initial cadre check pilot,
check captain, or check flight engineer
for a part 119 certificate holder and to
continue to serve in that capacity for the
authorized period, a person must meet
all of the following requirements:
(1) Be employed by the part 119
certificate holder.
(2) Have served at least 3 years in the
past 6 years as a pilot in command or
as a flight engineer, as applicable, on an
aircraft of the same group in which the
person is to perform duties as an initial
cadre check pilot, check captain, or
check flight engineer.
(3) Have the appropriate certificates
and ratings for the aircraft type and pilot
or flight engineer position.
(4) Have completed the academic and
job performance training segments of
the applicable training categories, as
approved by the Principal Operations
Inspector for the part 119 certificate
holder that are required to serve as a
pilot in command or flight engineer, as
applicable. For initial cadre check
pilots, these requirements must be
completed for both pilot seats.
(5) Perform each of the duties to be
accomplished as a check pilot, check
captain, or check flight engineer under
the observation of an FAA inspector.
When an observed activity must be
made part of a training record, the
people undergoing the observed
activities must be signed off by the FAA
inspector as the evaluator of record.
(6) Be approved by the Principal
Operations Inspector for the specific
duties to be performed.
(c) Initial cadre check pilots, check
captains, and check flight engineers may
obtain aircraft operating experience
while supervising or being supervised
by other initial cadre check pilots, check
captains, and check flight engineers,
and while being observed by the FAA.
Operating experience for initial cadre
personnel may be obtained during
revenue passenger operations or during
aircraft delivery flights, ferry flights,
repositioning flights, or proving flights.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1309
(d) An initial cadre check pilot, check
captain, or check flight engineer may
not gain operating experience in
operations under this part unless there
is at least one initial cadre check pilot
on that flight who has the following
experience in the aircraft type:
(1) Has at least 5 hours of operating
experience at the pilot controls; and
(2) Has made at least two takeoffs and
landings within the previous 60 days.
(e) The part 119 certificate holder
must propose for approval by the
Principal Operations Inspector, current
employees, employees of part 142
certificate holders, employees of other
part 119 certificate holders, or aircraft
manufacturers as instructors, check
pilots, and aircrew program designees
(APDs) for initial cadre duties. The FAA
must complete all evaluation of initial
cadre check pilots and check flight
engineers.
(f) Notwithstanding contrary
provisions of § 121.1227 for
consolidation of knowledge and skills
(including operating experience
required under § 121.1225), an initial
cadre check pilot or check captain may
delay initiating line operating flight
time for consolidation. The initiation of
consolidation may be delayed until 180
days after completing the proficiency
test at the end of the initial or transition
training category, or until 10 days after
the initial cadre status is terminated by
the Principal Operations Inspector,
whichever is sooner. Once
consolidation is initiated, the pilot must
acquire 100 hours of line operating
experience within 120 days. If
consolidation is not completed as
required by this paragraph, the pilot
must restart consolidation in accordance
with § 121.1227.
(g) Notwithstanding contrary
provisions of § 121.1229 for recent
takeoff and landing experience, an
initial cadre check pilot or check
captain may perform the duties of a
pilot in command or second in
command in operations under this part
if the initial cadre check pilot or check
captain has satisfied the following two
requirements:
(1) Has accumulated at least 5 hours
of operating experience as the pilot
flying in the aircraft type.
(2) Has made at least two takeoffs and
landings as the pilot flying within the
previous 60 days in the aircraft type.
(h) Notwithstanding contrary
provisions of § 121.1237 for crew
pairing, an initial cadre check pilot or
check captain may perform the duties of
a pilot in command or second in
command in operations under this part
without respect to the minimum
number of hours of line operating flight
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1310
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
time in that aircraft type accumulated
by the pilot occupying the other pilot
position if the initial cadre check pilot
or check captain has satisfied the
following two requirements:
(1) Has accumulated at least 5 hours
of operating experience as the pilot
flying in the aircraft type.
(2) Has made at least two takeoffs and
landings as the pilot flying within the
previous 60 days in the aircraft type.
Aircrew Program Designee
Qualification
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1271 Aircrew Program Designee
(APD): Training, evaluation, and recent
experience.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
pilot APD or a flight engineer APD in a
training program established under this
subpart, with respect to the aircraft type
involved, unless the person meets the
requirements of § 121.1251 and has
satisfied the requirements of this
section.
(a) Training:
(1) For pilot APDs, the following:
(i) The certificate holder’s approved
academic and job performance training
for check pilots, as required by
§§ 121.1381 and 121.1383.
(ii) The seat dependent task training
from both seats, in accordance with the
QPS.
(2) For flight engineer APDs, the
certificate holder’s approved academic
and job performance training for check
flight engineers, as required by
§§ 121.1381 and 121.1383.
(b) Evaluation:
(1) For pilot APDs, the following
observation checks:
(i) To be authorized to conduct
proficiency tests, the APD must be
observed conducting a proficiency test
in an FFS by an FAA inspector, and the
pilot undergoing the proficiency test for
this observation must be signed off by
the FAA inspector as the evaluator of
record.
(ii) To be authorized to conduct line
checks, the APD must be observed
conducting a line check by an FAA
inspector, and the pilot undergoing the
line check for this observation must be
signed off by the FAA inspector as the
evaluator of record.
(2) For flight engineer APDs, to be
authorized to conduct proficiency tests,
the person must be observed conducting
a proficiency test in an FFS by an FAA
inspector, and the flight engineer
undergoing the proficiency test for this
observation must be signed off by the
FAA inspector as the evaluator of
record.
(c) Approval:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(1) For pilot APDs, after completing
the requirements of paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section, the pilot APD may be
issued an FAA letter of authorization
and a certificate of designation to
conduct the following, as applicable:
(i) Proficiency tests, or
(ii) Line checks.
(2) For flight engineer APDs, after
completing the requirements of
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section,
the flight engineer APD may be issued
an FAA letter of authorization and a
certificate of designation to conduct
proficiency tests.
(3) APDs may conduct only those
activities listed on the FAA letter of
authorization.
(d) Recent experience:
(1) APDs must maintain recency as a
pilot or flight engineer as required by
§ 121.1229 or § 121.1231, as applicable.
APDs who use the authorizations of
§ 121.1229(c) or § 121.1231(c), as
applicable, to maintain this recency
requirement, must also, within 90 days
before performing the duties of an APD,
satisfy the following requirements:
(i) The pilot APD must have made at
least five takeoffs and landings in an
FFS qualified in accordance with part
60 of this chapter and approved for
performing takeoffs and landings.
(ii) The flight engineer APD must
have served as a flight engineer on five
takeoffs in an FFS qualified in
accordance with part 60 of this chapter
and approved for performing takeoffs
and landings.
(2) After a person has been an APD for
12 months, within the 12 months
preceding performing the duties of a
pilot or flight engineer APD, the APD
must:
(i) Have attended all standardization
meetings (required by § 121.1355(a)(2))
for each aircraft type in which the
person is authorized to conduct APD
duties; and
(ii) If the APD has met the
requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this
section by completing § 121.1229(c) or
§ 121.1231(c), complete a Principal
Operations Inspector approved lineobservation program by observing the
certificate holder’s line operations from
the observer seat.
Flight Instructor Qualification
§ 121.1281 Flight instructor: Qualification
and training.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
flight instructor in a training program
established under this subpart, with
respect to the aircraft type involved,
unless the person meets the
requirements of § 121.1251 and has
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
satisfied the requirements of this
section.
(a) Training:
(1) For a pilot flight instructor, the
following:
(i) The FAA-approved training
program for the certificate holder in the
appropriate category of academic and
job performance training for pilots, as
required by § 121.1365; and, when
applicable, the recurring academic and
job performance training for pilots, as
required by § 121.1367.
(ii) The part 119 certificate holder’s
approved academic training for pilot
flight instructors, as required by
§ 121.1377, and the part 119 certificate
holder’s job performance training for
pilot flight instructors, as required by
§ 121.1379.
(iii) The seat-dependent task training
from both seats, in accordance with the
QPS.
(2) For a flight engineer flight
instructor, the following:
(i) The FAA-approved training
program for the certificate holder in the
appropriate category of academic and
job performance training for flight
engineers, as required by § 121.1365;
and, when applicable, the recurring
academic and job performance training
for flight engineers, as required by
§ 121.1367.
(ii) The part 119 certificate holder’s
approved academic training for flight
engineer flight instructors, as required
by § 121.1377, and the part 119
certificate holder’s job performance
training for flight engineer flight
instructors, as required by § 121.1379.
(b) Evaluation:
(1) For pilot flight instructors, the
following observation checks:
(i) To be authorized to conduct flight
training:
(A) The flight instructor must be
observed conducting flight training in
an FFS by a check pilot; and
(B) The pilot undergoing the flight
training for this observation must be
signed off by the check pilot as the
instructor of record.
(ii) To be authorized to conduct
proficiency reviews:
(A) The flight instructor must be
observed conducting a proficiency
review by a check pilot; and
(B) The pilot undergoing the
proficiency review for this observation
must be signed off by the check pilot as
the evaluator of record.
(2) For flight engineer flight
instructors, to be authorized to conduct
flight training:
(i) The flight instructor must be
observed conducting flight training in
an FFS by a check flight engineer; and
(ii) The flight engineer undergoing the
flight training for this observation must
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
be signed off by the check flight
engineer as the instructor of record.
(c) Acceptance and approval:
(1) Acceptance of flight instructors:
The certificate holder must submit a list
of all flight instructors and authorized
activities to the Principal Operations
Inspector. The flight instructors must be
acceptable to the FAA.
(2) Approval of flight instructors to
conduct proficiency reviews: The flight
instructor must receive a letter of
authorization from the Principal
Operations Inspector to conduct
proficiency reviews.
(d) Recent experience:
(1) Flight instructors must maintain
recency as a pilot or flight engineer as
required by § 121.1229 or § 121.1231, as
applicable. Flight instructors who use
the authorizations of § 121.1229(c) or
§ 121.1231(c), as applicable, to maintain
this recency requirement, must also,
within 90 days before performing the
duties of a flight instructor, satisfy the
following requirements:
(i) The pilot flight instructor must
have made at least five takeoffs and
landings and the maneuvers and
procedures prescribed in the QPS in an
FFS qualified in accordance with part
60 of this chapter and approved for
performing takeoffs and landings.
(ii) The flight engineer flight
instructor must have served as a flight
engineer on five takeoffs in an FFS
qualified in accordance with part 60 of
this chapter and approved for
performing takeoffs and landings.
(2) After a person has been a flight
instructor for 12 months:
(i) The person may not serve as a
flight instructor unless in the preceding
12 months the person has completed at
least eight instructor activities for the
certificate holder. The minimum of
eight instructor activities must include
at least one period of job performance
training, one LOFT, and, if authorized,
one proficiency review. If the person
fails to conduct at least eight activities
within the previous 12-month period,
that person may not serve as a flight
instructor until:
(A) The person is observed
conducting job performance training or
LOFT by a check pilot or check flight
engineer. This observation will allow
the person to conduct job performance
training or LOFT.
(B) The person is observed conducting
a proficiency review by a check pilot or
check flight engineer. This observation
will allow the person to conduct job
performance training, LOFT, or
proficiency reviews.
(C) During the observation required by
paragraph (d)(2)(i)(A) or (d)(2)(i)(B) of
this section, the check pilot or check
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
flight engineer must be the instructor or
evaluator of record.
(ii) If the person conducts at least
eight activities within the previous 12month period, but one or more of the
authorized activities was not conducted
within that period:
(A) Before conducting the job
performance training, LOFT, or
proficiency reviews, the person must be
observed by a check pilot or check
engineer, as described in paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section, as appropriate;
or
(B) The certificate holder must revise
the list of authorized activities
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section to eliminate the activities that
were not conducted. If the person fails
to conduct a proficiency review, the
certificate holder must advise the
Principal Operations Inspector and the
letter of authorization will be rescinded.
(iii) Within the 12 months preceding
performing the duties of a pilot or flight
engineer flight instructor, the flight
instructor must have attended all
standardization meetings (required by
§ 121.1355(a)(2)) for each aircraft type
and for each certificate holder for which
the person is authorized to conduct
flight instructor duties.
(e) If the flight instructor is authorized
to conduct proficiency reviews, the
flight instructor must, within the
preceding 24 months, conduct a
proficiency review under the
observation of a check pilot or check
flight engineer approved by the
Principal Operations Inspector to
conduct the observation. The
proficiency review must be
accomplished in an FFS qualified under
part 60 of this chapter as prescribed in
the applicable QPS.
Flight Attendant Instructor
Qualification
§ 121.1291 Flight attendant instructor:
Qualification and training.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section, no certificate holder
may use any person, nor may any
person serve, as a flight attendant
instructor in a training program
established under this subpart unless
that person meets the following
requirements:
(1) Within the past 12 months,
completed basic qualification or
recurrent flight attendant training for
the certificate holder, except those
performance drills that the person
cannot physically perform. A person
may provide instruction only in those
performance drills that the person can
perform at the time of instruction and
that the person has completed within
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1311
the past 12 months as part of the
person’s basic qualification or recurrent
flight attendant training for the
certificate holder.
(2) Within the past 12 months
completed initial or recurrent flight
attendant instructor training as follows:
(i) Training policies and procedures.
(ii) Instructor duties, functions and
responsibilities.
(iii) The applicable regulations of this
chapter and the certificate holder’s
policies and procedures.
(iv) Appropriate methods, procedures
and techniques for conducting academic
training to include performance drills.
(v) Evaluation of student performance.
(vi) Appropriate action in the case of
unsatisfactory performance.
(vii) The approved methods,
procedures and limitations for
instructing and evaluating in the
required normal, abnormal and
emergency procedures applicable to the
aircraft.
(viii) Curriculum review.
(b) A person who is a subject matter
expert with specific technical
knowledge on a subject may be used to
conduct flight attendant training in
accordance with the Flight Attendant
QPS.
Flight Attendant
§ 121.1301 Flight attendant: Training and
evaluation.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
required flight attendant in operations
under this part unless that person has
completed the required curriculum for
that aircraft type and crewmember duty
position.
(a) A curriculum consists of the
programmed hours, including training
and evaluation, as specified in
§ 121.1335 and in the flight attendant
QPS, and the following training
categories.
(1) New hire training as prescribed in
§ 121.1363.
(2) Initial training as prescribed in
§ 121.1369.
(3) Emergency training as prescribed
in § 121.1373.
(4) Differences training as prescribed
in § 121.1391.
(5) Transition training as prescribed
in § 121.1369 for flight attendants
eligible under § 121.1371.
(6) Recurrent training as prescribed in
§ 121.1375, according to the schedule
prescribed in § 121.1303.
(7) Requalification training, if
necessary, as prescribed in § 121.1309.
(8) Special training, if necessary, as
prescribed in § 121.1337.
(b) Continuity of training. Within 120
days of beginning first time qualification
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1312
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
for the certificate holder, a person must
have completed in the following order:
(1) New hire training as prescribed in
§ 121.1363.
(2) Initial training as prescribed in
§ 121.1369.
(3) Emergency training as prescribed
in § 121.1373.
(c) Failure to complete training within
120 days. If a person fails to complete
the required curriculum within the 120
days, as required by paragraph (b) of
this section, the person must repeat the
required training categories. No credit is
given for any of the training previously
completed if the entire curriculum is
not completed within 120 days.
§ 121.1303 Flight attendant: Continuing
qualification.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
flight attendant unless the person has
completed the training required by
paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section
within the previous 12 months:
(a) New hire training, initial training,
transition training, emergency training,
and differences training, as applicable,
as described in § 121.1301(a)(1) through
(5).
(b) Recurrent training as required by
§ 121.1375.
(1) A flight attendant must complete
recurrent academic and job performance
training modules by the end of the
eligibility period. The eligibility period
consists of the base month, the month
before the base month and the month
after the base month.
(2) A flight attendant who has not
completed recurrent training by the end
of the base month may continue to serve
until the end of the eligibility period.
(c) Requalification training as
prescribed in § 121.1309.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1305 Flight attendant: Aircraft
operating experience.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
flight attendant, unless that person has
completed, for the certificate holder, the
aircraft operating experience required
by this section and the Flight Attendant
QPS.
(a) A person must complete aircraft
operating experience for the aircraft
type on which the person is to serve as
a flight attendant within 90 days of
completing initial training on that
aircraft type.
(b) A person receiving aircraft
operating experience may not serve as a
required crewmember on that aircraft
type.
(c) Aircraft operating experience must
be completed in passenger carrying
operations under this part or in proving
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
flights conducted under part 91 of this
chapter.
(d) A person may not begin aircraft
operating experience for a specific
aircraft type until the person has
completed initial training for the aircraft
type.
(e) A check flight attendant qualified
under this part must supervise aircraft
operating experience. In addition the
following requirements apply:
(1) A check flight attendant may not
supervise more than four persons
receiving aircraft operating experience
on any one operating cycle.
(2) Not more than two check flight
attendants may supervise aircraft
operating experience on any one
operating cycle.
(3) The number of persons receiving
aircraft operating experience on a
particular aircraft may not exceed twice
the number of flight attendants required
by § 121.391 for that aircraft.
(f) A person receiving aircraft
operating experience must perform the
duties of a flight attendant on at least
two operating cycles in the aircraft type
with a check flight attendant on board.
(g) A person receiving aircraft
operating experience must perform the
assigned duties of a flight attendant for
a combined total of at least 5 hours of
aircraft operating experience.
(h) Flight attendants completing
transition training are not subject to the
aircraft operating experience
requirements of this section.
§ 121.1307 Flight attendant: Recent
experience.
(a) After a flight attendant has served
for the first time in operations under
this part for the certificate holder, no
certificate holder may use that flight
attendant, nor may any flight attendant
continue to serve as a flight attendant,
unless within the preceding 6 months
the person has served as a flight
attendant for at least one operating cycle
for the certificate holder.
(b) If a person has not met the recent
experience requirements of paragraph
(a) of this section, the person must
reestablish recent experience as follows:
(1) If it has been more than 6 months,
but less than 36 months, since the
person served as a flight attendant for at
least one operating cycle for the
certificate holder, the person must
participate in a ground-based briefing
on all policies, procedures, and security
requirements pertinent to flight
attendants that have been updated,
modified, or implemented since the last
time the person served as a flight
attendant for the certificate holder. The
briefing must be conducted by a
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
knowledgeable person employed by the
certificate holder.
(2) If it has been 36 months or more
since the person served as a flight
attendant for at least one operating cycle
for the certificate holder, the person
must do the following:
(i) Meet the briefing requirements of
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(ii) Serve as a flight attendant for one
operating cycle on any aircraft type for
that certificate holder, but not as a
required crewmember.
§ 121.1309 Flight attendant:
Requalification.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as a
flight attendant if that person has
become unqualified by failing to meet
the recurrent training requirements of
§ 121.1303(b). The requalification
requirements for each phase must be
completed before the end of the
applicable phase of requalification. To
be requalified the person must repeat
the training required by
§ 121.1301(a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(4), and (a)(5),
or satisfy one of the following
requirements:
(a) Phase I Requalification program. If
less than 12 months have elapsed since
the end of the person’s base month for
recurrent training, the person may be
requalified by completing either of the
following:
(1) If the part 119 certificate holder is
presently conducting the recurrent flight
attendant training cycle that the person
missed, the person must complete that
training. The base month for recurrent
training does not change.
(2) If the part 119 certificate holder is
not presently conducting the recurrent
flight attendant training cycle that the
person missed, the person must
complete the requirements of
paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(ii) of this
section, and if applicable paragraph
(a)(2)(iii) of this section. The base month
for recurrent training may be changed.
(i) The current recurrent flight
attendant training cycle.
(ii) All missed training, including all
study materials and evaluations from
the previous recurrent flight attendant
training cycle, which is still applicable
but is not included in the current
recurrent flight attendant training cycle.
(iii) Flight attendants qualified in
extended overwater operations must
participate in a cabin preparation and
evacuation drill (water), if not part of
the current recurrent flight attendant
training cycle.
(b) Phase II Requalification program.
If 12 months or more, but less than 24
months, have elapsed since the end of
the person’s base month for recurrent
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
training, the person may be requalified
by completing the requirements of this
paragraph. The base month may be
changed.
(1) The current recurrent flight
attendant training cycle.
(2) All missed training, including all
study materials and evaluations from
the previous recurrent flight attendant
training cycle(s), which is still
applicable but is not included in the
current recurrent flight attendant
training cycle.
(3) Flight attendants qualified in
extended overwater operations must
participate in a cabin preparation and
evacuation drill (water), if not part of
the current recurrent flight attendant
training cycle.
(4) Attend a ground-based briefing to
review all new policies, procedures, and
security requirements, applicable to
flight attendant duties that have been
implemented since the last time the
flight attendant completed recurrent
training. The briefing must be
conducted by a knowledgeable person
employed by the certificate holder. The
briefing must include all policies,
procedures, and security requirements
applicable to flight attendants that have
been updated, modified, or
implemented since the person last
served as a flight attendant for that
certificate holder.
(c) Phase III Requalification program.
If 24 months or more have elapsed since
the end of the person’s base month for
recurrent training, the person may be
requalified by completing the
requirements of this paragraph. The
flight attendant’s recurrent base month
may be changed to correspond to the
month in which the Phase III
requirements were completed.
(1) New hire training, transition
training, emergency training, and
differences training, as applicable, as
described in § 121.1301.
(2) The flight attendant must receive
5 hours of aircraft operating experience
and two operating cycles on at least one
aircraft type in accordance with the
Phase III Requalification requirements
in the Flight Attendant QPS.
(3) The Administrator determines the
number of programmed hours required
for each training category, but in no case
will the programmed hours be less than
the minimum hours required in the
Flight Attendant QPS.
Check Flight Attendant Qualification
§ 121.1321 Check flight attendant:
Eligibility, approval, qualification, and
continuing qualification.
(a) Eligibility for Training. To be
eligible for training as a check flight
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
attendant for an aircraft type, a person
must meet the following requirements:
(1) Have served as a flight attendant
for at least the previous 12 months for
the part 119 certificate holder.
(2) Be current and qualified to serve
as a flight attendant on that aircraft type
for the part 119 certificate holder.
(b) Approval by the Administrator. A
check flight attendant must be approved
by the Administrator for the specific
duties to be performed on the aircraft
type. To be approved as a check flight
attendant, the flight attendant must
meet the following requirements:
(1) Continue to meet the requirements
of paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) Complete the check flight
attendant training requirements in
accordance with § 121.1381.
(c) Initial qualification. No certificate
holder may use any person, nor may any
person serve, as a check flight attendant
for the first time on the aircraft type,
unless the person meets the following
requirements for the part 119 certificate
holder:
(1) Meets the requirements of
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(2) Supervises operating experience
for at least one operating cycle on the
aircraft type under the observation of a
check flight attendant or an FAA
inspector. The person undergoing
operating experience must be signed off
by the check flight attendant or the FAA
inspector conducting the observation.
(3) Meets the recent experience
requirements of § 121.1307(a) to serve as
a flight attendant.
(d) Continuing qualification. No
certificate holder may use a check flight
attendant, nor may any check flight
attendant serve as a check flight
attendant, unless the check flight
attendant meets the following
requirements for the part 119 certificate
holder:
(1) Maintains approval by the
Administrator to perform specific duties
of a check flight attendant, as specified
in paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Meets the recent experience
requirements of § 121.1307(a) to serve as
a flight attendant.
(3) Within the preceding 12 months,
has completed recurrent check flight
attendant training in accordance with
§ 121.1381(c)(1) and (c)(3).
(4) Within the preceding 12 months,
has completed at least one operating
cycle as a flight attendant or check flight
attendant on that aircraft type.
(5) Within the preceding 12 months,
supervised aircraft operating experience
for at least one operating cycle.
(e) Reestablishing recent experience.
If the requirements of paragraphs (d)(4)
or (d)(5) of this section are not met, the
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1313
person may not serve as a check flight
attendant until the person is observed
supervising aircraft operating
experience in the aircraft type for at
least one cycle by another check flight
attendant or an FAA inspector.
§ 121.1323
cadre.
Check flight attendant: Initial
(a) A certificate holder may use a
person as a check flight attendant even
though the person does not meet the
experience or recency requirements of
the subpart, if the person meets the
initial cadre requirements of this
section. The FAA will determine the
period of initial cadre status and may
terminate initial cadre status entirely or
for an individual check flight attendant,
if necessary. In no case will initial cadre
status exceed a period of 24 months.
(b) To be an initial cadre check flight
attendant for a part 119 certificate
holder, and to continue to serve in that
capacity for the authorized period, a
person must meet all of the following
requirements:
(1) Be employed by the part 119
certificate holder.
(2) Have served at least 3 years in the
past 6 years as a flight attendant on an
aircraft of the same group in which the
person is to perform duties as an initial
cadre check flight attendant.
(3) Have completed the training as
specified in § 121.1301(a)(1) through (6),
as appropriate.
(4) Be approved by the FAA for the
specific duties to be performed.
(c) To be an initial cadre check flight
attendant for a part 119 certificate
holder, a person must:
(1) Meet all of the requirements of
paragraph (b) of this section; and
(2) Perform the duties of a check flight
attendant for the new part 119
certificate holder or a certificate holder
transitioning to a new aircraft type
under the observation of an FAA
inspector. This observation check can be
conducted during operations under this
part or during proving flights conducted
under part 91 of this chapter. When an
observed activity must be made part of
a training record, the people undergoing
the observed activities must be signed
off by the FAA inspector as the
evaluator of record.
(d) If the certificate holder wants FAA
approval for a person to be an initial
cadre check flight attendant but that
person has not met the requirements of
§ 121.1305, he or she can satisfy those
requirements by meeting the following:
(1) Being observed by the FAA while
supervising other flight attendants,
while supervising other check flight
attendants, or while performing the
duties of a flight attendant; and
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1314
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(2) During operations conducted
under this part or during proving flights
conducted under part 91 of this chapter.
(e) Only employees of a part 142
certificate holder, part 119 certificate
holder, or the aircraft manufacturer may
administer the training and evaluation
activities for initial cadre check flight
attendants, in accordance with the
Flight Attendant QPS and as approved
by the FAA. In addition, current and
qualified check flight attendants for the
part 119 certificate holder that is adding
a new aircraft type do not need to meet
the observation requirements of
paragraph (c)(2) of this section for the
new aircraft type.
General Training Program
Requirements
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1331
Training program: General.
(a) Each certificate holder must
establish and maintain a current
training program for each aircraft type
used. Each curriculum in a training
program must be kept current with
respect to any changes in the
requirements of this chapter or the
certificate holder’s policies and
operation. Each certificate holder must
obtain initial and final approval of its
training program, as specified in
§ 121.1337.
(b) The training program must contain
all of the following:
(1) The requirements of this subpart.
(2) The requirements of the
crewmember QPS, as applicable.
(3) The operating procedures for each
required task in the crewmember’s QPS.
These operating procedures are
contained in the information, duties,
and responsibilities of crewmembers
that are contained in the manual
required by § 121.133.
(4) For flight crewmembers, the
procedures, limitations, and
performance information from the Flight
Crew Operating Manual required by
§§ 121.133 and 121.135.
(c) Each certificate holder is
responsible for ensuring that its
crewmembers are adequately trained
and crewmember training and
evaluation is conducted in accordance
with the certificate holder’s approved
training program.
(d) Persons other than employees of
the certificate holder may be trained by
the certificate holder for the purpose of
instructing in the certificate holder’s
training program, conducting
evaluations in the certificate holder’s
training program, or conducting
evaluations of the certificate holder’s
training program.
(e) A certificate holder’s training
program must provide the following, as
applicable:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(1) Curricula, categories of training,
segments of training, modules, and
lessons applicable for use for the
specific certificate holder as required by
this subpart and approved by the
Administrator.
(2) A sufficient number of academic
and job performance instructors, trained
and qualified in accordance with this
subpart, to provide the approved
training and evaluation.
(3) A sufficient number of check
pilots, check flight engineers and check
flight attendants, trained and qualified
in accordance with this subpart, to
complete the training and evaluations
required by this subpart.
(4) Flight simulation training devices
required by this subpart, qualified under
part 60 of this chapter, and approved for
use by the Principal Operations
Inspector responsible for approving the
certificate holder’s training program.
Flight simulation training devices must
be available in sufficient quantity to
conduct the training program as
approved.
(5) Training equipment other than
flight simulation training devices in
accordance with § 121.1351. This
training equipment must be available in
sufficient quantity to conduct the
training program as approved.
(6) Adequate academic and job
performance training facilities.
(7) Current training materials,
examinations, forms, instructions, and
procedures for use in conducting the
training and evaluation required by this
part with respect to each aircraft type,
and if applicable, the particular
variations within that aircraft type.
(f) No certificate holder may use a
person as a crewmember, unless the
person responsible for instructing or
evaluating an academic training subject
or job performance training task or
environment, has certified in writing or
electronically that the crewmember is
knowledgeable and proficient in the
specific subject, task, or environment.
(1) The documentation required by
this paragraph must be made a part of
the crewmember’s record required by
subpart V of this part.
(i) For flight attendants, the record
must show if the individual
satisfactorily or unsatisfactorily
completed each of the training
categories in § 121.1301, as appropriate.
(ii) For flight crewmembers, the
record must show if the individual
satisfactorily or unsatisfactorily
completed each of the training
categories in § 121.1221, as appropriate.
In addition, the record must show if the
individual satisfactorily or
unsatisfactorily completed each of the
proficiency tests, proficiency checks, or
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proficiency reviews required by this
part. Records of unsatisfactory results
must include the specific items for
which performance was unsatisfactory.
(2) When the record of certification
required by this paragraph is made by
an entry in a computerized
recordkeeping system, the identity of
the certifying instructor, check pilot,
check flight engineer, or check flight
attendant must be recorded, and the
record of the certification must be
completed by a means approved by the
Administrator.
§ 121.1333 Training program: General
curriculum by aircraft type.
(a) Each certificate holder must
establish and maintain a current written
training program curriculum for each
aircraft type operated by that certificate
holder under this part. Curricula must
be available for each crewmember
position required for that aircraft type.
Each curriculum must include
categories of training with segments
containing the appropriate subjects,
tasks, and environments required by
this subpart and the appropriate QPS.
The curriculum will be provided for
approval in accordance with paragraphs
(c)(1) through (c)(7) of this section.
(b) Each training program curriculum
must provide training and evaluation as
necessary to ensure that each
crewmember:
(1) Remains trained and proficient
with respect to each aircraft type,
crewmember position, and type of
operation in which the crewmember
serves.
(2) Remains trained and proficient in
the duties and responsibilities for the
aircraft type that are contained in the
manual required by § 121.133 as
outlined in § 121.135.
(3) For each flight crewmember,
remains trained and knowledgeable in
the current operating limitations,
procedures, loading, and performance
sections of the current Flight Crew
Operating Manual or any FAA approved
alternative.
(4) Qualifies in new equipment,
facilities, procedures, and techniques,
including modifications to aircraft.
Pilots must also qualify in designated
special airports and navigation routes
and areas as required by § 121.1235.
(5) Understands the nature and effects
of safety hazards, and for flight
crewmembers, periodic weather
extremes and their effect on operations.
(6) Knows and is able to apply,
through all phases of flight, crew
resource management skills identified
in the QPS.
(c) Each training program curriculum
must include all of the following:
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(1) A list of academic training and
evaluation modules including the
subjects that are provided.
(2) A list of all job performance
training and evaluation modules
including the tasks and environments.
The list must include the level(s) of
FSTD in which each job performance
task must be performed and in which
each environment may be encountered,
unless the certificate holder has been
granted a deviation from the FSTD
requirements of this subpart in
accordance with § 121.1345.
(3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial
displays of the approved standard
operating procedures, abnormal
procedures, non-normal procedures,
and emergency procedures that will be
performed during job performance
training and evaluation. For a certificate
holder that has been granted a deviation
under § 121.1345, detailed descriptions
or pictorial displays of the approved
normal, abnormal, and emergency
maneuvers, procedures, and functions
that will be performed during each job
performance training module or during
each proficiency test, check, or review,
indicating those maneuvers, procedures
and functions that are to be performed
during job performance training and
during each proficiency test, check, or
review.
(4) An outline of the curriculum that
includes academic and job performance
training and evaluation modules by
subject, task, and environment, as
applicable.
(5) Differences that relate to the
variations of a particular aircraft type to
be included in all academic and job
performance training segments for
purposes of training and evaluation.
(6) A list of all the FSTD, and other
training and evaluation equipment that
the certificate holder will use, including
approval for particular tasks or
functions.
(7) The approved programmed hours
for each training segment.
(8) A copy of each statement issued by
the Administrator under § 121.1335(c)
for reduction of baseline programmed
hours.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1335 Training program: Category of
training programmed hours.
(a) Each certificate holder’s training
program submitted for initial approval
under this subpart must have at least the
programmed baseline hours of training
as specified in the applicable
crewmember QPS. Training
programmed hours include training and
evaluation.
(1) Academic training hours must be
in a classroom provided by the
certificate holder unless otherwise
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
approved by the Administrator.
Proposals for a training environment
other than a classroom provided by the
certificate holder must be accompanied
by a plan for assessing the knowledge
and cognitive skill requirements to be
supported by the proposed alternative
environment, and for providing the
testing of each student to ensure the
knowledge and skill requirements are
met.
(2) Programmed hours for flight
crewmember job performance training
are for FSTD lessons for a specific duty
position.
(3) Programmed hours for flight
attendant job performance training must
be completed in an environment that
complies with the requirements of the
Flight Attendant QPS.
(b) The certificate holder must have
programmed hours approved by the
Principal Operations Inspector. A
certificate holder may apply for a
reduction of training programmed hours
based on the factors outlined in
§ 121.1337(f). The Administrator will
not approve a reduction of programmed
hours below the minimum hours set
forth in the applicable crewmember
QPS.
(c) If approval of a reduction in
training programmed hours is granted,
the Administrator provides the
certificate holder with a statement of the
basis for the approval.
(d) The Administrator may grant a
deviation to certificate holders
described in § 135.3 (b) and (c) of this
chapter to allow reduced programmed
hours of academic training if the
Administrator determines that a
reduction is warranted based on the
certificate holder’s operations and the
complexity of the make, model, and
series of the aircraft used.
(e) The certificate holder must have
the required programmed hours
approved by the Principal Operations
Inspector for initial, transition, and
recurrent academic training for flight
instructors, check pilots, check flight
engineers, check flight attendants, flight
attendant instructors, and persons
authorized to conduct flight attendant
proficiency checks.
§ 121.1337 Training program: Approval
and amendment process.
(a) Each training program described in
this subpart must be approved by the
Administrator. To obtain initial or final
approval of a training program, or to
request a revision to an approved
training program, each certificate holder
must provide the Administrator the
following information in a form
acceptable to the Administrator:
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1315
(1) An outline of the proposed
program or revision, including an
outline of the proposed or revised
curriculum required in § 121.1333, that
provides all of the information needed
for a preliminary evaluation of the
proposed training program or revised
training program.
(2) Curricula, categories of training,
and segments of training applicable for
use by the certificate holder as required
by this subpart.
(3) The number of academic and job
performance instructors trained and
qualified in accordance with this
subpart to provide the approved training
and evaluation.
(4) The number of check pilots, check
flight engineers, and check flight
attendants, trained and qualified in
accordance with this subpart to conduct
the required evaluations.
(5) A list of the FSTD that are to be
used in the training program.
(6) A list of training equipment, other
than FSTD, that is to be used in the
training program.
(7) A description of the academic and
job performance training facilities.
(8) A synopsis of the materials,
examinations, forms, instructions, and
procedures to be used for the training
and evaluation required by this subpart
with respect to each aircraft type, and if
applicable, the particular variations
within that aircraft type.
(9) A statement as to whether training
will be provided by persons other than
the part 119 certificate holder’s
employees in accordance with
§ 121.1339.
(10) A copy of the Flight Crew
Operating Manual and Flight Attendant
Operating Manual for each aircraft type
to be included in the training program.
The Flight Crew Operating Manual and
Flight Attendant Operating Manual
must be current at the time of
submission. Amendments must be made
as required.
(11) A copy of the current manual
required by § 121.133 as outlined in
§ 121.135.
(12) Additional relevant information
requested by the Administrator.
(b) If the proposed training program or
proposed revision complies with this
subpart, the Administrator grants initial
approval in writing, after which the
certificate holder may conduct the
training and evaluation in accordance
with that program. The Administrator
then evaluates the effectiveness of the
initially approved training program and
advises the certificate holder of any
deficiencies that must be corrected.
(c) A revision to an approved training
program may be proposed as a special
training category that reflects changes to
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1316
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
the certificate holder’s operation, or as
a differences training category that
reflects differences in configuration
within an aircraft type.
(1) The proposed special training
category will include modules of
training and evaluation for training
segments within existing training
categories. These modules will be
initially approved and evaluated. Upon
satisfactory evaluation, the special
training category modules will receive
final approval and be integrated into the
training segments of the existing
training categories. Once integrated, it
will no longer be called a special
training category, but will be part of the
approved training program. The
Principal Operations Inspector will
determine the number of programmed
hours.
(2) The proposed differences training
category will include modules of
training and evaluation for applicable
segments of training. These modules
will be initially approved, evaluated
and upon satisfactory evaluation, added
to the previously approved differences
training. The Principal Operations
Inspector will determine the number of
programmed hours.
(d) The Administrator grants final
approval of a training program if the
certificate holder shows that the training
and evaluation conducted under the
initial approval obtained under
paragraph (b) of this section ensures that
each person who completes the training
and evaluation is adequately trained to
perform his or her assigned duties.
(e) The Administrator may require
revisions to an approved training
program anytime the FAA finds that
revisions are necessary in the interest of
safety or security. If the FAA finds that
revisions are necessary for the
continued adequacy of a training
program that has been granted initial or
final approval, the certificate holder
must, after notification by the FAA,
make all changes in the program that the
FAA finds necessary.
(1) Within 30 days after the certificate
holder receives a notice to revise the
program, it may file a petition with the
Director of Flight Standards to
reconsider the notice. The filing of a
petition to reconsider stays the notice
pending a decision by the Director of
Flight Standards.
(2) If the FAA finds that there is an
emergency that requires immediate
action in the interest of safety or
security, the FAA may, upon a
statement of the reasons, require a
change effective without stay.
(f) The Administrator considers the
following factors in approving revisions
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
or requiring revisions to a training
program:
(1) The pass and fail rate in the
curriculum under consideration.
(2) The quality and effectiveness of
the teaching-learning process (e.g.,
quality of instructors, training
equipment, methods, and procedures
listed in the certificate holder’s
curriculum required by § 121.1333).
(3) The experience levels of the
student population.
(4) The experience levels of the
instructors and check persons.
(5) The type and scope of operations
conducted by the certificate holder.
(6) The complexity of make, model,
and series of aircraft used.
§ 121.1339
rules.
Training program: Special
A certificate holder may contract
with, or otherwise arrange to use the
services of, another certificate holder
certificated under part 119 of this
chapter or a training center certificated
under part 142 of this chapter as
allowed by this subpart if all of the
following conditions are satisfied:
(a) The curriculum, categories of
training, segments, modules, lessons,
programmed hours, manuals, and
checklists are approved by the
Administrator of the certificate holder
seeking training services in accordance
with this subpart.
(b) The facilities, personnel, FSTD,
other training equipment, and
courseware meet the applicable
requirements of this subpart.
(c) The instructors and check persons
selected by the certificate holder must
meet the following criteria:
(1) Qualified under this subpart.
(2) Approved by the Administrator for
specific training and evaluation duties.
§ 121.1341 Training program:
Administering training, evaluation, and
operating experience.
(a) No certificate holder may use a
person to administer, nor may any
person administer, training, evaluation,
or operating experience, except:
(1) In accordance with this section; or
(2) If applicable, as provided in the
initial cadre requirements of
§§ 121.1257 and 121.1323.
(b) Persons who administer academic
or job performance training must be
knowledgeable in the facilities,
equipment, and procedures.
(c) Persons who administer academic
training, job performance training, or
evaluation must use only the equipment
and the facilities that are specifically
approved for the certificate holder’s
training program.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(d) Training and evaluation for
crewmembers must be administered as
follows:
(1) In accordance with this subpart,
including the appropriate QPS.
(2) In accordance with the approved
training program.
(e) Operating experience for
crewmembers and observation of check
pilots, check flight engineers, check
flight attendants, and aircrew program
designees must be administered as
follows:
(1) In accordance with this subpart,
including the appropriate QPS.
(2) In accordance with the approved
training program.
(f) Training and evaluation activities
must be administered by the persons
listed in the appropriate QPS.
(g) For flight crewmembers, the
certificate holder must maintain a
record of failures of proficiency tests,
proficiency checks, and proficiency
reviews. This record must be
maintained for a period of 2 years.
(h) Credit will not be given for any
training, evaluation, observation, or
supervision activities when the
certificate holder—
(1) Uses facilities, equipment, and
materials that are not specifically
approved for that activity as part of the
certificate holder’s approved training
program; or
(2) Uses persons to administer the
activity who are not authorized in
accordance with the applicable
crewmember QPS or who do not meet
the requirements of this subpart.
(i) A person will not be given credit
for completing a proficiency test or
proficiency check if the person did not
complete all required portions of the
training curriculum before taking the
proficiency test or proficiency check.
§ 121.1343 Training program: Knowledge
and comprehension assessment.
(a) The certificate holder must
develop a knowledge and
comprehension assessment program that
is approved by the Administrator as part
of the approved training program. The
knowledge and comprehension
assessment program must include
development and maintenance of the
examination, methods to establish the
validity of the examination, required
student remediation, and adjustment of
instruction when required.
(b) The QPS provides job tasks and
related areas of required instruction.
Each area of instruction is provided
with subjects that must be trained and
evaluated. A knowledge and
comprehension assessment examination
must include the minimum number of
questions indicated in the QPS for each
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
subject. Students must achieve a
performance of 100% in each area of
instruction. Student performance of at
least 80% in an area of instruction must
be corrected to 100%, but the student is
not required to undergo retraining and
reevaluation. Student performance
below 80% in an area of instruction
must be corrected to 100% after the
student is retrained and reevaluated in
each area of instruction where the
student missed one or more questions.
(c) An examination question
repository must be developed to include
a minimum number of questions for
each subject, as required by the QPS.
(d) The certificate holder must use the
repository to create tests that allow
random selection of questions from
which alternative examinations will be
created.
(e) The certificate holder must ensure
that each student receives a different
test each time the student is tested on
an area of instruction.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1345 Training program: Mandatory
use of flight simulation training devices.
(a) All flight training and evaluation
must be completed in FSTD approved
by the Administrator in accordance with
the applicable Pilot or Flight Engineer
QPS. No credit will be given in the QPS
for training and evaluation conducted in
an aircraft.
(b) A certificate holder may request a
deviation from paragraph (a) of this
section to conduct training and
evaluation activities in an aircraft only
if one of the following applies:
(1) The certificate holder has an
approved program or has submitted a
training program for review and
approval prior to [date 120 days after
publication of final rule]. The certificate
holder must request the deviation no
later than [date 40 months after the
publication date of the final rule].
(2) The certificate holder requests the
deviation as part of a request for
approval of an initial cadre program. If
approved, the deviation will become
effective at the same time as the initial
cadre program.
(c) Deviation requests must be
submitted to the FAA for review and
approval, and must include:
(1) The number of FSTD training
hours the certificate holder’s flight
crewmembers would need to meet the
training requirements in this part.
(2) An FSTD availability assessment,
including hours by specific FSTD and
location of the FSTD.
(3) An FSTD shortfall analysis that
includes the tasks and environments
that cannot be completed in an FSTD
qualified at the level specified in the
applicable QPS.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(4) Proposed alternative means to
address the shortfall in task and
environment training and evaluation.
The requester must identify the tasks
and environments the requester
believes:
(i) Can be completed in an FSTD
qualified at a lower level than that
specified in the applicable QPS.
(ii) Can be completed in the aircraft.
(5) An alternative training program for
using the airplane instead of an FSTD or
using an airplane in combination with
an FSTD, including methods of
achieving an acceptable level of safety.
(d) A certificate holder may request an
extension of a deviation issued under
this section.
(e) Deviations or extensions to
deviations will be issued for a period
not to exceed 12 months.
§ 121.1347 Training program: Qualification
and approval of flight simulation training
devices.
(a) Each aircraft flight simulation
training device used in an approved
training program required under this
part must be evaluated, qualified, and
maintained in accordance with part 60
of this chapter and approved by the
Administrator for training or evaluating
tasks required by the applicable QPS.
(b) The qualification level of the FSTD
required to be used by an applicant to
demonstrate flight crewmember task
proficiency is specified in the
applicable QPS.
(c) The level of FSTD that may be
used for initial training and evaluation
is dependent on the pilot’s experience
requirements as specified in the Pilot
QPS.
§ 121.1349 Training program: Limitations
on the use of flight simulation training
devices.
(a) An FSTD may not be used for
credit for the following:
(1) The pilot-in-command line check
required by § 121.1233.
(2) Exterior preflight checks.
(3) The pilot and flight engineer
operating experience required by
§ 121.1225.
(4) Consolidation required by
§ 121.1227.
(b) To receive credit for training and
evaluation of required tasks and LOFT,
the flight crewmember must complete
these activities in FSTD that are
approved for those tasks and LOFT as
part of the certificate holder’s training
program.
1317
used in an approved training program
required under this part must be
approved and used in accordance with
the following:
(a) The FAA must approve training
equipment used to functionally
replicate aircraft equipment or
furnishings for the certificate holder and
the crewmember duty or procedure
involved.
(b) The certificate holder must
demonstrate that the training equipment
meets all of the following:
(1) The form, fit, function, and weight,
as appropriate, of the equipment as
installed in the aircraft, including all
equipment and furnishings that may
affect the operation of that equipment.
(2) Normal operation (and abnormal
and emergency operation, if
appropriate) including the following:
(i) The required force and travel of the
equipment.
(ii) Variations in equipment operated
by the certificate holder, if applicable.
(3) Operation of the equipment under
adverse conditions, if appropriate.
(c) Training equipment must be
modified to ensure that it maintains the
performance and function of the aircraft
type or aircraft equipment replicated.
(d) All training equipment must have
a discrepancy log in close proximity.
The discrepancy log must be readily
available for review by each instructor
or check person prior to conducting
training or evaluation with that
equipment.
(1) Each instructor or check person
conducting training or evaluation, and
each person conducting an inspection of
the equipment who discovers a
discrepancy, including any missing,
malfunctioning, or inoperative
components, must write or cause to be
written a description of that discrepancy
into the discrepancy log at the end of
the inspection or the training session.
(2) All corrections to discrepancies
must be recorded when the corrections
are made, and the dates of the
discrepancies and corrections must be
recorded.
(3) A discrepancy log must be
maintained for at least 60 days.
(e) No person may use, allow the use
of, or offer the use of training equipment
with a missing, malfunctioning, or
inoperative component to meet the
crewmember training or evaluation
requirements of this chapter for tasks
that require the use of the correctly
operating component.
§ 121.1351 Training program: Training
equipment other than flight simulation
training devices.
§ 121.1353 Training program: Line
Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) and Flight
Simulation Training Device (FSTD) Course
of Instruction.
Training equipment, other than FSTD
qualified under part 60 of this chapter,
(a) Line Oriented Flight Training
(LOFT). Qualification and recurrent
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1318
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
LOFT must meet the following
requirements:
(1) The LOFT must be administered
by a pilot flight instructor or a check
pilot qualified in accordance with this
subpart. A flight engineer flight
instructor or a check flight engineer may
assist the pilot flight instructor or check
pilot.
(2) LOFT must be accomplished in an
FFS that is qualified in accordance with
part 60 of this chapter and that has the
qualification level specified in the
applicable QPS.
(3) Each LOFT must include at least
two operating cycles. Each cycle must
be representative of the certificate
holder’s operation.
(4) LOFT must be conducted with a
complete flight crew, with each duty
position filled by a person who is
qualified or in student status to serve in
that duty position.
(5) LOFT must be conducted as a line
operation without interruption by the
instructor during the session, except for
a non-disruptive acceleration of
uneventful en route segments.
(6) Any person serving in a flight
crewmember position during a LOFT
who does not perform satisfactorily,
may not serve as a required
crewmember in operations under this
part without receiving training to
correct the deficiencies and
demonstrating that the deficiencies have
been corrected. The training must occur
during a separate training session.
(7) The LOFT must include at least 4
hours of training. For pilots, 2 hours of
the training must be with the pilot
flying and 2 hours of the training must
be with the pilot monitoring, plus
briefing(s) before or after the training.
(b) Flight Simulation Training Device
(FSTD) Course of Instruction.
(1) An FSTD course of instruction
must be administered by a pilot flight
instructor or a check pilot qualified in
accordance with this subpart. A flight
engineer flight instructor or a check
flight engineer may assist the pilot flight
instructor or check pilot.
(2) An FSTD course of instruction
must be accomplished in an FFS or FTD
that is qualified in accordance with part
60 of this chapter and that has the
qualification level specified in the
applicable QPS.
(3) An FSTD course of instruction
must be conducted with a complete
flight crew, with each duty position
filled by a person who is qualified or in
student status to serve in that duty
position.
(4) Any person serving in a flight
crewmember position during an FSTD
course of instruction who does not
perform satisfactorily, may not serve as
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
a required crewmember in operations
under this part without receiving
training to correct the deficiencies and
demonstrating that the deficiencies have
been corrected. The training must occur
during a separate training session.
(5) An FSTD course of instruction
must provide an opportunity to practice
the tasks and operate in the
environments addressed in the pilot
QPS, and to demonstrate or practice
tasks identified as areas of concern
related to fleet operations, route
structure, environmental conditions,
aircraft type operations, or other
circumstances.
(6) An FSTD course of instruction
must include at least 4 hours of training.
For pilots, 2 hours of the training must
be with the pilot flying and 2 hours of
the training must be with the pilot
monitoring, plus briefing(s) before or
after the training.
§ 121.1355 Training program: Continuous
analysis process.
(a) Each certificate holder must
establish and maintain a process for the
continuous analysis of the performance
and effectiveness of its training program
and operation that will allow the
certificate holder the ability to evaluate
the effectiveness of the training
program. This process must:
(1) Incorporate procedures to ensure
that the training program and the
standards of qualification for each duty
position are documented, and provide a
means for updating as changes are
required.
(2) Provide for the review of training
program content, application, and
results through semiannual
standardization meetings for each
aircraft type.
(3) Continually measure and monitor
the outcome of the training program in
terms of crewmember’s performance
and qualification, and provide a means
to identify and correct deficiencies in
the crewmember performance and
qualification and in the training
program and operation. Procedures
must include correction of deficiencies
by the certificate holder(s) or by persons
providing training and evaluation in the
certificate holder’s training program and
operation.
(b) The FAA will notify the certificate
holder in writing when it finds that the
continuous analysis process described
in paragraph (a) of this section does not
contain adequate procedures and
standards to meet the requirements of
this section. The certificate holder must
make any changes that are necessary to
meet the requirements of this section.
(c) A certificate holder may petition
the FAA to reconsider the notice to
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
make a change to the continuous
analysis process. The petition must be
filed with the FAA certificate holding
district office charged with the overall
inspection of the certificate holder’s
operations within 30 days after the
certificate holder receives the notice.
Except in the case of an emergency
requiring immediate action in the
interest of safety, the filing of the
petition stays the notice pending a
decision by the FAA.
Training Category Requirements
§ 121.1361 Training category
requirements: Standards used in academic
and job performance training segments.
The certificate holder must include
the training, evaluation, and
qualification requirements set forth in
the applicable QPS for academic and job
performance training segments.
§ 121.1363 Training category
requirements: Crewmember new hire.
(a) Each training program must
include new hire training for all of the
following:
(1) Each person who is qualifying for
the first time as a pilot or flight engineer
for the certificate holder.
(2) Each person who is qualifying for
the first time as flight attendant for the
certificate holder.
(3) Each person who is required to
complete Flight Attendant Phase III
Requalification training in accordance
with § 121.1309(c) and the Flight
Attendant QPS.
(b) The content of the new hire
training category must include the
following:
(1) The subjects required in the
applicable QPS.
(2) A knowledge and comprehension
assessment of the new hire training
subjects administered in accordance
with the applicable QPS.
§ 121.1365 Training category
requirements: Pilot and flight engineer
initial, conversion, transition, and upgrade,
academic and job performance training.
(a) Academic training. Initial,
conversion, transition, and upgrade
academic training segments for flight
crewmember must include training in
all of the subjects specified in the
applicable QPS for a flight
crewmember’s assigned duties.
(b) Job performance training. Initial,
conversion, transition, and upgrade job
performance training segments for pilots
and flight engineers must include all of
the following:
(1) Training and evaluation in the
tasks and environments set forth in the
applicable QPS. Following training, the
pilot or flight engineer must
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
demonstrate the knowledge and skills
required for the aircraft type and duty
position. The demonstration must be
accomplished by a proficiency test that
also may be used for airman
certification or type rating. This
proficiency test must be conducted by a
check pilot, a check flight engineer, a
pilot APD, or a flight engineer APD, as
appropriate, who is an employee of the
certificate holder and who is a line
qualified pilot or line qualified flight
engineer, as appropriate, for the
certificate holder.
(2) Qualification LOFT is conducted
after a person completes the proficiency
test at the end of initial, conversion,
transition, or upgrade training.
Qualification LOFT must meet the
requirements of § 121.1353 and must
contain at least two operating cycles
with routes and airports approved by
the Principal Operations Inspector.
These cycles must meet the following
requirements:
(i) One cycle contains normal line
operations and the other cycle contains
abnormal, non-normal, and emergency
flight operations.
(ii) The pilot in command and second
in command share pilot flying and pilot
monitoring duties during each cycle.
(c) A pilot or flight engineer is
qualified after completing the
proficiency test prescribed in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section and the
Qualification LOFT.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1367 Training category
requirements: Pilot and flight engineer
recurrent academic, recurrent job
performance, and recurrent aircraft
emergency equipment training.
§ 121.1369 Training category
requirements: Flight attendant initial and
transition training.
(a) Each recurrent academic training
module must include:
(1) Training in the subjects prescribed
in the applicable QPS for the training
category last completed.
(2) A knowledge and comprehension
assessment of the flight crewmember’s
knowledge of the subjects in which
training has occurred.
(b) Each recurrent job performance
training module must include at least 8
hours for pilots, and at least 4 hours for
flight engineers, of job performance
training in the tasks and environments,
and at the intervals specified in the
applicable QPS. The FSTD used must be
qualified in accordance with part 60 of
this chapter and approved at the level
required by the applicable QPS. This job
performance training must:
(1) Include a recurrent LOFT or an
FSTD course of instruction as
prescribed in § 121.1353 addressing the
applicable tasks and environments in
accordance with the applicable QPS.
The first recurrent job performance
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
training module following the
proficiency test required by
§ 121.1365(b)(1) must include a
recurrent LOFT. Subsequent 9-month
recurrent job performance training
modules may include either a recurrent
LOFT or an FSTD course of instruction.
After the second recurrent job
performance training module, neither
the recurrent LOFT nor the FSTD course
of instruction may be repeated in 2
successive 9-month recurrent job
performance training modules.
(2) Include a proficiency test, a
proficiency check, or a proficiency
review addressing the applicable tasks
and environments in accordance with
the applicable QPS. The first recurrent
job performance training module
following the proficiency test required
by § 121.1365(b)(1) must include a
proficiency test. Subsequent 9-month
recurrent job performance training
modules may include a proficiency test,
a proficiency check, or a proficiency
review. After the second job
performance training module, a
proficiency review may not be repeated
in 2 successive 9-month recurrent job
performance training modules.
(3) Be conducted with a complete
flight crew. Each person assigned a duty
position in the FSTD must be qualified
to serve in that duty position in the
aircraft.
(c) Each recurrent aircraft emergency
equipment training drill must be
completed once every 36 months.
Initial and transition training for flight
attendants must include all of the
following:
(a) Training in the subjects and tasks
specified in the Flight Attendant QPS.
(b) A test of the flight attendant’s
knowledge with respect to the aircraft
and crewmember duty position.
(c) Practice in the performance of
specific tasks in accordance with the
Flight Attendant QPS to determine
ability to perform assigned duties and
responsibilities for each aircraft type on
which the flight attendant is to serve.
(d) For newly hired flight attendants,
the initial training required by this
section may not begin until the new hire
training required by § 121.1363 is
complete.
§ 121.1371 Training category
requirements: Flight attendant eligibility for
transition training.
No person is eligible for flight
attendant transition training unless that
person has been qualified for at least
180 days and served in the previous 180
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1319
days on an aircraft as a flight attendant
for that certificate holder.
§ 121. 1373 Training category
requirements: Flight attendant emergency
training.
Each emergency training program
given after new hire training and initial
training must include the following:
(a) The emergency training
requirements as specified in the Flight
Attendant QPS with respect to each
aircraft type, model, and configuration,
and each kind of operation conducted
by the certificate holder.
(b) A test of the flight attendant’s
knowledge with respect to the aircraft
type and crewmember duty position
involved.
(c) Completion of proficiency tests to
determine the flight attendant’s ability
to perform assigned duties and
responsibilities for each aircraft type on
which the flight attendant is to serve.
§ 121.1375 Training category
requirements: Flight attendant recurrent
training.
Recurrent training for flight
attendants must include the following:
(a) Training in the subjects and tasks
specified in the Flight Attendant QPS.
(b) A test of the flight attendant’s
knowledge with respect to the aircraft
type and crewmember duty position
involved.
(c) Completion of proficiency tests in
accordance with the Flight Attendant
QPS to determine the flight attendant’s
ability to perform assigned duties and
responsibilities for each aircraft type on
which the flight attendant is to serve.
§ 121.1377 Training category
requirements: Flight instructor initial,
transition, and recurrent academic training.
(a) Initial flight instructor academic
training. A 4-hour block of instruction
that includes the following:
(1) Training policies and procedures.
(2) Flight instructor duties, functions,
and responsibilities.
(3) Appropriate provisions of the
regulations of this chapter and the
certificate holder’s policies and
procedures.
(4) The appropriate methods,
procedures, and techniques for
conducting flight instruction.
(5) Proper evaluation of student
performance including the detection of
the following:
(i) Improper or insufficient training.
(ii) Student behaviors that could
adversely affect safety.
(6) The corrective action in the case
of unsatisfactory training progress.
(7) The approved methods,
procedures, and limitations for
instructing in the required standard
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1320
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
operating procedures, abnormal
procedures, non-normal procedures,
and emergency procedures applicable to
the aircraft.
(8) Except for holders of a flight
instructor certificate, the following:
(i) The fundamental principles of the
teaching-learning process.
(ii) Teaching methods and
procedures.
(iii) The instructor-student
relationship.
(9) Use of FSTD for training and
evaluation.
(i) Operation of FSTD controls.
(ii) FSTD limitations.
(iii) Minimum FSTD equipment
required for each task and environment.
(b) Transition flight instructor
academic training. Transition academic
training for flight instructors must
include the approved methods,
procedures, and limitations for
instructing in the required standard
operating procedures, abnormal
procedures, non-normal procedures,
and emergency procedures applicable to
the aircraft to which the flight instructor
is transitioning.
(c) Recurrent flight instructor
academic training. The recurrent flight
instructor academic training must be a
4-hour block of instruction completed
every 18 months and must include the
following:
(1) The subjects required in paragraph
(a) of this section, if applicable.
(2) FSTD operations, limitations, and
minimum required equipment.
(3) Changes in crewmember
qualification curricula.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1379 Training category
requirements: Flight instructor initial and
transition job performance training.
Initial and transition job performance
training for flight instructors must
include training to ensure competence
in conducting flight instruction as
required by this part and the applicable
QPS.
(a) For pilot flight instructors, the
methods for conducting the required
training from either pilot seat and the
instructor’s operating station (IOS), as
well as the operation of the FSTD from
the IOS or either pilot seat if the FSTD
is so equipped.
(b) For flight engineer flight
instructors, the methods for conducting
the required training from the IOS, as
well as the operation of the FSTD from
the IOS.
§ 121.1381 Training category
requirements: Check pilot, check flight
engineer, or check flight attendant initial,
transition, and recurrent academic training.
(a) The initial academic training for
check pilots, check flight engineers, or
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
check flight attendants must include the
following:
(1) Evaluation policies and
procedures.
(2) Check pilot, check flight engineer,
or check flight attendant duties,
functions, and responsibilities, as
applicable.
(3) The applicable regulations of this
chapter and the certificate holder’s
policies and procedures.
(4) The appropriate methods,
procedures, and techniques for
conducting the required evaluations.
(5) Proper evaluation of student
performance including the detection of:
(i) Improper or insufficient training;
and
(ii) Student behaviors that could
adversely affect safety.
(6) The appropriate action in the case
of unsatisfactory performance.
(7) The approved methods,
procedures, and limitations for
performing the required standard
operating procedures, abnormal
procedures, non-normal procedures,
and emergency procedures applicable to
the aircraft type.
(8) FSTD and other training
equipment, as applicable, operations,
limitations, and minimum equipment
required for tasks and environments.
(b) The transition academic training
for check pilots, check flight engineers,
or check flight attendants must include
approved methods, procedures, and
limitations for performing the required
standard operating procedures,
abnormal procedures, non-normal
procedures, and emergency procedures
applicable to the aircraft type to which
the check person is transitioning.
(c) The recurrent academic training
for check pilots and check flight
engineers must be completed every 18
months. The recurrent academic
training for check flight attendants must
be completed every 12 months. The
recurrent academic training for check
pilots, check flight engineers, and check
flight attendants must include the
following:
(1) The subjects required in paragraph
(a) of this section, as applicable.
(2) FSTD and other training
equipment, as applicable, operations,
limitations, and minimum equipment
required for tasks and environments.
(3) Changes in crewmember
qualification curricula.
§ 121.1383 Training category
requirements: Check pilot and check flight
engineer initial, transition, and recurrent job
performance training.
Initial, transition, and recurrent job
performance training for check pilots
and check flight engineers must include
the following:
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a) Training to ensure competence in
conducting job performance evaluation
in each of the tasks specified in the
applicable QPS.
(b) Each check pilot must have
completed the following:
(1) The requirements for qualification
and training for flight instructors
described in § 121.1379(a).
(2) Training on the methods for
conducting required evaluations in an
FSTD, including conducting the
evaluation from either pilot seat and
from the IOS, as well as operation of the
FSTD from the IOS or either pilot seat
if the FSTD is so equipped.
(c) Check pilots authorized to conduct
operating experience or line checks,
must do the following in an FSTD:
(1) Learn the safety measures to be
taken from either pilot seat for
emergency situations that are likely to
develop during flight operations.
(2) Learn the potential consequences
of improper, untimely or unexecuted
safety measures during flight operations.
(3) Complete the seat dependent task
training described in the QPS.
(d) Each check flight engineer must
have been trained on the methods for
conducting the flight engineer
evaluation described in paragraph (a) of
this section in an FSTD from either the
IOS or a flight engineer operating station
if the FSTD is so equipped.
§ 121.1385 Qualification requirements:
Check pilots authorized to conduct line
checks.
Prior to authorizing a person to
become a check pilot authorized to
conduct line checks from one of the
pilot operating seats, the person must,
initially, and thereafter once each 24
months, complete the following
qualification requirements:
(a) At least two operating cycles in the
aircraft during line operations, one
operating cycle in each pilot seat, under
the supervision of a check pilot
authorized to conduct operating
experience and line checks, who must
occupy the opposite pilot seat.
(b) At least one operating cycle in the
aircraft during line operations under the
supervision of an FAA inspector or an
APD designated to conduct the
observation of a check pilot conducting
PIC line checks.
§ 121.1387 Training category
requirements: Initial, transition, and
recurrent academic training for persons
authorized to administer flight attendant
proficiency tests.
(a) Initial academic training
instruction for persons authorized to
administer flight attendant proficiency
tests must include the following:
(1) Training policies and procedures.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(2) Duties, functions, and
responsibilities of persons authorized to
administer flight attendant proficiency
tests.
(3) The applicable regulations of this
chapter and the certificate holder’s
policies and procedures.
(4) The appropriate methods,
procedures, and techniques for
conducting the required checks.
(5) Proper evaluation of student
performance including the detection
of—
(i) Improper and insufficient training;
and
(ii) Student behaviors that could
adversely affect safety.
(6) The appropriate corrective action
in the case of unsatisfactory tests.
(7) The approved methods,
procedures, and limitations for
instructing and evaluating in the
required normal, abnormal, and
emergency procedures applicable to the
aircraft.
(8) Simulator and trainer operations,
limitations, and minimum required
equipment, as appropriate.
(b) Transition academic training
instruction for persons authorized to
administer flight attendant proficiency
tests must include approved methods,
procedures, and limitations for
evaluating the required normal,
abnormal, and emergency procedures
applicable to the aircraft to which the
person authorized to conduct
proficiency tests is in transition.
(c) The recurrent academic training
for persons authorized to administer
proficiency tests must be completed
every 12 months. Recurrent academic
training instruction for persons
authorized to administer proficiency
tests must include the following:
(1) The subjects, as necessary,
required in paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) Simulator and trainer operations,
limitations, and minimum required
equipment, as appropriate.
(3) Changes in crewmember
qualification curricula.
Other Training Requirements
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1391 Differences training and
evaluation.
(a) A difference category of training
must be included in each curriculum
when the Administrator finds that
differences between aircraft of the same
type operated by the certificate holder
necessitate additional training,
evaluation, or both to ensure that each
crewmember is adequately trained to
perform their assigned duties.
(b) A certificate holder must consider
the differences between two or more
aircraft of the same type and report such
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1321
differences to the Administrator with
recommendations for the training
needed to provide for these differences.
(c) Differences training and evaluation
for all variations of a particular aircraft
type must be included in paragraph
(c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section as follows:
(1) Initial, transition, conversion,
upgrade, and recurrent training
categories for the aircraft, and flight
attendant emergency training curricula
for the aircraft if applicable.
(2) Academic and job performance
training segments as required for each
differences training category.
(d) Differences training and
evaluation for crewmembers must
consist of at least the following as
applicable to their assigned duties and
responsibilities:
(1) Each appropriate subject or task
required for the academic training
segment for the aircraft unless the
Administrator finds that particular
subjects are not necessary.
(2) Each appropriate maneuver or
procedure required for the job
performance training segment for the
aircraft unless the Administrator finds
that particular maneuvers or procedures
are not necessary.
(3) The number of programmed hours
of academic and job performance
training and evaluation determined by
the Administrator to be necessary for
the aircraft, the operation, and the duty
position. The programmed hours
required for differences training and
evaluation are in addition to other
required programmed hours.
29. Add subpart CC of part 121 to read
as follows:
121.1423 Dispatch program designee:
Eligibility and qualification.
121.1425 Check dispatcher: Initial cadre.
Subpart CC—Aircraft Dispatcher
Qualifications
§ 121.1401
General
Sec.
121.1401 Applicability.
121.1402 Interim requirements for training
programs transitioning from the
requirements of subparts N and O.
121.1403 Certificate holder responsibility
for compliance with this subpart.
121.1405 Definitions.
121.1407 English language requirement.
121.1409 Acceptable time for completing
recurrent requirements.
Qualification
121.1411 Aircraft dispatcher: Employment
and certificate.
121.1413 Aircraft dispatcher: Training and
evaluation.
121.1415 Aircraft dispatcher: Operating
familiarization.
121.1417 Aircraft dispatcher: Supervised
operating experience.
121.1419 Aircraft dispatcher:
Requalification.
121.1421 Dispatcher instructor and check
dispatcher: Eligibility, training, and
evaluation.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
General Training Program Requirements
121.1431 Training program: General.
121.1433 Training program: General
curriculum by aircraft type and
operation.
121.1435 Training program: Curriculum
programmed hours.
121.1437 Training program: Approval and
amendment process.
121.1439 Training program: Administering
training and evaluation.
121.1441 Training program: Continuous
analysis process.
Training Category Requirements
121.1451 Training category requirements:
Standards used in aircraft dispatcher
training.
121.1453 Training category requirements:
Aircraft dispatcher initial, combined
certification and initial, and transition
training.
121.1455 Training category requirements:
Aircraft dispatcher recurrent training.
121.1457 Training category requirements:
Dispatcher instructor initial and
recurrent training.
121.1459 Training category requirements:
Check dispatcher initial and recurrent
training.
Other Training Requirements
121.1471 Differences training and
evaluation.
Subpart CC—Aircraft Dispatcher
Qualifications
General
Applicability.
(a) This subpart provides the
following:
(1) Qualification requirements for
aircraft dispatchers for certificate
holders conducting domestic or flag
operations.
(2) Requirements applicable to each
certificate holder for establishing,
obtaining approval of, and maintaining
a training program to qualify certificated
aircraft dispatchers and an optional
program to certificate aircraft dispatcher
candidates.
(b) Any person qualified in a duty
position for the certificate holder before
[date 120 days after publication of the
final rule] or under the provisions of
subparts N and O of this part in effect
on or before [date 119 days after
publication of the final rule] may
continue to serve in that duty position
for that certificate holder without
complying with initial training under
§ 121.1453.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1322
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
§ 121.1402 Interim requirements for
training programs transitioning from the
requirements of subparts N and O.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(a) Contrary provisions of this subpart
notwithstanding, a person who has
submitted a training program for
approval before [date 120 days after
publication of the final rule] that was
constructed in accordance with the
applicable provisions of subparts N and
P of this part in effect on or before [date
119 days after publication of the final
rule], may complete the approval and
implementation process and conduct
operations in compliance with the
applicable provisions of subparts N and
P of this part instead of the provisions
of this subpart.
(b) A certificate holder must submit a
transition plan to the FAA no later than
[date 4 years and 120 days after
publication of the final rule]. The
transition plan must include the
following:
(1) Subpart CC training program(s), as
applicable;
(2) Plan for transition for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers
from the applicable provisions of
subparts N and P of this part to the
provisions of this subpart; and
(3) A transition completion date that
is before [date 5 years and 120 days after
the publication of the final rule].
(c) During the transition, the
certificate holder may use people to
conduct operations under this part
provided those people are trained under
the applicable provisions of subparts N
and P of this part, or this subpart. While
a certificate holder may simultaneously
operate training programs in compliance
with the applicable provisions of
subparts N and P of this part and this
subpart, each aircraft dispatcher must be
trained and qualified.
(d) A certificate holder may not use an
aircraft dispatcher, nor may an aircraft
dispatcher serve, in a duty position
unless that person is current and
qualified to perform the duties to which
he or she is assigned. If more than one
aircraft dispatcher is required for an
operation, and one aircraft dispatcher is
current and qualified in accordance
with the applicable provisions of
subparts N and P of this part, and the
other aircraft dispatcher is current and
qualified in accordance with this
subpart, then the lesser operating
requirements apply for that operation.
§ 121.1403 Certificate holder responsibility
for compliance with this subpart.
(a) Each certificate holder is
responsible for ensuring that its
approved training program, including
all portions of the training program that
are conducted by individuals other than
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
employees of the part 119 certificate
holder, meets the requirements of this
subpart.
(b) Each certificate holder is
responsible for ensuring that all
procedures, manuals, and other
materials submitted to obtain initial or
final approval of a training program are
kept up to date and followed.
§ 121.1405
Definitions.
For the purpose of this subpart, the
following terms and their definitions
apply:
Base month. The month in which a
recurrent activity is due.
Categories of training or training
categories. Within a curriculum,
categories of training relate to aircraft
dispatcher certification requirements,
first time qualification for a certificate
holder, configuration differences within
aircraft type or series, maintaining and
regaining qualification, and to changes
in operations. Categories include:
initial, combined certification and
initial, recurrent, requalification,
transition, special, and differences.
(1) Initial training. A category of
training that must be successfully
completed to qualify an aircraft
dispatcher to serve as an aircraft
dispatcher for a certificate holder in
operations under this part.
(2) Combined Certification and Initial
training. An optional category
specifically approved under part 121
that integrates an approved certificate
holder’s initial training category with
part 65 requirements. The category
allows for both the issuance of an
aircraft dispatcher certificate and
qualification of the individual to serve
as an aircraft dispatcher for the
certificate holder. The aircraft
dispatcher’s certificate is issued under
14 CFR part 65, not part 121.
(3) Recurrent training. A category of
training that must be successfully
completed within the eligibility period
to maintain aircraft dispatcher
qualification.
(4) Requalification training. A
category of training that must be
successfully completed to restore
qualified status to an aircraft dispatcher
previously qualified for the certificate
holder when qualification is lost due to
failure to meet recurrent training
requirements.
(5) Transition training. A category of
training to be completed by an aircraft
dispatcher who is presently qualified on
an aircraft type in operations under this
part for the certificate holder to allow
that aircraft dispatcher to serve as an
aircraft dispatcher for a different aircraft
type.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(6) Special training. A category of
training necessary to address changes to
the certificate holder’s operations or to
correct deficiencies identified by the
certificate holder’s continuous analysis
process. Special training is temporary
and is integrated into the approved
training program.
(7) Differences training. A category of
training on a particular aircraft type and
operation when the Administrator finds
additional training is necessary before
that aircraft dispatcher serves in the
same capacity on a particular variation
within a series of an aircraft type or a
different series within an aircraft type.
Certificate holder. A person
certificated under part 119 of this
chapter that conducts operations under
part 121.
Combined certification and initial
training. See definition of Category of
Training.
Current. Current means satisfying the
initial training and evaluation
requirements prescribed in § 121.1453
or the recurrent training and evaluation
requirements prescribed in § 121.1455,
as applicable.
Curriculum. A curriculum is the
training agenda to qualify a person for
an aircraft dispatcher duty position or a
training or evaluation duty position for
an aircraft type or operation. The
curriculum for each duty position
includes categories of training.
Differences training. See definition of
Category of Training.
Duty Position. A duty position is the
position held by an Aircraft Dispatcher
that requires unique qualification and
currency requirements to serve in
operations under this part. The term
duty position includes the variations
within a position, such as check
dispatcher, dispatcher instructor, or
dispatch program designee.
Eligibility Period. The eligibility
period consists of the month in which
the recurrent activity is due (the ‘‘base
month’’), the month before and the
month after (the ‘‘grace month’’).
Environment. A combination of
external, physical, and surrounding
conditions that affect aircraft
performance, aircraft and equipment
operation, and decisionmaking.
Evaluation. Any testing, checking, or
observation activities in which a
person’s skills and knowledge are
assessed by a person authorized to
perform that evaluation.
Initial Cadre. The specific persons
approved by the FAA for the time frame
necessary, not to exceed 24 months, for
a new part 119 certificate holder to
initiate operations under part 119, or for
a current part 119 certificate holder to
initiate operations of a new aircraft type
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
not operated previously or to initiate a
new type of operation.
Initial training. See definition of
Category of Training.
Module. Modules of instruction are
subsets of a training segment that
include major subject areas for training
and evaluation.
Month. Calendar month.
Practical test: The final test required
for certification of a person as an aircraft
dispatcher.
Proficiency: Demonstrated awareness
of existing circumstances, competence
in the necessary knowledge and skills,
and performance of the relevant task
within the operating range of
environments to the established
standards of performance identified and
required by the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
Proficiency check. An assessment of
dispatcher proficiency during which
limited training or practice is allowed.
The assessment is of knowledge and
skill in tasks to the standards identified
and required by the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS.
Proficiency test. An assessment of
dispatcher proficiency during which
additional training or practice is not
allowed. The assessment is of
knowledge and skill in tasks to the
standards identified and required by the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
Programmed hours. The required
number of hours (baseline and
minimum) set forth in this subpart for
categories of training identified and
required by the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
Qualification Performance Standards
(QPS). FAA standards providing all of
the tasks, areas of instruction, and
evaluation, including activities,
procedures, and knowledge needed to
certify, qualify, retain currency, and
requalify dispatchers for performing in
operations under this part. The QPS for
dispatchers is part 121 appendix T:
Aircraft Dispatcher Qualification
Performance Standards.
Qualified. When used in reference to
an individual, means an individual who
has completed the certificate holder’s
FAA-approved curriculum under this
part and holds an aircraft dispatcher
certificate.
Recurrent training. See definition of
Category of Training.
Requalification training. See
definition of Category of Training.
Serve. Performing the duties of an
aircraft dispatcher, dispatcher
instructor, check dispatcher, or dispatch
program designee for a certificate
holder.
Special training. See definition of
Category of Training.
Supervised Operating Experience
(SOE). Training and other supervised
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
activities conducted for the purpose of
demonstrating the ability to perform the
duties of an aircraft dispatcher prior to
the proficiency test or proficiency
check.
Training. Instruction and practice.
Training program. A certificate
holder’s training curricula, personnel,
facilities, equipment, and other
resources used to meet the training
requirements of this subpart.
Transition training. See definition of
Category of Training.
§ 121.1407
English language requirement.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as an
aircraft dispatcher under this part,
unless that person has demonstrated to
an individual qualified to conduct
evaluations under this part, the ability
to do the following:
(a) Read, write, speak, and understand
the English language.
(b) Have their English language and
writings understood.
§ 121.1409 Acceptable time for completing
recurrent requirements.
(a) An aircraft dispatcher must
complete recurrent training, evaluation
or operating familiarization during the
eligibility period.
(b) An aircraft dispatcher who has not
completed recurrent training by the end
of the base month may continue to
perform dispatcher duties until the end
of the eligibility period.
Qualification
§ 121.1411 Aircraft dispatcher:
Employment and certificate.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as an
aircraft dispatcher in domestic or flag
operations, unless that person is an
employee of the part 119 certificate
holder and has in his or her possession
an aircraft dispatcher certificate issued
to the person by the FAA without
limitations, in accordance with part 65
subpart C of this chapter.
§ 121.1413 Aircraft dispatcher: Training
and evaluation.
No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as an
aircraft dispatcher in domestic or flag
operations, unless that person meets the
following requirements:
(a) Training and evaluation. The
person has successfully completed, in a
training program approved under this
subpart for the certificate holder, the
following:
(1) Training in accordance with the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS, and the
associated programmed hours required
by § 121.1435, as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1323
(i) Within the preceding 12 months,
initial, combined certification and
initial, transition, or recurrent training
categories as prescribed in § 121.1453 or
§ 121.1455 as applicable.
(A) An aircraft dispatcher is eligible
for transition training only if the aircraft
dispatcher is otherwise qualified as an
aircraft dispatcher for the certificate
holder on another aircraft type in
operations under this part.
(B) To be eligible for recurrent
training, an aircraft dispatcher must be
otherwise qualified and have
successfully completed the initial,
combined certification and initial, or
transition training for the certificate
holder.
(ii) Differences training, if necessary,
as prescribed in § 121.1471.
(iii) Requalification training, if
necessary, as prescribed in § 121.1419.
(iv) Special training, if necessary, as
prescribed in § 121.1437.
(2) A proficiency test or check in
accordance with § 121.1453(a)(2),
§ 121.1453(b)(2), or § 121.1455(c), as
applicable.
(3) Supervised operating experience,
as prescribed in § 121.1417.
(b) Continuity of training.
(1) Initial for certificated dispatchers.
A certificated aircraft dispatcher must
successfully complete all of the required
initial training category, including the
proficiency test, prescribed in
§ 121.1453(a)(2) within 120 days of
beginning the initial training category.
(2) Combined certification and initial
for non-certificated person. A noncertificated person must successfully
complete all of the required combined
certification and initial training
category, including the practical test
and proficiency test, prescribed in
§ 121.1453(b)(2) within 180 days of
beginning the combined certification
and initial category.
(c) Failure to complete training. If a
person fails to successfully complete the
training in the time required by
paragraph (b) of this section, the person
must repeat the initial training, or
combined certification and initial
training, as required by paragraph (a) of
this section within the time period
required in paragraph (b) of this section.
(d) Operating familiarization. The
person has successfully completed
operating familiarization every 12
months in accordance with § 121.1415.
For domestic operations, the operating
familiarization must be conducted
within a geographic area into which the
person dispatches. For flag operations,
the operating familiarization must be
conducted within a flag area of
operation for which the person
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1324
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
dispatches in accordance with the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(1) If the person dispatches in either
domestic operations or flag operations,
but not both, the person must have
completed operating familiarization in
the type of operation, domestic or flag,
and in an aircraft type that the person
dispatches within the preceding 12
months.
(2) If the person dispatches in both
domestic and flag operations, the person
must have completed operating
familiarization in both domestic and
flag operations in an aircraft type that
the person dispatches within the
preceding 24 months.
(3) If the person dispatches both
propeller driven (including
reciprocating powered and
turbopropeller powered) and turbojet
powered aircraft, the person must have
completed operating familiarization in
both propeller driven and turbojet
powered aircraft within the preceding
24 months.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1415 Aircraft dispatcher: Operating
familiarization.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs
(b) and (c) of this section, the operating
familiarization required by
§ 121.1413(d) must consist of at least
5 hours of observing operations under
this part from the flight deck. This
observation must be made from the
flight deck or, for airplanes without an
observer seat on the flight deck, from a
forward passenger seat with headset or
speaker. This requirement may be
reduced by one hour for each additional
takeoff and landing, but the reduction
must not exceed 21⁄2 hours.
(b) The requirement of paragraph (a)
of this section may be satisfied by
observation of simulated flight time
during a Line Oriented Flight Training
(LOFT) session required by subpart BB
of this part. The observation must occur
in a Full Flight Simulator (FFS)
approved in accordance with part 60 of
this chapter for the aircraft type and
operation. The actual observed
simulated flight time must not be
reduced below 5 hours.
(c) If the requirement of paragraph (a)
and (b) of this section cannot be met, the
certificate holder may request a
deviation to complete operating
familiarization through a ground
training program approved by the
Administrator.
(d) A person may serve as an aircraft
dispatcher for a new type of operation
(domestic or flag) without meeting the
requirements of this section for 90 days
after the certificate holder introduces a
new type of operation.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
§ 121.1417 Aircraft dispatcher: Supervised
operating experience.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as an
aircraft dispatcher unless that person
meets all of the following requirements:
(1) The person has been supervised by
a current and qualified dispatcher who
meets the experience requirements of
§ 121.1421(b)(1) through (4).
(2) The person has been supervised
for the minimum hours prescribed in
the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS for each
type of operation (domestic or flag) in
which the person serves.
(3) The person has successfully
completed a proficiency test or check, as
appropriate.
(b) No person is eligible to receive the
supervised operating experience
required in paragraph (a) of this section
unless that person has satisfactorily
completed initial, combined
certification and initial, requalification
training, and operating familiarization,
as applicable, in accordance with the
requirements listed in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(c) An aircraft dispatcher
administering operating experience may
not supervise more than one person at
a time.
(d) During the supervised operating
experience session, the supervising
dispatcher must be the dispatcher of
record for each flight dispatched or
released.
§ 121.1419 Aircraft dispatcher:
Requalification.
(a) No certificate holder may use any
person, nor may any person serve, as an
aircraft dispatcher if that person has
become unqualified by not satisfactorily
completing recurrent training, including
proficiency checks as required by
§ 121.1413(a).
(b) To be requalified, the person must
complete:
(1) The initial training requirements
of § 121.1453(a) in accordance with the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS, including
supervised operating experience,
operating familiarization, and
proficiency test, or
(2) All missed recurrent training
modules that were not completed by the
end of the person’s eligibility period
and the additional requirements for the
applicable phase of requalification
training in accordance with the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS, including all
applicable proficiency checks or
proficiency tests.
(c) The requalification requirements
for each phase must be completed:
(1) Within 60 days of beginning the
requalification training; and
(2) Before the end of the applicable
phase of requalification.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(d) To qualify for:
(1) Phase I Requalification. A person
may requalify under the Phase I
Requalification program if less than 6
months have elapsed since the end of
the person’s base month for recurrent
training. The aircraft dispatcher’s base
month for recurrent training does not
change.
(2) Phase II Requalification. A person
may requalify under the Phase II
Requalification program if at least 6
months, but less than 12 months, have
elapsed since the end of the person’s
base month for recurrent training. The
aircraft dispatcher’s base month for
recurrent training does not change.
(3) Phase III Requalification. A person
may requalify under the Phase III
Requalification program if at least 12
months, but less than 24 months, have
elapsed since the end of the person’s
base month for recurrent training. The
aircraft dispatcher’s base month for
recurrent training must change to the
month in which the requalification
proficiency check is successfully
completed.
(4) Phase IV Requalification. A person
may requalify under the Phase IV
Requalification program if at least 24
months, but less than 36 months, have
elapsed since the end of the person’s
base month for recurrent training. The
aircraft dispatcher’s base month for
recurrent training must change to the
month in which the requalification
proficiency check is successfully
completed.
(5) Phase V Requalification. A person
may requalify under the Phase V
Requalification program if 36 months or
more have elapsed since the end of the
person’s base month for recurrent
training. The aircraft dispatcher’s base
month for recurrent training must
change to the month in which the
requalification proficiency test is
successfully completed.
§ 121.1421 Dispatcher instructor and
check dispatcher: Eligibility, training, and
evaluation.
(a) Dispatcher Instructor. No
certificate holder conducting domestic
or flag operations may use any person,
nor may any person serve, as a
dispatcher instructor in a training
program established under this part
unless the person meets one of the
following:
(1) The person must meet the
applicable requirements of § 121.1439
and hold an aircraft dispatcher
certificate. The person must maintain
aircraft dispatcher currency in
accordance with the certificate holder’s
approved training program. Within the
preceding 12 months, the person has
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
successfully completed an initial
training curriculum or a recurrent
training curriculum in accordance with
§ 121.1457.
(2) A person who does not meet the
requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, but who is a subject matter
expert with specific technical
knowledge on a subject may be used to
conduct training in the subjects
specified in the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS. The subject matter expert must be
acceptable to the FAA.
(b) Check dispatcher. No certificate
holder conducting domestic or flag
operations may use any person, nor may
any person serve, as a check dispatcher
in a training program established under
this subpart unless the person has been
approved by the FAA and meets the
following requirements:
(1) The person meets the applicable
requirements of § 121.1439 and holds an
aircraft dispatcher certificate. The
person must maintain aircraft
dispatcher currency in accordance with
the certificate holder’s approved
training curriculum.
(2) The person has performed the
duties of an aircraft dispatcher for at
least 8 hours within a 24-hour period in
the preceding 60 days.
(3) Within the preceding 12 months,
the person has successfully completed
an initial training curriculum or a
recurrent training curriculum in
accordance with § 121.1459.
(4) The person has been current and
qualified as an aircraft dispatcher for a
part 121 domestic or flag operation for
at least 3 of the previous 5 years.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1423 Dispatch program designee:
Eligibility and qualification.
If the certificate holder elects to
establish a combined certification and
initial training category, the FAA may
approve one or more dispatch program
designees to represent the FAA for the
purpose of issuing aircraft dispatcher
certificates.
(a) To be eligible to become a dispatch
program designee and to remain
qualified to serve as a dispatch program
designee, a person must meet the
following requirements:
(1) Be an employee of the certificate
holder.
(2) Be a check dispatcher in
accordance with § 121.1421 and be
currently serving as an aircraft
dispatcher for the certificate holder for
the aircraft type and operation.
(3) Be a designated aircraft dispatcher
examiner in accordance with § 183.25 of
this chapter.
(4) Conduct a practical test under the
observation of the FAA and be
designated as a dispatch program
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
designee by the FAA. The person
undergoing the practical test for this
purpose must be signed off by the FAA
inspector as the evaluator of record.
(5) A designee may continue to
conduct practical tests if, within the
preceding 12 months, the designee has
done one of the following under the
observation of the FAA:
(i) Conducted a practical test.
(ii) Conducted a proficiency test.
(iii) Conducted a proficiency check.
(b) The dispatch program designee is
only approved to perform the duties of
a dispatch program designee for the
certificate holder.
§ 121.1425
Check dispatcher: Initial cadre.
(a) Purpose of this section. This
section is used to qualify an initial cadre
of check dispatchers in lieu of the
experience and recency requirements of
§§ 121.1417 and 121.1421. A certificate
holder may use a person as a check
dispatcher even though the person does
not meet the experience or recency
requirements of the subpart, if the
person meets the initial cadre
requirements of this section.
(b) Duration of initial cadre status.
The FAA will determine the period of
initial cadre status, and may terminate
initial cadre status for the certificate
holder or for an individual check
dispatcher, if necessary. In no case will
initial cadre status exceed a period of 24
months.
(c) Eligibility for initial cadre status
for check dispatcher. To be eligible to
become an initial cadre check
dispatcher for a part 119 certificate
holder, and to continue to serve in that
capacity for the authorized period, a
person must meet all of the following
requirements:
(1) Be an employee of the part 119
certificate holder (or applicant).
(2) Have served at least 3 years in the
past 6 years as a dispatcher for the
aircraft type for which the person is to
perform duties as an initial cadre check
dispatcher.
(3) Have an aircraft dispatch
certificate without restrictions.
(4) Have successfully completed
initial, transition, or differences
training, as appropriate, as approved by
the FAA for the part 119 certificate
holder (or applicant) that is required to
serve as an aircraft dispatcher.
(5) Have conducted activities for
which the person is to perform duties as
a check dispatcher under the
observation of an FAA inspector. When
an observed activity must be made part
of a training record, the people
undergoing the observed activities must
be signed off by the FAA inspector as
the evaluator of record.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1325
(6) Be approved by the FAA for the
specific duties to be performed.
(d) Operating experience for initial
cadre check dispatchers.
(1) An initial cadre check dispatcher
may receive credit for his or her own
operating experience while
administering operating experience to
another initial cadre check dispatcher.
(2) Initial cadre check dispatchers
may obtain operating experience only if
at least one of the other initial cadre
check dispatchers has:
(i) Experience with the aircraft type
on which the person is to perform
duties as a check dispatcher or has
received training for the aircraft type in
accordance with the QPS.
(ii) Experience within the type of
operation, domestic or flag, in which the
person is to perform duties as a check
dispatcher or has the received training
for the type of operation in accordance
with the QPS.
(e) Persons authorized to administer
training and evaluation. As approved by
the FAA:
(1) Employees of a part 142 certificate
holder, another part 119 certificate
holder, or the aircraft manufacturer may
administer the training for initial cadre
check dispatchers.
(2) Only a person who holds an
aircraft dispatcher certificate issued
under part 65 who is an employee of the
part 119 certificate holder, or the FAA,
may administer the evaluation for initial
cadre check dispatchers.
(3) Check dispatchers who are
employees of an existing part 119
certificate holder that is adding a new
aircraft type or operation may continue
to serve as check dispatchers for the
new aircraft type or operation during
the initial cadre period.
General Training Program
Requirements
§ 121.1431
Training program: General.
(a) Each certificate holder must
establish and keep current an aircraft
dispatcher training program. Each
curriculum in a training program must
be current and must be kept current
with respect to any changes in the
certificate holder’s policies, operations,
and requirements of this chapter. Each
certificate holder must obtain the
appropriate initial and final approval of
its training program, as specified in
§ 121.1437.
(b) The aircraft dispatcher training
program must address all of the
following:
(1) The requirements of this subpart.
(2) The requirements of the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(c) Each certificate holder is
responsible for ensuring that its aircraft
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1326
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
dispatchers are adequately trained and
that aircraft dispatcher training and
evaluation is conducted in accordance
with the certificate holder’s approved
training program.
(d) As part of its training program, a
certificate holder must provide to each
student, as applicable, the following:
(1) Curricula, categories of training,
and segments of training applicable for
use by the certificate holder as required
by this subpart and approved by the
Administrator.
(2) A sufficient number of dispatcher
instructors, trained and qualified in
accordance with this subpart, to provide
the approved training.
(3) A sufficient number of check
dispatchers trained and qualified in
accordance with this subpart, to
complete the applicable evaluation of
knowledge and skills in tasks in
accordance with the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS.
(4) Adequate training facilities.
(5) Appropriate and current training
materials, examinations, forms,
instructions, and procedures for use in
conducting the training, evaluation, and
supervised operating experience
required by this part with respect to
each aircraft type and operation, and if
applicable, the particular variations
within that aircraft type.
(e) No certificate holder may use a
person as an aircraft dispatcher unless
each dispatcher instructor or check
dispatcher who is responsible for a
training curriculum, training category,
or evaluation under this part has
certified in writing or electronically the
proficiency and knowledge of the
individual being trained or evaluated.
(1) The certification required by this
paragraph must be made a part of the
aircraft dispatcher’s record required by
subpart V of this part. The record must
indicate whether the individual
successfully completed each of the
training and evaluation requirements for
the specific curriculum listed in this
paragraph.
(2) When the record of the
certification required by this paragraph
is made by an entry in a computerized
recordkeeping system, the dispatcher
instructor or check dispatcher making
the certification must be identified with
that entry, and the record must be in a
form approved by the Administrator.
§ 121.1433 Training program: General
curriculum by aircraft type and operation.
(a) Each certificate holder must
prepare and keep current a training
curriculum for each aircraft type and
operation conducted by that certificate
holder under this part. The curriculum
must be available to each aircraft
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
dispatcher required for that aircraft type
and operation. Each curriculum must
include the categories of training and
the ground training modules required by
this subpart and the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS.
(b) Each training category must
provide training and evaluation as
necessary to ensure that each aircraft
dispatcher meets the following
requirements:
(1) Maintains proficiency with respect
to each aircraft type and operation
(domestic and flag operations) in which
the aircraft dispatcher serves.
(2) Maintains proficiency in the duties
and responsibilities for the aircraft type
and operation that are contained in the
§ 121.133 manual as outlined in
§ 121.135.
(3) Is trained and knowledgeable as to
the current operating limitations
sections of the applicable FCOM.
(4) Remains trained and
knowledgeable on the procedures and
performance sections of the applicable
FCOM.
(5) Qualifies in new equipment,
facilities, procedures, techniques,
computer applications, and technology
required to perform the duties of an
aircraft dispatcher.
(6) Understands the nature and effects
of safety hazards, weather extremes, and
the effects of these on operations.
(7) Knows and is able to apply
Dispatch Resource Management (DRM)
skills identified in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(c) Each training category must
include the following:
(1) The areas of instruction with
subjects and the tasks required by the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(2) A list of all equipment used by the
certificate holder for training and
evaluation.
(3) An outline of the training category
that includes ground training and
evaluation modules by subject matter.
(4) The approved programmed hours
of training that will be applied to each
required training category.
(5) Differences that relate to the
variations of a particular aircraft type to
be included in all ground training
modules for purposes of training and
evaluation, as applicable.
(6) A copy of each statement issued by
the Administrator under § 121.1435 for
a reduction of baseline programmed
hours of training and evaluation.
(7) A list of qualified instructors and
the letter of authorization from the FAA
for the check dispatcher and dispatch
program designee.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 121.1435 Training program: Curriculum
programmed hours.
(a) Each certificate holder’s training
program submitted for initial approval
under this subpart must have at least the
baseline programmed hours specified in
the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
Programmed hours include training and
evaluation.
(b) The Administrator will not
approve a reduction in the baseline
programmed hours specified in this
subpart during the initial approval of
training programs. For a training
program that has final approval, a
certificate holder may apply for a
reduction of programmed hours based
on the factors outlined in § 121.1437(e).
The Administrator will not approve a
reduction of programmed hours below
the minimum hours in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS.
(c) When the Administrator approves
a reduction in programmed hours, the
Administrator will provide the
certificate holder with a statement of the
basis for the approval.
(d) The Administrator will determine
the required programmed hours for the
requalification training category as
specified in the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS.
§ 121.1437 Training program: Approval
and amendment process.
(a) Each training program described in
this subpart must be approved by the
Administrator. To obtain initial or final
approval of a training program, or to
request a revision to an approved
training program, each certificate holder
must provide the Administrator the
following information in a form
acceptable to the Administrator:
(1) An outline of the proposed
program or proposed revision, including
an outline of the proposed or revised
curriculum required in § 121.1433, that
provides all the information needed for
a preliminary evaluation of the
proposed program or proposed revision.
(2) Curricula, categories of training,
and segments of training applicable for
use by the certificate holder as required
by this subpart.
(3) The number of dispatcher
instructors trained and qualified in
accordance with § 121.1421(a)(1) to
provide the approved training and
evaluation, and the number of
dispatcher instructors used in
accordance with § 121.1421(a)(2), to
provide the approved training.
(4) The number of check dispatchers
trained and qualified in accordance
with this subpart, to complete the
evaluations and observations that are
required by this subpart.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(5) A description of the ground
training facilities.
(6) A synopsis of the materials,
examinations, forms, instructions, and
procedures to be used for the training
and evaluation required by this subpart
with respect to each aircraft type, and if
applicable, the particular variations
within that aircraft type.
(7) A statement as to whether training
will be provided by persons other than
the certificate holder’s employees in
accordance with § 121.1439.
(8) A copy of the Flight Crew
Operating Manual for each aircraft type
to be included in the training program.
The Flight Crew Operating Manual must
be current at the time of submission.
Amendments must be made as required.
(9) A copy of the current § 121.133
manual as outlined in § 121.135.
(10) Documentation of the certificate
holder’s continuous analysis process
established in accordance with
§ 121.1441.
(11) Additional relevant information
required by the Administrator.
(b) If the proposed training program or
proposed revision complies with this
subpart, the Administrator grants initial
approval in writing, after which the
certificate holder may conduct the
training and evaluation in accordance
with that program. The Administrator
then evaluates the effectiveness of the
initially approved training program and
advises the certificate holder of any
deficiencies that must be corrected.
(c) A revision to an approved training
program may be proposed as a special
training category that reflects changes to
the certificate holder’s operation, or as
a differences training category that
reflects differences in configuration
within an aircraft type.
(1) The proposed special training
category will include modules of
training and evaluation for training
segments within existing training
categories. These modules will be
initially approved and evaluated. Upon
satisfactory evaluation, the special
training category modules will receive
final approval and be integrated into the
training segments of the existing
training categories. Once integrated, it
will no longer be called a special
training category, but will be part of the
approved training program. The
Principal Operations Inspector will
determine the number for programmed
hours.
(2) The proposed differences training
category will include modules of
training and evaluation for applicable
segments of training. These modules
will be initially approved, evaluated,
and upon satisfactory evaluation, added
to the previously approved differences
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
training. The Principal Operations
Inspector will determine the number of
programmed hours.
(d) The Administrator grants final
approval of a training program if the
certificate holder shows that the training
and evaluation conducted under the
initial approval obtained under
paragraph (b) of this section ensures that
each person who completes the training
and evaluation is adequately trained to
perform his or her assigned duties.
(e) The Administrator may require
revisions to an approved training
program anytime the FAA finds that
revisions are necessary in the interest of
safety or security. If the Administrator
finds that revisions are necessary for the
continued adequacy of a training
program that has been granted initial or
final approval, the certificate holder
must, after notification by the
Administrator, make all changes in the
program that the Administrator finds
necessary.
(1) Within 30 days after the certificate
holder receives a notice to revise the
program, it may file a petition with the
Director of Flight Standards to
reconsider the notice. The filing of a
petition to reconsider stays the notice
pending a decision by the Director of
Flight Standards.
(2) If the Administrator finds that
there is an emergency that requires
immediate action in the interest of
safety or security, the Administrator
may, upon a statement of the reasons,
require a change effective without stay.
(f) The Administrator considers the
following factors in approving revisions
or requiring revisions to a training
program:
(1) The pass and fail rate in the
curriculum under consideration.
(2) The quality and effectiveness of
the teaching-learning process (e.g.,
quality of instructors, training
equipment, methods, and procedures
listed in the certificate holder’s
curriculum required by § 121.1433).
(3) The experience levels of the
student population.
(4) The experience levels of the
instructors and check persons.
(5) The type and scope of operations
conducted by the certificate holder.
(6) The complexity of make, model,
and series of aircraft used.
§ 121.1439 Training program:
Administering training and evaluation.
(a) Persons administering training
must be acceptable to the FAA.
(b) Persons who administer evaluation
must be approved by the FAA and
knowledgeable about the certificate
holder’s facilities, equipment, and
procedures.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1327
(c) Persons who administer training or
evaluation must use only the equipment
and the facilities that are specifically
approved for the certificate holder’s
training program.
(d) Training, proficiency tests,
proficiency checks, and practical tests
for aircraft dispatchers must be
administered in accordance with the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(e) A dispatch program designee or
the FAA must administer the aircraft
dispatcher practical test.
(f) The certificate holder must report
a failure of a proficiency test, practical
test, or proficiency check to the FAA.
(g) A proficiency test, proficiency
check, or practical test is not
successfully completed if the individual
did not successfully complete all
required portions of the training
curriculum before taking the proficiency
test, proficiency check, or practical test.
(h) Training and evaluation is not
successfully completed, even if the
individual successfully completed the
activity, when the certificate holder
does one of the following:
(1) Uses facilities, equipment, and
materials that are not specifically
approved for that activity as part of the
certificate holder’s approved training
program.
(2) Uses persons who are not
authorized to administer the activity as
specified in the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS, or who do not meet the
requirements of this subpart.
§ 121.1441 Training program: Continuous
analysis process.
(a) Each certificate holder must
establish and maintain a process for the
continuous analysis of the performance
and effectiveness of its training program
and operation that will allow the
certificate holder the ability to recognize
where improvements are needed. This
process must:
(1) Incorporate procedures to ensure
that the training program and the
standards of qualification for each duty
position are documented, and provide a
means for updating as changes are
required.
(2) Provide for the review of training
program content, application, and
results for each aircraft type and
operation.
(3) Continually measure and monitor
the outcome of the training program and
operation in terms of the aircraft
dispatcher’s performance and
qualification, and provide a means to
identify and correct deficiencies in the
aircraft dispatcher’s performance and
qualification and in the training
program and operation. Procedures
must include correction of deficiencies
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1328
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
by the certificate holder or by persons
providing training and evaluation in the
certificate holder’s training program and
operation.
(b) The FAA will notify the certificate
holder in writing when it finds that the
continuous analysis process described
in paragraph (a) of this section does not
contain adequate procedures and
standards to meet the requirements of
this section. The certificate holder must
make any changes in the training
program that are necessary to meet the
requirements of this section.
(c) A certificate holder may petition
the FAA to reconsider the notice to
make a change in the continuous
analysis process. The petition must be
filed with the FAA certificate holding
district office charged with the overall
inspection of the certificate holder’s
operations within 30 days after the
certificate holder receives the notice.
Except in the case of an emergency
requiring immediate action in the
interest of safety, the filing of the
petition stays the notice pending a
decision by the FAA.
Training Category Requirements
§ 121.1451 Training category
requirements: Standards used in aircraft
dispatcher training.
(a) The certificate holder must include
in the training categories the subjects,
tasks, and standards set forth in the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(b) The QPS requirements for aircraft
dispatcher training and evaluation
include all of the following:
(1) The subjects and areas of
instruction listed in the Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS for initial, combined
certification and initial, recurrent,
transition, differences, and
requalification training.
(2) The Dispatch Resource
Management (DRM) skills listed in the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS.
(3) The requirements for
administering specific evaluations.
(4) The requirements and performance
standards for each task and
environment.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
§ 121.1453 Training category
requirements: Aircraft dispatcher initial,
combined certification and initial, and
transition training.
(a) Initial and transition training for
aircraft dispatchers must include all of
the following:
(1) Training and evaluation in the
subjects listed in the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS.
(2) Successful completion of a
proficiency test in accordance with the
Aircraft Dispatcher QPS for each aircraft
type and operation, and the particular
variations within the aircraft type.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(b) Combined certification and initial
training must include all of the
following:
(1) Training and evaluation in the
subjects listed in the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS.
(2) Successful completion of a
practical test and proficiency test in
accordance with the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS for each aircraft type and
operation, and the particular variations
within the aircraft type. The FAA or
dispatch program designee must
administer the practical test.
§ 121.1455 Training category
requirements: Aircraft dispatcher recurrent
training.
Recurrent training for aircraft
dispatchers must include all of the
following:
(a) Instruction in the subjects
specified in the Aircraft Dispatcher
QPS.
(b) An evaluation of the aircraft
dispatcher’s knowledge with respect to
the aircraft type and operation involved.
(c) Successful completion of a
proficiency check in accordance with
the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS for each
aircraft type and operation, and the
particular variations within the aircraft
type.
§ 121.1457 Training category
requirements: Dispatcher instructor initial
and recurrent training.
(a) Initial training. Initial training for
a dispatcher instructor must consist of
a 4-hour block of instruction that
includes the following subjects:
(1) Aircraft dispatcher instructor
duties, functions, and responsibilities.
(2) Appropriate provisions of the
regulations of this chapter and the
certificate holder’s policies and
procedures.
(3) Appropriate methods, procedures,
and techniques for conducting aircraft
dispatcher instruction.
(4) Evaluation of student performance,
including recognition of the following:
(i) Improper and insufficient training;
and
(ii) Personal characteristics of a
student that could adversely affect
safety.
(5) Corrective action in the case of
unsatisfactory training progress.
(6) Approved methods, procedures,
and limitations for performing the
required normal, abnormal, and
emergency procedures in the dispatch
facility.
(7) Principles of the teaching-learning
process.
(8) Teaching methods and procedures.
(9) Instructor-student relationship.
(b) Recurrent training. Recurrent
training for a dispatcher instructor must
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
consist of a 2-hour block of instruction
every 12 months that includes the
following:
(1) Subjects required in paragraph (a)
of this section.
(2) Instructional and evaluation
methods and techniques.
(3) Changes in aircraft dispatcher
qualification curricula.
(4) Continuous analysis process
review based on the factors addressed in
§ 121.1441.
§ 121.1459 Training category
requirements: Check dispatcher initial and
recurrent training.
(a) Initial training. Initial training for
a check dispatcher must consist of a 4hour block of instruction that includes
the following subjects:
(1) Check dispatcher duties,
functions, and responsibilities.
(2) Appropriate provisions of the
regulations of this chapter and the
certificate holder’s policies and
procedures.
(3) Appropriate methods, procedures,
and techniques for conducting the
required tests and checks.
(4) Evaluation of student performance,
including recognition of the following:
(i) Improper and insufficient training;
and
(ii) Personal characteristics of a
student that could adversely affect
safety.
(5) Corrective action in the case of
unsatisfactory evaluations.
(6) Approved methods, procedures,
and limitations for performing the
required normal, abnormal, and
emergency procedures in the dispatch
facility.
(b) Recurrent training. Recurrent
training for a check dispatcher must
consist of a 2-hour block of instruction
every 12 months that includes the
following:
(1) Subjects required in paragraph (a)
of this section.
(2) Instructional and evaluation
methods and techniques.
(3) Changes in aircraft dispatcher
qualification curricula.
(4) Continuous analysis process
review based on the factors addressed in
§ 121.1441.
Other Training Requirements
§ 121.1471 Differences training and
evaluation.
Each aircraft dispatcher training
program must provide differences
training if the Administrator finds that,
due to differences between aircraft of
the same type operated by the certificate
holder, additional training is necessary
to ensure that each aircraft dispatcher is
adequately trained to perform the
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
assigned duties. The Administrator will
determine the number of additional
training hours and subjects necessary
for the aircraft type and operation.
31. Add appendix Q of part 121 to
read as follows:
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Appendix Q to Part 121—Pilot,
Qualification Performance Standards
Table of Contents
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Pilot QPS?
B. Can the reader rely solely on this
document for pilot qualification and
related training requirements?
C. How can I get answers to questions
about the contents of this appendix?
D. Why do we need a QPS for pilots?
E. Where can each type of standard be
found in the QPS?
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be
found?
H. What references are recommended?
I. What training aids and guides should be
used to develop instructional materials?
J. How must Crew Resource Management
(CRM) training be administered?
K. What is the continuous analysis process
and how is it incorporated in this
QPS?(see § 121.1355)
Attachment 1. Programmed Hour
Requirements For New Hire, Initial,
Transition, Conversion, Upgrade,
Differences, Requalification, Recurrent,
and Special Training Categories (see
§§ 121.1205; 121.1239; 121.1331;
121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1337; 121.1367;
and 121.1391)
Attachment 2. Academic Training Segment
Requirements—Subjects and Tests—For
New Hire, Initial Transition, Conversion,
Upgrade, Requalification, Recurrent,
Differences, and Special Training
Categories (see §§ 121.1221; 121.1223;
121.1225; 121.1227; 121.1229; 121.1333;
121.1335; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377;
121.1381; and 121.1391)
Attachment 3. Job Performance Training
Requirements for All Categories of
Training (see §§ 121.1205; 121.133;
121.135; 121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225;
121.1227; 121.1229; 121.1233; 121.1251;
121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257; 121.1271;
121.1281; 121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1337;
121.1339; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1345;
121.1347; 121.1349; 121.1351; 121.1353;
121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383;
121.1385; 121.1387; and 121.1391)
Attachment 4. Generic Pilot Performance
Standards for Each Task and
Environment (see §§ 121.133; 121.135;
121.1201; 121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1221;
121.1221; 121.1233; 121.1253; 121.1255;
121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1333;
121.1337; 121.1351; 121.1341; 121.1343;
121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383;
121.1385; and 121.1391)
BEGIN INFORMATION
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Pilot QPS?
This QPS contains Information and
QPS Requirements.
1. Information: Explanations that
clarify or support regulatory
requirements found in the Code of
Federal Regulations or in this Pilot QPS.
Explanations are provided as guidance
and are not regulatory. This guidance
appears under the heading ‘‘BEGIN
INFORMATION’’ and uses the terms
‘‘should’’ or ‘‘may’’ to indicate that it is
not mandatory.
2. QPS Requirements: Pilot
Qualification Performance Standards
contained in this appendix are
regulatory and mandatory. These
requirements appear under the heading
‘‘BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENTS’’ and use
the terms ‘‘must,’’ ‘‘may not,’’ and
‘‘will.’’
B. Can the reader rely solely on this
document for pilot qualification and
training requirements?
No, do not rely solely on this
document for regulatory requirements in
these areas. The reader must also use 14
CFR part 91 and part 121, subparts G,
T, V, X, and BB.
C. How can I get answers to questions
about the contents of this appendix?
1. You may mail questions to: U.S.
Department of Transportation, Federal
Aviation Administration, Flight
Standards Service, Air Transportation
Division, AFS–210,800 Independence
Avenue, SW., Washington, DC
20591,Telephone: (202) 267–816, Fax:
(202) 267–5229.
2. You may find answers to questions
on the Flight Standards Internet Web
Site address is: ‘‘https://www.faa.gov/
about/office_org/headquarters_offices/
avs/offices/afs/.’’ On this Web Site you
will find Flight Standards Programs,
Aviation Safety Inspector Handbooks
and Documents, the current Aviation
Regulations (14 CFR), Advisory
Circulars, and other sources of FAA
information.
D. Why do we need a QPS for pilots?
1. To provide objective standards for
pilot performance and for relating these
standards to simulation equipment
qualification levels.
2. To provide routine and periodic
update capability. This capability is
needed to respond to accidents,
incidents, or rapidly occurring changes
to equipment and operations. All
changes made to this appendix will be
subject to public notice and comment,
llllllllllllllllll
l unless good cause exists to support a
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1329
finding that notice and comment would
be impracticable, unnecessary, or
contrary to the public interest.
3. To provide the certificate holder
with a minimum set of standards for
developing the following:
(a) Training and certification
programs,
(b) Performance standards, and
(c) Evaluation criteria as they relate to
the pilot job function.
E. Where can each type of standard be
found in the QPS?
1. Attachment 1 contains the
programmed hour requirements for new
hire, initial, transition, conversion,
upgrade, differences, requalification,
recurrent, and special training
categories.
2. Attachment 2 contains the
academic training requirements for new
hire, initial, transition, conversion,
upgrade, requalification, recurrent,
differences, and special training
categories.
3. Attachment 3 contains:
(a) The job performance training
requirements for initial, transition,
upgrade, conversion, requalification,
recurrent, difference, and special
categories of training.
(b) How evaluations are administered.
(c) What level FSTD must be used for
each task or environment.
4. Attachment 4 contains the generic
pilot performance standards for each
task and environment.
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms
be found?
You can find definitions in
§ 121.1205. Acronyms are as follows:
AFD Airport Facility Directory
AFE Above field elevation
AFS–210 Air Carrier Training Branch, Air
Transportation Division,Flight Standards
Service
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AGL Above Ground Level
AIM Aeronautical Information Manual
APD Aircrew Program Designee
ASAP Aviation Safety Action Program
ASR Airport Surveillance Radar
ASRS Aviation Safety Reporting System
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATIS Automated Terminal Information
System
ATP Airline Transport Pilot
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CDL Critical Design List
CFIT Controlled Flight into Terrain
COM Crewmember Operating Manual
CRM Crew Resource Management
DA Decision Altitude
DH Decision Height
DME Distance Measurement Equipment
EFIS Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1330
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
ETOPS Extended Operations (replaces
EROPS) (Extended Range Operations)
EFVS Enhanced Flight Vision System
EVAS Emergency Vision Assurance System
FAF Final Approach Fix
FDC Flight Data Center
FE Flight Engineer
FFS Full Flight Simulator
FMS Flight Management System
FOQA Flight Operational Quality
Assurance
FSTD Flight Simulation Training Device
FTD Flight Training Device
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GS Ground Speed
HUD Head-Up Display
IAP Initial Approach Point
ICAO International Civil Aviation
Organization
INS Inertial Navigation System
IOS Instructor’s Operating Station
LAHSO Land and Hold Short Operations
LOFT Line Operational Flight Training
LORAN Long Range Navigation
MEA Minimum Enroute Altitude
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MDA Minimum Descent Altitude
METAR Aviation Routine Weather Report
PAR Precision Approach Radar
PBE Protective Breathing Equipment
PF Pilot Flying
PIC Pilot in Command
PM Pilot Monitoring
POI Principal Operations Inspector
PRM Precision Radar Monitor(used as part
of a Simultaneous Close Parallel approach)
PTS Practical Test Standards
QFE Corrected Barometric Altitude relative
to field elevation
QNE Barometric pressure used for standard
altimeter setting(29.92 inHg or 1013 hPa)
QNH Corrected Barometric Altitude relative
to sea level
QPS Qualification Performance Standards
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
RA Resolution Alert
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
SAR Search and Rescue
SIC Second In Command
SID Standard Instrument Departure
SOIR Simultaneous Operations on
Intersecting Runways
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival
TA Traffic Alert
TAA Terminal Arrival Area
TAS True Airspeed
TAWS Terrain Avoidance Warning System
TCAS Traffic Collision Avoidance System
TCE Training Center Evaluator
TSA Transportation Security
Administration
V1 Takeoff Decision Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VMCA Minimum Control Speed Air
VMCG Minimum Control Speed Ground
VR Rotation Speed
VREF Reference Speed
VSO Stall Speed, Landing Configuration
VS1 Stall Speed, Specific Configuration
XLS Other Landing System
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
H. What references are recommended?
The following references (as
amended) support the knowledge and
skill standards for tasks. They are
strongly recommended for providing
further details for lesson development.
To find 14 CFR parts go to https://
ecfr.gpoaccess.gov; to find Advisory
Circulars go to: https://www.faa.gov/
regulations_policies/advisory_circulars;
and to find FAA handbooks go to:
https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/
aviation_industry/airline_operators/
handbooks/.
1. 14 CFR part 1, Definitions and
Abbreviations
2. 14 CFR part 60, Qualification of
Flight Simulation Devices
3. 14 CFR part 61, Certification: Pilots,
Flight Instructors, and Ground
Instructors
4. 14 CFR part 91, General Operating
and Flight Rules
5. 14 CFR part 121, Operating
Requirements: Domestic, Flag, and
Supplemental Operations
6. AC 00–6, Aviation Weather
7. AC 0045, Aviation Weather Services
8. AC 25.1581–1, Airplane Flight
Manual
9. AC 60–22, Aeronautical Decision
Making
10. AC 60–28, English Language Skill
Standards
11. AC 61–21, Flight Training Handbook
12. AC 61–27, Instrument Flying
Handbook
13. AC 61–84, Role of Preflight
Preparation
14. AC 120–28, Criteria for Approval of
Category III Landing Weather
Minima for Takeoff, Landing, and
Rollout
15. AC 120–29, Criteria for Approving
Category I and Category II Landing
Minima for Approach
16. AC 120–51, Crew Resource
Management Training
17. AC 120–53, Crew Qualification and
Pilot Type Rating Requirements for
Transport Category Aircraft
Operated Under part 121
18. AC 120–54, Advanced Qualification
Program
19. AC 120–55, TCAS II Operational
Approval for Air Carriers
20. AC 120–59, Air Carrier Internal
Evaluation Programs
21. AC 120–71, Standard Operating
Procedures for Flight Deck
Crewmembers
22. Aeronautical Information Manual
(AIM)
23. AC 120–88, Preventing Injuries
Caused by Turbulence
24. FAA H–8083–15, Instrument Flying
Handbook
25. En Route Low and High Altitude
Charts
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
26. Profile Descent Charts
27. Standard Instrument Departure (SID)
28. Standard Terminal Arrival Routes
(STAR)
29. Airport Facility Directory (AFD) and
Standard Instrument Approach
Procedure Charts (SIAP)
30. National Flight Data Center Notices
to Airmen (FDC NOTAM)
31. Integrated Measurement of Crew
Resource Management and
Technical Flying Skills, DOT/FAA/
RD–93/26
32. Transportation Security Regulations
(TSRs)
33. HMR 175, Hazardous Materials
Regulations, Carriage by Aircraft
34. FAA Order 8040.4, Safety Risk
Management
35. Air Transportation Operations
Inspector’s Handbook, 8400.10
I. What training aids and guides should
be used to develop instructional
materials?
The FAA and the industry
periodically publish training aids and
guides in specific technical performance
areas (https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/
aviation_industry/airline_operators/
training/index.cfm and https://
www.faa.gov/education_research/
training/). These aids and guides are
accepted as the industry standard for
their specific technical area. The
following training aids and guides are
not regulatory, but contain valuable
information about safety of flight
operations that should be considered
when developing instructional materials
for the tasks to which each apply.
1. Takeoff Safety Training Aid.
2. Wake Vortex Training Aid.
3. Windshear Training Aid.
4. Upset Recovery Training Aid.
5. Winter Operations Guide to Air
Carriers.
6. Controlled Flight Into Terrain.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
J. How must Crew Resource
Management (CRM) training be
administered?
The pilot must demonstrate
knowledge and skills in the technical
and CRM competencies for each
particular task.
1. Certain CRM-related procedures
must be associated with flight tasks and
their related pilot performance
requirements, as shown in Attachment 4
of this appendix. These procedures
must be evaluated during job
performance training programs.
2. In addition to the CRM-related
procedures, situational awareness must
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
be evaluated as an integral part of each
flight task and environment. A task is
not completed unless the evaluator has
determined that the pilot has
demonstrated knowledge and skills in
the technical and CRM competencies.
3. Additionally, the following CRM
behaviors are required knowledge to be
taught and tested during academic
training, as shown in Attachment 2 of
this appendix:
(a) Task: Authority of the Pilot In
Command
(1) The Captain’s authority, including
responsibility for the safety of flight in
routine and emergency conditions
(2) Chain of command and
importance of chain of command
(b) Task: Communication Processes
and Decisions
(1) Briefing
(2) Inquiry, advocacy, and
assertiveness
(3) Self-critique
(4) Communication with appropriate
personnel
(5) Decisionmaking
(6) Conflict resolution
(c) Task: Building and Maintenance of
a Flight Team
(1) Leading and following, including
the importance of crewmembers
functioning as a team
(2) Use of interpersonal skills and
leadership styles in a way that fosters
crew effectiveness
(3) Significance of cultural differences
(d) Task: Workload Management and
Situational Awareness
(1) Preparation and planning
(2) Vigilance
(3) Workload distribution
(4) Distraction avoidance
(e) Task: Communication and
Coordination
(1) Flight deck and cabin chimes and
interphone signals for routine situations
(2) Flight attendant notification to
flight crew that aircraft is ready for
movement on the surface.
(3) Flight crew notification to flight
attendant to be seated prior to take-off
(4) Flight attendant recognition of
critical phases of flight
(5) Crewmember coordination and
notification regarding access to flight
deck
(6) Notification to flight attendants of
turbulent air conditions
(7) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of emergency or
unusual situations
(8) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of inoperative
equipment that is pertinent to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities
(9) Normal and emergency
communication procedures to be used
in the event of inoperative
communication equipment
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(f) Task: Crewmember Briefing
(1) Crewmember responsibilities
regarding briefings
(2) Flight crew briefing
(3) Flight crew to flight attendant(s)
briefings
(4) Flight attendant to flight
attendant(s) briefings
(5) Required information
(6) Security procedures
(7) Communication procedures
(8) Emergency procedures
(9) MELs affecting flight operations
and cabin safety equipment and
procedures
(10) Flight information
(g) Task: Communication and
Coordination During a Passenger
Interference Situation
(1) Certificate holder’s written
program regarding the handling of
passenger interference, including
crewmember communication and
coordination
(2) Techniques for diffusing a
passenger interference situation
(3) Importance of crewmembers and
other employees working as a team
(4) Role of management and
crewmember in follow-up
(5) Actions to report an occurrence of
passenger interference
(h) Task: Communication and
Coordination During an Emergency
Situation
(1) Actions for each emergency
situation
(2) Importance of notification and
who must be notified
(3) Alternate actions if unable to
notify
(4) Communication during
preparation for a planned emergency
evacuation, including the time
available, type of emergency, signal to
brace, and special instructions
1331
purposes, an amplified list of these
competencies, expressed as behavioral
markers, is in AC 120–51, as amended.
6. Certificate holders should conduct
flight crewmember and flight attendant
CRM scenarios together. When this is
not possible, certificate holders should
include information in flight
crewmember training that addresses the
roles of flight attendants during
emergency situations.
K. What is the continuous analysis
process and how is it incorporated in
this QPS? (see § 121.1355)
1. The continuous analysis process is
a certificate holder internal evaluation
and improvement process. The
continuous analysis process will enable
the certificate holder to maintain and
refine the training process by
continually monitoring the effectiveness
and efficiency of the process. Various
assessment tools (testing, checking,
inspection, documenting, evaluation,
and analysis) will be used to validate
the effectiveness of a training program
or the need to change a training
program.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. A continuous analysis process is
incorporated in this QPS through
integration with the qualification and
training program. The certificate holder
is responsible for designating
responsibility for the process. The
certificate holder must ensure
appropriate and adequate assessment
tools (testing, checking, critique,
inspection, observation, documenting,
evaluation, and analysis) are utilized to
enable the certificate holder to validate
the effectiveness of the qualification and
END QPS REQUIREMENT
training program, or the need to change
llllllllllllllllll
l that program. The certificate holder
must describe the attributes of the
BEGIN INFORMATION
continuous analysis process in the
certificate holder’s FAA approved
4. CRM refers to the effective use of
training program.
all available resources, including,
human resources, hardware, and
END QPS REQUIREMENT
information. Human resources include
llllllllllllllllll
l
all other groups routinely working with
the flight crewmembers who are
BEGIN INFORMATION
involved in decisions that are required
3. Components of a Continuous
to operate a flight safely. CRM is not a
Analysis Process.
single task. CRM is a set of
(a) Qualification and training program
competencies that must be evident in all as approved by the Administrator.
tasks in this QPS as applied to the
Attributes of the continuous analysis
individual and the multi-crew
process:
operation.
(1) Who is responsible?
5. CRM deficiencies usually
(2) Who has authority to change the
contribute to the unsatisfactory
process?
technical performance of a task.
(3) Description of the process.
Therefore, the CRM competencies are
(4) Controls. policy, procedure,
valuable for debriefing. For debriefing
training, evaluation.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1332
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
reduction in the programmed hours
below the minimum programmed hours.
2. Required hours for requalification
Programmed Hour Requirements for
training. The hours established for
New Hire, Initial, Transition,
Conversion, Upgrade, Differences,
requalification training (§ 121.1239) are
Requalification, Recurrent, and
for individuals in specific
SpecialTraining Categories
circumstances. Therefore, there are no
llllllllllllllllll
l programmed hours in Table 1A for
requalification training.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3. Required hours for differences and
A. Programmed Hour Requirements:
special training. The hours established
Pilots (PIC and SIC). (see §§ 121.1205;
for differences and special training are
121.1331; 121.1333; 121.1335)
in addition to the previously approved
programmed hours for the approved
1. Baseline and Minimum
training program. For differences
Programmed Hours. Table 1A sets out
the baseline and minimum programmed training (§ 121.1391), the hours remain
in the differences training category. For
hours for each category of training by
special training (§ 121.1337(c)), the
segment (academic and job
certificate holder integrates the training
performance). The FAA may approve a
into the existing categories in Table 1A.
reduction in baseline programmed
Therefore, there are no programmed
hours if the certificate holder
END INFORMATION
hours in Table 1A for differences and
demonstrates that the reduction is
special training.
llllllllllllllllll
l warranted. The FAA will not approve a
(5) Documenting and measurement.
(6) Interfaces between Departments.
Consistency (policy, procedures,
manuals):
(i) Across Departments
(ii) Across Divisions
(b) Assessment tools (adequate and
appropriate)
(1) Testing
(2) Checking
(3) Critique
(4) Inspection and observation
(6) Documenting
(7) Evaluation and analysis
(c) Modification and adjustment of the
qualification and training program
(d) Approval for modification and
adjustment
Attachment 1 of Appendix Q to Part
121
TABLE 1A—PROGRAMMED HOUR REQUIREMENTS: PILOTS (PIC AND SIC)
Training segments
Training categories
Job performance
Academics
Emergency equipment drills and
demonstrations
Ground training
NEW HIRE .....................................
INITIAL ...........................................
FULL CONVERSION .....................
CORE CONVERSION ...................
TRANSITION .................................
FULL UPGRADE ...........................
CORE UPGRADE ..........................
RECURRENT .................................
REQUALIFICATION .......................
DIFFERENCES ..............................
SPECIAL ........................................
Flight training
Baseline 116 ..............................
Minimum 20 ................................
Baseline 116 ..............................
Minimum 80 ................................
Baseline 68 ................................
Minimum 52 ................................
Baseline 52 ................................
Minimum 36 ................................
Baseline 92 ................................
Minimum 62 ................................
Baseline 68 ................................
Minimum 52 ................................
Baseline 52 ................................
Minimum 36 ................................
Baseline 18 ................................
(each 9-month Recurrent training
period).
Minimum 14 ................................
Determined by Administrator ........
Determined by Administrator ........
Developed by Certificate Holder,
Approved by the Administrator.
N/A ................................................
.......................................................
Baseline 36 ................................
Minimum 36 ................................
Baseline 20 ................................
Minimum 20 ................................
Baseline 20 ................................
Minimum 20 ................................
Baseline 24 ................................
Minimum 24 ................................
Baseline 20 ................................
Minimum 20 ................................
Baseline 20 ................................
Minimum 20 ................................
Baseline 8 ..................................
(each 9-month Recurrent training
period).
Minimum 8 ..................................
Determined by Administrator ........
Determined by Administrator ........
Developed by Certificate Holder,
Approved by the Administrator.
certificate holder may distribute these
llllllllllllllllll
l recurrent training requirements in a
manner that best suits its training
BEGIN INFORMATION
program structure while ensuring that
the required items are included at the
B. Recurrent Training (see § 121.1367)
appropriate intervals.
Recurrent training modules are
Example 1: A 9-month recurrent period
required each 9 months. Recurrent
includes all of the academic subjects and job
training modules also will contain
performance tasks and environments that are
academic subjects, job performance
required at each 9-month interval. The
tasks and environments, and emergency certificate holder may decide to include onedrills and demonstrations that may be
half of those academic subjects and job
required once each 9 months, once each performance tasks and environments that are
18 months, or once each 36 months. The required every 18 months during this
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
END QPS REQUIREMENT
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 8.
Minimum 8.
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 8.
(each 36-month period).
Minimum 8.
Determined by Administrator.
Determined by Administrator.
Determined by Administrator.
particular 9-month training period, and leave
the balance to be completed at the next 9month period. Also, the certificate holder
may decide to include one-fourth of the
emergency equipment drills and
demonstrations during this 9-month interval,
and leave the other three-fourths of those
drills and demonstrations to be completed
during subsequent 9-month periods.
Example 2: A 9-month recurrent period
includes all of the academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are
required every 9 months. During the next 9month recurrent period, the certificate holder
must include all of the academic subjects and
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
job performance tasks and environments that
are required every 9 months, as well as all
of the academic subjects and job performance
tasks and environments that are required
every 18 months. At the following 9-month
interval (27-month point), the certificate
holder must include all those academic
subjects and job performance tasks and
environments that are required every 9
months. Then, at the 36-month point, the
certificate holder must include all of the
academic subjects and job performance tasks
and environments that are required every 9
months, all of the academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are
required every 18 months, and all of the
academic subjects, job performance tasks,
and all the emergency equipment drills and
demonstrations that are required every 36
months.
1333
(a) Table 2A contains the Required
Academic Training Subjects by Category
of Training. In the table, an ‘‘X’’
Academic Training Segment
Requirements—Subjects and Tests—for indicates that the subject must be
included in the category of training. A
New Hire, Initial Transition,
‘‘9’’ indicates that the subject must be
Conversion, Upgrade, Requalification,
trained every 9 months. An ‘‘18’’
Recurrent, Differences, and Special
indicates that the subject must be
Training Categories
trained every 18 months.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(b) Table 2A item (c)(3) addresses the
BEGIN INFORMATION
training subject ‘‘Coordination,
communication, and methodology for
A. Required Academic Training
the performance of each normal,
Subjects by Category of Training.
abnormal, and emergency procedure
(See §§ 121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225; contained in the FCOM.’’ For core
121.1227; 121.1229; 121.1333; 121.1335; upgrade, core conversion, phase I
121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; requalification, and recurrent training
121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1381; all abnormal and emergency procedures
and 121.1391)
are required. However, only selected
1. Attachment 2 contains the
normal procedures are required. The
Academic Training Segment
END INFORMATION
selection of normal procedures should
requirements.
be based on procedural changes,
llllllllllllllllll
l
2. When differences and special
feedback from observed procedural
training are required for academic
irregularities, and system safety
training, they will be additional training
initiatives.
modules or new subjects. For more
information about differences and
END INFORMATION
special training categories see
llllllllllllllllll
l
attachment 1 of this appendix.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3. How to read Table 2A:
Attachment 2 of Appendix Q to part
121
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
New hire
Subject
(a) General Subjects:
(1) Duties and responsibilities of
flight crewmembers .................
(2) Appropriate requirements of
the Federal Aviation Regulations .........................................
(3) General relationship of FAA
to the certificate holder ...........
(4) General overview of the contents of the certificate holder’s
Operating Certificate and Operations Specifications ............
(5) Meteorology to ensure a
practical knowledge of weather
phenomena, including the principles of frontal systems, icing,
fog, thunderstorms, and high
altitude weather situations.
Recognizing and avoiding severe weather situations and
other hazards ..........................
(6) Air traffic control systems,
airspace, procedures, and
phraseology .............................
(7) Navigation and the use of
navigation aids, including instrument approach procedures
including how to use the information available on approach
charts and maps and on airport diagrams ..........................
(8) Development of and operating in the National Airspace
System ....................................
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Initial and
phase III
requalification
Transition
Full upgrade,
full conversion,
and phase II
requalification
Core upgrade,
core conversion,
and phase I
requalification
Recurrent
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
18
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
18
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1334
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING—Continued
New hire
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(9) General Concepts of TCAS
Operation .................................
(i) The meaning of Traffic
Alerts (TAs).
(ii) The meaning of preventive Resolution Advisories
(RAs).
(iii) The meaning of corrective RAs. TCAS equipment components controls,
displays,
audio
alerts, and annunciations;
interfaces and compatibility with other aircraft
systems; TCAS surveillance range versus display range; altitude ceiling
operators; when an intruder will not be displayed; and TCAS performance on the ground.
(10) High Altitude Physiology—
Operations above 10,000 ft.—
Aircraft
Decompression;
Causes and Recognition of
cabin pressure loss; Physiological Effects and time of useful consciousness; Immediate
Actions; Altitude and Flight
Level requiring the wearing of
oxygen masks .........................
(11) Mechanical and Incident
Reporting Procedures .............
(12) Voluntary Safety Program
and Participation, including
ASAP, FOQA, LOSA, and
other government and industry
accident prevention programs
(13) Normal and emergency
communications ......................
(14) General content, control,
and maintenance of applicable
portions of the certificate holder’s operating manual, including the Flight Crewmember
Operating Manual (FCOM).
Relationship of FCOM to the
Airplane Flight Manual ............
(15) Dispatch and flight release
procedures. Flight planning as
applicable ................................
Initial and
phase III
requalification
Transition
Full upgrade,
full conversion,
and phase II
requalification
Core upgrade,
core conversion,
and phase I
requalification
Recurrent
....................
X
X
X
X
18
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
18
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
X
....................
..............................
X (Upgrade and
Conversion
training only)
....................
X
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
(b) Crew Resource Management
(CRM):
(1) Task: Authority of the Pilot In
Command ................................
(i) The Captain’s Authority,
including responsibility for
the safety of flight in routine and emergency conditions.
(ii) Chain of command and
importance of chain of
command.
(2) Task: Communication Processes and Decisions ...............
(i) Briefing.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
1335
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING—Continued
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
New hire
(ii) Inquiry, advocacy, and
assertiveness.
(iii) Self-critique.
(iv) Communication with
available personnel.
(v) Decisionmaking.
(vi) Conflict resolution.
(3) Task: Building and Maintenance of a Flight Team ...........
(i) Leading and following, including the importance of
crewmembers functioning
as a team.
(ii) Use of interpersonal
skills
and
leadership
styles in a way that fosters crew effectiveness.
(iii) Significance of cultural
differences.
(4) Task: Workload Management
and Situational Awareness .....
(i) Preparation and planning.
(ii) Vigilance.
(iii) Workload distribution.
(iv) Distraction avoidance.
(5) Task: Communication and
Coordination ............................
(i) Flight deck and cabin
chimes and interphone
signals for routine situations.
(ii) Flight attendant notification to flight crew that aircraft is ready for movement on the surface.
(iii) Flight crew notification to
flight attendant to be seated prior to take-off.
(iv) Flight attendant recognition of critical phases of
flight.
(v) Crewmember coordination and notification regarding access to flight
deck.
(vi) Notification to flight attendants of turbulent air
conditions.
(vii) Notification between
flight crew and flight attendants of emergency or
unusual situations.
(viii) Notification between
flight crew and flight attendants of inoperative
equipment that is pertinent to flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(ix) Normal and emergency
communication
procedures to be used in the
event of inoperative communication equipment.
(6) Task: Crewmember Briefing
(i) Crewmember responsibilities regarding briefings.
(ii) Flight crew briefing.
(iii) Flight crew to flight attendant(s) briefings.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
Initial and
phase III
requalification
Transition
Full upgrade,
full conversion,
and phase II
requalification
Core upgrade,
core conversion,
and phase I
requalification
Recurrent
X
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1336
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING—Continued
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
New hire
(iv) Flight attendant to flight
attendant(s) briefings.
(v) Required information.
(vi) Security procedures.
(vii) Communication procedures.
(viii) Emergency procedures.
(ix) MELs affecting flight operations and cabin safety
equipment and procedures.
(x) Flight information.
(7) Task: Communication and
Coordination During a Passenger Interference Situation ..
(i) Certificate holder’s written
program regarding the
handling of passenger interference, including crewmember
communication
and coordination.
(ii) Techniques for diffusing
a passenger interference
situation.
(iii) Importance of crewmembers and other employees working as a
team.
(iv) Role of management
and crewmember in follow-up.
(v) Actions to report an occurrence of passenger interference.
(8) Task: Communication and
Coordination During an Emergency Situation ........................
(i) Actions for each emergency situation.
(ii) Importance of notification
and who must be notified.
(iii) Alternate actions if unable to notify.
(iv) Communication during
preparation for a planned
emergency evacuation, including the time available,
type of emergency, signal
to brace, and special instructions.
(c) Aircraft Type Specific:
(1) Contents of the certificate
holder’s operating manual, including the FCOM. Use of any
FCOM-based quick reference
handbook (QRH) .....................
(2) Operating limitations .............
(3) Coordination, communication,
and methodology for the performance of each normal, abnormal, and emergency procedure contained in the FCOM ..
(4) Aircraft systems as described
in the FCOM ............................
(5) Instrument procedures and
low visibility operations ...........
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Initial and
phase III
requalification
Transition
Full upgrade,
full conversion,
and phase II
requalification
Core upgrade,
core conversion,
and phase I
requalification
Recurrent
X
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
X
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
18
18
....................
X
X
X
1X
1 18
....................
X
X
X
X
18
....................
X
X
X
X
18
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
1337
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING—Continued
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
New hire
(6) Aircraft performance determinations and flight planning
for all phases of flight, including takeoff and landing requirements considering aircraft, crew, airport, and weather requirements for takeoff,
departure, and landing ............
(7) Operations Specifications authorizations and limitations ......
(8) MMEL, MEL, CDL .................
(9) Emergency communications
with passengers and other
crewmembers ..........................
(10) Storage of and how to administer medicinal oxygen .......
(11) The certificate holder’s policy and FCOM procedures on
the use of command and control automation and criteria for
selecting and deselecting appropriate levels of automation
(including manual control of
flight) must be included in the
lateral and vertical modes of
takeoff, approach, and landing
(d) Special Hazards:
(1) Preventing controlled flight
into terrain (CFIT) and approach and landing accidents
(2) Recovery from loss of control
due to airplane design, airplane malfunction, human performance, and atmospheric
conditions ................................
(3) Low altitude windshear .........
(i) Recognition and avoidance.
(ii) Recovery from inadvertent encounter.
(4) Takeoff safety: Decisionmaking and high speed aborts,
including propulsion system
malfunction analysis, causes,
symptoms, recognition, and
the effects on aircraft performance and handling ...................
(5) Airport surface movement
safety and runway incursion
prevention ................................
(6) Hazards of operating in or
near thunderstorms, turbulent
air, icing, hail, volcanic ash,
and other potentially hazardous conditions ....................
(7) Land and hold short operations (LAHSO) .......................
(8) Ground anti-icing and deicing
(9) Ice accumulation in flight ......
(e) Special Operations Areas:
(1) Close simultaneous parallel
precision approach operations
with Precision Radar Monitor
(PRM) ......................................
(2) Special routes, areas and airports ........................................
(f) International Operations:
(1) Area and route characteristics ...........................................
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Initial and
phase III
requalification
Transition
Full upgrade,
full conversion,
and phase II
requalification
Core upgrade,
core conversion,
and phase I
requalification
Recurrent
....................
X
X
X
X
18
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
18
18
X
X
X
X
X
18
X
..............................
....................
X
..............................
18
....................
X
X
X
X
18
....................
X
X
X
X
18
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
18
9
....................
X
X
X
X
18
....................
X
X
X
X
18
....................
X
X
..............................
..............................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
9
18
18
....................
X
X
X
X
18
....................
X
X
X
X
18
X
X
X
X
X
18
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1338
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING—Continued
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
New hire
(2) Flight planning, charts,
course plotting, and tables ......
(3) Class II Navigation ................
(4) Communications ....................
(5) ETOPS or EROS, as applicable ............................................
(6) International rules and regulations ......................................
(7) Abnormal Operations ............
(g) Emergency Equipment Training:
(1) Emergency communications
with passengers and other
crewmembers ..........................
(2) Crewmember-specific roles in
dealing with crewmember and
passenger injury and illness,
and disruptive passengers ......
(3) Location and familiarization
of contents for first aid and
medical kits .............................
(4) Location and use of
defibrillator ...............................
(5) Certificate holders bloodborne pathogen awareness
program ...................................
(6) Location and use of emergency exits ..............................
(7) Location and use of emergency equipment. Equipment
must include: ...........................
(i) For over water operations: life preservers, flotation seat cushions, life
rafts, slides, and slide
rafts ..................................
(ii) For ground or water
evacuation: escape ropes,
megaphones,
flashlight,
emergency lighting, emergency locator transmitters,
first aid kit, slides, slide
rafts, fire extinguishers
(each type used), smoke
and fume protection (such
as PBE and smoke goggles), megaphones, oxygen (portable, passenger
oxygen system, flight crew
masks),
supplemental
(flight deck key, demonstration
equipment,
smoke detectors, trash
containers, seat belt extensions) ...........................
(8) Fires—in flight and on the
ground .....................................
(i) Procedures and strategies for fire prevention .....
(ii) Classes of fires and correct methods of extinguishing each ...................
(iii) Flight attendant role in
exterior, APU, jetway, and
ramp fire ...........................
Initial and
phase III
requalification
Transition
Full upgrade,
full conversion,
and phase II
requalification
Core upgrade,
core conversion,
and phase I
requalification
Recurrent
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
18
18
18
X
X
X
X
X
18
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
18
18
X
X
X
X
X
18
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
9
....................
X
X
X
..............................
9
....................
X
X
X
..............................
....................
X
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
9
....................
X
X
X
..............................
18
....................
X
X
X
..............................
18
....................
X
X
X
..............................
18
....................
X
X
X
..............................
18
....................
..............................
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
....................
X
X
..............................
..............................
....................
....................
X
....................
..............................
..............................
....................
....................
X
X
X
..............................
18
1 All abnormal and emergency procedures are required. Only selected normal procedures are required. See paragraph A.(3)(b) of this attachment for information about selecting normal procedures.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
llllllllllllllllll
l
(2) Engine(s): including controls and
indications, induction system,
END QPS REQUIREMENT
carburetor and fuel injection, turbollllllllllllllllll
l charging, cooling, fire detection and
protection, mounting points, turbine
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
wheels, compressors, deicing, anti-icing,
B. Knowledge Assessment. (see
and other related components.
§§ 121.1341 and 121.1343)
(3) Propellers (if appropriate):
including type, controls, feathering and
1. Knowledge and understanding of
unfeathering, auto feather, negative
each subject within each area of
instruction must be evaluated by written torque sensing, synchronizing, and
synchro-phasing.
or computer based testing at the end of
(4) Fuel system: including capacity,
academic training. When written or
drains, pumps, controls, indicators,
computer based methods are used:
cross-feeding, transferring, jettison, fuel
(a) A score of 80% or better on each
grade, color and additives, fueling and
instructional area is required to be
de-fueling procedures, and allowable
satisfactory.
(b) A minimum of 5 questions must be fuel substitutions, if applicable.
(5) Oil system: including capacity,
developed for each subject.
grade, quantities, and indicators.
(c) Two questions for each subject
(6) Hydraulic system: including
must be randomly selected for each test.
capacity pumps, pressure, reservoirs,
(d) The form and content of each test
grade, and regulators.
must be approved by the Administrator.
(7) Electrical system: including
(e) The test must be corrected to 100% alternators, generators, battery, circuit
by a person administering the test.
breakers and protection devices,
(f) Correction of missed questions
controls, indicators, and external and
must include a discussion of which
auxiliary power sources and ratings.
answer is correct and why, and why the
(8) Environmental systems: including
person’s original answer was incorrect.
heating, cooling, ventilation, oxygen
(g) Retraining is required for each
and pressurization, controls, indicators,
instructional area in which a score of
and regulating devices.
80% or better is not achieved.
(9) Avionics and communications:
(h) Examination after retraining of the including autopilot; flight director;
student is required for each
Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
instructional area in which retraining
(EFIS); Flight Management System(s)
was completed.
(FMS); Long Range Navigation (LORAN)
2. The knowledge assessment for the
systems; Doppler Radar, Inertial
specific aircraft subjects of limitations,
Navigation Systems (INS); Global
systems, and performance and loading
Positioning System (GPS/DGPS/WGPS);
may be used for the oral portion of the
VOR, NDB, ILS/MLS, RNAV systems
proficiency test if completed no more
and components; indicating devices;
than 60 days prior to the flight portion
transponder; and emergency locator
of the proficiency test (see attachment 3, transmitter.
E.2.(a) of this appendix).
(10) Ice protection (anti-ice and de3. The following standards are for
ice): including pitot-static system,
evaluating the pilot performance in
propeller (if appropriate), windshield,
limitation, systems, and performance
wing and tail surfaces.
and loading subjects.
(11) Crewmember and passenger
(a) Limitations—The pilot must know emergency equipment and procedures:
all of the limitations appropriate to the
including oxygen system, survival gear,
aircraft with respect to:
emergency exits, evacuation procedures
(1) Systems and components.
with crew duties, and quick donning
(2) Performance.
oxygen mask for crewmembers and
(b) Systems—The pilot must
passengers.
understand and be knowledgeable about
(12) Flight controls: including
the following subjects (systems and
ailerons, elevator(s), rudder(s), control
components) and be able to explain
tabs, balance tabs, stabilizer, flaps,
their operation as described in the
spoilers, leading edge flaps and slats,
FCOM and their applicability, as
and trim systems.
appropriate, to the Minimum
(13) Flightdeck automation: including
Equipment List (MEL), Configuration
the certificate holder’s written
Deviation List (CDL), and the operations automation policy and written operating
specifications:
procedures for selecting and deselecting
(1) Landing gear: including, as
appropriate levels of automation. This
appropriate, extension and retraction
must include the certificate holder’s
system(s), indicators, brakes, anti-skid,
policy for conducting CAT II and CAT
tires, nose-wheel steering, and shock
III approaches when authorized.
(14) Pneumatic system.
absorbers.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1339
(c) Performance and loading—The
pilot must understand and be proficient
in the use of (as appropriate to the
aircraft) performance charts, tables,
graphs, and other data relating to items
such as:
(1) Accelerate—stop distance.
(2) Accelerate—go distance.
(3) Balanced field.
(4) Takeoff performance, all engines
and with engine(s) inoperative, as
appropriate.
(5) Climb performance including
segmented climb performance; with all
engines operating; with one or more
engines inoperative; and with other
engine malfunctions as appropriate.
(6) Service ceiling, all engines, with
engines(s) inoperative, including drift
down, if appropriate.
(7) Cruise performance.
(8) Fuel consumption, range, and
endurance.
(9) Descent performance.
(10) Go-around from rejected
landings.
(11) The effects of meteorological
conditions on performance
characteristics with correct application
of these factors to a specific chart, table,
graph or other performance data.
(12) How to determine longitudinal
and lateral center-of-gravity location for
a specific load condition, including how
to add, remove, or shift weight to meet
longitudinal (forward and aft), and
lateral balance limits for takeoff, cruise,
and landing.
(13) Correct planning and knowledge
of procedures in applying operational
factors affecting airplane performance.
(14) Meteorological effects on
performance.
(15) METAR and ATIS weather data.
(16) Planning and application of
operational factors affecting aircraft
performance such as high altitude
airports, cluttered and contaminated
runways, ground and inflight icing.
(17) Other performance data
(appropriate to the aircraft).
END QPS REQUIREMENTS
llllllllllllllllll
l
Attachment 3 of Appendix Q to part
121
Job Performance Training
Requirements for All Categories of
Training (Tasks, Environments, Drills,
and Observations With Instruction,
Evaluation, and Simulation Credits)
llllllllllllllllll
l
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
A. Determining the Job Performance
(Flight Training) Tasks and
Environments Required for Instruction
and Evaluation for Each Category of
Training
(see §§ 121.133; 121.135; 121.1221;
121.1223; 121.1225; 121.1227; 121.1229;
121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1337; 121.1339;
121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1345; 121.1347;
121.1349; 121.1351; 121.1353; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377;
121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385;
and 121.1391)
1. Certificate holder responsibilities
with respect to the FCOM and Table 3A.
(a) The certificate holder must use
Table 3A of this Attachment to
determine the tasks and environments
on which each pilot must be instructed
and evaluated for each training category
in accordance with an FAA approved
job performance (flight operations)
training program. The tasks listed in the
FCOM must reflect the tasks included in
the table, as amended and include
standard operating procedures,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
abnormal procedures, non-normal
procedures, and emergency procedures,
as well as the authorizations contained
in the certificate holder’s operations
specifications.
(b) If the certificate holder adds tasks
or environments to those listed in Table
3A, it must further develop the tasks or
environments to include the
requirement and frequency for training
and evaluation in each additional task
or environment. These changes must be
submitted to the POI for approval.
(c) If the certificate holder’s operation
does not permit, or the operation of the
aircraft flown by the certificate holder
does not require one or more of the tasks
listed in Table 3A, those tasks must not
be included in the FCOM.
(d) The recurrent requirements in
Table 3A also include the frequency
during which each pilot must be trained
and evaluated in each task and
environment.
(e) Changes to the FCOM must be
submitted to the POI for approval.
2. Job Performance Training
Requirements.
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
When differences and special training
are required for job performance
training, they will be additional training
modules or new tasks or environments.
For more information about differences
and special training categories see
attachment 1 of this appendix.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Deviation from § 121.1345 Training
program: Mandatory use of flight
simulation training devices. If a
certificate holder receives a deviation in
accordance with § 121.1345, and the
certificate holder wants to extend the
deviation, the certificate holder should
submit the request for an extension at
least 60 days before the termination date
of the deviation.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
BILLING CODE 4910–13–P
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.000
1340
EP12JA09.002
1341
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.001
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
EP12JA09.004
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.003
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1342
EP12JA09.006
1343
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.005
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
EP12JA09.008
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.007
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1344
EP12JA09.010
1345
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.009
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
EP12JA09.012
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.011
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1346
1347
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 4910–13–C
B. Aircraft Emergency Equipment
Training Requirements. Aircraft
Emergency Procedures Drills and
Observations. (see §§ 121.1205;
121.1233; 121.1255; 121.1333; 121.1337;
121.1351; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1337;
121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1387; and
121.1391)
1. An individual performance drill is
a hands on training and evaluation
demonstration that is performed by each
flight crewmember using the specified
emergency equipment.
2. A group performance drill allows a
flight crewmember to participate as part
of a group of persons completing a
specific drill. During these situations, it
is not necessary for each flight
crewmember to complete each task in
the performance drill. However, each
flight crewmember participant must
observe the actions and activities of the
other persons who are completing the
performance drill tasks.
3. An observation drill is one during
which a flight crewmember observes a
specific procedural drill being
conducted by other persons in a live
setting or through an audio-visual
medium.
4. Table 3B provides a list of the drills
and observations that are required in
each training curriculum. The frequency
for recurrent drills and observations is
every 36 months. Attachment 4 of this
appendix contains the performance
standards for each drill and observation.
5. Each flight crewmember must
operate each exit on each aircraft type
on which the flight crewmember is to
serve in both the normal and emergency
modes, including the actions and forces
required in the deployment of
emergency evacuation slides.
6. Each flight crewmember must
complete the required emergency
training drills during the specified
training periods, using those items of
installed emergency equipment for each
aircraft type on which the flight
crewmember is to serve.
7. Each piece of emergency equipment
and training device must be in its fully
secured, pinned, bracketed, or stowed
condition, as installed on the aircraft,
prior to being operated by each flight
crewmember during each performance
drill. The removal and stowage of each
piece of emergency equipment may be
completed separately from the
performance drill as part of the
equipment mountings drill.
8. Flight crewmembers must
demonstrate proficiency by completing
each performance drill without
reference to any guidance material or
instruction.
9. Individual evaluations of each
flight crewmember’s performance by an
instructor is required. Flight
crewmembers who do not complete
emergency training drills must be
retrained in accordance with the
certificate holder’s approved training
program prior to reevaluation.
TABLE 3B—AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
Emergency equipment training drills
Initial, transition,
conversion, upgrade, and Phase
II and III requalification
New hire
Recurrent every
36 months
No certificate holder may use nor may any person serve as a flight crewmember unless the following training has been completed by that person.
(a) Performance Drills
Individual
(1) Fire Extinguishers .........................................................................................
(2) Oxygen Systems ...........................................................................................
(3) Equipment Mountings ...................................................................................
..............................
..............................
..............................
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
..............................
X
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
Flight Deck Oxygen Systems .......................................................................
Firefighting (Actual Fire) ...............................................................................
Emergency Exits ...........................................................................................
Emergency Evacuation (with Escape Slide) .................................................
Emergency Evacuation (without Escape Slide) ............................................
Flotation Devices ..........................................................................................
Group
(10) Ditching Survival (Dry Training Environment) ............................................
(11) Ditching Survival (Wet Training Environment) ............................................
(b) Observation Drills
(1) Preparation of Emergency Exits in Emergency Mode .................................
(2) Emergency Evacuation Using an Escape Slide ...........................................
(3) Deployment, Inflation, and Detachment of Slide, Raft, or Slide-Raft ...........
X
X
X (only required if
mountings differ
by equipment)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
..............................
X
X
X
..............................
..............................
..............................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
See attachment 4 for the Performance Standards for the Emergency Equipment Training Drills.
C. Determining the Level of Flight
Simulation Training Device That Must
Be Used for Training, Evaluation, and
Recent Experience (See §§ 121.1345;
121.1347; 121.1349; and 121.1351)
To use an FSTD for training,
evaluation, and recent experience the
following general requirements must be
met. The code shown in Table 3C for the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
task or environment indicates the lowest
FSTD qualification level that may be
used.
1. General Requirements. In addition
to the approval of the POI required by
part 121, to be used for any task or
environment, an FSTD must:
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a) Have a qualification level assigned
in accordance with part 60 of this
chapter.
(b) Be maintained in accordance with
part 60 of this chapter.
(c) Have all of the aircraft and FSTD
systems installed and operating that are
necessary to complete the task or
environment.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1348
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(d) Be operated in accordance with
§ 60.25 of this chapter. Operation with
missing, malfunctioning, or inoperative
components.
(e) Have the qualification level
indicated in Table 3C, or a higher
qualification level, for the task or
environment and the category of
training indicated. Certain tasks may be
trained in an FSTD at a different level
than required for evaluating that
specific task. The instructor must
observe the pilot perform the task to
proficiency in the level of FSTD
required for the evaluation prior to the
evaluation by a check person.
2. Loft Requirements. For
Qualification LOFT, a level C or D FFS
is required. For Recurrent LOFT, a level
B, C, or D may be used.
3. Takeoff and Landing 90-Day
Recency of Experience. The three
takeoffs and three landings required for
maintaining or regaining 90-day recency
of experience must include at least one
takeoff with a simulated failure of the
most critical engine, at least one landing
from a precision category approach to
the lowest minimums authorized for the
certificate holder, at least one landing to
a full stop, and at least one visual traffic
pattern and landing. For maintaining
recency of experience in a FFS, a level
B, C, or D must be used. For regaining
recency of experience, a level C or D is
required.
4. FSTD Requirements for the
Proficiency Test, Check, or Review.
(a) The proficiency test administered
at the conclusion of initial, transition,
conversion, upgrade, or requalification
training must be conducted in no more
than two levels of FSTD.
(b) The proficiency test, check, or
review administered as part of the
recurrent qualification requirements
may only be conducted in a Level B or
higher FFS.
5. Experience Requirements for
Allowing Credit for Level C Full Flight
Simulators. Where a Level D FFS is
indicated in Table 3C, a Level C FFS
may be used to complete the training
and the proficiency test if the pilot
applicant meets the following
prerequisite experience requirements:
(a) For first time qualification in
group, the pilot must have a minimum
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
of 1500 hours of flight time as a pilot in
an aircraft, including a minimum of 750
hours of multiengine time.
(b) For upgrade to PIC, the pilot must
have a minimum of 200 hours in the
aircraft type.
(c) For SIC training and evaluation,
the pilot must have a minimum of 1500
hours as a pilot, 500 hours of
multiengine time, and 500 hours in the
aircraft type as a flight crewmember.
6. Seat Dependent Task Training. Seat
dependent task training must be
provided for all check pilots, check
captains, pilot flight instructors, and for
PIC and SIC if a certificate holder
authorizes the PIC to operate the aircraft
from the right hand pilot seat and the
SIC to operate the aircraft from the left
hand pilot seat. Seat dependent task
training must include all of the
following:
(a) At least one LOFT scenario
operating from the opposite pilot seat
with qualified flight crewmember(s)
occupying the remaining flight deck
positions.
(b) The use of systems that involve the
flight path or speed of the aircraft; or
(c) The use of systems that have
controls not centrally located, or are
accessible or operable from only the left
or from the right pilot seat.
(d) Each of the following tasks in the
opposite pilot seat.
(1) Preflight, including engine start.
(2) Push back or power back, as
appropriate for the certificate holder.
(3) Taxi.
(4) Normal takeoff.
(5) Rejected takeoff.
(6) Takeoff with the failure of an
engine.
(7) Climb to, cruise at, or descent from
an intermediate operating altitude.
(8) Precision instrument approach and
landing.
(9) Non-precision instrument
approach and landing with an engine
failed.
(10) Parking at a gate or jetway if
appropriate for the certificate holder.
(11) For check pilots and pilot flight
instructors authorized to conduct
training or evaluation functions,
training and practice in conducting
flight training or flight checks from the
left hand and right hand pilot seats,
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
including the required standard
operating procedures, abnormal
procedures, non-normal procedures,
and emergency procedures sufficient to
ensure competence to conduct the pilot
training and flight checks required by
this sub-part; and
(12) For check pilots and check
captains who are authorized to conduct
operating experience or line checks in
the airplane during flight, the safety
measures to be taken from either pilot
seat for emergency situations that are
likely to develop during flight
operations.
(13) Training and evaluation in the
airplane is limited to certificate holders
operating in accordance with the
deviation described in § 121.1345(b)
through (e).
7. The level of FSTD authorized for
each of the tasks described in paragraph
C.6 of this attachment is the same as the
level of FSTD authorized for the same
tasks during the proficiency test, check,
or review as outlined in Table 3C in this
appendix.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
8. Tasks or environments that are not
dependent on the pilot’s seat occupied,
that do not use systems involved with
the flight path or speed of the aircraft,
and have controls that are centrally
located and completely accessible and
operable from both the left and right
pilot seats, are not required to be
addressed in seat dependent task
training.
9. If the certificate holder adds tasks
or environments to those listed in Table
3C, it must further develop the tasks or
environments to include the
requirement and frequency for training
and evaluation in each specific category
of training listed in the table. These
changes must be submitted to the POI
for approval.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1349
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3C—MINIMUM FSTD REQUIRED FOR CREDIT
Training category
Initial, transition, conversion, upgrade, and requalification
Tasks
Each task may be performed in the FSTD level specified or any higher level of FSTD.
1.0
General
1.1 Operation of Systems and Controls at the Flight Engineer’s Panel ................
Training 1
At least one
training session and the
proficiency
test 2
4
A
Recurrent
Training 1
Proficiency
test, check,
or review 3
4
B
1.2
Must be incorporated throughout training and evaluation.
1.3
Aircraft Handling Standards .............................................................................
As authorized for each task or environment.
1.4
ATC Communications and Procedures ...........................................................
As authorized for each task or environment.
1.5
2.0
Human Factors and CRM ................................................................................
Seat Dependent Training .................................................................................
Each task as authorized under the ‘‘Proficiency Test,
Check, or Review’’ column set out in this table. See
paragraph C.6 of this attachment.
Preflight Procedures
2.1 Flight Deck (Inspection or Preflight) ................................................................
4
A
4
2.2
4.0
5.0
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
6.0
7.0
Aircraft or approved pictorial means.
2.3
3.0
Cabin Inspection ..............................................................................................
Exterior Inspection ...........................................................................................
B
Aircraft or approved pictorial means.
2.4 Navigation System Setup ................................................................................
Ground Operations
3.1 Engine Start .....................................................................................................
3.2 Pushback and Powerback ...............................................................................
3.3 Taxi ..................................................................................................................
3.4 Pre-Takeoff Procedures ...................................................................................
3.5 After Landing ....................................................................................................
3.6 Parking and Securing ......................................................................................
Takeoff
4.1 Normal and Crosswind—All Engines Operating ..............................................
4.2 Instrument with Lowest Authorized RVR .........................................................
4.3 With Engine Failure .........................................................................................
4.4 Rejected With Lowest Authorized RVR ...........................................................
Departure, Climb, Cruise, Descent, and Arrival
5.1 Instrument Departure .......................................................................................
5.2 Climb ................................................................................................................
5.3 One Engine Inoperative En Route ...................................................................
5.4 En Route Navigation ........................................................................................
5.5 Descent ............................................................................................................
5.6 Instrument Arrival .............................................................................................
5.7 Holding .............................................................................................................
5.8 Approach Transition .........................................................................................
Aircraft Handling
6.1 Recognition of, and Recovery from, Approach to Stall.
6.1.1 Clean configuration .......................................................................................
6.1.2 Takeoff or maneuvering configuration ..........................................................
6.1.3 Landing configuration ....................................................................................
6.1.4 Landing configuration with autopilot engaged ..............................................
6.2 Asymmetric Thrust ...........................................................................................
6.3 Runaway Trim and Stabilizer ...........................................................................
6.4 Jammed Trim and Stabilizer ............................................................................
6.5 Upset Recognition and Recovery ....................................................................
6.6 Slow Flight .......................................................................................................
6.7 Turns With and Without Spoilers .....................................................................
6.8 Stability Augmentation Inoperative ..................................................................
6.9 Mach Tuck and Mach Buffet ............................................................................
6.10 High Sink Rate ...............................................................................................
6.11 Flight Envelope Protection Demonstration ....................................................
6.12 Windshear Avoidance and Encounter ...........................................................
6.13 Traffic Avoidance (TCAS) ..............................................................................
Instrument Approaches
7.1 All Engines Operating—Autopilot Coupled ......................................................
7.2 All Engines Operating—Manually Flown .........................................................
7.3 One Engine Inoperative—Manually Flown ......................................................
7.4 Approach Type
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
4
A
4
B
4
A
A
4
4
A
A
A
4D
A
A
A
4
A
A
4
4
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
4D
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
#56
4D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
#56
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
5
5
A
B
B
B
5
5
A
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
A
A
A
A
4D
A
4D
4D
4D
D
A
A
A
4D
4D
A
A
A
4D
A
A
A
4D
4D
4D
12JAP2
1350
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3C—MINIMUM FSTD REQUIRED FOR CREDIT—Continued
Training category
Initial, transition, conversion, upgrade, and requalification
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Tasks
Each task may be performed in the FSTD level specified or any higher level of FSTD.
7.4.1 Category II and III .........................................................................................
7.4.2 Precision Groups ..........................................................................................
7.4.3 Non-Precision Groups ...................................................................................
7.4.4 Ground Based Radar Approach (ASR and PAR) ........................................
8.0 Visual Approach
8.1 All Engines Operating (Normal) .......................................................................
8.2 One Engine Inoperative ...................................................................................
8.3 Two Engines Inoperative (3 and 4 Engine Aircraft) ........................................
9.0 Missed Approach
9.1 All Engines Operating ......................................................................................
9.2 One Engine Inoperative ...................................................................................
9.3 From a Circling Approach ................................................................................
9.4 Descending Break-Out Maneuver from PRM Approach .................................
10.0 Landing
10.1 All Engines Operating ....................................................................................
10.2 Crosswind ......................................................................................................
10.3 Engine(s) Inoperative .....................................................................................
10.4 Landing Transition .........................................................................................
10.5 Rejected Landing ...........................................................................................
10.6 Zero or Partial Flaps ......................................................................................
10.7 Auto-Land .......................................................................................................
10.8 EFVS ..............................................................................................................
10.9 HUD ...............................................................................................................
11.0 Abnormal Procedures 6
11.1 Un-annunciated ..............................................................................................
11.2.0 Systems (ATA Code)
11.2.1 Air Conditioning (21) ...................................................................................
11.2.2 APU (49) .....................................................................................................
11.2.3 Autopilot (22) ...............................................................................................
11.2.4 Brakes (32) .................................................................................................
11.2.5 Communications (23) ..................................................................................
11.2.6 Doors (52) ...................................................................................................
11.2.7 Electrical Power (24) ...................................................................................
11.2.8 Emergency Equipment (25) ........................................................................
11.2.9 Engine (72) .................................................................................................
11.2.10 Fire Protection (26) ...................................................................................
11.2.11 Flaps (27) ..................................................................................................
11.2.12 Flight Controls (27) ...................................................................................
11.2.13 Fuel (28) ....................................................................................................
11.2.14 EGPWS or TAWS (34) .............................................................................
11.2.15 HUD ..........................................................................................................
11.2.16 Hydraulic Power (29) ................................................................................
11.2.17 Ice and Rain Protection (30) .....................................................................
11.2.18 Instruments (31) ........................................................................................
11.2.19 Landing Gear (32) .....................................................................................
11.2.20 Navigation (34) ..........................................................................................
11.2.21 Oxygen (35) ..............................................................................................
11.2.22 Pneumatic (36) ..........................................................................................
11.2.23 Propellers (61) ..........................................................................................
11.2.24 Stall Warning (27) .....................................................................................
11.2.25 Thrust Reversers (78) ...............................................................................
11.2.26 Warning Systems (various) .......................................................................
12.0 Emergency Procedures
12.1 Fire or Smoke in Aircraft ................................................................................
12.2 Un-annunciated Fire in Flight ........................................................................
12.3 Ditching ..........................................................................................................
12.4 Emergency Descent (Maximum Rate) ...........................................................
12.5 Rapid Decompression ....................................................................................
12.6 Emergency Evacuation ..................................................................................
12.7 Engine Fire, Severe Damage, or Separation ................................................
12.8 Landing with Degraded Flight Controls .........................................................
12.9 Pilot Incapacitation .........................................................................................
12.10 All other emergencies in accordance with the FCOM .................................
13.0 Line Oriented Operations Environments
13.1 Anti-Icing and Deicing Before Takeoff ...........................................................
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Training 1
At least one
training session and the
proficiency
test 2
Recurrent
Training 1
Proficiency
test, check,
or review 3
A
A
A
6
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
6
4D
A
A
A
4D
A
A
A
A
4D
A
A
A
A
A
A
** 6
*A
*A
4D
B
4D
B
A
A
*A
*A
*A
A
A
A
A
A
A
** 6
*A
*A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
4
A
4
B
4
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
5
5
4
4
5
4
5
4
4
4
5
4
4
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
4
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
5
5
4
4
5
4
5
4
4
4
5
4
4
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
4
4
4
5
4
4
A
*A
5
5
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
*A
A
*A
4
4
4
5
4
4
A
*A
5
5
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
*B
B
*B
4
A
4
B
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
A
A
6
A
4D
A
A
A
12JAP2
1351
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3C—MINIMUM FSTD REQUIRED FOR CREDIT—Continued
Training category
Initial, transition, conversion, upgrade, and requalification
Tasks
Each task may be performed in the FSTD level specified or any higher level of FSTD.
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
13.6
13.7
13.8
13.9
13.10
Structural Icing, Airborne ...............................................................................
Thunderstorm Avoidance ...............................................................................
Contaminated Runway Operations ................................................................
Low Air Density, High Altitude Runway Operations ......................................
CFIT and Terrain Avoidance .........................................................................
ETOPS Procedures .......................................................................................
Altimeter settings (U.S. and International operations) ...................................
Air Hazard Avoidance ....................................................................................
Terrain Avoidance (EGPWS or TAWS) .......................................................
Training 1
At least one
training session and the
proficiency
test 2
A
A
A
A
6
6
6
5#6
4
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Recurrent
Training 1
A
A
A
A
6
6
6
5#6
4
Proficiency
test, check,
or review 3
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
Footnotes:
1 Where Level 4 or 5 FTD is shown, all systems (and systems interoperability) necessary for the task must be installed in the FTD and operating correctly.
2 A maximum of 2 levels of FSTD may be used to complete the proficiency test following initial, transition, conversion, upgrade, or requalification training.
3 A maximum of 1 level of FFS may be used to complete the recurrent proficiency test, check, or review.
4 See paragraph C.6 of this attachment for requirements to use Level C FFS in place of Level D FFS.
5 Interactive Computer Based Instruction is an acceptable method for training.
6 The pilot must demonstrate the proper use of as many of the systems and devices listed as the person administering the test, check, or review finds are necessary to determine that the pilot has a practical knowledge of the use of the systems and devices installed on the aircraft.
Legend:
* Check for appropriate system installation and for FSTD qualification for this task.
** The FTD may be used, but a visual system meeting Level C FFS requirements must be installed and working properly.
# The FTD may be used, but a visual system meeting Level A FFS requirements must be installed and working properly.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
BEGIN INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l D. Persons Authorized To Administer
Pilot Training, Evaluation, and
Observation Activities Under Subpart
BB. (see §§ 121.1347; 121.1349;
121.1251; 121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257;
121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1377;
121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385;
and 121.1391)
evaluation for pilots, and who must
supervise and observe instructors and
check pilots.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Table 3D identifies who must
administer certain required training and
TABLE 3D—PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO BE AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER PILOT TRAINING, EVALUATION, AND OBSERVATION
ACTIVITIES UNDER SUBPART BB FOR THE PART 119 CERTIFICATE HOLDER *
Affiliation and Position
Contractor
Academic (Ground
School) Training ...........
Job Performance (Flight)
Training .........................
Certificate or Rating Examination ......................
Proficiency Test (Initial,
Transition, Conversion,
Upgrade, Recurrent,
Requalification) .............
VerDate Nov<24>2008
Other than
part 142 or
other part
119 certificate holder
Part 142 or other part 119
certificate holder
Ground instructor
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Pilot training, evaluation,
and observation activities
under subpart BB (by aircraft type)
Ground instructor
Flight instructor
Ground instructor
X
X
X
X
....................
....................
X
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
The part 119 certificate holder
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Check pilot
Aircrew program designee
....................
....................
X
....................
X1
X
Flight instructor
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Check captain
1352
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3D—PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO BE AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER PILOT TRAINING, EVALUATION, AND OBSERVATION
ACTIVITIES UNDER SUBPART BB FOR THE PART 119 CERTIFICATE HOLDER *—Continued
Affiliation and Position
Contractor
Pilot training, evaluation,
and observation activities
under subpart BB (by aircraft type)
Part 142 or other part 119
certificate holder
Ground instructor
Qualification LOFT ...........
Supervision of Operating
Experience ....................
PIC Initial Line Observation ................................
PIC Line Check (all flight
crew observed) .............
Proficiency Check ............
Proficiency Review ...........
Observation of:
• Flight Instructor—
Initial ......................
• Flight Instructor—
Recurring ...............
• Check Pilot—Initial
• Check Pilot—Recurring ...................
• Check Pilot—PIC
Line Check ............
Other than
part 142 or
other part
119 certificate holder
Ground instructor
Flight instructor
Ground instructor
Flight instructor
Check pilot
....................
....................
....................
....................
X2
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
The part 119 certificate holder
Aircrew program designee
Check captain
X
....................
X
....................
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X2
X
X
X
....................
....................
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
....................
X3
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
X3
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X3
* See § 121.1343 for special limited authorizations for Initial Cadre Personnel. When POI authorization is required, the designation will specifically state the authorizations granted to the instructor, check pilot, or APD. Part 142 TCEs and other part 119 certificate holders’ check pilots
may be qualified and authorized as check pilots or APDs by the part 119 certificate holders’ POI in accordance with subpart BB of this part.
When qualified and authorized, these check pilots and APDs are considered a component of the part 119 certificate holders’ training program resources.
1 When the proficiency test does not involve the issuance of a certificate or rating, a check pilot may conduct a Proficiency Test.
2 With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are specifically designated flight instructors may conduct Qualification LOFT and Proficiency Reviews.
3 With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are designated as APDs and specifically designated to do so, may
conduct the Initial or Recurring Check Pilot Observation.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
END QPS REQUIREMENT
certificate holder who are used or will
llllllllllllllllll
l be used in the certificate holder’s
operations and who have completed all
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
of the required training may use the
proficiency test obtain a certificate or
E. Administering Evaluations. (see
rating.
§§ 121.1221; 121.1253; 121.1255;
(b) When conducting a proficiency
121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341;
test, the evaluator (FAA, APD, or check
121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365;
121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; pilot), must evaluate the success of each
task as it is performed. If the proficiency
121.1383; 121.1385; and 121.1391)
test is a second attempt, and the first
The following requirements apply to
attempt was within the previous 60
the evaluation activity indicated. Refer
days, the only tasks the evaluator is
to Table 3D of this attachment for who
required to assess are those that were
may administer each type of evaluation. failed or were not assessed on the first
1. Line Checks. A line check must be
attempt. However, during this retest,
completed in accordance with
and at the discretion of the evaluator,
§ 121.1233.
any task may be reevaluated, including
2. Proficiency Tests.
those previously judged satisfactory.
(c) During a proficiency test, a task is
(a) Proficiency tests must be
judged as either satisfactory or
administered for first time qualification
unsatisfactory. However, in limited
in a duty position. They also must be
circumstances, the evaluator may judge
administered at the end of the first 9a task to be incomplete or may not be
month recurrent training period
certain about the outcome of the task. In
following the proficiency test required
by § 121.1365(b)(1), and for phase II and these limited circumstances, the
evaluator may require the applicant to
III requalification. Employees of the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
repeat that task, or portions of that task;
however, this provision does not
authorize instruction or practice. The
remaining tasks of the proficiency test
must be completed before repeating the
questionable task. If the second attempt
to perform a questionable task is not
clearly satisfactory, the evaluator must
consider it unsatisfactory.
(d) Unsatisfactory performance is
demonstrated by consistently exceeding
the parameters set out for the specific
task, consistently exceeding the
parameters for aircraft handling
standards, or failing to take prompt,
corrective action when those parameters
are exceeded. If the pilot fails a task, the
evaluator must decide if the entire test
must be repeated or if the test can
continue. If the entire proficiency test
must be repeated, the evaluation must
be terminated. If a single task has been
judged unsatisfactory, and both the pilot
and the evaluator agree, the test may
continue, but only the tasks that have
not been evaluated may be attempted. If
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
the pilot fails a second task, the
evaluator must terminate the test.
(e) If the proficiency test must be
terminated for unsatisfactory
performance, the FAA notification (and
notice of disapproval, if appropriate)
must list the tasks or areas of operation
that have not been evaluated and which
tasks or areas of operation that have
been found unsatisfactory. These tasks
and areas of operation must be
evaluated, or re-evaluated, on any
subsequent proficiency test.
(f) If a proficiency test is discontinued
for reasons other than unsatisfactory
performance (e.g., equipment failure,
weather, sickness), the evaluator must
complete one of the following:
(1) If the test is part of an application
for an FAA-issued certificate or rating,
the evaluator must appropriately
annotate FAA Form 8710–1, ‘‘Airman
Certificate and/or Rating Application.’’
The evaluator must return FAA Form
8710–1 and, if applicable, AC Form
8080–2, Airman Written Test Report to
the pilot. The evaluator must also issue
a Letter of Discontinuance to the pilot.
The Letter of Discontinuance must
identify the portions of the test that
were successfully completed. The pilot
must present the Letter of
Discontinuance to the evaluator when
the test is resumed. The Letter of
Discontinuance must become part of the
certification file.
(2) If the test is not part of an
application for an FAA-issued
certificate or rating, the evaluator must
properly annotate the pilot’s training
record to indicate the tasks and areas of
operation that were satisfactorily
completed and the tasks and areas of
operation that were not evaluated.
(g) If the proficiency test is conducted
as part of an application for an FAAissued certificate or rating the pilot must
have completed training for and
demonstrated satisfactory performance
on the rejected takeoff task as the pilot
flying from either the left-hand or righthand pilot’s seat and satisfactorily
completed the training for and
demonstrated satisfactory performance
on the remaining required tasks and
environments listed in this QPS for a
proficiency test.
(h) If the proficiency test is conducted
as part of an application for an FAAissued certificate or rating, and the pilot
has not completed training for and
demonstrated satisfactory performance
on the circle to land task as the pilot
flying from either the left-hand or righthand pilot’s seat, but has satisfactorily
completed the training for and
demonstrated satisfactory performance
on the remaining required tasks and
environments listed in this QPS for a
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
proficiency test, the evaluator must
annotate any certificate or rating issued
with one of the following limitations:
(1) If the airline transport pilot
certificate is issued coincident with a
type rating, the certificate must be
annotated, ‘‘ATP CIRC. APCH. VMC
ONLY, (insert aircraft type) CIRC.
APCH–VMC ONLY.’’
(2) If the airplane type rating is added
to an airline transport pilot certificate,
the certificate must be annotated,
‘‘(insert aircraft type) CIRC. APCH–VMC
ONLY.’’
(i) The evaluator must submit FAA
Form 8081.5C, ‘‘Airman Performance
Report, Airline Transport Pilot and
Aircraft Type Rating for Airplane,’’ to
the FAA for all tests administered under
subpart BB of part 121.
3. Proficiency Checks and Reviews.
(a) Proficiency checks and reviews
must include job performance
evaluation of the tasks identified in
Table 3B and an equipment knowledge
assessment outlined in section B of
Attachment 2 of this appendix. The
equipment knowledge assessment may
be replaced by the academic knowledge
test as outlined in Attachment 2 of this
appendix if the pilot completes the
proficiency test within 60 days of the
knowledge test. If the pilot does not
complete the academic knowledge test
in these areas within 60 days of the
proficiency test, the pilot must complete
a test of these knowledge areas in
conjunction with the proficiency check
or review. This test may be completed
with oral, written, or computer based
methodology. A passing score of 80% is
required in each of the three areas of:
(1) Aircraft systems;
(2) Handbooks, manuals, MEL, CDL,
and operations specifications; and
(3) Aircraft performance and
limitations.
(b) Evaluators who conduct
proficiency checks and reviews and
instructors who conduct proficiency
reviews may provide limited training to
a pilot. The limits are:
(1) No more than two tasks may be
trained, and no more than a total of
three attempts (including the first
unsatisfactory, a rehearsal, and a final
assessment) in each of the two tasks is
allowed.
(2) The pilot has not satisfactorily
completed the check or review if the
pilot has three or more unsatisfactory
tasks, or fails to demonstrate satisfactory
performance in three attempts at any
one task.
(3) The check or review must be
completed within the approved
scheduled time period.
4. Other Assessments.
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1353
(a) After qualification, the pilot’s
performance in all job performance
training activities (including LOFT)
must be assessed for a satisfactory level
of task proficiency based upon this QPS.
(b) During a scheduled FSTD course
of instruction, if a task is performed
unsatisfactorily the pilot may retrain on
the unsatisfactory task; however, all
scheduled tasks, including any
retraining, must be completed within
the approved scheduled time period.
(c) Unsatisfactory task performance
during LOFT may not be retrained and
reevaluated during that scheduled time
period.
5. Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory
Performance.
(a) No evaluator or instructor may
assess the pilot’s performance as
satisfactory unless that pilot:
(1) Performs the tasks in accordance
with the standards and tolerances
established in the QPS.
(2) Demonstrates mastery of the
aircraft or simulated aircraft with the
successful outcome of each task never in
doubt.
(3) Demonstrates performance such
that no corrective or instructive action
is required by another pilot to maintain
safe flight.
(4) Demonstrates CRM competencies
in accordance with duties outlined in
the FCOM requiring crew interactions,
including in a crew briefing before each
takeoff and before each approach.
(5) Demonstrates sound judgment.
(b) The evaluator or instructor must
assess a pilot’s performance as
unsatisfactory if the pilot consistently
exceeds tolerances established in this
QPS or fails to take prompt corrective
action when tolerances are exceeded.
6. Recording, Reporting and
Correcting Unsatisfactory Performance.
The certificate holder must report a
failure of a test, check, or review to the
FAA in accordance with
§ 121.1331(f)(1). The pilot must be
retrained and reevaluated to a
satisfactory level before the pilot may
begin or be returned to line operations.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
Attachment 4 of Appendix Q to Part
121
Generic Pilot Performance Standards
for Each Task and Environment
llllllllllllllllll
l
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1354
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Developing Pilot Performance
Requirements for Each Task and
Environment. (see §§ 121.133; 121.135;
121.1201; 121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1221;
121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257; 121.1271;
121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377;
121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385;
and 121.1391)
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1. General Requirements.
(a) Certificate holders must develop
training curricula and performance
requirements for each required task and
environment that include:
(1) Conditions: Environmental
conditions and circumstances,
including those that compound the
difficulty of the task when encountered.
(2) Awareness criteria: Identify
specific aspects of the task and
environment that indicate proper
operation, a need to seek further
information, or a need to take action to
prevent encountering a hazard or
compounding the difficulty
unnecessarily.
(3) Action criteria: Procedures for
completing a task, including operations
in or near a critical environment, when
appropriate. Provide relevant
parameters with tolerances to reflect
satisfactory levels of performance.
(b) This attachment describes
performance requirements and generic
procedures for completing a task or
operating in or near a critical
environment. The certificate holder
must tailor these performance
requirements to the specific aircraft type
and the certificate holder’s approved
operations. The FAA approved
procedures for each task must include
duties that apply to the pilot flying (PF)
the aircraft and the pilot monitoring
(PM) the aircraft in accordance with the
procedures the certificate holder uses in
operations under this part. The
certificate holder must include the PF
and PM procedures in the FCOM
required by § 121.133(c).
2. [Reserved]
B. Generic Tasks and Environments.
(see §§ 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201;
121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1253;
121.1255; 121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281;
121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363;
121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379;
121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385; and
121.1391)
1.0
AREA: All Operations
The pilot must demonstrate the
awareness criteria and action criteria
under the prescribed conditions. The
certificate holder must train pilots in all
authorized conditions. Any selected
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
condition may be evaluated unless a
particular condition is specified.
1.1 Task: Normal, Abnormal, and
Emergency Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain situational awareness of
the events and circumstances at all
times.
(2) Demonstrate ability to
continuously monitor and to identify
any potential hazards or threats to the
safety of the flight.
(3) Demonstrate ability to
communicate and manage available
resources.
(4) Maintain adequate lookout and
traffic avoidance for the conditions.
(5) Maintain awareness of aircraft
position relative to a ‘‘nearest suitable
airport.’’
(6) Monitor system indications to
ensure normal operation or identify
abnormal situations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Ensure operation of the aircraft
within the limitations established by the
FCOM.
(2) Comply with the provisions of the
FCOM, SOP, and MEL (if appropriate)
as they pertain to the particular aircraft,
through all phases of flight and all
operations.
(3) Make correct use of instruments,
flight director, autopilot, and navigation
and communication equipment as
prescribed by the FCOM and as
appropriate to the phase of flight.
(4) Plan and brief automation modes
and configurations.
(5) Follow guidelines for PF and PM
duties for operation of automated
systems.
(6) Plan workload and allow sufficient
time for programming FMS.
(7) Verbalize entries and changes
made to automated systems. The pilot
not making changes must ask for these
verbalizations and verbalize that
crosscheck is completed.
(8) Change level of automation to
correspond to situational awareness and
workload requirements.
(9) Call for and complete the proper
normal, abnormal, or emergency
checklist(s).
(10) Alert ATC and the certificate
holder as necessary and obtain
appropriate level of service.
(11) Ensure proper crew and
passenger briefings are completed.
(12) The PF must conduct the takeoff
briefing according to the FCOM prior to
taking the active runway.
(13) The PF must ensure that the
approach is briefed according to the
FCOM prior to initial descent.
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(14) Ensure potential terrain or
obstacle threats are included in
departure and arrival briefings.
(15) Ensure that passengers, crew, and
cargo are properly secured for take-off or
landing.
(16) Locate and proceed to the nearest
suitable airport when necessary.
(17) Determine the best course of
action when an immediate landing is
required, but not possible.
1.2 Task: Operation of Systems and
Controls at the Flight Engineer’s Panel
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria
(1) Demonstrate an understanding and
proper use of the systems, controls and
displays represented on the flight
engineer’s panel.
(2) Demonstrate an understanding of
the relationship of the aircraft’s phase of
flight, how to assess the status of the
aircraft’s systems, and when to take
necessary corrective actions.
(c) Action criteria. Properly exercise
the controls and systems represented at
the flight engineer’s panel during all
phases of flight.
1.3
Task: Human Factors and CRM
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria
(1) Demonstrate terrain awareness.
(2) Demonstrate orientation, division
of attention, and proper planning.
(3) Observe indication of situation,
condition, or problem.
(4) Consider the risks of alternate
courses of action.
(5) Demonstrate an awareness of
environmental factors that are
potentially hazardous to safety of flight
operations.
(c) Action criteria
(1) Demonstrate sound judgment and
operating practices in those instances
where specific instructions or checklist
items are not published.
(2) Confirm fault diagnosis with crew
and review possible causes.
(3) Identify alternative course(s) of
action; discuss with crew; monitor the
course of action selected by evaluating
progress toward a goal.
(4) Involve other crewmembers,
aircraft dispatchers, and maintenance
control personnel in option analysis.
(5) Demonstrate effective
communications with other
crewmembers.
(6) Coordinate actions with other
crewmembers prior to execution, except
where safety of flight would be in
jeopardy.
(7) Ensure that coordination with
flight or ground crew is completed
where necessary.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(8) Acknowledge any ATC clearance
(after it has been read back) or crew
callout.
(9) Demonstrate the necessary flight
crew coordination required for the tasks
being completed.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1.4
Task: Aircraft Handling Standards
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Demonstrates awareness of the
aircraft’s trim condition.
(2) Demonstrates awareness of the
aircraft’s configuration.
(3) Demonstrates awareness of the
auto-flight mode when in use.
(4) Demonstrates awareness of the
aircraft’s flight path and speed with
respect to the horizon.
(5) Demonstrates awareness of the
dangerous combinations of sideslip
angles, rudder positions, or other flight
parameters resulting from maximum,
indiscriminate, uncoordinated, or rapid
deflection of the rudder.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) General.
(i) Maintain smooth, positive aircraft
attitude control in pitch, roll, and yaw
to achieve and maintain appropriate
flight path.
(ii) Maintain an airspeed appropriate
to the aircraft configuration and flight
conditions.
(iii) Use the appropriate aircraft
configuration for normal and abnormal
situations and procedures.
(iv) Properly trim for the
configuration or condition, if not
automatic.
(v) The outcome of a procedure or
maneuver must never be in doubt.
(vi) Continuously correct back to the
target parameter.
(2) Speed. Maintain the appropriate
airspeed within ±10 knots, but never
less than V2–5 knots during takeoff or
VREF–5 knots during approach.
(3) Pitch attitude must not exceed the
maximum established in the FCOM (if
applicable).
(4) Roll (Bank).
(i) The angle of bank must not exceed
30° +5°.
(ii) The bank angle must be limited to
15° until an airspeed is reached that will
safely permit bank angles larger than
15°.
(iii) With an engine inoperative, if
appropriate and recommended by the
FCOM, establish a bank of
approximately 5° toward the operating
engine(s).
(5) Altitude.
(i) Maintain altitude within ±100 feet
(30 meters), when a constant altitude is
specified and is within the capability of
the aircraft.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(ii) An error of more than 100 feet, but
less than 200 feet, which is promptly
corrected, is acceptable.
(6) Rate of Descent.
(i) Maintain a stabilized rate of
descent not to exceed 2,000 feet per
minute below an altitude of 2,000 feet
AGL.
(ii) Maintain a stabilized rate of
descent not to exceed 1,000 feet per
minute below an altitude of 1,000 feet
AGL.
(iii) Maintain a stabilized rate of
descent not to exceed 1,000 feet per
minute unless the instrument approach
procedure or an abnormal condition
requires a higher descent rate, and the
approach is briefed accordingly.
(7) Maintain heading within ±10° of
the specified heading.
(8) Course. Maintain the specified
course within one-quarter scale
deflection of the CDI, ±5° on the RMI or
bearing pointer, ±1 Nm on a DME arc,
or RNAV course within a cross-track
error not to exceed the specified RNP.
(9) Track (Ground track flown without
electronic navigation aid guidance).
Maintain the specified track within ±5°.
(10) Final approach segment,
maintain a stabilized approach.
(i) Have the aircraft in the desired
configuration for landing with the
engines spooled and stable.
(ii) Maintain a constant pitch attitude.
(iii) Maintain a constant heading
(within ±10°) or maintain electronic
navigation indication with no more than
one-quarter scale deviation vertically
and laterally.
(iv) Maintain a constant airspeed
within +5 and ¥ 0 knots.
(v) Maintain a constant rate of descent
(not to exceed 2,000 fpm below 2,000 ft
AGL or 1,000 fpm below 1,000 ft AGL).
(vi) Keep the aircraft trimmed.
(vii) Maintain altitude at MDA, when
reached within +50 to ¥ 0 ft.
(viii) For constant angle non-XLS
approaches, execute a missed approach
when reaching the MDA, DA, or DH (as
appropriate).
(ix) Except where the required visual
references for the runway are distinctly
visible and identifiable, going below the
MDA, DA, or DH prior to the initiation
of the missed approach procedure, is
unsatisfactory performance.
1.5 Task: ATC Communication and
Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Interpret all ATC clearances
received and, when necessary, request
clarification, verification, or change.
(2) Recognize the indication(s) of
navigational station or waypoint
passage.
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1355
(3) Recognize navigation signal loss or
RNP-related alerting.
(4) Demonstrate the necessary flight
crew coordination required for the tasks.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Select and use the appropriate
communication frequencies.
(2) Establish communications with
ATC, using proper phraseology or data
link procedures.
(3) Comply with all ATC clearances,
instructions, or airspace restrictions.
(4) Advise ATC when unable to
comply with a clearance.
(5) Comply with ATC reporting
requirements.
(6) Demonstrate competency in twoway radio communications or ATC data
link failure procedures.
(7) Use the current and appropriate
navigation publications for the proposed
flight.
(8) Identify the navigation aids
associated with non-XLS approach
procedures.
(9) Select and correctly identify the
appropriate navigation frequencies and
facilities associated with navigation if
not using RNAV.
(10) Select, tune, identify, and
confirm the operational status of ground
and aircraft navigation equipment to be
used for the approach. Low frequency
(NDB) identification must be
continuously monitored when used as
the primary navigation reference. Where
applicable, check automatic
navigational aid identification on the
navigation display.
(11) Set the correct RNP reference
prior to any procedure where the default
RNP is not appropriate.
(12) Locate the aircraft position using
radials, bearing, DME range,
coordinates, or navigation displays, as
appropriate.
(13) Adhere to airspeed restrictions
and adjustments.
(14) Intercept all courses, radials,
bearings, or DME arcs appropriate to the
procedure, route, and clearance in a
timely manner.
(15) Comply with the procedures for
the instrument or circling approach
(terminal instrument procedures chart).
(16) Perform correct altimetry
procedures, in accordance with the
regulations, FCOM operational
procedures, and ATC requirements.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The AIM is a reference to the
generally accepted practices of basic
flight rules and instrument flight
operations.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1356
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Inoperative aircraft and ground
navigation equipment.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(iii) Inoperative visual aids associated
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
with the landing environment.
(iv) Weather service reporting factors
1.6 Seat Dependent Task Training
and criteria.
(a) Condition(s). All.
2.2 Task: Flight deck (Inspection or
(b) Awareness criteria. Demonstrate
awareness of the restrictions, limitations Preflight)
or modifications to procedures or
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
maneuvers due to seat-dependency.
(1) Coordinate with ground crew and
(c) Action criteria. Complete seatensure adequate clearance prior to
dependent procedures or maneuvers.
supplying power to, or operating, any
1.7 Task: MEL Relief
devices such as doors, hatches, or flight
(a) Condition(s). All.
control surfaces.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(2) Know the maintenance or system
(1) Understand MEL application.
tests that the pilot or other designated
(2) Consider factors that restrict
crewmember must perform.
(c) Action criteria.
aircraft operation.
(1) Demonstrate proper operation of
(c) Action criteria. Apply the
provisions of the appropriate MEL entry applicable aircraft systems.
(2) Note any discrepancies and take
for operation restrictions.
proper corrective action.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(3) Determine that the aircraft is
llllllllllllllllll
l airworthy and safe for flight.
(4) Locate the documents required for
BEGIN INFORMATION
flight, including airworthiness and
(d) The purpose of this task is to
registration certificates, operations
require specific training that addresses
specifications (if appropriate), FCOM,
safe operation of the aircraft while
MEL, CDL, weight and balance data, and
carrying an MEL item that requires
the maintenance logbook.
training to take advantage of the relief.
(d) The pilot must verify that the
aircraft is safe for flight by examining
END INFORMATION
and, if appropriate, servicing items such
llllllllllllllllll
l as:
(1) Engine(s), including controls and
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
indicators.
2.0 AREA: Preflight Procedures
(2) Fuel quantity (if interior
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
2.1 Task: Planning
(3) Oil quantity (if interior inspection
(a) Condition(s). All.
is appropriate to the aircraft).
(b) Awareness criteria.
(4) Hydraulic fluid quantity (if
(1) Consider factors such as wind,
interior inspection is appropriate to the
wake turbulence, aircraft gross weight,
aircraft).
temperature, obstructions, pressure
(5) Oxygen quantity and pressures for
altitude, density altitude, possible
crew and passengers (if interior
windshear, runway surface condition
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
and length, and other related factors in
(6) Fire protection and detection
calculating or selecting proper
systems for proper operation, pressures,
performance data.
and discharge indications.
(2) Consider factors to be applied to
(7) Pneumatic system pressures (if
the approach and landing such as
interior inspection is appropriate to the
displaced thresholds, meteorological
aircraft).
conditions, NOTAMs, and ATC
(8) Ground environmental systems for
instructions.
proper operation.
(c) Action criteria.
(9) Auxiliary power unit (APU).
(1) Apply the provisions of the
(10) Anti-ice and de-ice systems.
appropriate operations specifications,
2.3 Task: Cabin Inspection
operating limitations, FCOM, MEL or
CDL, weight and balance data, and the
(a) Condition(s).
maintenance logbook as they pertain to
(1) All.
the planned operation described in the
(2) The pilot must prepare the cabin
dispatch release.
for a positioning flight with no cabin
(2) Apply the necessary adjustments
crew aboard. The pilot is not required
to the published DA or DH and visibility to prepare the cabin for passenger safety
criteria for the aircraft approach
in revenue service.
(b) Awareness criteria. Awareness of
category as required:
emergency equipment location and
(i) FDC NOTAMS.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
END INFORMATION
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
stowage, emergency exit location and
operation, and noticeable inoperative
cabin equipment.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Visually inspect the aircraft cabin
to ensure the aircraft is safe for flight.
(2) Take necessary actions prescribed
by the FCOM for safe flight or crew
evacuation.
2.4 Task: Exterior Inspection
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) An approved pictorial must
realistically portray the location and
detail of inspection items, and may be
used instead of the aircraft to conduct
an actual exterior inspection.
(3) Flight Instructors, Check Pilots,
and Check Captains may be approved to
certify a pilot’s proficiency in exterior
inspections.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(4) The exterior inspection is a
demonstration of a pilot’s ability to
perform appropriate safety checks. It is
not an extension of the systems
knowledge evaluation.
The person conducting the evaluation
should limit questions to those
necessary to determine if a pilot can
properly conduct the inspection and
recognize an unsafe condition.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(b) Awareness criteria. Check the
general area around the aircraft for
hazards to the safety of the aircraft and
personnel.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Note any discrepancies and take
proper corrective action.
(2) Determine that the aircraft is
airworthy and safe for flight.
(d) The pilot must verify that the
aircraft is safe for flight by examining
and, if appropriate, servicing items such
as:
(1) Engines, for closed and latched
access panels, leaks other than normal
drainage, intake and exhaust areas for
freedom from FOD hazards, and pylon
alignment marks, as appropriate.
(2) Fuel quantity (if exterior
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
(3) Oil quantity (if exterior inspection
is appropriate to the aircraft).
(4) Hydraulic fluid quantity (if
exterior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(5) Oxygen quantity and pressures for
crew and passengers (if exterior
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(6) Landing gear, brakes, and steering
system.
(7) Tires for condition, inflation, and
correct mounting, where applicable.
(8) Fire protection and detection
systems for pressures and absence of
discharge indications (if exterior
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
(9) Pneumatic system pressures (if
exterior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(10) Auxiliary power unit (APU).
(11) Flight control systems including
trim, spoilers, ailerons, leading and
trailing edge slats and flaps, elevator,
stabilizer, and rudder, as appropriate.
(12) Anti-ice and de-ice systems.
(13) General airframe and structural
integrity, including scratches, tears,
holes, or dents and the fit and security
of panels, doors, and hatches.
2.5
Task: Navigation System Setup
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) This includes, but is not limited
to, FMC, INS, and GPS navigation
systems.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor the navigation system for
fault indication, or for the results of selftests.
(2) Ensure the system is operating
normally.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Verify aircraft, engine, and other
data for accuracy.
(2) Enter or recall the planned route
of flight.
(3) Enter performance-related data,
such as thrust levels, planned speeds
and other vertical navigation profile
information.
(4) Perform crosschecks and crew
verification procedures in accordance
with the FCOM.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
3.0
AREA: Ground Operations
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain constant vigilance and
lookout of the general area around the
aircraft for hazards to the safety of the
aircraft, personnel, other aircraft,
vehicles, equipment, and structures.
(2) Properly divide attention inside
and outside flight deck.
(3) Consider effect of jet blast on
personnel, other aircraft, vehicles,
ground equipment, and structures.
(4) Use airport diagram (surface
movement) chart to aid in maintaining
positional awareness.
(5) Comply with sterile flight deck
requirements.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use the minimum thrust necessary
to breakaway and to maintain taxi
speed.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1357
(2) Maintain proper spacing from
other aircraft, obstructions, and
personnel.
(3) Obtain appropriate clearance
before crossing or entering active
runways.
(4) Observe runway hold lines,
localizer and glide slope critical areas,
beacons, and other surface movement
guidance control markings and lighting.
(d) The certificate holder must
provide crewmembers with specific
requirements for unique parking
situations, or unique crewmember
responsibilities that must be completed
before the door closes or after it is
opened in accordance with the FCOM.
The certificate holder must also submit
these unique requirements to the FAA
for acceptance or approval as required.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor appropriate RPM and EGT
indicators.
(2) Be able to identify abnormal RPM
and EGT indications.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Start the engine(s):
(2) Take appropriate action in the
event of a malfunction during the start
process.
3.1 Task: Engine Start
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Includes hot or cold weather,
tailwinds, icing conditions, low density
altitude.
(b) Awareness criteria. Ensure the
ground safety procedures are followed
during the before-start, start, and afterstart phases of ground operations.
(c) Action criteria. Use required
ground crew personnel during the
before-start, start, and after-start phases
(as appropriate).
3.4
3.2
Task: Pushback or Powerback
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain communications with
ground crew.
(2) Avoid use of brakes unless
requested by ground crew.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Exhibit adequate knowledge of
pushback or powerback procedures (as
END QPS REQUIREMENT
appropriate to the aircraft).
llllllllllllllllll
l
(2) [Reserved]
BEGIN INFORMATION
3.3 Task: Taxi
(e) Ground operations begin when the
(a) Condition(s).
aircraft door is closed and includes all
(1) All.
activities until the brakes are released
(2) Training must be conducted in taxi
for the takeoff roll. Ground operations
operations at the lowest visibility (RVR)
resume again when the landing roll has
authorized. Evaluation can be in any
been completed to a safe taxi speed just
conditions.
as the aircraft exits the landing runway,
(b) Awareness criteria.
and continues until the aircraft has been
(1) Comply with low visibility
parked and the door opened.
procedures, as applicable.
END INFORMATION
(2) [Reserved]
llllllllllllllllll
l
(c) Action criteria. Demonstrate safe
taxi procedures.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
3.1.1 Task: Engine Start—Normal
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor appropriate RPM and EGT
indicators.
(2) Be able to identify abnormal RPM
and EGT indications.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Start the engine(s):
(2) Under varying environmental
conditions;
(3) Using normal, auxiliary power
unit, external power, pneumatic
sources, or cross-bleed, as appropriate.
3.1.2 Task: Engine Start—Abnormal
(a) Condition(s). All
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Task: Pre-Takeoff Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Be aware of the
operational factors that could affect the
takeoff such as takeoff warning inhibit
systems or other aircraft characteristics,
runway length, surface conditions,
wind, wake turbulence, obstructions,
and other related factors that could
adversely affect safety.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Interpret information and
clearances received and ensure all
instrument references, flight director
and autopilot controls, and navigation
and communications equipment have
been set.
(2) Confirm that the aircraft trim and
wing high lift devices are configured
properly.
(3) Obtain (or acknowledge, as
appropriate) the takeoff and departure
clearance as issued by ATC.
3.5
Task: After Landing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Promptly clear
the runway, avoiding an incursion on
any other runway in the process.
(c) Action criteria. Take no other
action until the aircraft is clear of the
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1358
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
3.6 Task: Parking and Securing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Be aware of or
acknowledge other aircraft and ground
vehicles that might be a hazard to your
operation.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use available visual docking
system and marshaller to properly park
the aircraft.
(2) Complete the post-flight entries in
the maintenance logbook, including any
discrepancies encountered during the
flight.
4.0 AREA: Takeoff
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor engine and other aircraft
controls, settings, and instruments
during takeoff to ensure all
predetermined parameters are
maintained.
(2) Monitor aircraft airspeed to
determine normal acceleration during
take-off ground roll.
(3) Assess take-off and climb hazards
particularly those related to obstacles.
(4) Consider the effect of LAHSO or
SOIR if conducted on a runway that
crosses the takeoff runway.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) The flight crewmembers must
ensure takeoff clearance is received and
that the correct runway is being entered
for takeoff prior to crossing the hold
short line.
(2) Taxi into position to maximize the
available runway.
(3) Align the aircraft on the runway
centerline.
(4) Apply the controls correctly to
maintain longitudinal alignment on the
centerline of the runway prior to and
during the takeoff.
(5) Maintain aircraft alignment with
the runway centerline during the takeoff
roll.
(6) Adjust the engine controls for the
existing conditions and verify the
expected engine performance.
(7) Maintain a wings-level attitude
during the takeoff roll and during the
rotation to proper pitch attitude.
(8) Rotate at the proper airspeed, at
the proper rate, to the proper pitch
attitude for the aircraft configuration.
(9) Maintain a positive rate of climb
throughout the takeoff and initial climb.
(10) Adjust to the desired pitch
attitude at the predetermined airspeed
or V-speed to attain the desired
performance for the particular takeoff
segment.
(11) Use the applicable noise
abatement and wake turbulence
avoidance procedures, as required.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Observe flight and engine
llllllllllllllllll
l
instruments or divergence from the
BEGIN INFORMATION
runway centerline to assess loss of
thrust.
(d) Takeoff begins at brake release (or
(2) Identify those situations that
the application of thrust with the
require a rejected takeoff and make
intention of flight for those aircraft not
timely decision to continue the takeoff
using brakes). Takeoff ends when the
or reject the takeoff.
aircraft is airborne, or in the event of a
(3) Identify the side of the aircraft on
rejected takeoff, when the aircraft has
which the failure has occurred.
reached a safe taxi speed.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Apply rudder as required to
END INFORMATION
counteract asymmetric thrust, keeping
llllllllllllllllll
l
the inclinometer reference (‘‘the ball’’)
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
centered.
(2) Maintain wings level.
4.1 Task: Normal and Crosswind—
(3) Maintain the aircraft alignment
With All Engines Operating
with the runway.
(a) Condition(s).
4.3.1 Task: Takeoff With Engine
(1) All.
Failure Between V1 and VR
(2) Takeoffs must be demonstrated
(a) Condition(s).
and practiced to proficiency during
(1) All
training at the maximum demonstrated
(2) Takeoff must be demonstrated and
crosswind for the aircraft. For
practiced to proficiency in training with
evaluation purposes the crosswind
the engine failure after V1 and prior to
component need not exceed 12 knots.
V2; or as close as possible after V1 when
(b) Awareness criteria.
V1 and V2, or V1 and VR are identical.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in
(b) Awareness criteria.
Area 4.0(b), Takeoff.
(1) All awareness criteria in Task
(2) Assess the changing effect of the
4.3.Takeoff with Engine Failure.
crosswind component to make control
(2) [Reserved]
corrections as required.
(c) Action criteria.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria in Task 4.3.
(1) All action criteria listed in Area
Takeoff with Engine Failure.
4.0(c), Takeoff.
(2) Continue the takeoff if abnormality
(2) Transition smoothly and
or emergency (in accordance with
accurately into a stabilized climb.
FCOM procedures) occurs at or after V1
(3) After liftoff, maintain required
speed.
ground track or heading, as appropriate,
(3) Transition smoothly and
until a turn is required.
accurately into a stabilized climb.
(4) Maintain required ground track (or
4.2 Task: Instrument With Lowest
heading) and attitude appropriate for
Authorized RVR
climb performance and terrain clearance
(a) Condition(s).
as appropriate, until a turn is required.
(1) All.
(5) Make suitable decision to return to
(2) Takeoff must be demonstrated and airport or divert, as appropriate.
practiced to proficiency in training
4.3.2 Task: Takeoff with Engine
under the lowest visibility authorized
Failure Between VR and 500 ft Above
for takeoff.
Field Elevation
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria listed in Area 4.0(b), Takeoff.
(a) Condition(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All
(1) Transition smoothly and
(2) Takeoff must be demonstrated and
accurately from outside visual
practiced to proficiency in training with
reference(s) to instrument
the failure after VR such that nosewheel
meteorological conditions.
steering provides no directional control
(2) Transition smoothly and
assistance and that visual cues for
accurately into a stabilized climb.
lateral direction are not available.
(3) After liftoff maintain required
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
heading or assigned navigation radial, as criteria in Task 4.3. Takeoff with Engine
appropriate, until a turn is required.
Failure.
(c) Action criteria.
4.3 Task: With Engine Failure
(1) All action criteria in Task 4.3.
(a) Condition(s).
Takeoff with Engine Failure.
(1) All.
(2) Maintain a stabilized climb with
(2) Takeoff must be demonstrated and wings level.
practiced to proficiency in training with
(3) Maintain required ground track (or
the failure of the most critical engine.
heading) and attitude appropriate for
END QPS REQUIREMENT
runway and a suitable ATC clearance
has been received.
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
climb performance and terrain clearance
as appropriate, until a turn is required.
(4) Make suitable decision to return to
airport or divert, as appropriate.
transition altitude or as dictated by
airspace or ATC.
4.4 Task: Rejected With Lowest
Authorized RVR
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Review route segments for
proximity of high terrain and the MEA.
(2) Compare climb capability with
MEA and high terrain.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maintain an appropriate thrust
setting in the remaining engine(s).
(2) Maintain the airspeed for driftdown or engine-out (cruise) climb.
(3) Select the proper flight altitude for
the configuration and environmental
conditions (e.g., icing, thunderstorms,
terrain).
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) The takeoff must be demonstrated
and practiced to proficiency in training
with the cause (for the decision to
reject) presented so that the decision
may be made prior to V1 speed.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria in Task
4.3.Takeoff with Engine Failure.
(2) Abort the takeoff if abnormality or
emergency (in accordance with FCOM
procedures) occurs prior to V1 speed.
(3) Identify critical situation and make
timely decision to reject the take-off.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Reduce the power promptly to idle
and simultaneously apply maximum
wheel brakes when an engine failure or
other cause for aborting the takeoff is
recognized.
(2) Use spoilers, thrust or propeller
reverse, and other drag or braking
devices, as appropriate, to bring the
aircraft to a safe stop on the runway or
stopway surface.
5.0 AREA: Departure, Climb, Cruise,
Descent, and Arrival
5.1
Task: Instrument Departure
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Understand
the requirements of the climb profile,
departure profile, or any other
authorized departure procedure(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maintain assigned heading, course,
or track, or comply with ATC clearance.
(2) Comply with the provisions of the
climb profile, departure profile, or any
other authorized departure procedure(s).
(3) Conduct the departure to a point
where the transition to the en route
environment is complete.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
5.2
Task: Climb
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor the climb profile to ensure
intermediate crossing altitudes and the
ATC clearance can be met.
(2) Understand speed restrictions as
dictated by airspace, procedure, or ATC.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Select and maintain an airspeed
(best angle, best rate, best economy, or
cost index) suitable for the conditions
and in compliance with speed and
crossing restrictions as dictated by
airspace, procedure, or ATC.
(2) Perform correct altimetry
procedures, setting QNE at the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
5.3 Task: One Engine Inoperative En
route
5.4
Task: En route Navigation
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor fuel burn, cruise speed,
and thrust to achieve planned
performance.
(2) Monitor navigation system
performance.
(3) Understand maximum operating
altitude and optimum cruise altitude.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use Class I or Class II navigation
procedures as authorized by the
operations specifications and prescribed
by the FCOM.
(2) Navigate to the degree of accuracy
required by the airspace in which the
aircraft is being operated.
(3) Conduct required navigation
system crosschecks.
(4) Perform correct altimetry
procedures and monitor flight level or
altitude clearances.
(5) Report equipment failure that may
degrade navigation as dictated by
airspace or regional differences.
(6) Determine the optimum cruise
altitude for a given gross weight and
desired airspeed or Mach.
(7) Use appropriate on-board
reference to determine the maximum
cruise altitude for the gross weight that
affords the required maneuver buffet
margin.
(8) Determine the correct airspeed for
both maximum endurance and
maximum range for the gross weight
and altitude.
5.5
Task: Descent
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria. Monitor the
descent profile to ensure crossing
altitudes, speed restrictions, and ATC
clearances can be met.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) At the appropriate point, begin a
rate of descent consistent with safe
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1359
aircraft operating characteristics and
company procedures.
(2) Maintain or adjust rate of descent,
airspeed, and aircraft configuration for
the conditions and to comply with
speed and crossing restrictions as
dictated by airspace, procedure, or ATC.
(3) Perform correct altimetry
procedures, setting QNH (or QFE, as
required or appropriate) at the transition
level or as dictated by airspace or
regional differences.
5.6
Task: Instrument Arrival
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor the descent profile to
ensure crossing altitudes, speed
restrictions, and ATC clearances can be
met.
(2) Comply with the provisions of the
profile descent, STAR, or other arrival
procedure(s).
(c) Action criteria. Conduct the arrival
to a point where the transition from the
en route environment to the terminal
environment is complete.
5.7
Task: Holding
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize arrival at the clearance
limit or holding fix.
(2) Be aware of winds as they affect
wind-drift correction techniques to
maintain the desired radial, track, or
bearing.
(3) Apply knowledge of holding
endurance, including fuel on board, fuel
flow while holding, and fuel required to
alternate.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Select holding airspeed
appropriate for the aircraft configuration
and holding altitude.
(2) Adjust airspeed to cross the
holding fix at or below maximum
holding airspeed.
(3) Follow appropriate entry
procedures for a standard, non-standard,
published, or non-published holding
pattern.
(4) Use the proper timing criteria
required by the holding altitude and
ATC, or comply with the navigation
system holding procedure, as
appropriate.
(5) Comply with the holding pattern
leg length when a DME distance is
specified.
(6) Arrive over the holding fix as close
as possible to the Expect Further
Clearance (EFC) time.
5.8
Task: Approach Transition
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Monitor the
navigation instruments and ensure that
airspeeds, aircraft configurations,
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1360
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
crossing altitudes will meet approach
procedures or ATC clearance
requirements.
(c) Action criteria. Complete a
procedure turn, DME arc, RNAV
transition, TAA, or follow ATC radar
vectors to align with the intermediate or
final approach course as applicable.
return of the aircraft to a safe state
without exacerbating the condition.
END INFORMATION
One or more of these should be
practiced at an altitude between 300 and
500 feet AGL.
llllllllllllllllll
l END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.1 Task: Recognition of and Recovery
From Approach to Stall
6.1.1 Task: Clean Configuration
6.0 AREA: Aircraft Handling
(a) Condition(s).
(a) Condition(s). Altitudes, airspeeds,
(a) Condition(s). All.
(1) All
aircraft configurations, and
(b) Awareness criteria.
(2) At least one recovery from
environmental conditions representative
(1) Recognize the deviation from
Approach-to-Stall must be completed
of normal operations outside of
normal flight (such as buffeting, stick
while in a turn using a bank angle of 15° departures or arrivals, including en
shaker, visual or aural flight deck
to 30°.
route portion of flight.
annunciations or warnings, decay of
(b) Awareness criteria.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
control effectiveness, or any other cues
(1) Recognize the first indication of an criteria described in Task 6.1.
related to the specific aircraft design
impending stall.
Recognition of and Recovery from
characteristics).
(2) Awareness of the current position
Approach to Stall.
(2) Practice maneuvering the aircraft
and circumstance:
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
and experience how the aircraft
(i) The immediately preceding change described in Task 6.1. Recognition of
performs and responds to flight control
in aircraft configuration, trim, or
and Recovery from Approach to Stall.
inputs in various pitch, power, and
attitude.
configuration combinations.
6.1.2 Task: Takeoff or Maneuvering
(ii) The potential of sacrificing
(c) Action criteria. Return the aircraft
Configuration
altitude for airspeed.
to a safe state.
(iii) The proximity of terrain, laterally
(a) Condition(s). Altitudes, airspeeds,
and vertically.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
aircraft configurations, and
(c) Action criteria.
environmental conditions representative
llllllllllllllllll
l
(1) Announce the first indication of an
of normal operations during departures
impending stall.
BEGIN INFORMATION
or arrivals.
(2) Adjust pitch, bank, and thrust to
(d) The purpose of these maneuvers is
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
recover from the approach-to-stall.
to provide familiarity with the handling
criteria described in Task 6.1.
(3) Maintain heading control
behavior of the aircraft, including
Recognition of and Recovery from
throughout the recovery, including:
operations outside the normal flight
Approach to Stall.
(i) At low altitudes (traffic pattern
envelope. The intent is to teach the pilot altitude and below), minimum airspeed
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
to recognize the deviation from normal
described in Task 6.1. Recognition of
and altitude loss.
flight, and to practice the return of the
and Recovery from Approach to Stall.
(ii) At intermediate and higher
aircraft to a safe state. In this context a
altitudes, loss of airspeed or altitude not 6.1.3 Task: Landing Configuration
safe state is considered an aircraft
necessary for the safe and expeditious
attitude (pitch, bank, yaw), airspeed,
(a) Condition(s). Altitudes, airspeeds,
recovery must be avoided.
trim, and thrust setting appropriate for
(4) Recover to an airspeed appropriate aircraft configuration, and
the aircraft configuration, altitude, and
environmental conditions representative
for the configuration and establish the
geographic location, and at which the
of normal operations immediately after
appropriate altitude and heading.
pilot is able to maintain control of the
takeoff or inside the final approach fix
(5) Recovery is complete when
aircraft. The pilot should not be
prior to landing.
straight and level, un-accelerated flight
expected to execute the procedures to
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
is achieved.
enter a maneuver. If the instructor
criteria described in Task 6.1.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
requires the assistance of the pilot to
Recognition of and Recovery from
maneuver or configure the aircraft, to fly llllllllllllllllll
l Approach to Stall.
a particular airspeed, or to set a
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
BEGIN INFORMATION
particular power or trim setting, the
described in Task 6.1. Recognition of
instructor should provide progressive
(d) It is preferable to conduct slow
and Recovery from, Approach to Stall.
instructions to the student to achieve
flight training tasks in section 6.6 prior
6.1.4 Task: Landing Configuration
the desired ‘‘set up’’ position for the
to training recovery from approaches to
With Auto Pilot Engaged
task. Additionally, recoveries from such stall (stall avoidance) in section 6.1.2
(a) Condition(s). Altitudes, airspeeds,
situations should not be taught or
through 6.1.4. The clean configuration
practiced as regimented procedures.
scenario in section 6.1.1 should be used aircraft configuration, and
environmental conditions representative
Returning the aircraft to a safe state
to practice the cruise configuration or
of normal operations inside the final
requires that the pilot continue to
holding pattern stall, typically at
approach fix prior to landing, with the
control the aircraft away from attitudes
intermediate and higher altitudes,
autopilot engaged.
and airspeeds that are outside of the
where there is usually more altitude
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
normal flight envelope without
available to use for recovery. The
exceeding critical performance
configuration scenarios in sections 6.1.2 criteria described in Task 6.1.
parameters (e.g., engine temperature or
through 6.1.4 should be used to practice Recognition of and Recovery from,
Approach to Stall.
RPM limits and ‘‘g’’ loading) until that
the low energy and high drag
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
safe state is reached. The only
configurations, typically at very low
described in Task 6.1. Recognition of
meaningful criterion for satisfactory
altitudes, where there is very little
and Recovery from, Approach to Stall.
demonstration of these tasks is the
altitude available to use for recovery.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
6.2 Task: Asymmetric Thrust
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) The most critical engine must be
shut down and a restart must be
demonstrated.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Exhibit adequate knowledge of the
flight characteristics and controllability
associated with maneuvering with
engine(s) inoperative (as appropriate to
the aircraft).
(2) Maintain the operating engine(s)
within acceptable operating limits.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Establish the proper configuration,
and properly set all engine controls for
the conditions, taking into account,
wind, turbulence, and icing conditions.
(2) Maintain straight and level flight
at the required speed throughout the
shutdown and restart.
(3) Experience the roll and yaw
handling change(s) due to the engine
shutdown and startup transient(s).
6.2.1 Task: Engine Shutdown
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria described in Task 6.2.,
Asymmetric Thrust.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria described in
Task 6.2., Asymmetric Thrust.
(2) Use the prescribed FCOM
procedures for identifying, verifying,
and securing the engine that should be
shut down.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
6.2.2 Task: Maneuvering With One
Engine Inoperative
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft
configurations, and environmental
conditions representative of engine
inoperative operations after departure or
prior to arrival.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria described in Task 6.2.,
Asymmetric Thrust.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria described in
Task 6.2., Asymmetric Thrust.
(2) Practice maneuvering in the clean,
approach and landing configurations,
with normal turns, thrust and speed
changes, and climbs and descents.
6.2.3 Task: Engine Restart
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft
configurations, and environmental
conditions representative of engine
inoperative operations after departure or
prior to arrival.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Determine if it is appropriate to
attempt a restart.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(2) [Reserved]
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Demonstrate proper restart
procedures in accordance with FCOM.
(2) [Reserved]
6.3
Task: Runaway Trim or Stabilizer
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Experience the pitch handling
qualities of the aircraft with runaway
stabilizer or runaway pitch trim, and
pitch mistrim during takeoff or landing
and during cruise flight.
(2) Observe the effects of early versus
late detection and de-activation or
correction.
(c) Action criteria. Practice the
prescribed FCOM procedures for
recovery.
6.4
Task: Jammed Trim or Stabilizer
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Experience the pitch handling
qualities of the aircraft with jammed
stabilizer or pitch trim during cruise
flight and carry the scenario through to
landing.
(2) Observe the effect of an increase
and decrease in airspeed.
(3) Recognize the insidious nature of
the failure during periods of unaccelerated flight.
(c) Action criteria. Practice operating
the aircraft without the availability of a
movable stabilizer or pitch trim,
following the procedures described in
the FCOM.
6.5 Task: Upset Recognition and
Recovery
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Altitudes, airspeeds, aircraft
configurations, and environmental
conditions representative of normal
operations including departures,
arrivals, and en route portion of flight.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize situations that may lead
to aircraft upsets so they can be
prevented.
(2) Recognize aircraft upset.
(3) Apply flight control knowledge
about pitch, roll and yaw rates, and the
interrelationship with thrust,
particularly for under-wing-mounted
engines.
(4) Understand the risk of catastrophic
damage caused by rapidly reversing
controls, including rapidly reversing
controls at speeds below the design
maneuvering speed.
(5) Understand that as speed
increases, the maximum available
rudder deflection can be obtained with
comparatively light pedal forces and
comparatively small pedal movements.
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1361
(6) Assess the energy and ‘‘G’’loading.
(7) Control the aircraft before seeking
to determine the cause of the upset.
(8) Recognize the relationship
between what is seen outside the
aircraft and the instrument indications,
to help better understand the actual
attitude of the aircraft and overcome the
possibly counter-intuitive vestigial
sense.
(9) Understand the proper direction
(and magnitude) of control and thrust
input necessary to recover.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Callout the situation.
(2) Disengage the autopilot and
autothrottle.
(3) Confirm attitude by reference to
other instruments.
(4) Deliberately and promptly use up
to full control inputs, as may be
required to regain control of each axis.
(5) Practice recovering from a nosehigh aircraft upset.
(6) Practice recovering from a noselow aircraft upset.
(7) Practice recovering from lowspeed and high-speed accelerated stall.
(8) Practice recovering from a nosehigh, low-energy aircraft upset.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Reference the most current version
of the Industry’s Airplane Upset
Recovery Training Aid. An aircraft
upset is almost universally described as
exceeding one or more of the following:
(1) Pitch attitude greater than 25° nose
up.
(2) Pitch attitude greater than 10° nose
down.
(3) Bank angle greater than 45°.
(4) Pilots completing any training
category, except recurrent training,
should train and practice maneuvers
such as:
(i) Roll rate with full aileron and
spoiler input.
(ii) Roll rate with rudder input.
(iii) Pitch change with use of only
stabilizer trim.
(iv) Pitch change with the use of
thrust adjustments.
(v) Pitch change with the use of
speedbrakes.
(vi) Yaw motion and resultant roll due
to asymmetric thrust with autopilot.
(vii) Yaw motion and resultant roll
due to asymmetric thrust without
autopilot.
(viii) Approach to stall recovery using
only pitch control.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1362
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
6.6 Task: Slow Flight
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) The pilot must demonstrate slow
flight in the landing configuration at
maximum landing gross weight, with
minimum maneuvering airspeed for the
configuration and weight.
(b) Awareness criteria. Recognize the
low energy or high drag configuration
and the slow response to flight control
and thrust inputs.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) While maintaining altitude, slowly
establish the pitch attitude (using trim
or elevator or stabilizer), bank angle,
and power setting that will allow a
controlled reduction to establish the
desired, target airspeed.
(2) Maneuver in straight and level
flight to stabilize speed and trim.
(3) Turn through 90° left and right,
using only 15° of bank.
(4) Climb and descend at 500 FPM
while in a turn.
(5) Recover to an airspeed appropriate
for the configuration and establish the
appropriate altitude and heading.
(6) Recovery is complete when
straight and level un-accelerated flight
is achieved.
(d) This task is required only for
pilots completing initial, transition, or
conversion categories of training on the
aircraft type. Performing this task during
other categories of training is optional.
(e) Target speeds must be below the
speeds that are appropriate for the
various configurations, ending with a
speed below VREF. The maximum speed
must not exceed 20% above VSO to
avoid stick shaker.
(2) Deploy the spoilers to a position
one-half extended and make turns left
and right.
(3) Deploy the spoilers to a fully
deployed position and make turns left
and right.
(d) This maneuver is designed to
acquaint the pilot with the adverse
characteristics of a swept wing turbojet
transport category aircraft at relatively
high altitudes and airspeeds; e.g., at or
above FL250 at an appropriate cruise
END QPS REQUIREMENT
airspeed for the altitude selected.
llllllllllllllllll
l Typically, a Dutch roll would only be
experienced when (all) the yaw
BEGIN INFORMATION
damper(s) is (are) inoperative or turned
(d) This training should focus on the
off, and could be initiated as a result of
turning characteristics of some aircraft
an uncoordinated roll or an adverse yaw
with partial in-flight spoilers
input. Recovery from a Dutch roll may
(speedbrakes) deployed, rather than on
be accomplished by turning on the yaw
the remote mechanical failure leading to damper or executing the aileron
loss of the spoilers. The pilot should
technique described here. The aileron
experience an increase in spoiler
technique involves more advanced
deployment on the down wing and a
skills and additional practice. This
decrease in spoiler deployment on the
method ensures that the proper control
up wing, which causes a markedly
inputs will be applied to stop the rolling
different roll characteristic than with
motion. In addition to practicing the
full or no spoiler deployment.
task at relatively high altitudes, the task
should be demonstrated at an
END INFORMATION
intermediately low altitude and
llllllllllllllllll
l
airspeed; e.g., between 10,000 and
15,000 feet at an airspeed of 250 to 300
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
knots.
6.8 Task: Stability Augmentation
END INFORMATION
System Inoperative
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the mechanical and
aerodynamic circumstances involved in
the phenomenon known as ‘‘Dutch
Roll.’’
(2) This maneuver is only applicable
to swept wing, turbojet powered,
transport category aircraft.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) If Dutch roll is encountered and
the yaw dampers are off, rather than
inoperative, the pilot must turn on the
END QPS REQUIREMENT
damper(s). The pilot must be able to
llllllllllllllllll
l stop the rolling tendency without
prolonging the Dutch roll or aggravating
BEGIN INFORMATION
the yaw.
(2) If Dutch roll is encountered and
(f) This training should be conducted
the yaw dampers are inoperative, the
from a clean configuration, slowing to
pilot must:
landing configuration, and illustrating
the concept on minimum maneuvering
(i) ‘‘Freeze’’ the rudder pedals in
speed for the configuration along the
position and give one firm correction on
way.
the aileron control against the upcoming
wing.
END INFORMATION
(ii) Move the aileron correction
llllllllllllllllll
l immediately to the neutral position.
(3) If Dutch roll is still present,
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
maintain the rudder pedals in a constant
6.7 Task: Turns with and without
position and again apply one firm
Spoilers
aileron control input against the
upcoming wing and immediately move
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Experience the the aileron control to the neutral
handling qualities of the aircraft without position. Apply this correction in this
spoilers.
manner until the Dutch roll is corrected.
(c) Action criteria.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(1) Make turns left and right with a
llllllllllllllllll
l
normal flight control configuration.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
BEGIN INFORMATION
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
6.9
Task: Mach Tuck and Mach Buffet
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Experience the
handling qualities of the aircraft at high
MACH numbers.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Increase airspeed slowly.
(2) Observe the performance of the
compensating device or system, if
installed.
(3) Disable the compensating device
or system, if installed, and continue to
accelerate until the tuck or buffet
occurs.
(4) Observe the airframe vibration or
flight instrument indications.
(5) Make small aileron inputs and feel
for the increase in buffet.
6.10
Task: High Sink Rate
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Experience the
handling qualities of the aircraft at high
sink rates.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) The pilot must demonstrate a
hazardous landing approach profile,
conducted as close to maximum gross
landing weight as possible. The descent
must be entered at sufficient altitude to
stabilize airspeed and vertical speed.
The maneuver must be performed at
normal approach altitudes.
(2) The pilot must use the following
configuration: flaps or slats (as
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
appropriate) set to landing
configuration; landing gear down;
throttles at idle; establish and maintain
threshold airspeed. When configuration
is established, the pilot must trim and
maintain proper airspeed with power at
idle thrust and a high rate of descent.
(3) The pilot must perform the
following two separate recoveries from
a high rate of descent:
(i) After descent rate is established,
the instructor will announce the
designated altitude at which level off is
to occur. When the designated altitude
is reached, the pilot must initiate
recovery to level flight in the landing
configuration using maximum
permissible thrust while maintaining
threshold airspeed. At the completion of
the maneuver, the instructor must
discuss with the pilot the loss of
altitude during recovery.
(ii) The second recovery must be
initiated in the same manner as in
paragraph (a) of this section to the point
of reaching the designated altitude.
When the designated altitude is
reached, the pilot must initiate recovery
to level flight in the landing
configuration and leaving the throttles
at idle. The pilot must observe loss of
airspeed below threshold airspeed. The
pilot must recover using FCOM
recommended stall recovery procedures.
At the completion of the maneuver, the
instructor must discuss with the pilot
the loss of altitude during recovery.
(4) The pilot must demonstrate a basic
understanding and knowledge of the
hazards associated with the high sink
rates near the ground on the landing
approach.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
6.11 Task: Flight Envelope Protection
Demonstration
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Awareness of
aircraft programming for attitudes
outside of the protected envelope.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Practice maneuvering the aircraft
and experience how the aircraft
performs and responds to flight control
inputs in various pitch, power and
configuration combinations that are
beyond the protected envelope.
(2) Release control to observe aircraft
return to within protected envelope.
(3) Hold control beyond protected
limits to observe control input required
to maintain attitude.
(4) Return the aircraft to a safe state.
6.12 Task: Windshear Avoidance and
Encounter—
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Know the sources of information
that indicate the possible presence of
windshear or turbulence.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(2) Observe the visual indications that
usually indicate the presence of
windshear or turbulence.
(3) Understand the effect of windshear
or turbulence on the performance of the
aircraft during low altitude operations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Avoid indicated areas of possible
windshear or turbulence, if possible.
(2) Be able to recognize the
indications of windshear or turbulence
during takeoff and landing profiles.
(3) Execute the FCOM procedure for
avoiding windshear; and, if not possible
to avoid, execute the FCOM procedure
for escaping windshear or turbulence
during low altitude operations.
(4) Practice avoiding and escaping
windshear or turbulence during low
altitude operations to include:
(i) Takeoff.
(ii) Departure.
(iii) Approach.
1363
6.13 Task: Traffic Avoidance (TCAS)
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) The pilot must demonstrate each
type of Traffic Alert (TA) and
Resolution Alerts (RA) described in the
FCOM.
(b) Awareness criteria. Understand
the capabilities and limitations of TCAS
equipment.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use TCAS equipment to determine
the proximity of other aircraft.
(2) Respond immediately to RAs by
quickly executing the proper evasive
maneuver within 5 seconds of displayed
command.
7.0 AREA: Instrument Approaches
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the gross weight of
the aircraft, the aircraft condition, the
appropriate configuration for that
END QPS REQUIREMENT
condition, and the proper airspeeds for
llllllllllllllllll
l the approach.
(2) Awareness of the weather
BEGIN INFORMATION
conditions, including winds (and the
potentials for wind shifts or windshear)
(d) Refer to the most current version
and limitations to forward and lateral
of the FAA Windshear Training Aid.
visibility.
Demonstrations and practice are
(3) Awareness of the requirements for
primarily for the purpose of enabling
navigation aid tuning, identifying, and
pilots to avoid windshear encounters.
monitoring; including proper and
However, this practice will also enable
complete instrument set up for the
pilots to execute the proper escape
approach.
maneuver should windshear be
(4) Awareness of the requirements for
encountered.
determining which pilot is to fly and
END INFORMATION
which pilot is to monitor, and of the
llllllllllllllllll
l respective duties and responsibilities of
the PF and the PM.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(5) Awareness of the approach profile,
including the method(s) used to
6.12.1 Task: Takeoff
determine the missed approach point
(a) Condition(s). All.
and the requirements for complete crew
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
briefing (including missed approach
criteria described in Task 6.12.,
procedures) prior to initiation of the
Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
approach.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
(c) Action criteria.
described in Task 6.12., Windshear
(1) Select and comply with the
Avoidance and Encounter.
appropriate precision instrument
approach procedure to be performed.
6.12.2 Task: Departure
(2) Select and correctly identify the
(a) Condition(s). All.
appropriate navigation frequencies and
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
facilities associated with the arrival.
criteria described in Task 6.12.,
(3) Establish the appropriate aircraft
Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
configuration and airspeed or V-speed
(c) Action criteria. All awareness
considering turbulence, windshear,
criteria described in Task 6.12.,
microburst conditions, or other
Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
meteorological and operating
conditions.
6.12.3 Task: Approach
(4) Apply the necessary adjustments
(a) Condition(s). All.
to the published DH or DA and visibility
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria for the aircraft approach
criteria described in Task 6.12.,
category.
Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
(5) Apply the necessary adjustments
to the published MDA and visibility
(c) Action criteria. All awareness
criteria for the aircraft approach
criteria described in Task 6.12.,
category as required.
Windshear Avoidance and Encounter.
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1364
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(6) Cross the final approach fix, or the
point at which the final approach
begins, at the proper altitude, in the
proper aircraft configuration, with the
proper airspeed for the approach.
(7) Maintain a stabilized final
approach through transition to missed
approach or transition to landing.
(8) Insure a timely decision at DA or
DH to either initiate a missed approach
or proceed to a landing with suitable
visual reference.
(9) Initiate the missed approach
procedure, when at the DH or DA, and
the required visual references for the
runway, or the intended landing area,
are not distinctly visible or identifiable.
(10) Transition to a normal landing
approach only when the required visual
references for the runway, or the
intended landing area, are
distinctlyvisible and identifiable, and
the aircraft is in a position from which
a descent to a landing on the runway,
or the intended landing area, can be at
a normal rate of descent using normal
maneuvering.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria listed in Task
7.0., Instrument Approaches.
(2) Engage (and disengage, if
appropriate) the flight director(s) at the
appropriate points during the approach.
7.3 Task: One Engine Inoperative—
Manually Flown
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in
Task 7.0, Instrument Approaches.
(2) Awareness of the requirements
and limitations for a manually flown
instrument approach with an engine
inoperative.
(3) Monitor the operating engine(s)
and make adjustments as necessary.
(4) Maintain coordinated flight with
thrust changes.
(5) Coordinate between PF and PM
regarding rudder trim application and
removal.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria listed in Task
7.0., Instrument Approaches.
(2) Establish and maintain the
END INFORMATION
recommended flight attitude and
llllllllllllllllll
l configuration for optimum performance
during all maneuvering necessary for
BEGIN INFORMATION
the instrument approach procedure.
(d) Instrument approaches begin
7.4 Task: Approach Type
when the aircraft is over the initial
approach fix for the procedure being
7.4.1 Task: Category II or III
used and end when the aircraft touches
(a) Condition(s). All.
down on the runway or landing area, or
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
when transition to a missed approach
criteria for Task 7.1, All Engines
configuration is completed.
Operating—Autopilot Coupled, or, if
END INFORMATION
appropriate, Task 7.2, All Engines
llllllllllllllllll
l Operating—Manually Flown.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
for Task 7.1, All Engines Operating—
Autopilot Coupled, or, if appropriate,
7.1 Task: All Engines Operating—
Task 7.2, All Engines Operating—
Autopilot Coupled
Manually Flown.
(a) Condition(s). All.
7.4.2 Task: Precision Group
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in
(a) Condition(s).
Task 7.0, Instrument Approaches.
(1) All
(2) Awareness of the requirements
(2) Use aircraft navigational aid
and limitations for an Autopilot
equipment for centerline and glideslope
Coupled approach.
guidance.
(c) Action criteria.
(3) Two precision approaches must be
(1) All action criteria listed in Task
completed in simulated instrument
7.0, Instrument Approaches.
conditions to the minimums appropriate
(2) Engage (and disengage, if
for the type of approach being flown.
appropriate) the flight director(s) and
(4) When the precision instrument
autopilot(s) at the appropriate points
approach is flown with an engine
during the approach.
failure, the engine failure must occur
7.2 Task: All Engines Operating—
before initiating the final approach
Manually Flown
segment and must continue to
touchdown or throughout the missed
(a) Condition(s). All.
approach procedure.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
(1) All awareness criteria listed in
criteria for Task 7.1, All Engines
Task 7.0., Instrument Approaches.
(2) Awareness of the requirements
Operating—Autopilot Coupled, or, if
and limitations for a manually flown
appropriate, Task 7.2, All Engines
instrument approach.
Operating—Manually Flown.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria for Task 7.1, All
Engines Operating—Autopilot Coupled,
or, if appropriate, Task 7.2, All Engines
Operating—Manually Flown.
(2) Establish a rate of descent at the
point where the electronic glide slope
begins which approximates that
required for the aircraft to follow the
glide slope.
7.4.3 Task: Non-Precision Group
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Non-precision instrument
approaches must be completed in
simulated instrument conditions to the
minimums appropriate for the type of
approach being flown.
(3) When the non-precision
instrument approach is flown with a
failure of one engine, the engine failure
must occur before initiating the final
approach segment and must continue to
touchdown or throughout the missed
approach procedure.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria listed in
Task 7.0, Instrument Approaches.
(2) Awareness of the requirements
and limitations for Task 7.1, Autopilot
Coupled instrument approach, or of the
requirements and limitations for Task
7.2, Manually Flown instrument
approach, as appropriate.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Cross the final approach fix at the
appropriate altitude, airspeed, and
configuration.
(2) After passing the final approach
fix, establish a stabilized rate of descent
that will ensure arrival at MDA at, or
prior to, a point from which a descent
to a landing on the intended runway or
landing area can be made at a normal
rate using normal maneuvering.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) The rate of descent should be
established as soon as possible
(immediately) after passing the final
approach fix. Final approach fix passage
may be determined by radial passage,
radar fix, marker beacon, or navigation
aid passage (e.g. VOR, NDB). This will
help ensure that the pilot does not have
to descend at a much higher rate or
execute a missed approach.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(4) Maintain the MDA, when reached,
to the missed approach point or until
descent is initiated toward the runway
of intended landing.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(5) Execute the missed approach
procedure if the required visual
references for the intended runway are
not distinctly visible and identifiable at
the missed approach point.
7.4.4 Task: Ground-Based Radar
Approaches (ASR and PAR)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All the
awareness criteria in Task 7.0.,
Instrument Approaches; and
(1) For ASR, all the awareness criteria
in Task 7.4.3., Non-Precision Group.
(2) For PAR, all the awareness criteria
in Task 7.4.2., Precision Group.
(c) Action criteria. All the action
criteria in Task 7.0., Instrument
Approaches; and
(1) For ASR, all the action criteria in
Task 7.4.3., Non-Precision Group.
(2) For PAR, all the action criteria in
Task 7.4.2., Precision Group.
8.0
AREA: Visual Approach
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand and apply wake
turbulence and traffic separation
requirements.
(2) Understand and apply altitude,
airspeed, configuration, and associated
requirements and limitations for the
airport of intended landing as applied to
the aircraft being flown.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Establish the aircraft on
downwind, base leg, or straight-in final
approach at the proper altitude, at the
proper airspeed, and in the proper
configuration, making appropriate
adjustments to all three factors as the
approach continues to landing.
(2) Maintain a ground track that
ensures the desired traffic pattern is
flown, accounting for any obstructions,
other traffic, and ATC instructions.
(3) Use XLS, RNAV, and other
guidance, including visual guidance (as
available), to maintain a normal vertical
descent path to the runway.
(4) The visual approach ends in the
landing transition phase, described in
Task 10.4.3, when the landing is
assured. The pilot must use all available
lateral and vertical approach aids, and
the pilot must be prepared to transition
to flight using flight instruments due to
darkness or other restrictions to
visibility.
(5) If the approach is abandoned prior
to reaching the MAP, begin a climb, but
llllllllllllllllll
l
continue to navigate to the MAP before
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
complying with the published
procedure.
8.1 Task: All Engines Operating
(6) Certificate holders must train to
(Normal)
proficiency using all instrument
(a) Condition(s). All.
approaches for which they hold
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
Operations Specification approval.
criteria for Task 8.0, Visual Approach.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
llllllllllllllllll
l
for Task 8.0, Visual Approach.
END INFORMATION
8.2
Task: One Engine Inoperative
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria for Task 8.0, Visual Approach.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
for Task 8.0, Visual Approach.
8.3 Task: Two Engines Inoperative (3
and 4 Engine Aircraft)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria for Task 8.0, Visual Approach.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
for Task 8.0, Visual Approach.
9.0
AREA: Missed Approach
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The missed approach phase begins
when the decision to abandon the
approach is made, and ends when the
aircraft has been reconfigured to allow
maneuvering for a second approach or
a return to the en route environment.
(e) Certificate holders are required to
train on all instrument approaches for
which they hold operations
specification approval, but this does not
need to be done during each recurrent
training period.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) The pilot must perform at least one
missed approach from an XLS approach.
(3) The pilot must perform at least one
missed approach from a non-XLS
approach.
(4) The pilot must perform at least one
complete, published missed approach
procedure.
(5) The pilot must perform at least one
missed approach with an engine
inoperative.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) If a stabilized approach is not
achieved by the required height, initiate
a go-around without prompting from
another crewmember.
(2) Comply with the appropriate
missed approach procedure or ATC
clearance.
(3) Know the aircraft position with
respect to the missed approach point
(MAP).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Initiate the missed approach
procedure promptly.
(2) Apply go-around thrust promptly;
establish the proper pitch attitude; and
reconfigure the aircraft for the missed
approach in accordance with the
approved procedures.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(3) Follow the published missed
llllllllllllllllll
l approach procedure (or follow the
assigned clearance), maintaining proper
BEGIN INFORMATION
airspeed and altitude for the
(5) The visual approach phase begins
configuration.
(4) Request clearance for another
after reporting the airport or traffic to
approach, to a holding fix, or to the
follow as ‘‘in sight,’’ and receiving
alternate airport.
clearance for a visual approach.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
1365
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
9.1 Task: All Engines Operating
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria for Task 9.0., Missed Approach.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
for Task 9.0., Missed Approach.
9.2 Task: One Engine Inoperative
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) All awareness criteria for Task
9.0., Missed Approach.
(2) Monitor the operating engine(s)
and make adjustments as necessary.
(3) Establish and maintain the
recommended flight attitude and
configuration for optimum performance
during all necessary maneuvering.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All action criteria for Task 9.0.,
Missed Approach.
(2) As the power is advanced for the
missed approach, maintain coordinated
flight with rudder as required to counter
asymmetric thrust, and maintain wings
level.
9.3 Task: From a Circling Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Maintain
awareness of the positional relationship
between the MAP, the aircraft, and the
center of the airport.
(c) Action criteria. If a missed
approach is needed after starting the
circle-to-land maneuver, turn in the
appropriate direction and climb
according to the published missed
approach procedure.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1366
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
9.4 Task: Descending Break-Out
Maneuver From Instrument Landing
System and Precision Radar Monitor
(PRM) Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the prerequisite PRM
training to accept a PRM approach.
(2) Understand the requirements
when issued a ‘‘breakout’’ command
from ATC.
(i) Understand that when another
aircraft penetrates the ‘‘no transgression
zone,’’ the threatened aircraft will be
instructed to ‘‘breakout.’’
(ii) Understand that ‘‘descent’’
commands issued as part of a
‘‘breakout’’ instruction will not be
issued to fly below an altitude that
provides a minimum of 1,000 feet of
obstacle clearance protection.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) All PRM ‘‘breakouts’’ must be
hand flown.
(2) Initiate a ‘‘breakout’’ immediately
on receiving breakout instructions and
follow the turn and climb or descent
commands issued by ATC.
10.0 Area: Landing
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) When a proficiency test will result
in issuance of an airline transport pilot
certificate or a type rating, the pilot
must make at least three landings.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Apply gust and wind factors, and
take into account meteorological
phenomena such as windshear,
microburst, and other related safety of
flight factors.
(2) Verify existing wind conditions,
make proper corrections for drift, and
maintain a precise ground track.
(3) Use the appropriate aircraft
configuration for normal and abnormal
situations and procedures, including
becoming airborne again after touching
down.
(4) Consider the takeoff traffic aspects
of LAHSO or SOIR.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Establish the approach and
landing configuration appropriate for
the runway and meteorological
conditions, and adjust the engine
controls as required.
(2) Maintain a stabilized approach;
see Task 1.4(c)(10) of this attachment.
(3) Touchdown must be 500 to 3,000
feet (150 to 900 meters) past the runway
threshold, not to exceed one-third of the
runway length, with the runway
centerline between the main gear, and
with the airplane tracking parallel to the
runway centerline.
(4) Use spoilers, propeller reverse or
thrust reverse, and wheel brakes in a
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
manner that ensures bringing the
aircraft to a safe speed considering the
point of touchdown and the runway
remaining.
(5) Maintain positive directional
control and crosswind correction during
the after-landing roll.
10.1 Task: All Engines Operating
(Normal)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Area 10.0., Landing.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Area 10.0., Landing.
10.2 Task: Crosswind
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All
(2) Landings must be demonstrated
and practiced to proficiency during
training at the maximum demonstrated
crosswind for the aircraft. For
evaluation purposes, the crosswind
component must not exceed 12 knots.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Assess the changing effect of the
crosswind component and adjust
controls as required.
(2) Assess the relationship between
the aircraft limitation(s), performance
data and any surface contaminant(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maintain positive directional
control using an approved means of
controlling the effects of the crosswind.
(2) Touchdown with the airplane
tracking parallel to the runway
centerline. Maximum bank angles must
not be exceeded.
10.3 Task: Engine Inoperative
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Monitor the
operating engine(s) and make
adjustments as necessary.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maneuver with inoperative
engine(s).
(2) Maintain coordinated flight by
application of rudder as required to
counter asymmetric thrust.
(3) Maintain wings level.
(4) Use reverse thrust symmetrically,
or as described in the FCOM.
10.3.1 Task: One Engine Inoperative (2
Engine Aircraft)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 10.3., Engine
Inoperative.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 10.3., Engine Inoperative.
10.3.2 Task: Two Engines Inoperative
(3 and 4 Engine Aircraft)
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 10.3., Engine
Inoperative.
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 10.3., Engine Inoperative.
10.4
Task: Landing Transition
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Decide to reject or continue the
landing.
(2) Ensure an aircraft or vehicle does
not occupy the runway.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Transition to outside visual
references.
(2) Determine that a landing is
assured.
(3) Complete a smooth, positively
controlled transition from descent flight
path to touchdown.
(i) Achieve and maintain the
longitudinal axis of the aircraft parallel
with the runway centerline and the
centerline between the main landing
gear.
(ii) At the flare initiation point, begin
to increase the pitch attitude to that
necessary to achieve level flight in the
present circumstances.
(iii) Reduce power to bring the
throttles to the idle position as the main
landing gear touch the runway.
(iv) As the aircraft slows, apply
additional backpressure to maintain the
level flight attitude, allowing the aircraft
to continue a shallow rate of descent
and a shallow rate of airspeed
reduction.
(v) As touchdown occurs, ensure that
the throttles are at idle; ensure that the
spoilers have deployed; and without
delay, fly the nose gear onto the runway.
(vi) Apply wheel brakes, select
reverse thrust as appropriate for the
conditions, maintain directional control
with aerodynamic controls throughout
the landing roll, until the ground speed
allows directional control with rudder
pedal steering or nose wheel steering, as
appropriate.
10.4.1 Task: From a Precision
Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 10.4., Landing
Transition.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 10.4., Landing Transition.
10.4.2 Task: From a Non-Precision
Approach
(a) Condition(s). All
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 10.4., Landing
Transition.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 10.4., Landing Transition.
10.4.3
Task: From a Visual Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 10.4., Landing
Transition.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 10.4., Landing Transition.
10.4.4 Task: From a Circling Approach
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Consider the environmental,
operational, and meteorological factors
that affect landing from a circling
approach.
(2) Respect the circling maneuvering
area for the category of aircraft and do
not exceed the associated visibility
criteria.
(3) All awareness criteria in Task
10.4., Landing Transition.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Avoid excessive maneuvering.
(2) Avoid descent below the
appropriate circling MDA until in a
position from which a descent to a
normal landing can be made.
(3) All awareness criteria in Task
10.4., Landing Transition.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
10.5 Task: Rejected Landing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Decide to
reject the landing, if appropriate.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Apply the appropriate thrust
setting for the flight condition and
establish the correct pitch attitude
necessary to obtain the desired
performance, assuming the aircraft may
touch down.
(2) Establish a positive rate of climb.
(3) Retract the landing gear and wing
flaps (and other drag devices if
appropriate), in the correct sequence
and at a safe altitude and airspeed.
(4) Maintain the proper ground track
or heading during the rejected landing
procedure.
(5) Combined with instrument,
circling, or missed approach
procedures.
(6) Initiate between 30 feet and 50 feet
above the runway.
10.6 Task: Zero or Partial Flaps
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Use runway of sufficient length for
the zero or partial flap condition.
(2) Use the correct airspeeds or Vspeeds for this configuration.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Maintain the proper aircraft pitch
attitude and flight path for the
configuration, gross weight, and other
applicable operational considerations.
(2) Adjust the attitude for touchdown
only as prescribed by the FCOM.
10.7 Task: Auto-Land
(a) Condition(s). All.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(b) Awareness criteria. Demonstrate
awareness of auto-flight
annunciation(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Guard flight controls throughout
the maneuver.
(2) Respond to cues from the autoflight annunciation(s).
10.8
Task: EFVS
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Awareness of the training
requirements prior to initiating an
approach and landing or takeoff using
EFVS.
(2) Awareness of the existing weather
conditions and the limitations of the
EFVS system.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Practice with the proper use of the
system in visual conditions and in
weather limiting conditions, including
all instrument approach procedures
authorized using the EFVS.
(2) Practice the transition to
instrument flight due to interruption or
malfunction of the EFVS system.
10.9
Task: HUD
1367
the situation to the safest possible
outcome.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
11.1
Task: Un-Annunciated
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 11.0, Abnormal
Procedures.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 11.0, Abnormal Procedures.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) Unannunciated abnormal
conditions include: Vibration, tailpipe
fire, loss of engine thrust control, engine
severe damage, volcanic ash, window
damage, tail strike, various smoke or
fumes, rapid depressurization,
evacuation, jammed stabilizer, jammed
or restricted flight controls, fuel leak on
the engine, and engine stall.
END INFORMATION
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Demonstrate
awareness of HUD symbology, including
normal and failure annunciation(s).
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Respond to cues depicted in the
HUD.
(2) Practice the transition to
instrument flight due to interruption or
malfunction of the HUD system.
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
11.2.0
Task: System (ATA Code)
The following criteria apply to system
tasks 11.2.1 through 11.2.26:
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 11.0, Abnormal
Procedures.
11.0 Area: Abnormal Procedures
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 11.0, Abnormal Procedures.
(a) Condition(s). All.
11.2.1 Air Conditioning (21)
(b) Awareness criteria. Consider the
impact of the abnormal condition on the 11.2.2 APU (49)
11.2.3 Autopilot (22)
safety of the flight and on the need to
11.2.4 Brakes (32)
turn back, or continue to destination
11.2.5 Communications (23)
airport or another suitable airport.
11.2.6 Doors (52)
(c) Action criteria.
11.2.7 Electrical Power (24)
(1) Complete immediate action
11.2.8 Emergency Equipment (25)
(memory) items, if appropriate.
11.2.9 Engine (72)
(2) Follow checklist requirements.
11.2.10 Fire Protection (26)
END QPS REQUIREMENT
11.2.11 Flaps (27)
llllllllllllllllll
l 11.2.12 Flight Controls (27)
11.2.13 Fuel (28)
BEGIN INFORMATION
11.2.14 EGPWS and TAWS (34)
(d) Operation of the systems, devices, 11.2.15 HUD
11.2.16 Hydraulic Power (29)
and equipment in the aircraft through
11.2.17 Ice and Rain Protection (30)
normal and abnormal procedures are
concurrent tasks that may occur at some 11.2.18 Instruments (31)
time during the tasks in any of the other 11.2.19 Landing Gear (32)
11.2.20 Navigation (34)
areas of operation. These systems,
11.2.21 Oxygen (35)
devices, and equipment, with related
11.2.22 Pneumatic (36)
normal and abnormal procedures, are
11.2.23 Propellers (61)
contained in the FCOM. Crews should
11.2.24 Stall Warning (27)
not ‘‘troubleshoot.’’ They are expected
11.2.25 Thrust Reversers (78)
to observe, identify, use the FCOM,
11.2.26 Warning Systems (various)
apply systems knowledge, and resolve
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1368
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(1) Awareness of the time
requirements for cabin crew to prepare
the cabin.
(2) Awareness and application of the
procedures to be used to ditch the
aircraft.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Follow the appropriate descent
and before landing checklists.
(2) Follow the appropriate ditching
checklist, if available.
(3) Touch down:
(i) Between the crests of any wave
END QPS REQUIREMENT
activity, parallel to the wave crest:
(ii) At the slowest speed possible.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(iii) Tail first, if controllability allows.
BEGIN INFORMATION
(iv) With the landing gear retracted.
(4) Evacuate the aircraft.
(d) An emergency condition that
requires execution of a procedure(s) is a 12.4 Task: Emergency Descent
concurrent task(s) that may occur at
(Maximum Rate)
some time during the normal tasks in
(a) Condition(s). All.
any of the other areas of operation.
(b) Awareness criteria.
These emergency procedures are
(1) Consider the appropriate
contained in the FCOM. Crews should
configuration for descent if aircraft
not ‘‘troubleshoot.’’ They are expected
to observe, identify, use the FCOM, and damage is known or suspected.
(2) Choose an altitude for level-off
apply systems knowledge only as
suitable to the terrain and conditions.
required and resolve the emergency to
(c) Action criteria.
the safest possible outcome.
(1) Apply knowledge of the descent
END INFORMATION
maneuvering capabilities of the aircraft.
(2) Perform emergency descent in a
llllllllllllllllll
l
smooth, positive, and timely manner
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
without exceeding limitations.
12.1 Task: Fire or Smoke in Aircraft
12.5 Task: Rapid Decompression
12.0 Area: Emergency Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Consider the
impact of the emergency condition on
the safety of the flight and on the need
to turn back, or continue to destination
airport or another suitable airport.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Complete the immediate action
(memory) items in proper sequence, if
appropriate.
(2) Land as soon as possible.
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Initiate emergency descent,
diversion, or evacuation, as appropriate.
(2) Apply knowledge of fire detection
and extinguishing systems, as necessary.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge the smoke,
fumes, or fire event.
(2) Direct the use of oxygen and
smoke goggles or EVAS to keep crew
functioning, and establish crew
communications.
(3) Identify the source of smoke,
fumes, or fire, if possible.
(4) Initiate correct procedure or
checklist for the type of smoke, fumes,
or fire.
(5) Descend, land, and evacuate as
quickly as possible.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
12.2 Task: Unannunciated Fire in
Flight
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 12.0, Emergency
Procedures.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 12.0, Emergency Procedures.
12.3
Task: Ditching
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge the rapid
decompression event.
(2) Consider the altitude of the aircraft
and the need for an emergency descent
or an alternative course of action,
including the need for crew or
passenger oxygen.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Determine whether cabin pressure
control can be regained.
(2) Direct use of oxygen by crew as
necessary.
(3) Establish crew communications.
12.6
Task: Emergency Evacuation
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Consider the need for evacuation
against the inherent risk of injury during
its conduct.
(2) Consider the area around the
aircraft and the direction from which
SAR responders are approaching.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Ensure the aircraft is
depressurized before directing
evacuation.
(2) Direct evacuation to the safest area
in relation to the aircraft through exits
with the minimum likelihood of postevacuation injury.
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
12.7 Task: Engine Fire, Severe Damage
or Separation
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. All awareness
criteria in Task 12.0, Emergency
Procedures.
(c) Action criteria. All action criteria
in Task 12.0, Emergency Procedures.
12.8 Task: Landing with Degraded
Flight Controls
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize the degraded control
condition.
(2) Demonstrate and apply knowledge
of the maneuvering capabilities of the
aircraft in a non-standard or degraded
configuration.
(c) Action criteria. Maintain speeds
suitable for the degraded conditions or
configurations.
12.9
Task: Pilot Incapacitation
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain focus on the flying task
and a safe flight path.
(2) Ensure the crewmember is clear of
flight controls.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge the
incapacitation event.
(2) [Reserved]
12.10 Task: All Other Tasks described
in the FCOM
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. As described
in the FCOM.
(c) Action criteria. As required in the
FCOM.
13.0 Area: Line Oriented Operations
Environments
The specific operational
environments below must be integrated
into instruction modules for initial,
conversion, transition, upgrade,
recurrent, and requalification training.
13.1 Task: Anti-Icing and Deicing
Before Takeoff
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand the certificate holder’s
ground anti-icing and deicing program.
(2) Be able to determine the need for
anti-icing or deicing prior to takeoff.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Inspect the aircraft to ensure all
surfaces are free of ice before flight.
(2) Correctly operate anti-icing and
de-icing systems or equipment.
(3) Coordinate the application of a
proper mix of anti-icing or deicing fluid.
(4) Determine hold over time.
(5) Comply with the hold over time
restrictions for takeoff.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
13.2
Task: Structural Icing, Airborne
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Know the conditions that can lead
to structural ice.
(2) Understand the effects of
structural icing on aircraft performance.
(3) Plan and execute ice avoidance if
necessary.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Know when and how to apply the
procedures in the FCOM for operating
in icing conditions or conditions that
may lead to structural icing.
(2) Determine when structural icing is
present.
(3) Monitor ice accretion during flight.
(4) Correctly operate anti-icing and
de-icing systems and equipment.
13.3 Task: Thunderstorm Avoidance,
Departure, and Arrival
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Know the
weather information available to
determine the probability of
thunderstorm activity and its location.
(c) Action criteria. Use weather radar
to identify thunderstorm activity and to
avoid departing into the threat or
circumnavigate in flight.
13.4 Task: Contaminated Runway
Operations
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Identify
runway conditions (standing water,
slush, snow or ice) that require the use
of contaminated runway procedures.
(c) Action criteria. Apply weight or
other performance penalties or
adjustments, as required.
13.5 Task: Low Air Density, High
Altitude Runway Operations
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Recognize the higher TAS and GS,
and the effect on maneuvering, takeoff,
and landing techniques.
(2) Consider the effect on all facets of
aircraft performance.
(c) Action criteria. Maneuver to
compensate for the higher speeds,
greater turn radius, and increased rate of
descent.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
13.6 Task: CFIT and Terrain
Avoidance
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Recognize the
alert modes (audio and visual) of the
GPWS.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Promptly acknowledge and react
to ground proximity warnings.
(2) Execute the escape maneuver
prescribed by the FCOM.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1369
(1) All
(2) When FSTD equipped with
llllllllllllllllll
l
functional EGPWS or TAWS simulation.
BEGIN INFORMATION
(b) Awareness criteria. Recognize the
predictive alert modes (audio and
(d) Refer to the most current version
visual) of the EGPWS or TAWS.
of the FAA CFIT Training Aid for
(c) Action criteria.
generic escape maneuvers that may be
(1) Promptly acknowledge terrain
used when the FCOM does not contain
avoidance alerts.
specific escape maneuvers.
(2) Execute maneuvers appropriate to
END INFORMATION
the conditions to avoid a GPWS or
llllllllllllllllll
l TAWS warning.
C. Performance Standards for the
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Emergency Training Drills (see
13.7 Task: ETOPS Procedures
§§ 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201;
121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1233; 121.1255;
(a) Condition(s). All.
121.1333; 121.1337; 121.1351; 121.1365;
(b) Awareness criteria.
121.1367; 121.1337; 121.1381; 121.1383;
(1) Awareness of the basis for ETOPS
and 121.1391)
operations.
(2) Understand the definition of
1. Emergency training equipment
‘‘ETOPS portion of flight’’ for aircraft
must be identical to that installed in the
with two engines and for aircraft with
certificate holder’s aircraft on which the
three or four engines.
flight crewmember is to be qualified
(3) Understand the definition of and
with respect to weight, dimensions,
requirements for designation as an
appearance, features and operation.
‘‘ETOPS Alternate’’ airport.
Equipment may be substituted when it
(c) Action criteria. Practice at cruise
is similar with respect to weight,
altitude selection, including computing
dimensions, appearance, features, and
and achieving maximum range altitudes operations, and the pilot has been
with an engine inoperative, including
provided with training on differences
‘‘drift-down.’’
between the training equipment and the
actual aircraft equipment.
13.8 Task: Altimeter Settings (US and
2. Performance Drills—Individuals
International Operations)
(a) Fire extinguishers
(a) Condition(s). All.
(1) Environment: The hand fire
(b) Awareness criteria.
extinguisher must be charged; but does
(1) Awareness that QFE altimeter
not have to contain the actual
setting is the actual surface pressure,
extinguishing agent.
uncorrected for sea level.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
(2) Awareness that QNH altimeter
flight crewmember must complete the
setting (always 29.92 inches of mercury
following during the drill for each type
or 1013 hectoPascals) is used when
of installed hand fire extinguisher:
operating at, climbing through, or
(i) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g.,
operating above the transition altitude.
rotate handle to pressurize, break
(c) Action criteria. Practice operating
tamper seals, pull pin, release safety
with correct altimeter settings and
latch).
demonstrate operations with incorrect
(ii) Operate extinguisher discharge
altimeter settings.
mechanism.
(iii) Aim and discharge extinguisher
13.9 Task: Air Hazard Avoidance
at the base of the fire (actual or
(a) Condition(s).
simulated) using proper discharge
(1) All
pattern, bottle position, and flight
(2) When FSTD equipped with
crewmember body position (appropriate
functional TCAS simulation.
to the location of the fire).
(b) Awareness criteria.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(1) Understand the parameters of the
END QPS REQUIREMENT
TCAS system installed in the aircraft.
(2) Understand the appropriate
responses to aural and visual alerts for
both TAs and RAs.
(c) Action criteria. Practice response
according to the warning received.
(1) For operations in normal airspace.
(2) For operations in RVSM airspace.
13.10 Task: Terrain Avoidance
(EGPWS or TAWS)
(a) Condition(s).
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) Effective training scenarios for
firefighting should include realistic
drills with emphasis on combating
hidden fires. To provide realistic
training, drills should simulate
locations of hidden fires such as behind
sidewall panels, in overhead areas and
panels, or in air conditioning vents. The
intent of the training is to provide
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1370
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
crewmembers with the typical obstacles
that they would encounter onboard the
aircraft, but it is not intended to have
each student tear apart sidewall panels.
A training program should incorporate a
method to assess and combat a hidden
fire, such as locating the exact source of
the fire before applying an extinguishing
agent. Depending on the sophistication
of the training device, the flight
crewmember could use a manual release
tool that is designed to open the
enclosed area to gain access to a fire that
is suspected in that region.
(4) The hand fire extinguisher does
not have to be positioned in the same
location as installed in the aircraft. This
drill is not required for the type of hand
fire extinguisher used in the firefighting
drill that is completed during the same
training period.
(ii) For the purpose of this drill,
protective breathing equipment and the
hand fire extinguisher must be installed
in the appropriate bracket or stowage
compartment or stowage pouch (if not
completed during the equipment
END QPS REQUIREMENT
mountings drill).
(iii) The hand fire extinguisher must
llllllllllllllllll
l
be charged; but does not have to contain
BEGIN INFORMATION
the actual extinguishing agent.
(3) Unless otherwise specified, it is
END QPS REQUIREMENT
not necessary to have the emergency
l
equipment installed within locations or llllllllllllllllll
compartments as installed in the actual
BEGIN INFORMATION
aircraft.
(iv) A self-contained PBE may be
END INFORMATION
substituted with a training smoke hood
llllllllllllllllll
l which is not operational.
END INFORMATION
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(ii) Secure each piece of emergency
equipment in its bracketing and
securing system or properly stow
according to certificate holder
procedures.
(d) Flight Deck Oxygen Systems
(1) Environment: This drill must
END INFORMATION
provide the flight crewmember with
llllllllllllllllll
l practice in donning and using the flight
deck supplemental oxygen systems or
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
related vision protection equipment as it
would be used in a smoke-filled or
(b) Oxygen Systems
fume-filled flight deck. The flight deck
(1) Crewmember Performance: The
supplemental oxygen systems
flight crewmember must complete the
equipment must be identical to that
following during the drill for each type
installed in the aircraft with respect to
of installed oxygen system equipment:
(i) Don and activate the oxygen and
dimensions, appearance, features,
test for flow, position, seal, and security controls, charge duration, and
of the mask or hood to the face or head.
operation.
(ii) Demonstrate proper precautions.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
(iii) Secure the oxygen bottle, canister, flight crewmember must complete the
or cartridge (as appropriate) and
following during the drill for each type
position it to monitor the supply.
of installed oxygen system equipment:
(iv) Demonstrate proper handling
(i) Remove the bottle, canister, hood,
techniques if using portable solid state
or mask from the bracket or stowage.
units.
(ii) Don and activate the oxygen and
(v) Deactivate and stow equipment.
test for flow, position, seal, and security
of the mask or hood to the face or head.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
Additionally, if smoke goggles are
llllllllllllllllll
l separate from oxygen, they must be
donned.
BEGIN INFORMATION
(iii) Demonstrate proper precautions.
(2) This drill is not required for the
(iv) Secure the oxygen bottle, canister,
type of protective breathing equipment
or cartridge (as appropriate) and
used in the firefighting drill that is
position it to monitor the supply.
completed during the same training
(v) Demonstrate proper handling
period.
techniques if using portable solid state
END INFORMATION
units.
(vi) Deactivate and stow equipment.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(e) Firefighting (actual fire)
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(1) Environment: The flight
crewmember must complete the
(c) Equipment Mountings
firefighting drill while combating an
(1) Environment: Each piece of
actual fire. The flight crewmember must
emergency equipment must be in its
fully secured or pinned condition using combat the fire using at least one type
of hand fire extinguisher that is
the identical bracketing or mounting
appropriate for the type of fire being
system that is used on the aircraft in
fought, while using the type of installed
which the equipment is installed.
PBE.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill
flight crewmember must complete the
requirement that the flight crewmember
following during the drill:
must complete for the certificate holder
(i) Completely remove each piece of
for which the flight crewmember is
emergency equipment from its
employed.
bracketing or securing system.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Recognize the type of fire.
(ii) Locate source of fire or smoke.
(iii) Remove PBE from stowage
container and pouch (as appropriate).
(iv) Don the PBE and activate oxygen
in proper sequence (activation of oxygen
may be simulated).
(v) Verify seal.
(vi) Select appropriate hand fire
extinguisher for the class of fire.
(vii) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g.,
rotate handle to pressurize, break
tamper seals, pull pin, release safety
latch).
(viii) Approach fire or smoke.
(ix) Combat fire using proper
techniques.
(x) Operate extinguisher discharge
mechanism properly.
(xi) Aim and discharge extinguisher at
the base of the fire using proper
discharge pattern, bottle position, and
flight crewmember body position.
(xii) Maintain an appropriate distance
from the fire in order to complete the
task and maintain personal safety.
(xiii) Be aware of PBE oxygen
duration.
(xiv) Be aware of signals that PBE is
no longer generating oxygen to wearer.
(xv) Use protective techniques to back
away.
(xvi) Ensure fire is extinguished.
(xvii) Use proper techniques for PBE
removal.
(xviii) Properly secure equipment.
(f) Emergency Exits.
(1) Task (Normal Operation): The
flight crewmember must complete the
following drill, with respect to the
normal operation of each flight
crewmember emergency exit:
(i) Identify conditions under which
each exit should be opened or closed, if
appropriate.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(ix) As applicable, pull the manual
inflation handle(s) and verify
deployment, inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
(x) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(xi) Follow crew coordination
procedures (as appropriate).
(xii) Access release handle(s) (e.g.,
Slide disconnect, jettison tailcone,
ventral stairs).
(xiii) Recognize when it is appropriate
to exit the aircraft.
(xiv) Access escape tapes or escape
ropes (if applicable).
(g) Emergency evacuation (with slide).
(1) Environment: This drill is required
when the flight crewmember is
qualifying on an aircraft that is
equipped with emergency escape slides.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill
requirement that the flight crewmember
must complete for the certificate holder
for which the flight crewmember is
employed.
(ii) Each flight crewmember must
complete an emergency evacuation by
egressing the aircraft or approved
training device using at least one type
of installed emergency escape slide from
END QPS REQUIREMENT
an aircraft on which the flight
llllllllllllllllll
l crewmember will be qualified to serve.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
BEGIN INFORMATION
flight crewmember must complete the
(2) Environment: The operation of
following during the drill:
each type of flight crewmember
(i) Observe the airplane exit(s) being
emergency exit may be conducted as an opened in the emergency mode and the
observation drill that includes the
associated exit slide, or slide raft being
following tasks as applicable.
deployed and inflated or perform the
tasks resulting in the completion of
END INFORMATION
these actions.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(ii) Egress the aircraft or approved
training device and descend the slide
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
while using the proper method and
(3) Task (Emergency Operation): The
technique.
flight crewmember must complete the
(h) Emergency evacuation (without
following drill, with respect to the
slide)
emergency operation of each flight
(1) Environment: This drill is required
crewmember emergency exit:
when the flight crewmember is
(i) Position escape device (if
qualifying on an aircraft that is not
applicable).
equipped with an emergency escape
(ii) Verify that girt bar is armed or
slide on any emergency exit.
disarmed as appropriate.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill
(iii) Verify the exit is in the correct
requirement that the flight crewmember
mode.
must complete for the certificate holder
(iv) Identify conditions under which
for which the flight crewmember will
the exit is to be opened in the
serve.
emergency mode.
(ii) Each flight crewmember must
(v) Use proper voice commands to
complete an emergency evacuation by
passengers (as appropriate).
egressing the aircraft or approved
(vi) Assess conditions outside the exit training device through an emergency
to determine the exit usability (e.g.,
exit that is not designed to have an
clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft
escape slide installed and is
attitude).
representative of the aircraft on which
(vii) Open the exit in the armed mode the flight crewmember will be qualified
(as applicable) and secure or stow the
to serve.
exit (as applicable) to ensure a fully
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
open and unobstructed exit.
flight crewmember must satisfactorily
accomplish the following during the
(viii) Hold onto assist handle (if
drill:
applicable).
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(ii) Assess the exterior and interior
conditions for obstacles or hazards to
persons or the exit during the opening
or closing (e.g., jetway, stairs, barrier
straps).
(iii) Follow procedure to ensure flight
crewmember awareness at armed
boarding door prior to aircraft pushback
(if applicable to the exit).
(iv) Identify signal for arming and
disarming.
(v) Coordinate and communicate with
other crewmembers.
(vi) Properly arm and disarm the exit.
(vii) Verify girt bar is armed or
disarmed as appropriate.
(viii) Verify exit is in the correct mode
for intended operation.
(ix) Use proper techniques for the
operating mechanism (such as handles
to open exit and secure in locked
position).
(x) Install safety strap. Stow safety
strap.
(xi) Release locking mechanism and
properly use control handles to close
exit and secure in locked position.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1371
(i) Observe the airplane exit(s) being
opened in the emergency mode.
(ii) Egress the aircraft or approved
training device while using the proper
method and technique.
(i) Flotation devices
(1) Environment: The individual
flotation means used for this drill must
be identical to each type of life
preserver, flotation device, and seat
cushion installed in the aircraft with
respect to weight, dimensions, controls,
types and method of operation.
(2) Crewmember Performance: Each
flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Life preservers:
(A) Recognize removal procedures for
individual flotation devices and also
recognize any equipment or furnishings
that may complement or hinder the
removal of the flotation device or seat
cushion.
(B) Don and secure life preserver, and
inflate using automatic inflation (if
appropriate) of at least one chamber.
(C) Demonstrate proper arm
placement and use of the life preserver,
(D) Partially inflate, or simulate
inflation of, a second chamber (if
appropriate) of life preserver orally.
(E) Practice deflation technique.
(F) Locate and describe light
activation.
(ii) Flotation devices:
(A) Recognize removal procedures for
flotation devices or seat cushions, and
also recognize any equipment or
furnishings that may complement or
hinder the removal of the flotation
device or seat cushion.
(B) Demonstrate proper arm
placement and use of the flotation
device or seat cushion.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) The individual flotation means
installed may consist of life preservers,
flotation devices, and seat cushions.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(j) Ditching survival (wet and dry
training environments)
(1) Environment:
(i) Ditching survival drill in a dry
training environment must be
conducted on a surface with sufficient
space to conduct the drill without
interference from nearby objects or
structures.
(ii) Ditching survival drill in a wet
training environment must be
conducted in water with sufficient
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1372
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
depth and width under and around the
slide, raft or slide-raft that does not
allow participants the ability to touch
the bottom or sides of the water
containment structure.
(A) Ditching survival drill in a wet
training environment is a one-time
emergency drill requirement that the
flight crewmember must complete for
the certificate holder for which the
flight crewmember is to serve.
(B) Raft boarding and subsequent
activities must be done in water for
ditching survival drill in a wet training
environment.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
flight crewmember must participate in
the following ditching survival drill for
both wet and dry training environments
as applicable to the certificate holder’s
procedures and approved extended
overwater operations:
(i) Identify boarding station and board
raft.
(ii) Review the need to crawl and stay
low.
(iii) Distribute the load.
(iv) Review the need to stay attached
to the aircraft as long as possible, and
operation of the quick disconnect.
(v) Review the need to get clear of
fuel-covered water and debris.
(vi) Locate and deploy the sea anchor.
(vii) Discuss the importance of
upwind and downwind.
(viii) Retrieve the survival kit and
review contents.
(ix) Identify inflation valve and
review operation of inflation pump and
raft repair kit.
(x) Identify equipment for bailing raft
dry (e.g., bailing bucket or sponge).
(xi) Install the canopy and discuss
methods for collecting rain water and
water purification techniques.
(xii) Demonstrate how canopy can be
used in both hot and cold climates.
(xiii) Review the use of signaling
devices located in survival kits.
(xiv) Discuss the cautions associated
with flares and sea dye marker and
proper use.
(xv) Point out raft lights.
(xvi) Review alternate signaling
devices (e.g., mirrors).
(xvii) Locate and demonstrate use of
heaving line. Review techniques to
retrieve survivors.
(xviii) Review raft maintenance
techniques.
END INFORMATION
deployment, inflation, and detachment
llllllllllllllllll
l from the airplane of each type of
installed slide, raft, or slide-raft. This
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
observation must include:
(1) Proper use of the exit operating
3. Observation Drills—During the
observation drill, the flight crewmember handle.
(2) Location and color of the inflation
observes the specific procedural drill
handle.
being conducted by other persons in a
(3) Demonstration of forces required
live setting or through an audio-visual
to inflate slide or slide-raft.
medium.
(4) Attachment to aircraft (if
(a) Preparation of Emergency Exits In
applicable).
Emergency Mode. Crewmember
(5) Sound of inflating slide, raft, or
Performance: Each flight crewmember
slide-raft.
must observe the preparation of each
(6) Proper inflation and position of
type of installed flight crewmember
emergency exit in the emergency mode, the slide, raft, or slide-raft.
(7) Location of the ditching handle or
as follows:
laces.
(1) Position escape device (if
(8) Launching points (if required).
applicable).
(9) Procedure to pull ditching handle
(2) Verify that girt bar is armed or
including secondary actions that may be
disarmed (as appropriate).
required.
(3) Verify the exit is in the correct
(10) Lanyard and the removal or
mode.
cutting of lanyard.
(4) Identify conditions under which
(11) Righting overturned rafts (if
the exit is to be opened in the
applicable).
emergency mode.
(5) Use proper voice commands to
END QPS REQUIREMENT
passengers (as appropriate).
llllllllllllllllll
l
(6) Assess conditions outside the exit
32. Add appendix R of part 121 to
to determine the exit usability (e.g.,
read as follows:
clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft
attitude).
Appendix R to Part 121—Flight
(7) Open the exit in the armed mode
Engineer, Qualification Performance
(as applicable) and secure and stow the
Standards
exit (as applicable) to ensure a fully
Table of Contents
open and unobstructed exit.
Introduction
(8) Hold onto assist handle (if
A. What is contained in the Flight Engineer
applicable).
QPS?
(9) Pull the manual inflation handle(s)
B. Can the reader rely solely on this
and verify deployment and inflation
document for pilot qualification and
(e.g., ramp, slide).
related training requirements?
(10) Maintain appropriate protective
C. How can I get answers to questions
body and hand positions.
about the contents of this appendix?
(11) Follow crew coordination
D. Why do we need a QPS for flight
procedures (as appropriate).
engineers?
(12) Access release handle(s) (e.g.,
E. Where can each type of standard be
found in the QPS?
slide disconnect, jettison tailcone,
F. [Reserved]
ventral stairs).
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be
(13) Recognize when it is appropriate
found?
to exit the aircraft.
H. What references are recommended?
(14) Access escape tapes or escape
I. What training aids and guides should be
ropes (if applicable).
used to develop instructional materials?
(b) Emergency Evacuation Utilizing an
J. How must Crew Resource Management
Escape Slide (if applicable).
(CRM) training be administered?
Crewmember Performance: Each flight
K. What is the continuous analysis process
crewmember qualifying on an aircraft
and how is it incorporated in this QPS?
equipped with evacuation slides must
(See § 121.1355.)
Attachment 1. Programmed Hour
observe the evacuation of an aircraft
Requirements for New Hire, Initial,
with passengers using a slide. The
Transition, Conversion, Differences,
observation must include:
Requalification, Recurrent, and Special
(1) Correct methods of evacuation.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
Training Categories (see §§ 121.1205;
(2) Correct methods of entering the
121.1331; 121.1333; 121.1335; 121.1337;
llllllllllllllllll
l slide.
121.1367; 121.1239; and 121.1391)
(3) Necessity for helpers at the bottom Attachment 2. Academic Training Segment
BEGIN INFORMATION
of slide.
Requirements—Subjects and Tests—for
(3) Activities prior to raft boarding for
(c) Deployment, inflation, and
New Hire, Initial, Transition,
both wet and dry training environments detachment of slide, raft, or slide-raft.
Conversion, Requalification, Recurrent,
may be done in classroom, aircraft, or
Crewmember Performance: Each flight
Differences, and Special Training
Categories (see §§ 121.1221; 121.1223;
aircraft mockup.
crewmember must observe the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
121.1225; 121.1331; 121.1341; 121.1343;
121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1381; and 121.1391)
Attachment 3. Job Performance Training
Requirements for All Categories of
Training (see §§ 121.133; 121.135;
121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1221;
121.1225; 121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257;
121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1331; 121.1333;
121.1337; 121.1339; 121.1341; 121.1343;
121.1345; 121.1347; 121.1349; 121.1351;
121.1353; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365;
121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381;
121.1383; 121.1385; 121.1387; and
121.1391)
Attachment 4. Generic Flight Engineer
Performance Standards for Each Task,
Environment, Drill, and Demonstration
(see §§ 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201;
121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1253;
121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341;
121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365;
121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381;
121.1383; and 121.1391)
2. You may find answers to questions
on the Flight Standards Internet Web
Site address is: ‘‘https://www.faa.gov/
about/office_org/headquarters_offices/
avs/offices/afs/.’’ On this Web Site you
will find Flight Standards Programs,
Aviation Safety Inspector Handbooks
and Documents, the current Aviation
Regulations (14 CFR), Advisory
Circulars, and other sources of FAA
information.
D. Why do we need a QPS for flight
engineers?
1. To provide objective standards for
flight engineer performance and for
relating these standards to simulation
equipment qualification levels.
2. To provide routine and periodic
update capability. This capability is
needed to respond to accidents,
incidents, or rapidly occurring changes
llllllllllllllllll
l to equipment and operations. All
changes made to this appendix will be
BEGIN INFORMATION
subject to public notice and comment,
Introduction
unless good cause exists to support a
finding that notice and comment would
A. What is contained in the Flight
be impracticable, unnecessary, or
Engineer QPS?
contrary to the public interest.
This QPS contains Information and
3. To provide the certificate holder
QPS Requirements.
with a minimum set of standards for
1. Information: Explanations that
developing the following:
clarify or support regulatory
(a) Training and certification
requirements found in the Code of
programs,
Federal Regulations or in this Flight
(b) Performance standards, and
(c) Evaluation criteria as they relate to
Engineer QPS. Explanations are
the flight engineer job function.
provided as guidance and are not
regulatory. This guidance appears under
E. Where can each type of standard be
the heading ‘‘BEGIN INFORMATION’’
found in the QPS?
and uses the terms ‘‘should’’ or ‘‘may’’
1. Attachment 1 contains the
to indicate that it is not mandatory.
2. QPS Requirements: Flight Engineer programmed hour requirements for new
hire, initial, transition, conversion,
Qualification Performance Standards
differences, requalification, recurrent,
contained in this appendix are
and special training categories.
regulatory and mandatory. These
2. Attachment 2 contains the
requirements appear under the heading
‘‘BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENTS’’ and use academic training requirements for new
hire, initial, transition, conversion,
the terms ‘‘must,’’ ‘‘may not,’’ and
requalification, recurrent, differences,
‘‘will.’’
and special training categories.
B. Can the reader rely solely on this
3. Attachment 3 contains:
document for pilot qualification and
(a) The job performance training
related training requirements?
requirements for initial, transition,
conversion, upgrade, requalification,
No, do not rely solely on this
document for regulatory requirements in recurrent, differences, and special
these areas. The reader must also use 14 categories of training.
(b) How evaluations are administered.
CFR part 91 and part 121, subparts G,
(c) What level FSTD must be used for
T, V, X, and BB.
each task or environment.
4. Attachment 4 contains the generic
C. How can I get answers to questions
flight engineer performance standards
about the contents of this appendix?
for each task and environment.
1. You may mail questions to:
F. [Reserved]
U.S. Department of Transportation,
Federal Aviation Administration, Flight G. Where can definitions and acronyms
Standards Service, Air Transportation
be found?
Division, AFS–210,800 Independence
You can find definitions in
Avenue, SW., Washington, DC
§ 121.1205. Acronyms are as follows:
20591,Telephone: (202) 267–8166,Fax:
(202) 267–5229.
AFD Airport Facility Directory
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1373
AFE Above Field Elevation
AFS–210 Air Carrier Training Branch, Air
Transportation Division, Flight Standards
Service
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AGL Above Ground Level
AIM Aeronautical Information Manual
APD Aircrew Program Designee
ASR Airport Surveillance Radar
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATIS Automated Terminal Information
System
ATP Airline Transport Pilot
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CDL Critical Design List
CFIT Controlled Flight into Terrain
COM Crewmember Operating Manual
CRM Crew Resource Management
DA Decision Altitude
DH Decision Height
DME Distance Measurement Equipment
EFIS Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
ETOPS Extended Operations(replaces
EROPS)
EFVS Enhanced Flight Vision System
EVAS Emergency Vision Assurance System
FAF Final Approach Fix
FDC Flight Data Center
FE Flight Engineer
FFS Full Flight Simulator
FMS Flight Management System
FSTD Flight Simulation Training Device
FTD Flight Training Device
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GS Ground Speed
HUD Head-Up Display
IAP Initial Approach Point
ICAO International Civil Aviation
Organization
INS Inertial Navigation System
LAHSO Land and Hold Short Operations
LOFT Line Operational Flight Training
LORAN Long Range Navigation
MEA Minimum En route Altitude
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MDA Minimum Descent Altitude
METAR Aviation Routine Weather Report
PAR Precision Approach Radar
PBE Protective Breathing Equipment
PF Pilot Flying
PIC Pilot in Command
PMPOI Pilot Monitoring Principal
Operations Inspector
PRM Precision Radar Monitor (used as part
of a Simultaneous Close Parallel approach)
PTS Practical Test Standards
QFE Corrected Barometric Altitude relative
to field elevation
QNE Barometric pressure used for standard
altimeter setting (29.92 inHg or 1013 hPa)
QNH Corrected Barometric Altitude relative
to sea level
QPS Qualification Performance Standards
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
RA Resolution Alert
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
SAR Search and Rescue
SIC Second In Command
SID Standard Instrument Departure
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1374
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
SOIR Simultaneous Operations on
Intersecting Runways
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival
TA Traffic Alert
TAA Terminal Arrival Area
TAS True Airspeed
TAWS Terrain Avoidance Warning System
TCAS Traffic Collision Avoidance System
TSA Transportation Security
Administration
V1 Takeoff Decision Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VMCA Minimum Control Speed Air
VMCG Minimum Control Speed Ground
VR Rotation Speed
VREF Reference Speed
VSO Stall Speed, Landing Configuration
VS1 Stall Speed, Specific Configuration
XLS Other Landing System
H. What references are recommended?
The following references (as
amended) support the knowledge and
skill standards for tasks. They are
strongly recommended for providing
further details for lesson development.
To find 14 CFR parts go to https://
ecfr.gpoaccess.gov; to find Advisory
Circulars go to: https://www.faa.gov/
regulations_policies/advisory_circulars;
and to find FAA handbooks go to:
https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/
aviation_industry/airline_operators/.
1. 14 CFR part 1, Definitions and
Abbreviations
2. 14 CFR part 60, Qualification of
Flight Simulation Devices
3. 14 CFR part 61, Certification: Pilots,
Flight Instructors, and Ground
Instructors
4. 14 CFR part 63, Certification: Flight
Crewmembers Other Than Pilots
5. 14 CFR part 91, General Operating
and Flight Rules
6. 14 CFR part 121, Operating
Requirements: Domestic, Flag and
Supplemental Operations
7. AC 00–6, Aviation Weather
8. AC 0045, Aviation Weather
Services
9. AC 25.1581–1, Airplane Flight
Manual
10. AC 60–22, Aeronautical Decision
Making
11. AC 60–28, English Language Skill
Standards
12. AC 61–21, Flight Training
Handbook
13. AC 61–27, Instrument Flying
Handbook
14. AC 61–84, Role of Preflight
Preparation
15. AC 120–28, Criteria for Approval
of Category III Landing Weather Minima
16. AC 120–29, Criteria for Approving
Category I and Category II Landing
Minima for Approach
17 AC 120–51, Crew Resource
Management Training
18. AC 120–53, Crew Qualification
and Pilot Type Rating Requirements for
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
Transport Category Aircraft Operated
Under part 121
19. AC 120–54, Advanced
Qualification Program
20. AC 120–55, TCASII Operational
Approval for Air Carriers
21. AC 120–59, Air Carrier Internal
Evaluation Programs
22. AC 120–71, Standard Operating
Procedures for Flight Deck
Crewmembers
23. Aeronautical Information Manual
(AIM)
24. En Route Low and High Altitude
Charts
25. Profile Descent Charts
26. Standard Instrument Departure
(SID)
27. Standard Terminal Arrival Routes
(STAR)
28. Airport Facility Directory (AFD)
and Instrument Approach Procedure
Charts (IAP)
29. National Flight Data Center
Notices to Airmen (FDC NOTAM)
30. Integrated Measurement of Crew
Resource Management and Technical
Flying Skills, DOT/FAA/RD–93/26
31. Transportation Security
Regulations (TSRs)
32 HMR 175, Hazardous Materials
Regulations, Carriage by Aircraft
33. FAA Order 8040.4, Safety Risk
Management
34. Air Transportation Operations
Inspector’s Handbook, 8400.10
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
J. How must Crew Resource
Management (CRM) training be
administered?
The flight engineer must demonstrate
knowledge and skills in the technical
and CRM competencies for each
particular task.
1. Certain CRM-related procedures
must be associated with flight tasks and
their related flight engineer performance
requirements, as shown in Attachment 4
of this appendix. These procedures
must be evaluated during job
performance training programs.
2. In addition to the CRM-related
procedures, situational awareness must
be evaluated as an integral part of each
flight task and environment. A task is
not completed unless the evaluator has
determined that the flight engineer has
demonstrated knowledge and skills in
the technical and CRM competencies.
3. Additionally, the following CRM
behaviors are required knowledge to be
taught and tested during academic
training, as shown in Attachment 2 of
this appendix:
(a) Task: Authority of the Pilot In
Command
(1) The Captain’s authority, including
responsibility for the safety of flight in
routine and emergency conditions
(2) Chain of command and
importance of chain of command
(b) Task: Communication Processes
and Decisions
(1) Briefing
I. What training aids and guides should
(2) Inquiry, advocacy, and
be used to develop instructional
assertiveness
(3) Self-critique
materials?
(4) Communication with appropriate
The FAA and the industry
personnel
periodically publish training aids and
(5) Decisionmaking
guides in specific technical performance
(6) Conflict resolution
areas (https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/
(c) Task: Building and Maintenance of
aviation_industry/airline_operators/
a Flight Team
training/index.cfm and https://
(1) Leading and following, including
www.faa.gov/education_research/
the importance of crewmembers
training/). These aids and guides are
functioning as a team
accepted as the industry standard for
(2) Use of interpersonal skills and
their specific technical area. The
leadership styles in a way that fosters
following training aids and guides are
crew effectiveness
not regulatory, but contain valuable
(3) Significance of cultural differences
(d) Task: Workload Management and
information about safety of flight
Situational Awareness
operations that should be considered
(1) Preparation and planning
when developing instructional materials
(2) Vigilance
for the tasks to which each apply.
(3) Workload distribution
1. Takeoff Safety Training Aid.
(4) Distraction avoidance
2. Wake Vortex Training Aid.
(e) Task: Communication and
3. Windshear Training Aid.
Coordination
4. Upset Recovery Training Aid.
(1) Flight deck and cabin chimes and
5. Winter Operations Guide to Air
interphone signals for routine situations
Carriers.
(2) Flight attendant notification to
flight crew that aircraft is ready for
6. Controlled Flight Into Terrain.
movement on the surface
END INFORMATION
(3) Flight crew notification to flight
llllllllllllllllll
l attendant to be seated prior to take-off
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(4) Flight attendant recognition of
critical phases of flight
(5) Crewmember coordination and
notification regarding access to flight
deck
(6) Notification to flight attendants of
turbulent air conditions
(7) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of emergency or
unusual situations
(8) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of inoperative
equipment that is pertinent to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities
(9) Normal and emergency
communication procedures to be used
in the event of inoperative
communication equipment
(f) Task: Crewmember Briefing
(1) Crewmember responsibilities
regarding briefings
(2) Flight crew briefing
(3) Flight crew to flight attendant(s)
briefings
(4) Flight attendant to flight
attendant(s) briefings
(5) Required information
(6) Security procedures
(7) Communication procedures
(8) Emergency procedures
(9) MELs affecting flight operations
and cabin safety equipment and
procedures
(10) Flight information
(g) Task: Communication and
Coordination During a Passenger
Interference Situation
(1) Certificate holder’s written
program regarding the handling of
passenger interference, including
crewmember communication and
coordination
(2) Techniques for diffusing a
passenger interference situation
(3) Importance of crewmembers and
other employees working as a team
(4) Role of management and
crewmember in follow-up
(5) Actions to report an occurrence of
passenger interference
(h) Task: Communication and
Coordination During an Emergency
Situation
(1) Actions for each emergency
situation
(2) Importance of notification and
who must be notified
(3) Alternate actions if unable to
notify
(4) Communication during
preparation for a planned emergency
evacuation, including the time
available, type of emergency, signal to
brace, and special instructions
human resources, hardware, and
information. Human resources include
all other groups routinely working with
the flight crewmembers who are
involved in decisions that are required
to operate a flight safely. CRM is not a
single task. CRM is a set of
competencies that must be evident in all
tasks in this QPS as applied to the
individual and the multi-crew
operation.
5. CRM deficiencies usually
contribute to the unsatisfactory
technical performance of a task.
Therefore, the CRM competencies are
valuable for debriefing. For debriefing
purposes, an amplified list of these
competencies, expressed as behavioral
markers, is in AC 120–51, as amended.
6. Certificate holders should conduct
flight crewmember and flight attendant
CRM scenarios together. When this is
not possible, certificate holders should
include information in flight
crewmember training that addresses the
roles of flight attendants during
emergency situations.
continuous analysis process in the
certificate holder’s FAA approved
training program.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Components of a Continuous
Analysis Process.
(a) Qualification and training program
as approved by the Administrator.
(1) Attributes of the continuous
analysis process.
(2) [Reserved]
(i) Who is responsible?
(ii) Who has authority to change the
process?
(iii) Description of the process.
(iv) Controls. Policy, procedure,
training, evaluation.
(v) Documenting and measurement.
(vi) Interfaces between Departments.
Consistency (policy, procedures,
manuals):
(A) Across Departments.
(B) Across Divisions.
(b) Assessment tools (adequate and
appropriate).
END INFORMATION
(1) Testing.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(2) Checking.
(3) Critique.
K. What is the continuous analysis
(4) Inspection and observation.
process and how is it incorporated in
(6) Documenting.
this QPS? (see § 121.1355)
(7) Evaluation and analysis.
1. The continuous analysis process is
(c) Modification and adjustment of the
a certificate holder internal evaluation
qualification and training program.
and improvement process. The
(d) Approval for modification and
continuous analysis process will enable adjustment.
the certificate holder to maintain and
END INFORMATION
refine the training process by
continually monitoring the effectiveness llllllllllllllllll
l
and efficiency of the process. Various
Attachment 1 of Appendix R to part 121
assessment tools (testing, checking,
Programmed Hour Requirements for
inspection, documenting, evaluation,
New Hire, Initial, Transition,
and analysis) will be used to validate
Conversion, Differences,
the effectiveness of a training program
Requalification, Recurrent, and Special
or the need to change a training
Training Categories
program.
llllllllllllllllll
l BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. A continuous analysis process is
incorporated in this QPS through
integration with the qualification and
training program. The certificate holder
is responsible for designating
responsibility for the process. The
certificate holder must ensure
appropriate and adequate assessment
tools (testing, checking, critique,
inspection, observation, documenting,
END QPS REQUIREMENT
evaluation, and analysis) are utilized to
llllllllllllllllll
l enable the certificate holder to validate
the effectiveness of the qualification and
BEGIN INFORMATION
training program, or the need to change
that program. The certificate holder
4. CRM refers to the effective use of
must describe the attributes of the
all available resources, including,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
1375
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
A. Programmed Hour Requirements:
Flight Engineers (see §§ 121.1205;
121.1331; 121.1333; 121.1335)
1. Baseline and Minimum
Programmed Hours. Table 1A sets out
the baseline and minimum programmed
hours for each category of training by
segment (academic and job
performance). The FAA may approve a
reduction in baseline programmed
hours if the certificate holder
demonstrates that the reduction is
warranted. The FAA will not approve a
reduction in the programmed hours
below the minimum programmed hours.
2. Required hours for requalification
training. The hours established for
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1376
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
requalification training (§ 121.1239) are
for individuals in specific
circumstances. Therefore, there are no
programmed hours in Table 1A for
requalification training.
3. Required hours for differences and
special training. The hours established
for differences and special training are
in addition to the previously approved
programmed hours for the approved
training program. For differences
training (§ 121.1391), the hours remain
in the differences training category. For
special training (§ 121.1337(c)), the
certificate holder integrates the training
into the existing categories in Table 1A.
Therefore, there are no programmed
hours in Table 1A for differences and
special training.
TABLE 1A—PROGRAMMED HOUR REQUIREMENTS: FLIGHT ENGINEERS
Training segments
Training categories
Job performance
Academics
Emergency equipment drills and
demonstrations
Ground training
NEW HIRE .....................................
INITIAL ...........................................
FULL CONVERSION .....................
CORE CONVERSION ...................
TRANSITION .................................
RECURRENT .................................
REQUALIFICATION .......................
DIFFERENCES ..............................
SPECIAL ........................................
Flight training
Baseline 24 ..................................
Minimum 20 .................................
Baseline 116 ................................
Minimum 80 .................................
Baseline 68 ..................................
Minimum 52 .................................
Baseline 52 ..................................
Minimum 36 .................................
Baseline 76 ..................................
Minimum 58 .................................
Baseline 18 ..................................
(each 9-month recurrent training
period).
Minimum 14 .................................
Determined by Administrator ........
Determined by Administrator ........
Developed by Certificate Holder,
Approved by the Administrator.
N/A ................................................
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
B. Recurrent Training (see § 121.1367)
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Recurrent training modules are
required each 9 months. Recurrent
training modules also will contain
academic subjects, job performance
tasks and environments, and emergency
drills and demonstrations that may be
required once each 9 months, once each
18 months, or once each 36 months. The
certificate holder may distribute these
recurrent training requirements in a
manner that best suits its training
program structure while ensuring that
the required items are included at the
appropriate intervals.
Example 1: A 9-month recurrent period
includes all of the academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are
required at each 9-month interval. The
certificate holder may decide to include onehalf of those academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are
required every 18 months during this
particular 9-month training period, and leave
the balance to be completed at the next 9month period. Also, the certificate holder
may decide to include one-fourth of the
emergency equipment drills and
demonstrations during this 9-month interval,
and leave the other three-fourths of those
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
Baseline 8 ....................................
Minimum 8 ...................................
Baseline 6 ....................................
Minimum 6 ...................................
Baseline 6 ....................................
Minimum 6 ...................................
Baseline 6 ....................................
Minimum 6 ...................................
Baseline 4 ....................................
(each 9-month recurrent training
period).
Minimum 4 ...................................
Determined by Administrator ........
Determined by Administrator ........
Developed by Certificate Holder,
Approved by the Administrator.
drills and demonstrations to be completed
during subsequent 9-month periods.
Example 2: A 9-month recurrent period
includes all of the academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are
required every 9-months. During the next 9month recurrent period, the certificate holder
must include all of the academic subjects and
job performance tasks and environments that
are required every 9-months, as well as all of
the academic subjects and job performance
tasks and environments that are required
every 18 months. At the following 9-month
interval (27-month point), the certificate
holder must include all those academic
subjects and job performance tasks and
environments that are required every 9months. Then, at the 36-month point, the
certificate holder must include all of the
academic subjects and job performance tasks
and environments that are required every 9months, all of the academic subjects and job
performance tasks and environments that are
required every 18 months, and all of the
academic subjects, job performance tasks,
and all the emergency equipment drills and
demonstrations that are required every 36
months.
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 8.
Minimum 8.
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 4.
Minimum 4.
Baseline 6.
Minimum 6.
Baseline 8.
(each 36-month period).
Minimum 8.
Determined by Administrator.
Determined by Administrator.
Determined by Administrator.
Attachment 2 of Appendix R to Part 121
Academic Training Segment
Requirements—Subjects and Tests—for
New Hire, Initial, Transition,
Conversion, Requalification, Recurrent,
Differences, and Special Training
Categories
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. Required Academic Training
Subjects by Category of Training (See
§§ 121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225;
121.1331; 121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363;
121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1381;
and 121.1391)
1. Attachment 2 contains the
academic training segment
requirements.
2. When differences and special
training are required for academic
training, they will be additional training
modules or new subjects. For more
information about differences and
special training categories see
attachment 1 of this appendix.
3. How to read Table 2A.
END INFORMATION
(a) Table 2A contains the required
llllllllllllllllll
l academic training subjects by category
of training. In the table, an ‘‘X’’
indicates that the subject must be
included in the category of training. A
‘‘9’’ indicates that the subject must be
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
trained every 9 months. An ‘‘18’’
indicates that the subject must be
trained every 18 months.
(b) Table 2A item (c)(3) addresses the
training subject ‘‘Coordination,
communication, and methodology for
the performance of each normal,
abnormal, and emergency procedure
contained in the FCOM.’’ For core
conversion, phase I requalification, and
recurrent training all abnormal and
emergency procedures are required.
However, only selected normal
procedures are required. The selection
of normal procedures should be based
on procedural changes, feedback from
1377
observed procedural irregularities, and
system safety initiatives.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING
Core conversion and
phase I
requalification
Recurrent
X
X
X
X ...................
18
X
....................
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
......................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
X
....................
....................
....................
......................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
X
....................
....................
....................
......................
18
....................
X
X
....................
X
....................
X
....................
X ...................
......................
18
18
X
X
X
....................
X
....................
X
....................
X ...................
......................
18
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
....................
....................
New hire
Subject
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Transition
Full
coversion
and phase II
requalification
(a) General Subjects
(1) Duties and responsibilities of flight crewmembers ..
(2) Appropriate requirements of the Federal Aviation
Regulations.
(3) General relationship of FAA to the certificate holder.
(4) General overview of the contents of the certificate
holder’s Operating Certificate and Operations Specifications.
(5) Meteorology to ensure a practical knowledge of
weather phenomena, including the principles of frontal systems, icing, fog, thunderstorms, and high altitude weather situations. Recognizing and avoiding
severe weather situations and other hazards.
(6) Air traffic control systems, airspace, procedures,
and phraseology.
(7) Navigation and the use of navigation aids, including instrument approach procedures.
(8) Development of and operating in the National Airspace System.
(9) General Concepts of TCAS Operation
(i) The meaning of Traffic Alerts (TAs).
(ii) The meaning of preventive Resolution
Advisories (RAs).
(iii) The meaning of corrective RAs. TCAS equipment components controls, displays, audio
alerts, and annunciations; interfaces and compatibility with other aircraft systems; TCAS surveillance range versus display range; altitude
ceiling operators; when an intruder will not be
displayed; and TCAS performance on the
ground.
(10) High Altitude Physiology—Operations above
10,000 feet—Aircraft Decompression; Causes and
Recognition of cabin pressure loss; Physiological Effects and time of useful consciousness; Immediate
Actions; Altitude and Flight Level requiring the wearing of oxygen masks.
(11) Mechanical and Incident Reporting Procedures ...
(12) Voluntary Safety Program and Participation, including ASAP, FOQA, LOSA, and other government
and industry accident prevention programs.
(13) Normal and emergency communications ..............
(14) General content, control, and maintenance of applicable portions of the certificate holder’s operating
manual, to include the Flight Crewmember Operating Manual (FCOM). Relationship of FCOM to the
Airplane Flight Manual.
(15) Dispatch and flight release procedures. Flight
planning as applicable.
Initial and
phase III requalification
X
....................
(b) Crew resource management (CRM).
(1) Task: Authority of the Pilot In Command
(i) The Captain’s Authority, including responsibility
for the safety of flight in routine and emergency
conditions.
(ii) Chain of command and importance of chain of
command.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
X (Conversion training only).
......................
18
....................
1378
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING—Continued
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Recurrent
X
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
X
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
X
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
X
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
X
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
X
....................
....................
......................
....................
X
(2) Task: Communication Processes and Decisions
(i) Briefing.
(ii) Inquiry, advocacy, and assertiveness.
(iii) Self-critique. .....................................................
(iv) Communication with available personnel.
(v) Decisionmaking.
(vi) Conflict resolution.
(3) Task: Building and Maintenance of a Flight Team
(i) Leading and following, including the importance
of crewmembers functioning as a team.
(ii) Use of interpersonal skills and leadership
styles in a way that fosters crew effectiveness.
(iii) Significance of cultural differences.
(4) Task: Workload Management and Situational
Awareness
(i) Preparation and planning.
(ii) Vigilance ............................................................
(iii) Workload distribution.
(iv) Distraction avoidance.
(5) Task: Communication and Coordination
(i) Flight deck and cabin chimes and interphone
signals for routine situations.
(ii) Flight attendant notification to flight crew that
aircraft is ready for movement on the surface.
(iii) Flight crew notification to flight attendant to be
seated prior to take-off.
(iv) Flight attendant recognition of critical phases
of flight.
(v) Crewmember coordination and notification regarding access to flight deck.
(vi) Notification to flight attendants of turbulent air
conditions.
(vii) Notification between flight crew and flight attendants of emergency or unusual situations.
(viii) Notification between flight crew and flight attendants of inoperative equipment that is pertinent to flight attendant duties and responsibilities.
(ix) Normal and emergency communication procedures to be used in the event of inoperative
communication equipment.
(6) Task: Crewmember Briefing
(i) Crewmember responsibilities regarding briefings.
(ii) Flight crew briefing.
(iii) Flight crew to flight attendant(s) briefings.
(iv) Flight attendant to flight attendant(s) briefings.
(v) Required information.
(vi) Security procedures.
(vii) Communication procedures.
(viii) Emergency procedures.
(ix) MELs affecting flight operations and cabin
safety equipment and procedures.
(x) Flight information.
(7) Task: Communication and Coordination During a
Passenger Interference Situation
(i) Certificate holder’s written program regarding
the handling of passenger interference, including crewmember communication and coordination.
(ii) Techniques for diffusing a passenger interference situation.
(iii) Importance of crewmembers and other employees working as a team.
(iv) Role of management and crewmember in follow-up.
(v) Actions to report an occurrence of passenger
interference.
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Core conversion and
phase I
requalification
New hire
Subject
VerDate Nov<24>2008
Transition
Full
coversion
and phase II
requalification
Initial and
phase III requalification
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
1379
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING—Continued
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(8) Task: Communication and Coordination During an
Emergency Situation
(i) Actions for each emergency situation.
(ii) Importance of notification and who must be
notified.
(iii) Alternate actions if unable to notify .................
(iv) Communication during preparation for a
planned emergency evacuation, including the
time available, type of emergency, signal to
brace, and special instructions.
(c) Aircraft type specific.
(1) Contents of the certificate holder’s operating manual to include the FCOM. Use of any FCOM-based
quick reference handbook (QRH).
(2) Operating limitations ................................................
(3) Coordination, communication, and methodology for
the performance of each normal, abnormal, and
emergency procedure contained in the FCOM.
(4) Aircraft systems as described in the FCOM ...........
(5) Instrument procedures and low visibility operations
(6) Airplane performance determinations and flight
planning for all phases of flight.
(7) Operations Specifications authorizations and limitations.
(8) MMEL, MEL, CDL ....................................................
(9) Emergency communications with passengers and
other crewmembers.
(10) Storage of and how to administer medicinal oxygen.
(11) The certificate holder’s policy and FCOM procedures on the use of command and control automation and criteria for selecting and deselecting appropriate levels of automation (including manual control
of flight) must be included in the lateral and vertical
modes of takeoff, approach, and landing.
(d) Special Hazards.
(1) Preventing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT) and
approach and landing accidents.
(2) Recovery from loss of control due to airplane design, airplane malfunction, human performance, and
atmospheric conditions (or combinations thereof).
(3) Low altitude windshear.
(i) Recognition and avoidance ...............................
(ii) Recovery from inadvertent encounter.
(4) Takeoff safety: Decisionmaking and high speed
aborts, including propulsion system malfunction
analysis, causes, symptoms, recognition, and the effects on aircraft performance and handling.
(5) Airport surface movement safety and runway incursion prevention.
(6) Hazards of operating in or near thunderstorms, turbulent air, icing, hail, volcanic ash, and other potentially hazardous conditions.
(7) Land and hold short operations (LAHSO) ...............
(8) Ground anti-icing, deicing ........................................
(9) Ice accumulation in flight .........................................
(e) Special Operations Areas.
(1) Close simultaneous parallel precision approach operations with Precision Radar Monitor (PRM).
(2) Special routes, areas, and airports .........................
(f) International Operations.
(1) Area and route characteristics .................................
(2) Flight planning, charts, course plotting, and tables
(3) Class II Navigation ...................................................
(4) Communications ......................................................
(5) ETOPS or EROS, as applicable ..............................
(6) International rules and regulations ..........................
(7) Abnormal Operations ...............................................
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Core conversion and
phase I
requalification
Recurrent
X
....................
....................
......................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X ...................
X 1 ................
18
18 1
....................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X ...................
X ...................
X ...................
18
18
18
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X ...................
X ...................
18
18
X
....................
....................
X
......................
18
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
9
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
....................
X
X
....................
......................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X ...................
X ...................
X ...................
9
18
18
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
....................
X
X
X
X ...................
18
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
New hire
Subject
VerDate Nov<24>2008
Transition
Full
coversion
and phase II
requalification
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Initial and
phase III requalification
X
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
1380
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 2A—REQUIRED ACADEMIC TRAINING SUBJECTS BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING—Continued
Transition
Full
coversion
and phase II
requalification
Core conversion and
phase I
requalification
Recurrent
X
X
X
X ...................
18
X
....................
....................
....................
......................
9
....................
X
X
X
......................
9
....................
X
X
....................
X
....................
X
....................
......................
9
....................
....................
X
X
X
X
X
X
......................
......................
18
18
....................
X
X
X
......................
18
....................
X
X
X
......................
18
....................
....................
X
X
X
....................
....................
....................
......................
......................
....................
....................
....................
X
X
X
......................
18
New hire
Subject
(g) Emergency Equipment Training.
(1) Emergency communications with passengers and
other crewmembers.
(2) Crewmember-specific roles in dealing with crewmember and passenger injury and illness, and disruptive passengers.
(3) Location and familiarization of contents for first aid
and medical kits.
(4) Location and use of defibrillator ..............................
(5) Certificate holders blood-borne pathogen awareness program.
(6) Location and use of emergency exits .....................
(7) Location and use of emergency equipment. Equipment must include:.
(i) For over water operations: life preservers, flotation seat cushions, life rafts, slides, and slide
rafts.
(ii) For ground or water evacuation: escape ropes,
megaphones, flashlight, emergency lighting,
emergency locator transmitters, first aid kit,
slides, slide rafts, fire extinguishers (each type
used), smoke and fume protection (such as
PBE and smoke goggles), megaphones, oxygen (portable, passenger oxygen system, flight
crew masks), supplemental (flight deck key,
demonstration equipment, smoke detectors,
trash containers, seat belt extensions).
(8) Fires—in flight and on the ground.
(i) Procedures and strategies for prevention .........
(ii) Classes of fires and correct methods of extinguishing each.
(iii) Flight attendant role in exterior, APU, jetway,
and ramp fire.
Initial and
phase III requalification
X
1 All abnormal and emergency procedures are required. Only selected normal procedures are required. See paragraph A.(3)(b) of this attachment for information about selecting normal procedures.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(g) Retraining is required for each
instructional area in which a score of
llllllllllllllllll
l
80% or better is not achieved.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(h) Examination after retraining of the
student is required for each
B. Knowledge Assessment (See
instructional area in which retraining
§§ 121.1341 and 121.1343)
was completed.
1. Knowledge and understanding of
2. The knowledge assessment for the
each subject within each area of
specific aircraft subjects of limitations,
instruction must be evaluated by written systems, and performance and loading
or computer based testing at the end of
may be used for the oral portion of the
academic training. When written or
proficiency test if completed no more
computer based methods are used:
than 60 days prior to the flight portion
(a) A score of 80% or better on each
of the proficiency test (see attachment 3,
instructional area is required to be
E.1.(a) of this appendix).
satisfactory.
3. The following standards are for
(b) A minimum of 5 questions must be evaluating the flight engineer
developed for each subject.
performance in limitation, systems, and
(c) Two questions for each subject
performance and loading subjects.
must be randomly selected for each test.
(a) Limitations—The flight engineer
(d) The form and content of each test
must know all of the limitations
must be approved by the Administrator. appropriate to the airplane with respect
(e) The test must be corrected to 100% to:
by a person administering the test.
(1) Systems and components.
(f) Correction of missed questions
(2) Performance.
(b) Systems—The flight engineer must
must include a discussion of which
answer is correct and why, and why the understand and be knowledgeable about
the following subjects (systems and
person’s original answer was incorrect.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
components) and be able to explain
their operation as described in the
FCOM and their applicability, as
appropriate, to the Minimum
Equipment List (MEL), Configuration
Deviation List (CDL), and the operations
specifications:
(1) Landing gear: Including, as
appropriate, extension and retraction
system(s), indicators, brakes, anti-skid,
tires, nose-wheel steering, and shock
absorbers.
(2) Engine(s): Including controls and
indications, induction system,
carburetor and fuel injection, turbocharging, cooling, fire detection and
protection, mounting points, turbine
wheels, compressors, deicing, anti-icing,
and other related components.
(3) Propellers (if appropriate):
Including type, controls, feathering and
unfeathering, auto feather, negative
torque sensing, synchronizing, and
synchro-phasing.
(4) Fuel system: Including capacity,
drains, pumps, controls, indicators,
cross-feeding, transferring, jettison, fuel
grade, color and additives, fueling and
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
de-fueling procedures, and allowable
fuel substitutions, if applicable.
(5) Oil system: Including capacity,
grade, quantities, and indicators.
(6) Hydraulic system: Including
capacity pumps, pressure, reservoirs,
grade, and regulators.
(7) Electrical system: Including
alternators, generators, battery, circuit
breakers and protection devices,
controls, indicators, and external and
auxiliary power sources and ratings.
(8) Environmental systems: Including
heating, cooling, ventilation, oxygen
and pressurization, controls, indicators,
and regulating devices.
(9) Avionics and communications:
Including autopilot; flight director;
Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
(EFIS); Flight Management System(s)
(FMS); Long Range Navigation (LORAN)
systems; Doppler Radar, Inertial
Navigation Systems (INS); Global
Positioning System (GPS/DGPS/WGPS);
VOR, NDB, ILS/MLS, RNAV systems
and components; indicating devices;
transponder; and emergency locator
transmitter.
(10) Ice protection (anti-ice and deice): Including pitot-static system,
propeller (if appropriate), windshield,
wing and tail surfaces.
(11) Crewmember and passenger
emergency equipment and procedures:
Including oxygen system, survival gear,
emergency exits, evacuation procedures
with crew duties, and quick donning
oxygen mask for crewmembers and
passengers.
(12) Flight controls: Including
ailerons, elevator(s), rudder(s), control
tabs, balance tabs, stabilizer, flaps,
spoilers, leading edge flaps and slats,
and trim systems.
(13) Flightdeck automation: Including
the certificate holder’s written
automation policy and written operating
procedures for selecting and deselecting
appropriate levels of automation. This
must include the certificate holder’s
policy for conducting CAT II and CAT
III approaches when authorized.
(14) Pneumatic system.
(c) Performance and Loading—The
flight engineer must understand and be
proficient in the use of (as appropriate
to the airplane) performance charts,
tables, graphs, and other data relating to
items such as:
(1) Accelerate—stop distance.
(2) Accelerate—go distance.
(3) Balanced field.
(4) Takeoff performance, all engines
and with engine(s) inoperative, as
appropriate.
(5) Climb performance including
segmented climb performance; with all
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1381
engines operating; with one or more
engines inoperative; and with other
engine malfunctions as appropriate.
(6) Service ceiling, all engines, with
engines(s) inoperative, including drift
down, if appropriate.
(7) Cruise performance.
(8) Fuel consumption, range, and
endurance.
(9) Descent performance.
(10) Go-around from rejected
landings.
(11) The effects of meteorological
conditions on performance
characteristics with correct application
of these factors to a specific chart, table,
graph or other performance data.
(12) How to determine longitudinal
and lateral center-of-gravity location for
a specific load condition, including how
to add, remove, or shift weight to meet
longitudinal (forward and aft), and
lateral balance limits for takeoff, cruise,
and landing.
(13) Correct planning and knowledge
of procedures in applying operational
factors affecting airplane performance.
(14) Meteorological effects on
performance.
(15) METAR and ATIS weather data.
(16) Planning and application of
operational factors affecting aircraft
performance such as high altitude
airports, cluttered and contaminated
runways, ground and inflight icing.
(17) Other performance data
(appropriate to the aircraft).
determine the tasks and environments
on which each flight engineer must be
instructed and evaluated for each
training category in accordance with an
FAA approved job performance (flight
operations) training program. The tasks
listed in the FCOM must reflect the
tasks included in the table, as amended,
and include standard operating
procedures, abnormal procedures, nonnormal procedures, and emergency
procedures, as well as the
authorizations contained in the
certificate holder’s operations
specifications.
(b) If the certificate holder adds tasks
or environments to those listed in Table
3A, it must further develop the tasks or
environments to include the
requirement and frequency for training
and evaluation in each additional task
or environment. These changes must be
submitted to the POI for approval.
(c) If the certificate holder’s operation
does not permit, or the operation of the
aircraft flown by the certificate holder
does not require one or more of the tasks
listed in Table 3A, those tasks must not
be included in the FCOM.
(d) The recurrent requirements in
Table 3A also include the frequency
during which each flight engineer must
be trained and evaluated in each task
and environment.
(e) Changes to the FCOM must be
submitted to the POI for approval.
2. Job Performance Training
END QPS REQUIREMENTS
Requirements.
llllllllllllllllll
l
When differences and special training
Attachment 3 of Appendix R to Part 121 are required for job performance
training, they will be additional training
Job Performance Training
modules or new tasks or environments.
Requirements for All Categories of
For more information about differences
Training
and special training categories see
(Tasks, Environments, Drills, and
attachment 1 of this appendix.
Observations With Instruction,
END QPS REQUIREMENT
Evaluation, and Simulation Credits)
l
llllllllllllllllll
l llllllllllllllllll
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. Determining the Job Performance
(Flight Training) Tasks and
Environments Required for Instruction
and Evaluation for Each Category of
Training. (See §§ 121.133; 121.135;
121.1221; 121.1223; 121.1225; 121.1331;
121.1339; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1345;
121.1347; 121.1349; 121.1351; 121.1353;
121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383;
and 121.1391)
3. Deviation from § 121.1345 Training
program: Mandatory use of flight
simulation training devices.
If a certificate holder receives a
deviation in accordance with
§ 121.1345, and the certificate holder
wants to extend the deviation, the
certificate holder should submit the
request for an extension at least 60 days
before the termination date of the
deviation.
1. Certificate holder responsibilities
with respect to the FCOM and Table 3A.
(a) The certificate holder must use
Table 3A of this Attachment to
END INFORMATION
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
B. Airplane Emergency Equipment
Training Requirements. Airplane
Emergency Procedures Drills and
Observations (See §§ 121.1205;
121.1333; 121.1337; 121.1351; 121.1365;
121.1367; 121.1337; 121.1381; 121.1383;
121.1387; and 121.1391)
1. An individual performance drill is
a hands on training and evaluation
demonstration that is performed by each
flight crewmember using the specified
emergency equipment.
2. A group performance drill allows a
flight crewmember to participate as part
of a group of persons completing a
specific drill. During these situations, it
is not necessary for each flight
crewmember to complete each task in
the performance drill. However, each
flight crewmember participant must
observe the actions and activities of the
other persons who are completing the
performance drill tasks.
3. An observation drill is one during
which a flight crewmember observes a
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
specific procedural drill being
conducted by other persons in a live
setting or through an audio-visual
medium.
4. Table 3B provides a list of the drills
and observations that are required in
each training curriculum. The frequency
for recurrent drills and observations is
every 36 months. Attachment 4 contains
the performance standards for each drill
and observation.
5. Each flight crewmember must
operate each exit on each aircraft type
on which the flight crewmember is to
serve in both the normal and emergency
modes, including the actions and forces
required in the deployment of
emergency evacuation slides.
6. Each flight crewmember must
complete the required emergency
training drills during the specified
training periods, using those items of
installed emergency equipment for each
aircraft type on which the flight
crewmember is to serve.
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
7. Each piece of emergency equipment
and training device must be in its fully
secured, pinned, bracketed, or stowed
condition, as installed on the aircraft,
prior to being operated by each flight
crewmember during each performance
drill. The removal and stowage of each
piece of emergency equipment may be
completed separately from the
performance drill as part of the
equipment mountings drill.
8. Flight crewmembers must
demonstrate proficiency by completing
each performance drill without
reference to any guidance material or
instruction.
9. Individual evaluation of each flight
crewmember’s performance by an
instructor is required. Flight
crewmembers who do not complete
emergency training drills must be
retrained in accordance with the
certificate holder’s approved training
program prior to reevaluation.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.013
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1382
1383
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3B—AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
No certificate holder may use nor may any person serve as a flight crewmember unless the following training has been completed by that
person
New hire
Initial,
transition,
conversion,
and phase II
and III
requalification
Recurrent
every 36
months
........................
........................
........................
........................
X
........................
........................
........................
........................
X
X
1X
X
........................
X
X
X
X
X
........................
........................
X
........................
X
X
X
X
........................
X
X
........................
X
........................
........................
........................
........................
X
X
X
X
X
X
Emergency equipment training drills
(a) Performance Drills:
Individual
Fire Extinguishers ...........................................................................................................
Oxygen Systems .............................................................................................................
Equipment Mountings .....................................................................................................
Flight Deck Oxygen Systems .........................................................................................
Firefighting (Actual Fire) .................................................................................................
Emergency Exits .............................................................................................................
Emergency Evacuation (with Escape Slide) ...................................................................
Emergency Evacuation (without Escape Slide) ..............................................................
Flotation Devices ............................................................................................................
Group
(10) Ditching Survival (Dry Training Environment) ..............................................................
(11) Ditching Survival (Wet Training Environment) ..............................................................
(b) Observation Drills:
(1) Preparation of Emergency Exits in Emergency Mode ...................................................
(2) Emergency Evacuation Using an Escape Slide .............................................................
(3) Deployment, Inflation, and Detachment of Slide, Raft, or Slide-Raft .............................
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
1 Only
required if mountings differ by equipment.
See attachment 4 for the Performance
Standards for the Emergency Equipment
Training Drills.
C. Determining the Level of Flight
Simulation Training Device That Must
Be Used for Training, Evaluation, and
Recent Experience (See §§ 121.1345;
121.1347; 121.1349; and 121.1351)
To use an FSTD for training,
evaluation, and recent experience the
following general requirements must be
met. The code shown in Table 3C for the
task or environment indicates the lowest
FSTD qualification level that may be
used.
1. General Requirements.
In addition to the approval of the POI
required by part 121, to be used for any
task or environment, an FSTD must:
(a) Have a qualification level assigned
in accordance with part 60 of this
chapter.
(b) Be maintained in accordance with
part 60 of this chapter.
(c) Have all of the aircraft and FSTD
systems installed and operating that are
necessary to complete the task or
environment.
(d) Be operated in accordance with
§ 60.25 of this chapter, Operation with
Missing, Malfunctioning, or Inoperative
Components.
(e) Have the qualification level
indicated in Table 3C, or a higher
qualification level, for the task or
environment and the category of
training indicated. Certain tasks may be
trained in an FSTD at a different level
than required for evaluating that
specific task. The instructor must
observe the flight engineer perform the
task to proficiency in the level of FSTD
required for the evaluation prior to the
evaluation by a check person.
2. Loft Requirements.
For Qualification LOFT, a level C or
D FFS is required. For Recurrent LOFT,
a level B, C, or D may be used.
3. Takeoff and Landing 90 Day
Recency of Experience.
The three takeoffs and three landings
required for maintaining or regaining 90
day recency of experience must include
at least one takeoff with a simulated
failure of the most critical engine, at
least one landing from a precision
category approach to the lowest
minimums authorized for the certificate
holder, at least one landing to a full
stop, and at least one visual traffic
pattern and landing. For maintaining
recency of experience in a FFS, a level
B, C, or D must be used. For regaining
recency of experience, a level C or D is
required.
4. FSTD Requirements for the
Proficiency Test, Check, or Review.
(a) The proficiency test administered
at the conclusion of initial, transition,
conversion, or requalification training
must be conducted in no more than two
levels of FSTD.
(b) The proficiency test, check, or
review administered as part of the
recurrent qualification requirements
may only be conducted in a Level B or
higher FFS.
TABLE 3C—MINIMUM FSTD REQUIRED FOR CREDIT
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Training category
Initial, transition,
converson, and
requalification
Tasks
Each task may be performed in the FSTD level specified or any higher level of FSTD.
Training
Proficiency
test
Recurrent
Training
Proficiency
test, check,
or review
1.0 General
1.1 Human Factors and CRM .........................................................................................
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Must be incorporated throughout training and evaluation.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1384
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3C—MINIMUM FSTD REQUIRED FOR CREDIT—Continued
Training category
Initial, transition,
converson, and
requalification
Tasks
Each task may be performed in the FSTD level specified or any higher level of FSTD.
2.0 Preflight Procedures
2.1 Flight Deck (Inspection or Preflight) .........................................................................
Recurrent
Training
Training
Proficiency
test
Proficiency
test, check,
or review
4
A
4
B
2.2 Cabin Inspection .......................................................................................................
Aircraft or approved pictorial means
2.3 Exterior Inspection ....................................................................................................
Aircraft or approved pictorial means
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Ground Operations
Engine Start ..............................................................................................................
Pushback and Powerback ........................................................................................
Taxi ...........................................................................................................................
Pre-Takeoff Procedures ............................................................................................
After Landing ............................................................................................................
Parking and Securing ...............................................................................................
Normal, Abnormal, and Emergency Procedures
Takeoff ......................................................................................................................
Inflight .......................................................................................................................
Approach and Landing .............................................................................................
Engine and Systems Monitoring ...............................................................................
Line Oriented Environments
Anti-icing, Deicing Before Takeoff ............................................................................
Structural Icing Airborne ...........................................................................................
Thunderstorm Avoidance for departure and arrival .................................................
Windshear Avoidance and Encounter ......................................................................
END QPS REQUIREMENT
4
A
A
4
4
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
4
A
A
4
4
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
6
6
6
4
A
A
A
A
6
6
6
4
B
B
B
B
4
6
6
6
A
A
A
A
4
6
6
6
B
B
B
B
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l D. Persons Authorized To Administer
Flight Engineer Training, Evaluation,
and Observation Activities Under
Subpart BB. (see §§ 121.1347; 121.1349;
121.1251; 121.1253; 121.1255; 121.1257;
121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1377;
121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; 121.1385;
and 121.1391)
evaluation for flight engineers, and who
must supervise and observe instructors
and check flight engineers.
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Table 3D identifies who must
administer certain required training and
TABLE 3D—PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO BE AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER FLIGHT ENGINEER TRAINING, EVALUATION, AND
OBSERVATION ACTIVITIES UNDER SUBPART BB*
Affiliation and Position
Contractor
Other than
part 142 or
other part
119 certificate holder
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Flight engineer training, evaluation, and
observation activities under Subpart BB
(by aircraft type)
Academic (Ground School) Training .......
Job Performance (Flight) Training ...........
Certificate or Rating Examination ............
Proficiency Test (Initial, Transition, Conversion, Recurrent, Requalification) .....
Qualification LOFT ...................................
Supervision of Operating Experience ......
Proficiency Check ....................................
Proficiency Review ...................................
Observation of:
• Flight Engineer Instructor—Initial ..
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
The part 119 certificate holder
Part 142 or other Part 119
certificate holder
Ground
instructor
Ground
instructor
Flight
instructor
Ground
instructor
Flight
instructor
Check flight
engineer
Aircrew
program
designee
X
....................
....................
X
....................
....................
X
X
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
2X
....................
....................
4X
1X
X
3X
X
X
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
....................
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
1385
TABLE 3D—PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO BE AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER FLIGHT ENGINEER TRAINING, EVALUATION, AND
OBSERVATION ACTIVITIES UNDER SUBPART BB*—Continued
Affiliation and Position
Contractor
Other than
part 142 or
other part
119 certificate holder
Flight engineer training, evaluation, and
observation activities under Subpart BB
(by aircraft type)
• Flight Engineer Instructor—Recurring ................................................
• Check Flight Engineer—Initial .......
• Check Flight Engineer—Recurring
The part 119 certificate holder
Part 142 or other Part 119
certificate holder
Ground
instructor
Ground
instructor
Flight
instructor
Ground
instructor
Flight
instructor
Check flight
engineer
Aircrew
program
designee
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
....................
X
....................
5X
5X
See § 121.1343 for special limited authorizations for Initial Cadre Personnel. When POI authorization is required, the designation will specifically state the authorizations granted to the instructor, check flight engineer, or APD. Part 142 TCEs and other part 119 certificate holders’ check
flight engineers may be qualified and authorized as check flight engineers or APDs by the part 119 certificate holders’ POI in accordance with
subpart BB of this part. When qualified and authorized, these check flight engineers and APDs are considered a component of the part 119 certificate holders’ training program resources.
1 When the proficiency test does not involve the issuance of a certificate or rating, a check flight engineer may conduct a Proficiency Test.
2 With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are specifically designated flight engineer instructors may conduct
Qualification LOFT and Proficiency Reviews.
3 In addition to the Check Flight Engineer, supervision of flight engineer operating experience may also be conducted by a Check Pilot, a
Check Captain, or a Flight Engineer who has been specifically authorized by the POI.
4 With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are specifically designated flight engineer instructors may conduct
the flight engineer portion of Qualification LOFT and flight engineer Proficiency Reviews.
5 With POI authorization, employees of the part 119 certificate holder who are designated as APDs and specifically designated to do so, may
conduct the Initial or Recurring Check Flight Engineer Observation.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
E. Administering Evaluations. (See
§§ 121.1221; 121.1253; 121.1257;
121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1343;
121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367;
121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383;
and 121.1391)
The following requirements apply to
the evaluation activity indicated. Refer
to Table 3D of this attachment for who
may administer each type of evaluation.
1. Proficiency Tests.
(a) Proficiency tests must be
administered for first time qualification
in a duty position. They also must be
administered at the end of the first 9month recurrent period following the
proficiency test required by
§ 121.1365(b)(1), and for phase II and III
re-qualification. Employees of the
certificate holder who are used or will
be used in the certificate holder’s
operations and who have completed all
of the required training may use the
proficiency test to obtain a certificate or
rating.
(b) When conducting a proficiency
test, the evaluator (FAA, APD, or check
flight engineer), must evaluate the
success of each task as it is performed.
If the proficiency test is a second
attempt, and the first attempt was
within the previous 60 days, the only
tasks the evaluator is required to assess
are those that were failed or were not
assessed on the first attempt. However,
during this retest, and at the discretion
of the evaluator, any task may be
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
reevaluated, including those previously
judged satisfactory.
(c) During a proficiency test, a task is
judged as either satisfactory or
unsatisfactory. However, in limited
circumstances, the evaluator may judge
a task to be incomplete or may not be
certain about the outcome of the task. In
these limited circumstances, the
evaluator may require the applicant to
repeat that task, or portions of that task;
however, this provision does not
authorize instruction or practice. The
remaining tasks of the proficiency test
must be completed before repeating the
questionable task. If the second attempt
to perform a questionable task is not
clearly satisfactory, the evaluator must
consider it unsatisfactory.
(d) Unsatisfactory performance is
demonstrated by consistently exceeding
the parameters set out for the specific
task, consistently exceeding the
parameters for aircraft handling
standards, or failing to take prompt,
corrective action when those parameters
are exceeded. If the flight engineer fails
a task, the evaluator must decide if the
entire test must be repeated or if the test
can continue. If the entire proficiency
test must be repeated, the evaluation
must be terminated. If a single task has
been judged unsatisfactory, and both the
flight engineer and the evaluator agree,
the test may continue, but only the tasks
that have not been evaluated may be
attempted. If the flight engineer fails a
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
second task, the evaluator must
terminate the test.
(e) If the proficiency test must be
terminated for unsatisfactory
performance, the FAA notification (and
notice of disapproval, if appropriate)
must list the tasks or areas of operation
that have not been evaluated and which
tasks or areas of operation that have
been found unsatisfactory. These tasks
and areas of operation must be
evaluated, or re-evaluated, on any
subsequent proficiency test.
(f) If a proficiency test is discontinued
for reasons other than unsatisfactory
performance (e.g., equipment failure,
weather, sickness), the evaluator must
complete one of the following:
(1) If the test is part of an application
for an FAA-issued certificate or rating,
the evaluator must appropriately
annotate FAA Form 8710–1, ‘‘Airman
Certificate and/or Rating Application.’’
The evaluator must return FAA Form
8710–1 and, if applicable, AC Form
8080–2, Airman Written Test Report to
the flight engineer. The evaluator must
also issue a Letter of Discontinuance to
the flight engineer. The Letter of
Discontinuance must identify the
portions of the test that were
successfully completed. The flight
engineer must present the Letter of
Discontinuance to the evaluator when
the test is resumed. The Letter of
Discontinuance must become part of the
certification file.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1386
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(2) If the test is not part of an
application for an FAA-issued
certificate or rating, the evaluator must
properly annotate the flight engineer’s
training record to indicate the tasks and
areas of operation that were
satisfactorily completed and the tasks
and areas of operation that were not
evaluated.
(g) The evaluator must annotate any
certificate or rating issued as a result of
a part 121, subpart BB proficiency test,
with ‘‘LIMITED TO AIR CARRIER
OPERATIONS.’’
(h) The evaluator must submit FAA
Form 8081.5C, ‘‘Airman Performance
Report, Airline Transport Pilot and
Aircraft Type Rating for Airplane,’’ to
the FAA for all tests administered under
subpart BB of part 121.
2. Proficiency Checks and Reviews.
(a) Proficiency checks and reviews
must include job performance
evaluation of the tasks identified in
Table 3B and an equipment knowledge
assessment outlined in section B of
Attachment 2. The equipment
knowledge assessment may be replaced
by the academic knowledge test as
outlined in Attachment 2 if the flight
engineer completes the proficiency test
within 60 days of the knowledge test. If
the flight engineer does not complete
the academic knowledge test in these
areas within 60 days of the proficiency
test, the flight engineer must complete
a test of these knowledge areas in
conjunction with the proficiency check
or review. This test may be completed
with oral, written, or computer based
methodology. A passing score of 80% is
required in each of the three areas of:
(1) Aircraft Systems;
(2) Handbooks, manuals, MEL, CDL,
and operations specifications; and
(3) Aircraft performance and
limitations.
(b) Evaluators who conduct
proficiency checks and reviews and
instructors who conduct proficiency
reviews may provide limited training to
a flight engineer. The limits are:
(1) No more than two tasks may be
trained, and no more than a total of
three attempts (including the first
unsatisfactory, a rehearsal, and a final
assessment) in each of the two tasks is
allowed.
(2) The flight engineer has not
satisfactorily completed the check or
review if the flight engineer has three or
more unsatisfactory tasks, or fails to
demonstrate satisfactory performance in
three attempts at any one task.
(3) The check or review must be
completed within the approved
scheduled time period.
3. Other Assessments.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(a) After qualification, the flight
engineer’s performance in all job
performance training activities
(including LOFT) must be assessed for
a satisfactory level of task proficiency
based upon this QPS.
(b) During a scheduled FSTD course
of instruction (other than LOFT), if a
task is performed unsatisfactorily the
flight engineer may retrain on the
unsatisfactory task; however, all
scheduled tasks, including any
retraining, must be completed within
the approved scheduled time period.
(c) Unsatisfactory task performance
during LOFT may not be retrained and
reevaluated during that scheduled time
period.
4. Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory
Performance
(a) No evaluator or instructor may
assess the flight engineer’s performance
as satisfactory unless that flight
engineer:
(1) Performs the tasks in accordance
with the standards and tolerances
established in the QPS.
(2) Demonstrates mastery of the
aircraft or simulated aircraft with the
successful outcome of each task never in
doubt.
(3) Demonstrates performance such
that no corrective or instructive action
is required by another flight
crewmember to maintain safe flight.
(4) Demonstrates CRM competencies
in accordance with duties outlined in
the FCOM requiring crew interactions,
including in a crew briefing before each
takeoff and before each approach.
(5) Demonstrates sound judgment.
(b) The evaluator or instructor must
assess a flight engineer’s performance as
unsatisfactory if the flight engineer
consistently exceeds tolerances
established in this QPS or fails to take
prompt corrective action when
tolerances are exceeded.
5. Recording, Reporting and Correcting
Unsatisfactory Performance
The certificate holder must report a
failure of a test, check, or review to the
FAA in accordance with
§ 121.1331(f)(1). The flight engineer
must be retrained and reevaluated to a
satisfactory level before the flight
engineer may begin or be returned to
line operations.
Attachment 4 of Appendix R to Part 121
Generic Flight Engineer Performance
Standards for Each Task, Environment,
Drill, and Demonstration
llllllllllllllllll
l
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Developing Flight Engineer
Performance Requirements for Each
Task and Environment. (See §§ 121.133;
121.135; 121.1201; 121.1203; 121.1205;
121.1221; 121.1253; 121.1257; 121.1271;
121.1281; 121.1341; 121.1343; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1377;
121.1379; 121.1381; 121.1383; and
121.1391)
1. General Requirements
(a) Certificate holders must develop
training curricula and flight engineer
performance requirements for each
required task and environment that
include:
(1) Conditions: Environmental
conditions and circumstances,
including those that compound the
difficulty of the task when encountered.
(2) Awareness criteria: Identify
specific aspects of the task and
environment that indicate proper
operation, a need to seek further
information, or a need to take action to
prevent encountering a hazard or
compounding the difficulty
unnecessarily.
(3) Action criteria: Procedures for
completing a task, including operations
in or near a critical environment, when
appropriate. Provide relevant
parameters with tolerances to reflect
satisfactory levels of performance.
(b) This attachment describes
performance requirements and generic
procedures for completing a task or
operating in or near a critical
environment. The certificate holder
must tailor these performance
requirements to the specific aircraft type
and the certificate holder’s approved
operations.
2. [Reserved]
B. Generic Tasks and Environments (See
§§ 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201;
121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1221; 121.1253;
121.1257; 121.1271; 121.1281; 121.1341;
121.1343; 121.1361; 121.1363; 121.1365;
121.1367; 121.1377; 121.1379; 121.1381;
121.1383; and 121.1391)
1.0
Area: All Operations
The flight engineer must demonstrate
the awareness criteria and action criteria
under the prescribed conditions. The
certificate holder must train flight
engineers in all authorized conditions.
Any selected condition may be
evaluated unless a particular condition
is specified.
1.1 Task: Normal, Abnormal, and
Emergency Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Demonstrate sound judgment and
operating practices in those instances
where specific instructions or checklist
items are not published.
(2) Confirm fault diagnosis with crew
and review possible causes.
(3) Identify alternative course(s) of
action; discuss with crew; monitor the
course of action selected by evaluating
progress toward a goal.
(4) Involve other crewmembers,
aircraft dispatchers, and maintenance
control personnel in option analysis.
(5) Demonstrate effective
communications with other
crewmembers.
(6) Coordinate actions with other
crewmembers prior to execution, except
where safety of flight would be in
jeopardy.
(7) Ensure that coordination with
flight or ground crew is completed
where necessary.
(8) Demonstrate the necessary flight
crew coordination required for the tasks
being completed.
1387
(3) Determine that the aircraft is
airworthy and safe for flight.
(4) Locate the documents required for
flight, including airworthiness and
registration certificates, operations
specifications (if appropriate), FCOM,
MEL, CDL, weight and balance data, and
the maintenance logbook.
(d) Verify that the aircraft is safe for
flight by examining and, if appropriate,
servicing items such as:
(1) Engine(s), including controls and
indicators.
(2) Fuel quantity (if interior
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
(3) Oil quantity (if interior inspection
is appropriate to the aircraft).
(4) Hydraulic fluid quantity (if
interior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(5) Oxygen quantity and pressures for
crew and passengers (if interior
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
(6) Fire protection and detection
systems for proper operation, pressures,
and discharge indications.
(7) Pneumatic system pressures (if
interior inspection is appropriate to the
aircraft).
(8) Ground environmental systems for
proper operation.
(9) APU.
(10) Anti-ice and de-ice systems.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(1) Maintain situational awareness of
the events and circumstances at all
times.
(2) Demonstrate ability to
continuously monitor and to identify
any potential hazards or threats to the
safety of the flight.
(3) Demonstrate ability to
communicate and manage available
resources.
(4) Maintain adequate lookout and
traffic avoidance for the conditions.
(5) Maintain awareness of aircraft
position relative to a ‘‘nearest suitable
airport.’’
(6) Monitor system indications to
ensure normal operation or identify
abnormal situations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Ensure operation of the aircraft
within the limitations established by the
FCOM.
(2) Comply with the provisions of the
FCOM, SOP, and MEL (if appropriate)
as they pertain to the particular aircraft,
through all phases of flight and all
operations.
(3) Make correct use of instruments,
flight director, autopilot, and navigation
and communication equipment as
prescribed by the FCOM, and as
appropriate to the phase of flight.
(4) Plan workload.
(5) Complete the proper normal,
abnormal, or emergency checklist(s).
(6) Alert ATC and the certificate
holder as necessary and obtain
appropriate level of service.
(7) Ensure proper crew and passenger
briefings are completed.
(8) Ensure the takeoff briefing is
conducted according to the FCOM prior
to taking the active runway.
(9) Ensure that the approach is briefed
prior to initial descent and conducted
according to the FCOM.
(10) Ensure potential terrain or
obstacle threats are included in
departure and arrival briefings.
(11) Ensure that passengers, crew, and
cargo are properly secured for take-off or
landing.
(12) Assist PIC in determining the best
course of action when an immediate
landing is required, but not possible.
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) The flight engineer must prepare
END QPS REQUIREMENT
the cabin for a positioning flight with no
llllllllllllllllll
l
cabin crew aboard. The flight engineer
BEGIN INFORMATION
is not required to prepare the cabin for
passenger safety in revenue service.
(d) The purpose of this task is to
(b) Awareness criteria. Awareness of
require specific training that addresses
emergency equipment location and
safe operation of the aircraft while
stowage, emergency exit location and
carrying an MEL item that requires
operation, and noticeable inoperative
training to take advantage of the relief.
cabin equipment.
END INFORMATION
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Visually inspect the aircraft cabin
llllllllllllllllll
l
to ensure the aircraft is safe for flight.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(2) Take necessary actions prescribed
by the FCOM for safe flight or crew
2.0 Area: Preflight Procedures
evacuation.
2.1 Task: Flight deck (Inspection or
2.3 Task: Exterior Inspection
Preflight)
1.2 Task: Human Factors and CRM
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Demonstrate terrain awareness.
(2) Demonstrate orientation, division
of attention, and proper planning.
(3) Observe indication of situation,
condition, or problem.
(4) Consider the risks of alternate
courses of action.
(5) Demonstrate an awareness of
environmental factors that are
potentially hazardous to safety of flight
operations.
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Coordinate with ground crew and
ensure adequate clearance prior to
supplying power to, or operating, any
devices such as doors, hatches, or flight
control surfaces.
(2) Know the maintenance or system
tests that must be performed.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Demonstrate proper operation of
applicable aircraft systems.
(2) Note any discrepancies and take
proper corrective action.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1.3 Task: MEL Relief
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Understand MEL application.
(2) Consider factors that restrict
aircraft operation.
(c) Action criteria. Apply the
provisions of the appropriate MEL entry
for operation restrictions.
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2.2
Task: Cabin Inspection
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) An approved pictorial must
realistically portray the location and
detail of inspection items, and may be
used instead of the aircraft to conduct
an actual exterior inspection.
(3) Flight Instructors, Check Flight
engineers, and Check Captains may be
approved to certify an flight engineer’s
proficiency in exterior inspections.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1388
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
BEGIN INFORMATION
(4) The exterior inspection is a
demonstration of a flight engineer’s
ability to perform appropriate safety
checks. It is not an extension of the
systems knowledge evaluation.
(5) The person conducting the
evaluation should limit questions to
those necessary to determine if a flight
engineer can properly conduct the
inspection and recognize an unsafe
condition.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Properly divide attention inside
and outside flight deck.
(2) Assist PIC in maintaining (surface
movement) positional awareness.
(3) Comply with sterile flight deck
requirements.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Monitor and confirm clearance
before crossing or entering active
runways.
(2) Observe runway hold lines,
localizer and glide slope critical areas,
beacons, and other surface movement
END INFORMATION
guidance control markings and lighting.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(d) The certificate holder must
provide crewmembers with specific
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
requirements for unique parking
(b) Awareness criteria. Check the
situations, or unique crewmember
general area around the aircraft for
responsibilities that must be completed
hazards to the safety of the aircraft and
before the door closes or after it is
personnel.
opened in accordance with the FCOM.
(c) Action criteria.
The certificate holder must also submit
(1) Note any discrepancies and take
these unique requirements to the FAA
proper corrective action.
for acceptance or approval as required.
(2) Determine that the aircraft is
END QPS REQUIREMENT
airworthy and safe for flight.
(d) The flight engineer must verify
llllllllllllllllll
l
that the aircraft is safe for flight by
examining and, if appropriate, servicing BEGIN INFORMATION
items such as:
(e) Ground operations begin when the
(1) Engines, for closed and latched
aircraft door is closed and includes all
access panels, leaks other than normal
activities until the brakes are released
drainage, intake and exhaust areas for
for the takeoff roll. Ground operations
freedom from FOD hazards, and pylon
resume again when the landing roll has
alignment marks, as appropriate.
been completed to a safe taxi speed just
(2) Fuel quantity (if exterior
as the aircraft exits the landing runway,
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft). and continues until the aircraft has been
(3) Oil quantity (if exterior inspection parked and the door opened.
is appropriate to the aircraft).
END INFORMATION
(4) Hydraulic fluid quantity (if
exterior inspection is appropriate to the llllllllllllllllll
l
aircraft).
(5) Oxygen quantity and pressures for BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
crew and passengers (if exterior
3.1 Task: Engine Start
inspection is appropriate to the aircraft).
(a) Condition(s).
(6) Landing gear, brakes, and steering
(1) All.
system.
(2) Includes hot or cold weather,
(7) Tires for condition, inflation, and
tailwinds, icing conditions, low density
correct mounting, where applicable.
altitude.
(8) Fire protection and detection
(b) Awareness criteria. Ensure the
systems for pressures and absence of
ground safety procedures are followed
discharge indications (if exterior
during the before-start, start, and afterinspection is appropriate to the aircraft). start phases of ground operations.
(9) Pneumatic system pressures (if
(c) Action criteria. Use required
exterior inspection is appropriate to the ground crew personnel during the
aircraft).
before-start, start, and after-start phases
(10) Auxiliary power unit (APU).
(as appropriate).
(11) Flight control systems including
3.1.1 Task: Engine Start—Normal
trim, spoilers, ailerons, leading and
trailing edge slats and flaps, elevator,
(a) Condition(s). All.
stabilizer, and rudder, as appropriate.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(12) Anti-ice and de-ice systems.
(1) Monitor appropriate RPM and EGT
(13) General airframe and structural
indicators.
integrity, including scratches, tears,
(2) Be able to identify abnormal RPM
holes, or dents and the fit and security
and EGT indications.
of panels, doors, and hatches.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Start the engine(s):
3.0 Area: Ground Operations
(2) Under varying environmental
conditions;
(a) Condition(s). All.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(3) Using normal, auxiliary power
unit, external power, pneumatic
sources, or cross-bleed, as appropriate.
3.1.2
Task: Engine Start—Abnormal
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor appropriate RPM and EGT
indicators.
(2) Be able to identify abnormal RPM
and EGT indications.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Start the engine(s):
(2) Take appropriate action in the
event of a malfunction during the start
process.
3.2
Task: Pushback or Powerback
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Maintain communications with
ground crew.
(2) Avoid use of brakes unless
requested by ground crew.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Exhibit adequate knowledge of
pushback or powerback procedures (as
appropriate to the aircraft).
(2) [Reserved]
3.3
Task: Taxi
(a) Condition(s).
(1) All.
(2) Training must be conducted in taxi
operations at the lowest visibility (RVR)
authorized. Evaluation can be in any
conditions.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Comply with low visibility
procedures, as applicable.
(2) Be aware of the operational factors
that could affect the takeoff such as
takeoff warning inhibit systems or other
aircraft characteristics, runway length,
surface conditions, wind, wake
turbulence, obstructions, and other
related factors that could adversely
affect safety.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Monitor and confirm clearances
received and ensure all instrument
references, flight director and autopilot
controls, and navigation and
communications equipment have been
set.
(2) Confirm that the aircraft trim and
wing high lift devices are configured
properly.
(3) Monitor and confirm the takeoff
and departure clearance as issued by
ATC.
3.4
Task: Pre-Takeoff Procedures
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Be aware of the
operational factors that could affect the
takeoff such as takeoff warning inhibit
systems or other aircraft characteristics,
runway length, surface conditions,
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
wind, wake turbulence, obstructions,
and other related factors that could
adversely affect safety.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Interpret information and
clearances received and ensure all
instrument references, flight director
and autopilot controls, and navigation
and communications equipment have
been set.
(2) Confirm that the aircraft trim and
wing high lift devices are configured
properly.
(3) Obtain (or acknowledge, as
appropriate) the takeoff and departure
clearance as issued by ATC.
3.5
Task: After Landing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Promptly clear
the runway, avoiding an incursion on
any other runway in the process.
(c) Action criteria. Take no other
action until the aircraft is clear of the
runway and a suitable ATC clearance
has been received.
3.6
Task: Parking and Securing
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Be aware of or
acknowledge other aircraft and ground
vehicles that might be a hazard to your
operation.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Use available visual docking
system and marshaller to properly park
the aircraft.
(2) Complete the post-flight entries in
the maintenance logbook, including any
discrepancies encountered during the
flight.
4.0 Area: Normal, Abnormal, and
Emergency Procedures
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
4.1
Task: Takeoff
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor engine and other aircraft
controls, settings, and instruments
during takeoff to ensure all
predetermined parameters are
maintained.
(2) Monitor aircraft airspeed to
determine normal acceleration during
take-off ground roll.
(3) Assess take-off and climb hazards
particularly those related to obstacles.
(4) Consider the effect of LAHSO or
SOIR if conducted on a runway that
crosses the takeoff runway.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) The flight crewmembers must
ensure takeoff clearance is received and
that the correct runway is being entered
for takeoff.
(2) Monitor correct alignment on the
centerline of the runway prior to and
during the takeoff.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1389
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Monitor the navigation
instruments and be aware of correct
airspeeds, aircraft configurations,
crossing altitudes, and ATC clearance
requirements.
(2) Awareness of other crewmembers
and their activities during approach and
landing.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Correctly compute approach and
llllllllllllllllll
l
landing performance requirements.
BEGIN INFORMATION
(2) Adjust engine controls and aircraft
(d) Takeoff begins at brake release (or
systems, as necessary.
the application of thrust with the
(3) Complete appropriate checklist
intention of flight for those aircraft not
items, interacting with other
using brakes). Takeoff ends when the
crewmembers to ensure procedures are
aircraft is airborne, or in the event of a
complete and aircraft systems are
rejected takeoff, when the aircraft has
operating properly.
reached a safe taxi speed.
4.4 Task: Engine and Systems
END INFORMATION
Monitoring
(a) Condition (s). Engine systems,
llllllllllllllllll
l
controls and indications.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(b) Awareness criteria. Aware of
aircraft systems within normal range,
4.2 Task: Inflight
normal procedures, and checklists.
(a) Condition(s).
(c) Action criteria
(1) All
(1) Adjust the engine controls and
(2) Normal aircraft systems, controls,
aircraft systems, as necessary.
indications, and procedures.
(2) Complete appropriate checklist
(3) High altitude operations.
items, interacting with other
(b) Awareness criteria.
crewmembers to ensure procedures are
(1) Understand the requirements of
complete and aircraft systems are
the climb profile, normal cruise, and
operating properly.
normal descent.
(2) Aware of high altitude
5.0 Area: Line Oriented Operations
performance and specific flight
Environments
characteristics.
The specific operational
(3) Aware of aircraft systems,
subsystems, and devices (e.g., fuel heat, environments below must be integrated
into instruction modules for initial,
air conditioning systems, hydraulic
conversion, transition, recurrent, and
systems, pressurization).
requalification training.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Complete appropriate checklists.
5.1 Task: Anti-Icing and Deicing
(2) Demonstrate or use aircraft
Before Takeoff
systems, subsystems, and devices,
(a) Condition(s). All.
appropriate to the aircraft, such as:
(b) Awareness criteria.
(i) Engines.
(1) Understand the certificate holder’s
(ii) Fuel system.
ground anti-icing and de-icing program.
(iii) Electrical system.
(2) Be able to determine the need for
(iv) Hydraulic system.
anti-icing or de-icing prior to takeoff.
(v) Environmental and pressurization
(c) Action criteria.
systems.
(1) Inspect the aircraft to ensure all
(vi) Fire detection and extinguishing
surfaces are free of ice before flight.
systems.
(2) Correctly operate anti-icing and
(vii) Navigation and avionics systems.
(viii) Automatic flight control system, de-icing systems or equipment.
(3) Coordinate the application of a
electronic flight instrument system, and
proper mix of anti-icing or deicing fluid.
related subsystems.
(4) Determine hold over time.
(ix) Flight control systems.
(5) Comply with the hold over time
(x) Anti-ice and deice systems.
(xi) Aircraft and personal emergency
restrictions for takeoff.
equipment.
5.2 Task: Structural Icing, Airborne
(xii) Other systems, subsystems, and
(a) Condition(s). All.
devices specific to the aircraft type,
(b) Awareness criteria.
including make, model, and series.
(1) Know the conditions that can lead
(xiii) Pneumatic system(s).
to structural ice.
4.3 Task: Approach and Landing
(2) Understand the effects of
(a) Condition(s). All.
structural icing on aircraft performance.
(3) Adjust the engine controls for the
existing conditions and verify the
expected engine performance.
(4) Monitor rotation at the proper
airspeed, at the proper rate, to the
proper pitch attitude for the aircraft
configuration.
(5) Complete after takeoff checklists.
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1390
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Know when and how to apply the
procedures in the FCOM for operating
in icing conditions or conditions that
may lead to structural icing.
(2) Determine when structural icing is
present.
(3) Monitor ice accretion during flight.
(4) Correctly operate anti-icing and
de-icing systems and equipment.
5.3 Task: Thunderstorm Avoidance,
Departure, and Arrival
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria. Know the
weather information available to
determine the probability of
thunderstorm activity and its location.
(c) Action criteria. Use weather radar
to identify thunderstorm activity and to
avoid departing into the threat or
circumnavigate in flight.
5.4 Task: Windshear Avoidance and
Encounter
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(a) Condition(s). All.
(b) Awareness criteria.
(1) Know the sources of information
that indicate the possible presence of
windshear or turbulence.
(2) Observe the visual indications that
usually indicate the presence of
windshear or turbulence.
(3) Understand the effect of windshear
or turbulence on the performance of the
aircraft during low altitude operations.
(c) Action criteria.
(1) Avoid indicated areas of possible
windshear or turbulence, if possible.
(2) Be able to recognize the
indications of windshear or turbulence
during takeoff and landing profiles.
(3) Execute the FCOM procedure for
avoiding windshear; and, if not possible
to avoid, execute the FCOM procedure
for escaping windshear or turbulence
during low altitude operations.
(4) Practice avoiding and escaping
windshear or turbulence during low
altitude operations to include:
(i) Takeoff.
(ii) Departure.
(iii) Approach.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
C. Performance Standards for the
Emergency Training Drills (See
§§ 121.133; 121.135; 121.1201;
121.1203; 121.1205; 121.1333; 121.1337;
121.1351; 121.1365; 121.1367; 121.1381;
121.1383; and 121.1391)
1. Emergency training equipment
must be identical to that installed in the
certificate holder’s aircraft on which the
flight crewmember is to be qualified
with respect to weight, dimensions,
appearance, features and operation.
Equipment may be substituted when it
is similar with respect to weight,
dimensions, appearance, features, and
operations, and the pilot has been
provided with training on differences
between the training equipment and the
actual aircraft equipment.
2. Performance Drills—Individuals
(a) Fire Extinguishers
(1) Environment: The hand fire
extinguisher must be charged; but does
not have to contain the actual
extinguishing agent.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill for each type
of installed hand fire extinguisher:
(i) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g.,
rotate handle to pressurize, break
tamper seals, pull pin, release safety
latch).
(ii) Operate extinguisher discharge
mechanism.
(iii) Aim and discharge extinguisher
at the base of the fire (actual or
simulated) using proper discharge
pattern, bottle position, and flight
crewmember body position (appropriate
to the location of the fire).
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(b) Oxygen Systems
(1) Crewmember Performance: The
flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill for each type
of installed oxygen system equipment:
(i) Don and activate the oxygen and
test for flow, position, seal, and security
of the mask or hood to the face or head.
(ii) Demonstrate proper precautions.
(iii) Secure the oxygen bottle, canister,
or cartridge (as appropriate) and
position it to monitor the supply.
(iv) Demonstrate proper handling
techniques if using portable solid state
units.
(v) Deactivate and stow equipment.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(2) This drill is not required for the
type of protective breathing equipment
used in the firefighting drill that is
completed during the same training
period.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
BEGIN INFORMATION
(3) Effective training scenarios for
firefighting should include realistic
drills with emphasis on combating
hidden fires. To provide realistic
training, drills should simulate
END QPS REQUIREMENT
locations of hidden fires such as behind
llllllllllllllllll
l sidewall panels, in overhead areas and
panels, or in air conditioning vents. The
BEGIN INFORMATION
intent of the training is to provide
crewmembers with the typical obstacles
(d) Refer to the most current version
that they would encounter onboard the
of the FAA Windshear Training Aid.
aircraft, but it is not intended to have
Demonstrations and practice are
each student tear apart sidewall panels.
primarily for the purpose of enabling
A training program should incorporate a
pilots to avoid windshear encounters.
method to assess and combat a hidden
This practice will also enable pilots to
fire, such as locating the exact source of
execute the proper escape maneuver
the fire before applying an extinguishing
should windshear be encountered.
agent. Depending on the sophistication
END INFORMATION
of the training device, the flight
llllllllllllllllll
l crewmember could use a manual release
VerDate Nov<24>2008
tool that is designed to open the
enclosed area to gain access to a fire that
is suspected in that region.
(4) The hand fire extinguisher does
not have to be positioned in the same
location as installed in the aircraft. This
drill is not required for the type of hand
fire extinguisher used in the firefighting
drill that is completed during the same
training period.
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(c) Equipment Mountings.
(1) Environment: Each piece of
emergency equipment must be in its
fully secured or pinned condition using
the identical bracketing or mounting
system that is used on the aircraft in
which the equipment is installed.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Completely remove each piece of
emergency equipment from its
bracketing or securing system.
(ii) Secure each piece of emergency
equipment in its bracketing and
securing system or properly stow
according to certificate holder
procedures.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(iii) Follow procedure to ensure flight
crewmember awareness at armed
(3) Unless otherwise specified, it is
boarding door prior to aircraft pushback
not necessary to have the emergency
(if applicable to the exit).
equipment installed within locations or END QPS REQUIREMENT
(iv) Identify signal for arming and
compartments as installed in the actual
llllllllllllllllll
l disarming.
aircraft.
(v) Coordinate and communicate with
BEGIN INFORMATION
other crewmembers.
END INFORMATION
(iv) A self-contained PBE may be
(vi) Properly arm and disarm the exit.
llllllllllllllllll
l substituted with a training smoke hood
(vii) Verify girt bar is armed or
disarmed as appropriate.
which is not operational.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(viii) Verify exit is in the correct mode
END INFORMATION
(d) Flight Deck Oxygen Systems.
for intended operation.
(1) Environment: This drill must
(ix) Use proper techniques for the
llllllllllllllllll
l
provide the flight crewmember with
operating mechanism (such as handles
practice in donning and using the flight BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
to open exit and secure in locked
deck supplemental oxygen systems or
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
position).
related vision protection equipment as it flight crewmember must complete the
(x) Install safety strap. Stow safety
would be used in a smoke-filled or
strap.
following during the drill:
fume-filled flight deck. The flight deck
(xi) Release locking mechanism and
(i) Recognize the type of fire.
supplemental oxygen systems
properly use control handles to close
(ii) Locate source of fire or smoke.
equipment must be identical to that
exit and secure in locked position.
(iii) Remove PBE from stowage
installed in the aircraft with respect to
container and pouch (as appropriate).
END QPS REQUIREMENT
dimensions, appearance, features,
(iv) Don the PBE and activate oxygen
l
controls, charge duration, and
in proper sequence (activation of oxygen llllllllllllllllll
operation.
may be simulated).
BEGIN INFORMATION
(v) Verify seal.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
(2) Environment: The operation of
(vi) Select appropriate hand fire
flight crewmember must complete the
each type of flight crewmember
extinguisher for the class of fire.
following during the drill for each type
(vii) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g., emergency exit may be conducted as an
of installed oxygen system equipment:
observation drill that includes the
rotate handle to pressurize, break
(i) Remove the bottle, canister, hood,
following tasks as applicable.
tamper seals, pull pin, release safety
or mask from the bracket or stowage.
latch).
(ii) Don and activate the oxygen and
END INFORMATION
(viii) Approach fire or smoke.
test for flow, position, seal, and security
llllllllllllllllll
l
(ix) Combat fire using proper
of the mask or hood to the face or head.
techniques.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Additionally, if smoke goggles are
(x) Operate extinguisher discharge
separate from oxygen, they must be
(3) Task (Emergency Operation): The
mechanism properly.
donned.
flight crewmember must complete the
(xi) Aim and discharge extinguisher at
(iii) Demonstrate proper precautions.
following drill, with respect to the
(iv) Secure the oxygen bottle, canister, the base of the fire using proper
emergency operation of each flight
discharge pattern, bottle position, and
or cartridge (as appropriate) and
crewmember emergency exit:
flight crewmember body position.
position it to monitor the supply.
(i) Position escape device (if
(xii) Maintain an appropriate distance
applicable).
(v) Demonstrate proper handling
from the fire in order to complete the
(ii) Verify that girt bar is armed or
techniques if using portable solid state
task and maintain personal safety.
disarmed as appropriate.
units.
(xiii) Be aware of PBE oxygen
(iii) Verify the exit is in the correct
(vi) Deactivate and stow equipment.
duration.
mode.
(e) Firefighting (Actual Fire).
(xiv) Be aware of signals that PBE is
(iv) Identify conditions under which
(1) Environment: The flight
no longer generating oxygen to wearer.
the exit is to be opened in the
crewmember must complete the
(xv) Use protective techniques to back emergency mode.
firefighting drill while combating an
away.
(v) Use proper voice commands to
actual fire. The flight crewmember must
(xvi) Ensure fire is extinguished.
passengers (as appropriate).
combat the fire using at least one type
(xvii) Use proper techniques for PBE
(vi) Assess conditions outside the exit
of hand fire extinguisher that is
removal.
to determine the exit usability (e.g.,
appropriate for the type of fire being
(xviii) Properly secure equipment.
clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft
fought, while using the type of installed
(f) Emergency Exits.
attitude).
PBE.
(1) Task (Normal Operation): The
(vii) Open the exit in the armed mode
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill
flight crewmember must complete the
(as applicable) and secure or stow the
requirement that the flight crewmember following drill, with respect to the
exit (as applicable) to ensure a fully
must complete for the certificate holder
normal operation of each flight
open and unobstructed exit.
for which the flight crewmember is
crewmember emergency exit:
(viii) Hold onto assist handle (if
employed.
(i) Identify conditions under which
applicable).
(ii) For the purpose of this drill,
each exit should be opened or closed, if
(ix) As applicable, pull the manual
protective breathing equipment and the
appropriate.
inflation handle(s) and verify
(ii) Assess the exterior and interior
hand fire extinguisher must be installed
deployment, inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
conditions for obstacles or hazards to
in the appropriate bracket or stowage
(x) Maintain appropriate protective
persons or the exit during the opening
compartment or stowage pouch (if not
body and hand positions.
(xi) Follow crew coordination
or closing (e.g., jetway, stairs, barrier
completed during the equipment
procedures (as appropriate).
straps).
mountings drill).
(iii) The hand fire extinguisher must
be charged; but does not have to contain
the actual extinguishing agent.
BEGIN INFORMATION
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1391
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1392
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(xii) Access release handle(s) (e.g.,
Slide disconnect, jettison tailcone,
ventral stairs)
(xiii) Recognize when it is appropriate
to exit the aircraft.
(xiv) Access escape tapes or escape
ropes (if applicable).
(g) Emergency Evacuation (With Slide)
(1) Environment: This drill is required
when the flight crewmember is
qualifying on an aircraft that is
equipped with emergency escape slides.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill
requirement that the flight crewmember
must complete for the certificate holder
for which the flight crewmember is
employed.
(ii) Each flight crewmember must
complete an emergency evacuation by
egressing the aircraft or approved
training device using at least one type
of installed emergency escape slide from
an aircraft on which the flight
crewmember will be qualified to serve.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Observe the airplane exit(s) being
opened in the emergency mode and the
associated exit slide, or slide raft being
deployed and inflated or perform the
tasks resulting in the completion of
these actions.
(ii) Egress the aircraft or approved
training device and descend the slide
while using the proper method and
technique.
(h) Emergency Evacuation (Without
Slide)
(1) Environment: This drill is required
when the flight crewmember is
qualifying on an aircraft that is not
equipped with an emergency escape
slide on any emergency exit.
(i) This is a one-time emergency drill
requirement that the flight crewmember
must complete for the certificate holder
for which the flight crewmember will
serve.
(ii) Each flight crewmember must
complete an emergency evacuation by
egressing the aircraft or approved
training device through an emergency
exit that is not designed to have an
escape slide installed and is
representative of the aircraft on which
the flight crewmember will be qualified
to serve.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
flight crewmember must satisfactorily
accomplish the following during the
drill:
(i) Observe the airplane exit(s) being
opened in the emergency mode.
(ii) Egress the aircraft or approved
training device while using the proper
method and technique.
(i) Flotation Devices
(1) Environment: The individual
flotation means used for this drill must
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
flight crewmember must complete for
the certificate holder for which the
flight crewmember is to serve.
(ii) Raft boarding and subsequent
activities must be done in water for
ditching survival drill in a wet training
environment.
(2) Crewmember Performance: The
flight crewmember must participate in
the following ditching survival drill for
both wet and dry training environments
as applicable to the certificate holder’s
procedures and approved extended
overwater operations:
(i) Identify boarding station and board
raft.
(ii) Review the need to crawl and stay
low.
(iii) Distribute the load.
(iv) Review the need to stay attached
to the aircraft as long as possible, and
operation of the quick disconnect.
(v) Review the need to get clear of
fuel-covered water and debris.
(vi) Locate and deploy the sea anchor.
(vii) Discuss the importance of
upwind and downwind.
(viii) Retrieve the survival kit and
review contents.
(ix) Identify inflation valve and
review operation of inflation pump and
raft repair kit.
(x) Identify equipment for bailing raft
dry (e.g., bailing bucket or sponge).
(xi) Install the canopy and discuss
methods for collecting rain water and
water purification techniques.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(xii) Demonstrate how canopy can be
llllllllllllllllll
l used in both hot and cold climates.
(xiii) Review the use of signaling
BEGIN INFORMATION
devices located in survival kits.
(3) The individual flotation means
(xiv) Discuss the cautions associated
installed may consist of life preservers,
with flares and sea dye marker and
flotation devices, and seat cushions.
proper use.
(xv) Point out raft lights.
END INFORMATION
(xvi) Review alternate signaling
llllllllllllllllll
l devices (e.g., mirrors).
(xvii) Locate and demonstrate use of
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
heaving line. Review techniques to
(j) Ditching Survival (Wet and Dry
retrieve survivors.
Training Environments)
(xviii) Review raft maintenance
(1) Environment:
techniques.
(a) Ditching survival drill in a dry
END QPS REQUIREMENT
training environment must be
conducted on a surface with sufficient
llllllllllllllllll
l
space to conduct the drill without
BEGIN INFORMATION
interference from nearby objects or
structures.
(3) Activities prior to raft boarding for
(b) Ditching survival drill in a wet
both wet and dry training environments
training environment must be
may be done in classroom, aircraft, or
conducted in water with sufficient
aircraft mockup.
depth and width under and around the
END INFORMATION
slide, raft or slide-raft that does not
allow participants the ability to touch
llllllllllllllllll
l
the bottom or sides of the water
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
containment structure.
(i) Ditching survival drill in a wet
3. Observation Drills—During the
training environment is a one-time
observation drill, the flight crewmember
emergency drill requirement that the
observes the specific procedural drill
be identical to each type of life
preserver, flotation device, and seat
cushion installed in the aircraft with
respect to weight, dimensions, controls,
types and method of operation.
(2) Crewmember Performance: Each
flight crewmember must complete the
following during the drill:
(i) Life preservers:
(A) Recognize removal procedures for
individual flotation devices and also
recognize any equipment or furnishings
that may complement or hinder the
removal of the flotation device or seat
cushion.
(B) Don and secure life preserver, and
inflate using automatic inflation (if
appropriate) of at least one chamber.
(C) Demonstrate proper arm
placement and use of the life preserver.
(D) Partially inflate, or simulate
inflation of, a second chamber (if
appropriate) of life preserver orally.
(E) Practice deflation technique.
(F) Locate and describe light
activation.
(ii) Flotation devices:
(A) Recognize removal procedures for
flotation devices or seat cushions, and
also recognize any equipment or
furnishings that may complement or
hinder the removal of the flotation
device or seat cushion.
(B) Demonstrate proper arm
placement and use of the flotation
device or seat cushion.
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
being conducted by other persons in a
live setting or through an audio-visual
medium.
(a) Preparation of Emergency Exits in
Emergency Mode.
(1) Crewmember Performance: Each
flight crewmember must observe the
preparation of each type of installed
flight crewmember emergency exit in
the emergency mode, as follows:
(i) Position escape device (if
applicable).
(ii) Verify that girt bar is armed or
disarmed (as appropriate).
(iii) Verify the exit is in the correct
mode.
(iv) Identify conditions under which
the exit is to be opened in the
emergency mode.
(v) Use proper voice commands to
passengers (as appropriate).
(vi) Assess conditions outside the exit
to determine the exit usability (e.g.,
clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft
attitude).
(vii) Open the exit in the armed mode
(as applicable) and secure and stow the
exit (as applicable) to ensure a fully
open and unobstructed exit.
(viii) Hold onto assist handle (if
applicable).
(ix) Pull the manual inflation
handle(s) and verify deployment and
inflation (e.g., ramp, slide).
(x) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(xi) Follow crew coordination
procedures (as appropriate).
(xii) Access release handle(s) (e.g.,
slide disconnect, jettison tailcone,
ventral stairs).
(xiii) Recognize when it is appropriate
to exit the aircraft.
(xiv) Access escape tapes or escape
ropes (if applicable).
(b) Emergency Evacuation Utilizing an
Escape Slide (if applicable).
(1) Crewmember Performance: Each
flight crewmember qualifying on an
aircraft equipped with evacuation slides
must observe the evacuation of an
aircraft with passengers using a slide.
The observation must include:
(i) Correct methods of evacuation.
(ii) Correct methods of entering the
slide.
(iii) Necessity for helpers at the
bottom of slide.
(c) Deployment, inflation, and
detachment of slide, raft, or slide-raft.
(1) Crewmember Performance: Each
flight crewmember must observe the
deployment, inflation, and detachment
from the airplane of each type of
installed slide, raft, or slide-raft. This
observation must include:
(i) Proper use of the exit operating
handle.
(ii) Location and color of the inflation
handle.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(ii) Demonstration of forces required
to inflate slide or slide-raft.
(v) Attachment to aircraft (if
applicable).
(v) Sound of inflating slide, raft, or
slide-raft.
(vi) Proper inflation and position of
the slide, raft, or slide-raft.
(vii) Location of the ditching handle
or laces.
(viii) Launching points (if required).
(ix) Procedure to pull ditching handle
including secondary actions that may be
required.
(x) Lanyard and the removal or
cutting of lanyard.
(xi) Righting overturned rafts (if
applicable).
1393
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Flight
Attendant QPS?
This QPS contains Information and
QPS Requirements.
1. Information: Explanations that
clarify or support regulatory
requirements found in the Code of
Federal Regulations or in this Flight
Attendant QPS. Explanations are
provided as guidance and are not
regulatory. This guidance appears under
the heading ‘‘BEGIN INFORMATION’’
and uses the terms ‘‘should’’ or ‘‘may’’
END QPS REQUIREMENT
to indicate that it is not mandatory.
2. QPS Requirements: Flight
llllllllllllllllll
l
Attendant Qualification Performance
33. Add appendix S of part 121 to
Standards, contained in this appendix,
read as follows:
are regulatory and mandatory. These
Appendix S to Part 121—Flight
requirements appear under the heading
Attendant Qualification Performance
‘‘BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENTS’’ and use
Standards
the terms ‘‘must,’’ and ‘‘may not.’’
Table of Contents
Introduction
A. What is contained in the Flight Attendant
QPS?
B. Can the reader rely solely on this
document for flight attendant
qualification and related training
requirements?
C. How can I get answers to questions about
the contents of this appendix?
D. Why do we need a QPS for flight
attendants?
E. Where can each type of standard be found
in the QPS?
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be
found?
H. What references are recommended?
I. How must Crew Resource Management
(CRM) training be administered?
J. How are these standards used to develop
training and evaluation requirements for
flight attendants?
K. What is the continuous analysis process
and how is it incorporated in this QPS?
(See § 121.1355.)
Attachment 1. Flight Attendant Training—
Evaluation Requirements and
Programmed Hours (see §§ 121.1301;
121.1331; 121.1335; 121.1341; 121.1343;
and 121.1361)
Attachment 2. Tasks for Flight Attendant
Training—Task Requirements and
Performance Standards by Area of
Instruction (see §§ 121.1301; 121.1331;
121.1333; 121.1341; and 121.1361)
Attachment 3. Training and Evaluation
Requirements for Flight Attendant
Training Curricula (Basic Qualification),
Categories (New Hire, Initial, Transition,
Emergency, Recurrent, and
Requalification), and Aircraft Operating
Experience (see §§ 121.1301; 121.1303;
121.1309; 121.1331; 121.1341; 121.1361;
121.1363; 121.1369; 121.1373; and
121.1375)
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
B. Can the reader rely solely on this
document for flight attendant
qualification and related training
requirements?
No, do not rely solely on this
document for regulatory requirements in
these areas. The reader must also use 14
CFR part 91 and part 121, subparts G,
T, V, X, and BB.
C. How can I get answers to questions
about the contents of this appendix?
1. You may contact: U.S. Department
of Transportation, Federal Aviation
Administration Flight Standards
Service, Air Transportation Division,
AFS–210, 800 Independence Avenue,
SW, Washington, DC 20591,
Telephone:(202) 267–8166, Fax: (202)
267–5229.
2. You may find answers to questions
on the:
(a) Flight Standards Internet Web Site:
‘‘https://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/
headquarters_offices/avs/offices/afs/.’’
On this Web Site you will find Flight
Standards Programs, Aviation Safety
Inspector Handbooks, the current
Aviation Regulations (14 CFR),
Advisory Circulars, and other sources of
FAA information.
(b) Flight Standards Cabin Safety Web
Site: https://www.faa.gov/safety/
programs_initiatives/aircraft_aviation/
cabin_safety/. On this Web Site you will
find links to FAA rules and guidance
documents, legal interpretations and
other sources of FAA information that
are pertinent to cabin safety. Also linked
from this site are additional Department
of Transportation information sources.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1394
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
D. Why do we need a QPS for flight
attendants?
1. To provide an objective means of
establishing performance based
standards for flight attendant training
and qualification.
2. To provide routine and periodic
update capability. This capability is
needed to respond to accidents,
incidents, or rapidly occurring changes
to equipment and operations. All
changes made to this appendix will be
subject to public notice and comment,
unless good cause exists to support a
finding that notice and comment would
be impracticable, unnecessary, or
contrary to the public interest.
3. To provide the certificate holder
with a minimum set of standards for
developing the following:
(a) Training programs,
(b) Performance standards, and
(c) Evaluation criteria as they relate to
the flight attendant job function.
E. Where can each type of standard be
found in the QPS?
1. Attachment 1 contains general
evaluation requirements and
programmed hours for flight attendant
training.
2. Attachment 2 contains tasks for
flight attendant training by area of
instruction.
3. Attachment 3 contains specific
instruction and evaluation requirements
for flight attendant training curricula
(basic qualification), categories (new
hire, initial, transition, emergency,
recurrent, and requalification), and
aircraft operating experience.
F. [Reserved]
G. Where can definitions and acronyms
be found?
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
You can find definitions in
§ 121.1205. Acronyms are as follows:
Acronyms
AED Automated External Defibrillator
AFS 200 Air Transportation Division, Flight
Standards Service
ASAP Aviation Safety Action Program
ASRS Aviation Safety Reporting System
CIA Central Intelligence Agency
CPR Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
CRM Crew Resource Management
CRS Child Restraint System
CSI Aviation Safety Inspector—Cabin
Safety
DOT Department of Transportation
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
EMK Emergency Medical Kit
FAOM Flight Attendant Operating Manual
FBI Federal Bureau of Investigations
FOQA Flight Operational Quality
Assurance
NTSB National Transportation Safety Board
MEL Minimum Equipment List
PBE Protective Breathing Equipment
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PED Portable Electronic Devices
PIC Pilot in Command
POC Portable Oxygen Concentrator
POI Principal Operations Inspector
QPS Qualification Performance Standards
TSA Transportation Security
Administration
H. What references are recommended?
The following references (as
amended) support the knowledge and
skill standards for tasks. They are
strongly recommended for providing
further details for lesson development.
To find 14 CFR parts go to https://
ecfr.gpoaccess.gov; to find Advisory
Circulars go to: https://www.faa.gov/
regulations_policies/advisory_circulars;
and to find FAA handbooks go to:
https://www.faa.gov/other_visit/
aviation_industry/airline_operators/
handbooks/.
1. 14 CFR part 1, Definitions and
Abbreviations
2. 14 CFR part 121, Operating
Requirements: Domestic, Flag, and
Supplemental Operations
3. FAA Order 8400.10, Volume 3, Air
Transportation Operations Inspector’s
Handbook
4. AC 60–28, English Language Skill
Standards
5. AC 120–51, Crew Resource
Management Training
6. AC 120–54, Advanced
Qualification Program
7. AC 120–44A, Air Carrier First Aid
Programs
8. AC 120–47, Survival Equipment for
Use in Overwater Operations
9. AC 120–59, Air Carrier Internal
Evaluation Programs
10. AC 121–29B, Carry-On Baggage
11. AC121–24B, Passenger Safety
Information Briefing and Briefing Cards
12. AC 121–33B, Emergency Medical
Equipment
13. AC 121–34B, Emergency Medical
Equipment Training
14. AC 121–35, Management of
Passengers During Ground Operations
Without Cabin Ventilation
15. AC 121–36, Management of
Passengers Who May Be Sensitive to
Allergens
16. AC 120–87, Use of Child Restraint
Systems on Aircraft
17. AC 120–88 A, Preventing Injuries
Caused by Turbulence
and CRM competencies for each
particular task.
1. Certain CRM-related knowledge
and skills must be associated with one
or more flight attendant performance
tasks and must be evaluated during
flight attendant training as shown in
Attachment 2 of this appendix.
2. The flight attendant must
demonstrate knowledge and skills in
both the technical and CRM
competencies for each task. A task is not
completed unless the evaluator has
determined that the flight attendant has
demonstrated knowledge and skills in
the technical and CRM competencies.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. CRM refers to the effective use of
all available resources, including human
resources, hardware, and information.
Human resources include all other
groups routinely working with the flight
crew who are involved in decisions that
are required to operate a flight safely.
CRM is not a single task. CRM is a set
of competencies that must be evident in
all tasks in this QPS as applied to the
individual and the multi-crew
operation.
4. CRM deficiencies usually
contribute to the unsatisfactory
technical performance of a task.
Therefore, the CRM competencies are
valuable for debriefing. For debriefing
purposes, an amplified list of these
competencies, expressed as behavioral
markers, is in AC 120–51, as amended.
5. Certificate holders should conduct
flight crewmember and flight attendant
CRM scenarios together. When this is
not possible, certificate holders should
include information in flight attendant
training that addresses the role of flight
crewmembers during emergency
situations.
J. How are these standards used to
develop training and evaluation
requirements for flight attendants?
Training categories provide the
framework for the lessons and modules
necessary to train and evaluate flight
attendants.
1. Knowledge (Academic): New hire
training and portions of initial,
transition, emergency, requalification,
END INFORMATION
and recurrent training are for the
llllllllllllllllll
l purpose of acquiring and maintaining
the knowledge required for safe
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
operations. The required areas of
I. How must Crew Resource
instruction, including the CRM
Management (CRM) training be
competencies, are combined with the
administered?
information and procedures contained
The flight attendant must demonstrate in the certificate holder’s Flight
Attendant Operating Manual (FAOM),
knowledge and skills in the technical
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
and other pertinent references to create
the knowledge requirements. Curricula
are then developed to support these
knowledge requirements and ensure
that knowledge is obtained and
maintained.
2. Cognitive, Procedural, and Motor
Skills (Job Performance): The job
performance tasks in basic qualification,
requalification, and recurrent training
are for the purpose of combining the
knowledge obtained in the academic
training with cognitive, procedural, and
motor skills. The cognitive, procedural,
and motor skill requirements should be
developed from the tasks, hazards, and
environments required in this QPS,
from the generic flight attendant
performance standards, the certificate
holder’s FAOM and from other
references that directly address specific
tasks, hazards, or environments.
Curricula should be developed to
support acquiring these skills and
ensuring that knowledge is maintained.
3. Training categories contain
requirements for two different segments
of training within that training category.
These two segments are ‘‘academic’’
training and ‘‘job performance’’ training.
For example, a flight attendant receives
academic training on a certificate
holder’s procedures regarding the
preflight crewmember briefing, and
receives a knowledge test on those
procedures. In addition, the flight
attendant receives job performance
training in the form of ‘‘practice’’ of his
or her ability to actually perform a
preflight crewmember briefing. In
another example, a flight attendant
receives academic training on a
certificate holder’s procedures regarding
opening an aircraft exit door in the
emergency mode, and receives a
knowledge test on those procedures. In
addition, the flight attendant receives
job performance training in the form of
‘‘practice’’ and a proficiency test of his
or her ability to open the aircraft exit
door in the emergency mode.
K. What is the continuous analysis
process and how is it incorporated in
this QPS? (see § 121.1355)
1. The continuous analysis process is
a certificate holder internal evaluation
and improvement process. The
continuous analysis process will enable
the certificate holder to maintain and
refine the training process by
continually monitoring the effectiveness
and efficiency of the process. Various
assessment tools (testing, checking,
inspection, documenting, evaluation,
and analysis) will be used to validate
the effectiveness of a training program
or the need to change a training
program.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
END INFORMATION
1395
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l A. Evaluation Requirements (see
§§ 121.1301, 121.1331, 121.1341,
121.1343, 121.1361)
2. A continuous analysis process is
1. Proficiency Checks.
incorporated in this QPS through
If an evaluator conducting proficiency
integration with the qualification and
checks provides training, the training
training program. The certificate holder
must be conducted as follows:
is responsible for designating
(a) No more than two tasks may be
responsibility for the process. The
trained and no more than a total of three
certificate holder must ensure
attempts (including the first
appropriate and adequate assessment
unsatisfactory, a rehearsal, and a final
tools (testing, checking, critique,
assessment) in each of the tasks are
inspection, observation, documenting,
permitted.
evaluation, and analysis) are utilized to
(b) Three or more unsatisfactory tasks,
enable the certificate holder to validate
or failure to demonstrate satisfactory
the effectiveness of the qualification and performance in three attempts at any
training program, or the need to change
one task, makes the check
that program. The certificate holder
unsatisfactory.
must describe the attributes of the
2. Proficiency Tests.
continuous analysis process in the
(a) Evaluators who conduct
certificate holder’s FAA approved
proficiency tests may not provide
training program.
training to the flight attendant during
the test.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(b) If, in the judgment of the
llllllllllllllllll
l evaluator, the flight attendant’s
performance of any task during a
BEGIN INFORMATION
proficiency test is unsatisfactory, the
3. Components of a Continuous
test in that task is failed.
Analysis Process.
(c) When a flight attendant fails a
(a) Qualification and training program proficiency test, the flight attendant
as approved by the Administrator.
must be retrained in the task and
(1) Attributes of the continuous
reevaluated on the schedule specified in
analysis process.
the certificate holder’s approved
(i) Who is responsible?
training program.
(ii) Who has authority to change the
3. Knowledge Checks.
process?
Evaluators who conduct knowledge
(iii) Description of the process.
checks during aircraft operating
(iv) Controls. Policy, procedure,
experience may provide training to the
training, evaluation.
flight attendant during the knowledge
check as follows:
(v) Documenting and Measurement.
(a) No more than two tasks may be
(vi) Interfaces between Departments.
trained, and no more than a total of
Consistency (policy, procedures,
three attempts to complete a knowledge
manuals).
check in each of the tasks is allowed.
(A) Across Departments.
(b) Three or more unsatisfactory tasks,
(B) Across Divisions.
or failure to satisfactorily complete a
(b) Assessment tools (adequate and
knowledge check in three attempts at
appropriate).
any one task, makes the check
(1) Testing.
unsatisfactory.
(2) Checking.
4. Qualified Evaluators.
(3) Critique.
Evaluations may only be conducted
(4) Inspection and observation.
by those persons as outlined in Table
(5) Documenting.
3A of this Attachment.
(6) Evaluation and analysis.
(c) Modification and adjustment of the B. Programmed Hours (see §§ 121.1335,
121.1361)
qualification and training program.
(d) Approval for modification and
1. Baseline and Minimum
adjustment.
Programmed Hours (see §§ 121.1335,
121.1361). Table 1A sets out the
END INFORMATION
baseline and Table 1B sets out the
llllllllllllllllll
l minimum programmed hours for each
Attachment 1 of Appendix S to part 121 category of training by segment
(academic and job performance). The
Flight Attendant Training Evaluation
baseline programmed hours may be
Requirements and Programmed Hours
reduced after demonstration that the
(§ 121.1331)
reduction is warranted and approved by
llllllllllllllllll
l the Administrator. The FAA may
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1396
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
approve a reduction in baseline
programmed hours if the certificate
holder demonstrates that the reduction
is warranted. The FAA will not approve
a reduction in the programmed hours
below the minimum programmed hours.
2. Required hours for requalification
training (see §§ 121.1309, 121.1361).
The hours established for requalification
training (§ 121.1309) are for individuals
in specific circumstances. Therefore,
there are no programmed hours in Table
1A and 1B for requalification training.
3. Required hours for differences and
special training (see §§ 121.1337,
121.1361). The hours established for
differences and special training are in
addition to the previously approved
programmed hours for the approved
training program. For differences
training (§ 121.1391), the programmed
hours remain in the differences category
of training. For special training
(§ 121.1337(c)), the certificate holder
integrates the training into the existing
categories in Table 1A. Therefore, there
are no programmed hours in Table 1A
or Table 1B for differences and special
training.
4. Security training. Security training
programmed hours required for
crewmembers by the Transportation
Security Administration (TSA) may not
be included in the required programmed
hours contained in Tables 1A and 1B.
TABLE 1A—FLIGHT ATTENDANTS BASELINE PROGRAMMED HOURS* BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING AND TRAINING SEGMENT
[See § 121.1335]
Category of training
Initial
Training segment
Emergency
training
New hire
General
topics
Each aircraft type
Transition
(each additional aircraft type)
Recurrent
1 type aircraft
2 to 5 types
aircraft
6 to 9 types
aircraft
10 to 13
types
aircraft
Academic ...................................
Job Performance .......................
20
20
8
4
8
4
8**
16**
8
4
8
4
8
5
8
6
8
7
Total ...................................
40
12
12
24**
12
12
13
14
15
*Programmed hours do not include differences training, as required in § 121.1391.
**Academic and job performance programmed hours are each reducible by 1 hour if the flight attendant is not qualified to serve in extended overwater operations.
TABLE 1B—FLIGHT ATTENDANTS MINIMUM PROGRAMMED HOURS* BY CATEGORY OF TRAINING AND TRAINING SEGMENT
[See § 121.1335]
Category of training
Initial
Training segment
Emergency
training
New hire
General
topics
Academic ...................................
Job Performance .......................
16
16
Total ...................................
Each aircraft type
32
Not
reducible
6
2
Not
reducible
8
Transition
(each additional aircraft type)
Recurrent
1 type
aircraft
2 to 5 types
aircraft
6
2
6 to 9 types
aircraft
10 to 13
types
aircraft
Not reducible.
8
*Programmed hours do not include differences training, as required in § 121.1391.
same manufacturer with similar cabin
configurations and equipment, or a
certificate holder may carefully design a
training approach that incorporates the
use of extensive training on a ‘‘base’’
END QPS REQUIREMENT
aircraft type upon which training on
llllllllllllllllll
l other aircraft types is based. The 12 and
8 hours apply to each aircraft type.
BEGIN INFORMATION
Aircraft operating experience is required
6. Programmed hours for flight
on each aircraft type for which a flight
attendants are divided into academic
attendant receives initial training.
and job performance segments for each
8. If the flight attendant has already
training category. These segments are
served in an active duty status as a flight
specifically designed to allow flexibility attendant for the certificate holder for at
least 180 days, that flight attendant is
in instructional design regarding
eligible for transition training on a new
integration of academic and job
aircraft type. Aircraft operating
performance programmed hour
experience is not required for each
requirements. The job performance
aircraft type for which a flight attendant
segment includes the practice and
proficiency requirements in Attachment receives transition training. A flight
attendant does not have to be a required
3 of this appendix.
7. A reduction to the 8 hour minimum flight attendant in accordance with
§ 121.391 to ‘‘serve,’’ the flight attendant
of initial training on aircraft types may
only needs to ‘‘perform the duties of a
be appropriate for several reasons. For
required flight attendant.’’ Transition
example, a certificate holder may
operate several types of aircraft from the training has the same required number
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
5. Periods of time when training is not
occurring, such as lunch or travel
between facilities, do not count toward
required programmed hours.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of hours and subjects for aircraft specific
training as initial training, a 12-hour
baseline required for each aircraft type
which can be reduced to an 8-hour
minimum. A reduction to the 8-hour
minimum of transition training on
aircraft types may be appropriate. For
example, the new aircraft type may be
very similar to a different aircraft type
on which the flight attendant is already
qualified.
9. If the flight attendant has not
served as a flight attendant for the
certificate holder for at least 180 days,
including days off or days on reserve,
and the certificate holder wants to
qualify the flight attendant on a new
aircraft type, then the flight attendant
must have initial training on that
aircraft type and the associated aircraft
operating experience by type.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Emergency Training Drills—General,
and VI. Emergency Training Drills—
Tasks for Flight Attendant Training
Aircraft Specific list the performance
Task Requirements and Performance
requirements to the subtask level.
Standards by Area of Instruction
Attachment 3 lists the tasks that must be
llllllllllllllllll
l trained and evaluated for each training
category. Attachment 3 includes tables
BEGIN INFORMATION
that contain the various combinations of
I. Introduction (see §§ 121.1301,
academic and job performance tasks
121.1331,121.1333, 121.1341, 121.1361)
taken from attachment 2, that, when
II. General Task Requirements (see
combined, make up the requirements for
§§ 121.1301, 121.1331, 121.1333,
training in each of the required training
121.1341, 121.1361, 121.1373)
categories. (see §§ 121.1301, 121.1331,
A. Area of Instruction: Flight Attendant
Duties and Responsibilities—Normal
121.1333, 121.1341, 121.1361)
Operations (see § 121.1363)
B. Each certificate holder must have a
1. Subject: Preflight
training program that includes the areas
2. Subject: Pre-Movement on the Surface
of instruction, subjects, tasks, subtasks,
3. Subject: Ground Movement
and performance standards in this
4. Subject: Inflight
attachment. The certificate holder must
5. Subject: Arrival
6. Subject: During Stops
use this Attachment to determine the
7. Subject: Federal Aviation Regulations
tasks on which each flight attendant
8. Subject: General Contents, Control and
must be trained and evaluated for each
Maintenance of Applicable Portions of
training category in accordance with
the Certificate Holder’s Manual
their FAA approved training program.
9. Subject: Contents of the Certificate
The tasks listed in the FAOM must
Holder’s Operations Specifications
reflect the tasks included in this
10. Subject: Crew Resource Management
attachment, as amended and include
11. Subject: Theory of Flight
B. Area of Instruction: Flight Attendant
standard operating procedures,
Duties and Responsibilities—Abnormal
abnormal procedures, non-normal
Situations (see § 121.1369)
procedures, and emergency procedures,
1. Subject: Handling Passengers Whose
as well as the authorizations contained
Conduct May Jeopardize Safety
in the certificate holder’s operations
2. [Reserved]
specifications. (see §§ 121.1301,
C. Flight Attendant Duties and
121.1331)
Responsibilities—Emergency (see
§ 121.1373)
C. Training under each task is
1. Subject: Emergency Equipment
required except when a particular piece
2. Subject: Emergency Situations
of equipment is not on an aircraft in
III. Aircraft Specific Task Requirements (see
which the flight attendant is to serve or
§ 121.1369)
a procedure is not applicable to
A. For Each Aircraft Type
operations conducted by the certificate
1. Subject: A General Description of the
holder for the aircraft on which the
Aircraft
2. [Reserved]
flight attendant serves. (see
B. [Reserved]
§§ 121.1301,121.1361)
IV. Emergency Training Drill Requirements
D. The flight attendant must
(see § 121.1373)
demonstrate that he or she is able to
V. Emergency Training Drills—General (see
meet the academic and job performance
§ 121.1373)
standards in this QPS. (see §§ 121.1301,
A. Subject: Job Performance Drills
B. Subject: One Time Job Performance
121.1335, 121.1341, 121.1343, 121.1361)
Drills
E. In Attachment 3, training is
C. Subject: Observation Drills
required in all areas for persons who are
VI. Emergency Training Drills—Aircraft
qualifying for the first time in a flight
Specific. Subject: Exit Device Operation
attendant duty position for a certificate
(see § 121.1373)
holder, and selected portions are
END INFORMATION
required for persons required to
llllllllllllllllll
l complete requalification, transition, and
recurrent training. (see §§ 121.1301,
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
121.1303, 121.1309, 121.1341, 121.1361,
I. Introduction (see §§ 121.1301,
121.1363, 121.1369, 121.1373, 121.1375)
121.1331, 121.1333, 121.1361)
F. Recurrent training job performance
segments must include training and
A. This attachment establishes task
evaluation at the subtask level.
requirements and performance
Recurrent training academic segments
standards. Sections II. General Task
must include training and evaluation at
Requirements and III. Aircraft Specific
the task level. Recurrent training
Task Requirements of this attachment
academic subjects are identified on table
list the academic requirements to the
3E of Attachment 3 by a ‘‘T.’’ (see
subtask level. Sections IV. Emergency
§§ 121.1303, 121.1361, 121.1375)
Training Drills Requirements, V.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Attachment 2 of Appendix S to Part 121
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1397
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
1. The FAA anticipates that recurrent
training academic tasks will be
developed through an analysis of
events, reports, feedback, issues, or
changes to certificate holder safety
policies, procedures, regulations, or
FAA guidance that has occurred in the
previous year to determine what should
be incorporated in the appropriate
training programs.
2. This gives certificate holders the
flexibility to determine what will be
included at the subtask level for
recurrent academic tasks. The certificate
holder may choose to use the subtasks
listed in the Flight Attendant QPS as a
guide, but the certificate holder is not
required to use these specific subtasks
for training and evaluation.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
G. Recurrent training must include all
changes made to the subject matter in
the training categories in the basic
qualification curriculum since the
person received basic qualification
training. Each subject in recurrent
training must be covered every year.
Certain tasks, as indicated in table 3E,
must be trained and evaluated at least
once every 3 years. (see §§ 121.1303,
121.1361,121.1375)
H. A knowledge test must be in the
form of a written, oral, or computer
administered test in each area of
instruction. The form, content and
method of administration must be
approved by the Administrator in each
area of instruction. Each test must
contain at least one question on each
task within a subject. The certificate
holder must develop an examination
question repository that includes a
minimum number of 2 questions for
each required question. (see
§§ 121.1341, 121.1343, 121.1361)
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
I. This repository will allow random
selection of questions when creating
examinations. This allows students in a
particular examination to receive a
different set of exam questions or the
same exam questions in a different
order. This also permits students to be
retested with questions that are different
from questions they received on a prior
examination.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1398
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
proper operation, no missing or broken
l components on flight attendant jump
llllllllllllllllll
l llllllllllllllllll
seat, and presence of jumpseat headrest.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(4) Check flight attendant panel to
ensure switches, controls, and
II. General Task Requirements (see
J. An individual must complete the
indicators are working.
§§ 121.1301, 121.1331, 121.1333,
knowledge test. To complete the
(5) Verify no abnormal indications are
121.1341, 121.1361, 121.1373)
knowledge test, a score of 80% or better
present on any panels or gauges.
in each area of instruction is required
A. Area of Instruction: Flight Attendant
(6) Check portable oxygen equipment.
and the test must be corrected to 100%
(7) Check fire extinguishers.
Duties and Responsibilities—Normal
by a person qualified to administer the
(8) Check first aid kits.
Operations
examination. Correction of incorrect
(9) Check EMK.
1. Subject: Preflight
answers must include a discussion of
(10) Check AEDs.
which answer is correct and why, and
(11) Check megaphones.
(a) Task: General (Preflight)
(12) Check PBEs.
why the person’s original answer was
Subtasks:
(13) Check ELTs.
incorrect. Retraining is required in each
(1) Review all certificate holder issued
(14) Visual check of crash ax.
area of instruction for which a score of
memorandums and orders.
(15) Check emergency lighting system.
80% or better is not achieved.
(2) Verify currency of FAOM.
(16) Check emergency flashlights.
Retraining is followed by reevaluation
(3) Ensure presence of certificate
(17) Check survival kits.
of the flight attendant in each retrained
holder required items.
(18) Verify position of circuit
area of instruction. The form and
(4) Attend or provide crewmember
breakers.
content of the reevaluation must be
briefing.
(19) Check communication systems,
approved by the Administrator. (see
(5) Stow crew baggage and personal
including passenger address and
§§ 121.1341, 121.1343, 121.1361)
carry-on baggage properly.
interphone systems.
K. The certificate holder must
(6) Stow the FAOM properly so it is
(20) Ensure chimes, chime indicator
conduct a proficiency test so that the
accessible when performing duties.
lights, and associated annunciator panel
(7) Identify seats with movable aisle
flight attendant physically performs the
indicators are working.
armrests for seating of passengers with
required task and meets the
(21) Check general condition of
performance standards in Attachment 2 disabilities.
emergency exits in the passenger and
(8) Adjust cabin lighting in
of the Flight Attendant QPS. (see
galley areas.
accordance with certificate holder’s
§§ 121.1341,121.1361)
(22) Check assist handles.
procedures.
(23) Check lavatory fire detection
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(9) Report safety discrepancies to the
system, flapper doors, ashtrays, and
llllllllllllllllll
l PIC.
placards.
(10) Report any discrepancies in the
(24) Check for flotation equipment, as
BEGIN INFORMATION
aircraft cabin, systems, and equipment
required.
in accordance with certificate holder
L. Section 121.1209 of this part
(25) Check that class B cargo
procedures.
requires a flight attendant to be able to
compartments are clear for crew fire
(11) Cabin position specific duties as
read, write, and understand the English
fighting.
defined in the FAOM.
language. The flight attendant may
(26) Check emergency equipment
demonstrate English language
stowage areas for unapproved items.
(b) Task: Crewmember Briefing
proficiency in several ways. For
(Preflight)
(e) Task: Check of Safety Equipment
example, an individual’s successful
(Preflight).
Subtasks:
completion of approved crewmember
(1) Security procedures.
Subtasks:
training conducted solely in English
(2) Communication procedures.
(1) Check presence of and prepare
would be a successful demonstration of
(3) Emergency procedures.
demonstration equipment.
the flight attendant’s ability to read,
(4) MELs with any effect on cabin
(2) Check audio/visual safety
write, and understand the English
safety equipment or procedures.
demonstration equipment.
language.
(5) Flight information.
(3) Verify that the universal
M. If there is doubt about a flight
(6) Review and follow procedures
precaution kit and CPR masks, or the kit
attendant’s ability to read English, the
concerning supernumerary personnel.
that contains these items, is onboard.
flight attendant should read aloud a
(4) Verify that onboard wheelchair is
(c) Task: Cabin and Galley Security
short paragraph from an appropriate
present and properly secured.
(Preflight)
source, such as a safety related
(f) Task: Galley Check (Preflight)
announcement. If there is doubt about
Subtask: Implement cabin and galley
the flight attendant’s ability to write in
security procedures in accordance with
Subtasks:
English, the person evaluating the flight certificate holder’s security program.
(1) Ensure all latches, locks, and
attendant should read a short statement
flapper doors work properly.
(d) Task: Check of Emergency
and have the flight attendant write it in
(2) Ensure only approved items are
Equipment (Preflight)
English. The certificate holder should
stowed in ovens.
have in place a process to ensure a final
Subtasks:
(3) Check circuit breakers located in
determination of whether the applicant
(1) Proper preflight techniques.
the galley.
meets the English language requirement
(2) Procedures to be followed if
(4) Ensure lower lobe galley lift works
for those times when the test indicates
equipment fails to meet preflight
properly.
to the person evaluating the flight
requirements.
(g) Task: Check of Cabin and Cabin
(3) Check the flight attendant
attendant that the flight attendant is not
Systems (Preflight)
able to read, write, understand, or speak jumpseat and restraint system,
including automatic seat retraction,
the English language.
Subtasks:
END INFORMATION
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
END INFORMATION
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(1) Check circuit breakers located in
the cabin.
(2) Check temperature and ventilation
controls.
(3) Check lighting systems to ensure
proper working condition.
(4) Check photo luminescent
emergency pathway lighting systems,
and preflight and charging procedures.
(5) Ensure all lock-out mechanisms
are engaged on emergency exit seats.
(6) Stow inflight service and
entertainment items.
2. Subject: Pre-Movement on the Surface
(a) Task: General (Pre-Movement on the
Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure minimum required number
of flight attendants are onboard during
the entire boarding process.
(2) Assume proper station during
passenger boarding.
(3) Identify possible able bodied
passengers.
(4) Provide all required
announcements to passengers.
(5) Provide all required individual
passenger briefings.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(b) Task: Passenger Boarding (PreMovement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Observe passengers for acceptance
according to regulation and certificate
holder policy (e.g., intoxicated
passengers and unaccompanied minors).
(2) Monitor carry-on baggage for
excessive size, quantity, or evidence of
hazardous materials.
(3) Monitor exit seat occupants
according to certificate holders
approved exit seat program.
(4) Monitor passenger behavior and
maintain situational awareness.
(5) Report passengers who appear to
be intoxicated or are otherwise
disruptive immediately to the PIC and
customer service personnel.
(6) Ensure certificate holder
procedures are followed regarding the
passenger use of Portable Oxygen
Concentrators (POC).
(7) Ensure certificate holder
procedures are followed regarding child
restraint systems.
(8) Ensure certificate holder
procedures are followed regarding lap
held children.
(9) Ensure lap held children are
distributed with regard to oxygen
availability.
(10) Comply with certificate holder
procedures for child and infant flotation
equipment.
(11) Ensure certificate holder
procedures are followed regarding
passenger count.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(12) Conduct compliance check to
ensure carry-on baggage is properly
stowed.
(13) Ensure that use of portable
electronic devices is in compliance with
certificate holder’s procedures.
(14) Conduct appropriate passenger
briefing for exit seat occupants.
(15) Verify (must be verified by the
assigned required crewmember) that all
exit seat occupants meet exit seat
criteria, prior to aircraft movement on
the surface.
(16) Ensure proper handling of
passengers with additional needs, such
as armed passengers, prisoners, escorts,
passengers with personal oxygen, and
unaccompanied minors.
(17) Ensure any medical oxygen being
used by a passenger was supplied by the
certificate holder and follow appropriate
procedures for use.
(18) Ensure the PIC is notified that
medical oxygen or POC is in use.
(19) Ensure the passenger using
medical oxygen or POC is seated per the
certificate holder’s procedures.
(20) Ensure the medical oxygen
bottles or POC are properly located and
secured when they are being used and
before and after use.
(21) Ensure no persons are allowed to
smoke within 10 feet of any oxygen or
POC in use.
(22) Apply weight and balance
procedures as directed by the PIC.
(23) Ensure compartment restraints
are secured for compliance with carryon baggage regulation.
(24) Ensure all items carried on by the
passenger are properly stowed (e.g.,
purses and assistive devices).
(25) Ensure unusual items (e.g.,
organs for transplant) are stowed in
accordance with certificate holder’s
approved carry-on baggage program.
(26) Follow approved method for
removing carry-on baggage that cannot
be stowed.
(27) Verify (must be verified by
assigned required crewmember) that all
carry-on baggage is stowed prior to
closing last passenger entry door.
(c) Task: Passengers With Disabilities
(Pre-Movement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Review part 382 of 14 CFR,
Nondiscrimination on the Basis of
Disability in Air Travel.
(2) Review certificate holder
responsibilities regarding compliance
with 14 CFR 382, including the role of
the compliance resolution official
(CRO).
(3) Review crewmember
responsibilities regarding compliance
with 14 CFR 382.
(4) Review cabin accommodations,
such as onboard wheelchairs, accessible
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1399
lavatories, movable armrests, and
collapsible armrests.
(5) Review types of service animals,
including unique service animals, lapheld service animals, and emotional
support service animals.
(6) Review location and placement of
service animals.
(7) Review types of assistive devices
that are designed for, and used by,
people with disabilities.
(8) Review location and placement of
assistive devices, including specific
certificate holder procedures regarding
stowage of a passenger’s folding
wheelchair in the cabin.
(9) Review exclusion of assistive
devices from the number of carry-on
items that each passenger is allowed to
bring onboard.
(10) Review use of orthotic
positioning devices by people with
disabilities.
(11) Review passenger briefings for
people with disabilities.
(12) Review procedures for handling
passenger disputes regarding
compliance with 14 CFR 382.
(d) Task: Galley Security (Pre-Movement
on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure all catering and galley
supplies are stowed properly.
(2) Ensure latches and locks are
positioned properly.
(3) Ensure secondary locking
mechanisms are engaged.
(4) Ensure carts are secured on
permanent tie downs for surface
movement and take-off.
(5) Ensure curtains and doors are
properly secured.
(e) Task: Preparation of Exits (PreMovement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure doors are closed.
(2) Ensure timely arming of exits,
including positioning of warning
devices and cross check requirements.
(3) Ensure passengers are seated with
seat belts fastened.
(4) Ensure no items are improperly
stowed at jumpseats, passenger seats,
lavatories or galleys.
(5) Signal or communicate with flight
crew regarding cabin readiness for
aircraft movement.
(f) Task: Compliance Check (PreMovement on the Surface)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure that a normal or emergency
means of egress is available when
passengers are on board the aircraft.
(2) Ensure proper closure of overhead
compartments and closets.
(3) Ensure that all carry on baggage is
properly stowed.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1400
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(4) Ensure that all passengers, except
those meeting lap child criteria, are
seated with seat belts fastened.
(5) Ensure that seat belt extensions
have been provided to all passengers
who need them.
3. Subject: Ground Movement
(a) Task: General (Ground Movement)
Subtask:
(1) Flight attendants must occupy
assigned jumpseats during taxi unless
performing safety related duties.
(2) Flight attendants must understand
the impact of conducting non-safety
related duties during taxi.
(b) Task: Passenger Information (Ground
Movement)
Subtask:
(1) Use public address system
properly.
(2) Provide appropriate information:
(i) Compliance with Fasten Seat Belt
and No Smoking signs.
(ii) Stowage of tray tables.
(iii) Positioning seat backs in the
upright position (leg rests retracted).
(iv) Location of emergency exits.
(v) Proper use of portable electronic
devices.
(vi) Stowage of carry-on baggage.
(vii) Smoking restrictions.
(viii) Use of oxygen (if applicable).
(ix) Availability of flotation devices.
(3) Use safety video correctly.
(4) Ensure safety demonstration is
coordinated with announcement.
(5) Give safety demonstration from
approved location.
(6) Assume proper position during the
safety demonstration to ensure even
distribution of flight attendants.
(7) Give safety demonstration at
individual seats if passengers’ view is
obstructed.
(8) Ensure additional information
regarding extended over water flights is
provided.
(9) Ensure that any passengers
needing the assistance of another to
move quickly to an exit during an
emergency and any attendants are
briefed on the routes to each appropriate
exit, the most appropriate time to begin
moving to the exit, and inquire as to the
most appropriate way to assist that
person.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(c) Task: Sterile Flight Deck Procedures
(Ground Movement)
Subtask:
Comply with sterile flight deck
procedures.
(d) Task: Compliance Check (Ground
Movement)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure that all exits are accessible.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(2) Ensure carry-on baggage is stowed.
(3) Ensure that certificate holder
procedures are followed regarding child
restraint systems.
(4) Ensure that portable electronic
devices are turned off and stowed.
(5) Ensure that overhead bins are
closed and latched.
(6) Ensure tray tables are stowed and
secured.
(7) Ensure seat backs are in the
upright position (leg rests retracted).
(8) Ensure seat belts are fastened.
(9) Ensure lap seated infants and
children are held or secured in a seat.
(10) Ensure all galley service items
have been picked up and stowed.
(11) Ensure galley equipment is
secured.
(12) Ensure that all cabin divider
systems are secured open.
(13) Ensure that all video screens are
retracted.
(14) Ensure that all lavatories are
vacant.
(15) Ensure that cabin lighting is
adjusted as per certificate holder
procedures.
(16) Return to flight attendant
jumpseat.
(17) Secure barrier strap.
(18) Don seat belt and shoulder
harness.
(19) Signal or communicate with
flight crew regarding cabin readiness for
take-off.
(20) Perform silent review.
(21) Assume flight attendant
protective brace position.
4. Subject: Inflight
(a) Task: General (Inflight)
Subtask:
Secure flight attendant restraint
system upon leaving jumpseat in
accordance with certificate holder
procedures.
(b) Task: Inflight Procedures (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Review flight deck entry and
communication procedures.
(2) Review procedures for flight
attendants to enter and secure flight
deck door, including requesting a
briefing on the location, donning and
use of the fixed oxygen system available
for the flight attendant’s emergency use
when one flight crewmember has to
leave the flight deck.
(3) Check cabin and passengers
periodically throughout the flight.
(4) Check lavatories periodically
throughout the flight for potential fire
hazards, overly filled trash receptacles,
flapper doors that will not close,
evidence of smoking or tampering with
smoke detectors.
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(5) Collect and stow service items
properly.
(c) Task: Passenger Information
(Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Provide after take-off
announcement(s).
(2) Provide seat belt announcement
when seat belt sign is turned on or off
according to certificate holder
procedures.
(3) Coordinate proper timing of
passenger removal of shoulder
harnesses.
(d) Task: Passenger Handling
Procedures (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Follow proper certificate holder’s
alcohol procedures.
(2) Ensure passengers seated in exit
seats meet exit seat criteria.
(3) Follow proper certificate holder’s
passenger handling and reporting
procedures.
(4) Follow the certificate holder’s
program outlining flight attendant
duties regarding the use of portable
electronic devices (PED).
(5) Ensure passengers are given
information about times, conditions,
and limitations on PED use.
(6) Understand the regulations
regarding PEDs, including the effects of
the use of PEDs on aircraft avionics
during critical phases of flight.
(7) Ensure passengers terminate the
use of any devices suspected of causing
interference.
(8) Coordinate between cabin and
flight deck with regard to PED use.
(e) Task: Proper Use of Service Carts and
Service Equipment (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Secure unattended carts properly.
(2) Engage permanent tie-downs or
pop-up tie-downs correctly.
(3) Secure galley compartments when
not in use.
(4) Secure food and beverage items
when not in use.
(5) Comply with galley lift
restrictions.
(6) Ensure that at least one flight
attendant is not more than 10 feet away
from service cart when in use.
(7) Stow service carts properly.
(8) Set brakes properly.
(9) Latch cart doors and utilize
secondary locks.
(10) Report any malfunctioning galley
equipment including restraints and
brakes.
(f) Task: Communication and
Coordination Procedures (Inflight)
Subtasks:
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(1) Communicate with flight crew
regarding turbulence.
(2) Communicate with flight crew
regarding potential security threats or
disruptive passengers.
(3) Communicate with flight crew
regarding any abnormal or emergency
situation.
(4) Report maintenance discrepancies
(airworthiness and non-airworthiness).
(g) Task: Pre-landing (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Provide appropriate pre-landing
announcements for initial descent.
(2) Perform lavatory vacancy check.
(3) Adjust cabin lighting.
(4) Collect all service items.
(5) Close and secure galley
compartments properly.
(6) Set primary and secondary locks.
(7) Ensure carts are secured on
permanent tie downs for landing and
surface movement.
(8) Ensure curtains and doors are
properly secured.
(9) Turn off electrical appliances not
in use.
(10) Comply with Fasten Seat Belt
signs.
(11) Re-verify that passengers seated
in exit seats meet exit seat criteria.
(12) Reengage lock out mechanism at
exit seats.
(13) Ensure only approved child
restraint systems are in use and are
properly positioned.
(14) Ensure lap infants are held or
secured in seat.
(15) Ensure tray tables are stowed and
secured.
(16) Place seat backs in the upright
position (leg rests retracted).
(17) Discontinue use of PEDs.
(18) Stow carry-on baggage.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(h) Task: Sterile Flight Deck Procedures
(Inflight)
Subtask: Comply with sterile flight
deck procedures.
(i) Task: Compliance Check (Inflight)
Subtasks:
(1) Provide appropriate pre-landing
announcements for final approach.
(2) Verify completion of all of the prelanding activities required by paragraph
II.A.4.(g)(2) through (18) of this
attachment.
(3) Verify that all exits are accessible.
(4) Verify that overhead bins are
closed and latched.
(5) Verify that all video screens are
retracted in accordance with carrier
procedures.
(6) Comply with certificate holder’s
charging procedures for
photoluminescent light path.
(7) Return to flight attendant
jumpseat.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(8) Secure barrier strap.
(9) Don seat belt and shoulder
harness.
(10) Signal or communicate with
flight crew if the cabin is not prepared
for landing.
(11) Perform silent review.
(12) Assume flight attendant
protective brace position.
5. Subject: Arrival
(a) Task: General (Arrival)
Subtasks:
(1) Perform all required arrival
announcements.
(2) Make reminder announcements to
any passengers who may stand or place
carry on bags in the aisle during taxi.
(3) Adjust cabin lighting.
(4) Perform only safety related duties
during taxi.
(b) Task: Preparation of Exits (Arrival)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure that a normal or emergency
means of egress is available when
passengers are on board the aircraft.
(2) Ensure crew coordination.
(3) Ensure exits are disarmed in
accordance with applicable regulations
and aircraft specific procedures.
(4) Verify no cabin pressure warnings
or indications are present on the door.
(5) Open door and operate stairs.
(c) Task: Passenger Handling (Arrival)
Subtasks:
(1) Monitor passenger deplaning to
ensure adherence to all regulatory and
certificate holder requirements.
(2) Coordinate with ramp, ground,
and station agents and other
crewmembers as necessary.
(3) Assume proper position during
passenger deplaning to ensure even
distribution of flight attendants.
(4) Ensure that the minimum required
number of flight attendants are onboard
during entire passenger deplaning
process.
(d) Task: Cabin Security (Arrival)
Subtasks:
(1) Ensure all passengers have left the
aircraft at flight termination by checking
the aircraft, including lavatories.
(2) Perform post-flight cabin checks.
6. Subject: During Stops
(a) Task: General (During Stops)
Subtasks:
(1) Follow duty assignments for flight
attendants at intermediate stops,
including passenger supervision.
(2) Adhere to permissible reduction in
the number of flight attendants to at
least half the minimum required
number (rounded down to the next
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1401
lower number, but never fewer than
one) when passengers remain onboard
and boarding or deplaning is not
occurring.
(3) Adhere to permissible substitution
for the required flight attendants with
other persons qualified in emergency
evacuation procedures for the airplane
when passengers remain onboard and
boarding or deplaning is not occurring,
if those persons are identified to the
passengers.
(b) Task: Aircraft Refueling (During
Stops)
Subtasks:
(1) Review duties, regulatory
requirements, and procedures regarding
refueling with passengers onboard.
(2) Review identification of potential
hazards to occupants associated with
aircraft refueling.
(3) Review proper steps to be taken
should problems develop during
refueling, including evacuation.
7. Subject: Federal Aviation Regulations
(a) Task: General
Subtasks:
(1) Comply with certificate holder
procedures for interaction with officers
and agents of various governmental
agencies, including FAA, TSA, FBI,
CIA, and NTSB.
(2) Comply with 14 CFR part 252:
Smoking Aboard Aircraft.
(b) Task: Federal Aviation Regulations
Pertinent to Flight Attendant
Performance of Assigned Duties
Subtasks: Understand the regulatory
requirements for the following:
(1) Flight attendant duty period
limitations and rest requirements.
(2) Crewmember protocols regarding
drug and alcohol testing programs,
including regulatory requirements and
certificate holder policy regarding drug
and alcohol testing programs.
(3) Hazardous material recognition
and prohibitions.
(4) Admission to the flight deck.
(5) Manipulation of controls in the
flight deck.
(6) Inoperable equipment.
(7) Carriage of cargo in passenger
compartments.
(8) Exit seating.
(9) Carry on baggage.
(10) Passenger information
requirements.
(11) Passenger briefings and
demonstrations.
(12) Manual requirements.
(13) Training program requirements.
(14) Crewmember qualification
requirements.
(15) Aviation Safety Inspector’s
credentials.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1402
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(16) Oxygen requirements.
(17) Restrictions regarding service of
alcoholic beverages.
(18) Boarding restrictions regarding
persons who appear to be intoxicated.
(19) Retention of items of mass in
passenger and crew compartments.
(20) Stowage of passenger service
equipment.
(21) Closing and locking flight crew
compartment door.
(22) Security Requirements.
(23) Sterile flight deck requirements.
(24) Required number of flight
attendants.
(25) Crewmember requirements at
stops where passengers remain on
board.
(26) Emergency equipment
requirements.
(27) Lavatory fire protection.
(28) Communication systems.
(29) Flotation equipment.
(30) Flightcrew compartment access.
(31) Taxi requirements.
(32) Carriage and briefing of
passengers requiring special assistance.
(33) Fueling with passengers on
board.
(34) Portable electronic devices.
(35) Flight attendant jumpseat
requirements.
(36) Child restraint systems.
(37) Required placards and signs.
(38) Compliance with seat belt and
smoking regulations.
(39) Use of medical oxygen and
portable oxygen concentrators.
(40) Any other regulations relevant to
flight attendant duties and
responsibilities.
(3) Bulletins or notices.
(4) List of effective pages.
(5) Accessibility during flight.
(6) Procedures to ensure manual is
current.
(b) Task: Scheduling and Station
Operations Policies and Procedures
Subtasks: Understand the certificate
holder’s procedures for the following:
(1) Scheduling policies and
procedures.
(2) Station operations policies and
procedures.
9. Subject: Contents of the Certificate
Holder’s Operations Specifications
(a) Task: General
Subtask: Understand information
contained in the certificate holder’s
operations specifications that is
pertinent to the duties and
responsibilities of flight attendants.
(b) Task: Exit Seat Program and
Procedures
Subtasks: Understand the certificate
holder’s procedures for the following:
(1) Information regarding the
certificate holder’s exit seat program.
(2) Selection criteria regarding the
capabilities and conditions to be
applied to determine the suitability of
persons to occupy an exit seat.
(3) Performance functions which a
person seated in an exit seat must be
willing and able to perform in the event
of an emergency.
(4) Seat selection, assessment, and
verification process.
(5) Individual exit seat briefings.
(6) Certificate holder procedures that
ensure the suitability of each person
END QPS REQUIREMENT
who occupies an exit seat.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(7) Assessment and verification of
suitability by at least one required
BEGIN INFORMATION
crewmember prior to movement on the
Discussion of the regulations should
surface.
include why they are pertinent to flight
(8) Re-seating procedures.
attendants and should also include
(9) Dispute resolutions.
discussion regarding the role of other
(10) Required announcements.
certificate holder employees and their
(11) Definition of an exit seat,
part in ensuring compliance with the
including excess flight attendant
regulations (e.g., gate agents, flight
jumpseats and the location of all exit
crewmembers).
seats on each aircraft type.
(12) Assessment and verification of
END INFORMATION
suitability prior to landing.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(c) Task: Carry-on Baggage Program and
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Procedures
Subtasks: Understand the certificate
8. Subject: General Contents, Control
and Maintenance of Applicable Portions holder’s procedures for the following:
(1) The certificate holder’s carry-on
of the Certificate Holder’s Manual
baggage program as described in the
(a) Task: Flight Attendant Operating
FAOM, including carry-on baggage
Manual (FAOM)
limitations, procedures for baggage
scanning, and procedures for handling
Subtasks: Understand the certificate
carry-on baggage that does not meet
holder’s procedures for the following:
these limitations or cannot be
(1) Currency requirements.
accommodated in the passenger cabin.
(2) Revision process.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2) Person(s) responsible and
procedures for scanning for amount and
size.
(3) Weight and balance procedures
and coordination with flight crew.
(4) Safety implications of improperly
stowed carry-on baggage.
(5) Types of articles exempt from
carry-on baggage count.
(6) Procedures for handling and
stowing carry on items exempt from the
carry-on baggage count.
(7) Definition of ‘‘properly stowed,’’
including that carry-on baggage may not
hinder access to emergency equipment.
(8) Methods of removing carry-on
baggage from aircraft when necessary.
(9) Procedures regarding proper
stowage of carry-on baggage in the
passenger cabin, including underseat
stowage.
(10) Procedures for handling cargo or
unusual items in the cabin.
(11) Procedures for the handling of
cargo and in-seat baggage in the
passenger compartment, including the
types of cargo that may be carried in the
passenger cabin and the location of seats
in which it may be stowed.
(12) Procedures to ensure
crewmember verification that each piece
of carry-on baggage is stowed properly
prior to the last passenger entry door
being closed, including specific
crewmember assignments and
responsibilities.
(13) Certificate holder procedures
regarding the handling of carry-on
baggage during an aircraft evacuation.
(14) Importance of crew consistency
in applying these regulations.
(d) Task: Minimum Equipment List
(MEL)
Subtasks: Understand the certificate
holder’s procedures for the following:
(1) Description of the purpose and
scope of the MEL as applicable to flight
attendant duties.
(2) Crew coordination procedures for
reporting inoperative equipment.
(3) Implications of MEL required
procedures due to certain pieces of
equipment being inoperative, and their
effect on flight attendant duties.
(4) Any other information relevant to
flight attendant duties and
responsibilities.
10. Subject: Crew Resource Management
(a) Task: Authority of the Pilot in
Command
Subtasks:
(1) The captain’s authority, including
responsibility for the safety of flight in
routine and emergency conditions.
(2) Chain of command and
importance of chain of command.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(3) Chain of command as applicable to
specific airplane.
(b) Task: Communication Processes and
Decisions
Subtasks:
(1) Briefing.
(2) Inquiry, advocacy, and
assertiveness.
(3) Self-critique.
(4) Communication with available
personnel.
(5) Decisionmaking.
(6) Conflict resolution.
(c) Task: Building and Maintenance of a
Flight Team
Subtasks:
(1) Leading and following, including
the importance of crewmembers
functioning as a team.
(2) Use of interpersonal skills and
leadership styles in a way that fosters
crew effectiveness.
(3) Significance of cultural
differences.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(d) Task: Workload Management and
Situational Awareness
Subtasks:
(1) Preparation and planning.
(2) Vigilance.
(3) Workload distribution.
(4) Distraction avoidance.
(e) Task: Communication and
Coordination
Subtasks: Flight attendant must know
notification and communication
procedures between the cabin and flight
deck including:
(1) Flight deck and cabin chimes and
interphone signals for routine
situations.
(2) Flight attendant notification to
flight crew that aircraft is ready for
movement on the surface.
(3) Flight crew notification to flight
attendant to be seated prior to take-off.
(4) Flight attendant recognition of
critical phases of flight.
(5) Crewmember coordination and
notification regarding access to flight
deck.
(6) Notification to flight attendants of
turbulent air conditions.
(7) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of emergency or
unusual situations.
(8) Notification between flight crew
and flight attendants of inoperative
equipment that is pertinent to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(9) Normal and emergency
communication procedures to be used
in the event of inoperative
communication equipment.
(f) Task: Crewmember Briefing
Subtasks:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
(1) Crewmember responsibilities
regarding briefings.
(2) Flight crew to flight attendant(s)
briefings.
(3) Flight attendant to flight
attendant(s) briefings (e.g., when PIC
has not briefed the entire crew, or when
a flight attendant joins a working crew).
(4) Required information.
(5) Security procedures.
(6) Communication procedures.
(7) Emergency procedures.
(8) MELs affecting cabin safety
equipment and procedures.
(9) Flight information.
(10) Content of crew briefing as
applicable to specific aircraft.
(11) Responsibilities of flight
attendants to brief new flight attendant
crew during a crew change regarding
any unserviceability of equipment,
special passengers, and other safety
matters pertinent to the flight.
(g) Task: Communication and
Coordination During a Passenger
Interference Situation
Subtasks:
(1) Certificate holder’s written
program regarding the handling of
passenger interference, including
crewmember communication and
coordination.
(2) Importance of crewmembers and
other employees working as a team.
(3) Role of management and
crewmember in follow-up.
(h) Task: Communication and
Coordination During an Emergency
Situation
Subtasks:
(1) Actions for each emergency
situation.
(2) Importance of notification and
who must be notified.
(3) Alternate actions if unable to
notify.
(4) Communication during
preparation for a planned emergency
evacuation: Time available, type of
emergency, signal to brace, and special
instructions.
11. Subject: Theory of Flight
(a) Task: Components of Aircraft
Subtasks:
(1) Wing-leading edge, trailing edge,
wing tip, wing root, winglet.
(2) Tail-fixed vertical stabilizer,
rudder, elevator.
(3) Miscellaneous-fuselage, spoilers,
speed brakes, main gear, nose wheel.
(4) Flight control surfaces and their
functions-ailerons, flaps, rudder,
elevator.
(b) Task: Principles of Flight
Subtasks:
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1403
(1) Forces acting on an aircraft-lift,
weight, thrust, drag.
(2) Three axes and movement around
each-yaw, pitch and roll.
(3) Weight and balance-weight
distribution and center of gravity and
their effect on aircraft controllability
and stability.
(c) Task: Critical Surfaces and
Associated Hazards
Subtasks:
(1) Recognition of critical surfaces.
(2) Recognition of hazards to flight
associated with contamination of those
surfaces.
(3) Awareness of conditions most
likely to produce such contamination
(such as snow and ice, volcanic ash and
dust).
(4) Importance of timely
communication of observed hazards to
flight deck.
(5) Awareness of carrier procedures
for decontamination of surfaces.
(d) Task: Aviation Terminology
Subtasks:
(1) Identify and define aviation
terminology common to the certificate
holder, including terms related to
airports, ground operations and flight
operations.
(2) Identify any specific voluntary
safety programs used by certificate
holder (such as ASRS, ASAP, FOQA) as
they relate to flight attendants.
(3) Identify standard measurement
units used in aviation (such as the 24
hour clock, Greenwich Mean Time, time
zone changes).
B. Area of Instruction: Flight Attendant
Duties and Responsibilities—Abnormal
Situations (see § 121.1369)
1. Subject: Handling Passengers Whose
Conduct May Jeopardize Safety
(a) Task: General
Subtasks:
(1) The flight attendant must know
the certificate holder’s procedures for
handling passengers who could threaten
the safety of the flight or the passengers,
including how to do the following:
(i) Identify and manage potential
problem passengers who could threaten
safety of the flight, passengers, or crew
and monitor passenger conduct.
(ii) Monitor and identify potential
problem passengers during boarding.
(iii) Identify baggage that may be
considered suspect on board an aircraft.
(iv) Recognize hazardous materials
labels.
(v) Report hazardous materials to the
flight crew.
(vi) Monitor lavatories periodically
throughout the flight.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1404
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(vii) Perform cabin checks
periodically throughout the flight.
(2) The flight attendant must know
specific certificate holder procedures for
maintaining flight deck security.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(b) Task: Passenger Interference
Subtasks:
(1) The flight attendant must know
the following requirements, procedures,
and all information for handling
passengers who might interfere with
crewmembers in the performance of
their duties and who could threaten the
safety of the flight or the passengers:
(i) Title 14 CFR 121.580, Prohibition
on interference with crewmembers.
(ii) Title 49 U.S.C. 46318, Interference
with cabin or flight crew.
(iii) Certificate holder’s program
regarding the handling of disruptive
passengers.
(iv) Categories of disturbance and
crewmember actions.
(v) How to diffuse the situation with
difficult passengers.
(vi) Recommended crew coordination
procedures.
(2) The flight attendant must be
trained to manage the following:
(i) Address incidents of noncompliance immediately.
(ii) Inform passenger of regulatory
requirements and certificate holder
policies.
(iii) Manage disruptive or problem
passengers by using a team approach or
specific certificate holder techniques
designed to defuse such situations.
(iv) Maintain crewmember’s personal
security.
(v) Communicate with flight crew
immediately to report non-compliant
passengers and maintain
communications throughout the event.
(vi) Coordinate with other flight
attendants regarding team concept
problem management.
(vii) Comply with certificate holder
procedures regarding involvement of
law enforcement officials.
(viii) Obtain assistance from other
crewmembers or passengers.
(ix) Restrain violent passengers as
indicated in certificate holder
procedures.
(x) Appropriate use of equipment
provided by the certificate holder.
(xi) Complete all required certificate
holder forms.
(xii) Be able to use techniques to
recognize and diffuse passenger panic
situations.
(c) Task: Smoking Ban Violations
Subtasks: The flight attendant must
know the following for handling of
passengers who smoke onboard the
aircraft:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(1) Procedures for passengers who
smoke while seated.
(2) Procedures for passengers who
smoke in the lavatory.
(3) Procedures for passengers who
tamper with a smoke detector.
(4) Required crew coordination and
communication.
(5) Procedures to address a possible
fire hazard from the discarded cigarette.
(6) Reporting procedures.
The certificate holder must develop a
security program that meets the
standards of the TSA’s security training
program for flight attendants. The
certificate holder must document that
the TSA has approved the security
training program for flight attendants
and the certificate holder must provide
security training to each flight attendant
in accordance with a security program
approved by the TSA.
(d) Task: Intoxication
Subtasks:
(1) The flight attendant must know
the following for handling of passengers
who appear to be intoxicated:
(i) Required crew coordination,
communication, and notification
procedures.
(ii) Prohibition against boarding
passengers who appear to be
intoxicated.
(iii) Certificate holder procedures
regarding the removal of a passenger
who has boarded the aircraft and
appears to be intoxicated.
(iv) Prohibition against serving
alcohol to passengers who appear to be
intoxicated.
(v) Prohibition against serving alcohol
to persons who are escorting a prisoner
or who are being escorted.
(vi) Prohibition regarding passengers
consuming alcohol not served by the
certificate holder and associated
certificate holder procedures.
(vii) Prohibition against serving
alcohol to any person carrying a
dangerous weapon.
(viii) Regulatory requirement to report
any alcohol related disturbance onboard
an aircraft to the FAA within 5 days.
(ix) Reporting procedures.
(2) The flight attendant must be
trained to manage the following:
(i) Passengers appearing to be
intoxicated during boarding.
(ii) Passengers appearing to be
intoxicated during flight.
(iii) Reseat passengers from exit seats
if they appear to become intoxicated in
flight.
(iv) Inform passenger of regulatory
requirements and certificate holder
policies as needed.
(v) Communicate with flight crew
immediately to report non-compliant
passengers.
(vi) Follow certificate holder
procedures when serving alcohol.
2. [Reserved]
(e) Task: Passenger Misconduct
Subtasks:
The flight attendant must know how
to diffuse the situation with difficult
passengers and recommended crew
coordination procedures.
Subtasks:
(1) EMKs.
(2) First aid kits.
(3) Portable first aid and medical
oxygen and oxygen systems.
(4) CPR equipment.
(5) AED.
(6) Universal precautions and
associated equipment.
(f) Task: Security Procedures
Subtasks:
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
C. Flight Attendant Duties and
Responsibilities—Emergency (See
§ 121.1373)
1. Subject: Emergency Equipment
The flight attendant must know the
preflight (if applicable), location,
function, operation, and limitations of
the following equipment in Tasks (a)
through (e) of this section:
(a) Task: General Emergency Equipment
Subtasks:
(1) Flight attendant jumpseat and
restraint system.
(2) Portable oxygen equipment.
(3) Megaphones.
(4) Protective breathing equipment.
(5) Communication systems (public
address system, chimes, interphone,
visual indicators,).
(6) Lavatory smoke detector, flapper
doors, and placards.
(7) Crash ax.
(8) Flashlights.
(9) Any additional portable
emergency equipment or systems
pertinent to cabin safety.
(b) Task: Equipment Used in Land and
Water Evacuation
Subtasks:
(1) Evacuation alarms.
(2) Emergency lighting systems.
(3) Evacuation slides and slide rafts.
(4) Escape ropes and escape tapes.
(5) ELTs.
(6) Survival kits.
(7) Signaling equipment.
(8) Flotation equipment.
(9) Adult and child life preservers.
(10) Infant flotation equipment.
(11) Rafts.
(12) Any specialized survival
equipment specific to an aircraft type or
operation.
(c) Task: Emergency Medical Equipment
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(7) Biohazard kit contents, use, and
proper disposal procedures.
(8) Needle disposal kits.
(9) Any additional cabin safety
equipment used during inflight medical
events.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(d) Task: Portable Fire Extinguishers
Subtasks:
(1) Installed fire extinguishers.
(2) Range and duration of each
extinguisher.
(3) Classes of fires with emphasis on
proper extinguisher for each class of
fire.
(e) Task: Emergency Exit Doors, Plugs
and Hatches, Including Doors, Window
Exits, Floor Level Exits, Tailcone Exits,
Ventral Stairs, Flight Deck Exits, and
Any Other Exit Designed for Passenger
or Crewmember Emergency Egress from
the Aircraft
Subtasks:
(1) Each different emergency exit in
the normal and emergency modes,
including the actions and forces
required in the deployment of the
emergency slides or slide rafts.
(2) Signal and conditions under
which door can be opened or closed and
locked or unlocked.
(3) Procedures to verify door status
(open or closed and locked or
unlocked).
(4) Slide pressure gauge and door
pressure gauge.
(5) Cabin pressurization indications
and warnings.
(6) Exterior and interior obstacles or
hazards to persons or the exit during the
opening or closing (e.g., jetway, stairs,
mobile passenger lounge, barrier straps).
(7) Signal for arming or disarming.
(8) Procedures to properly arm and
disarm the exit.
(9) Procedures to verify girt bar
placement for armed and disarmed.
(10) Procedures to verify door is in the
correct mode including window
adjustments.
(11) Proper procedures and use of
operating mechanism to open exit and
secure in locked position.
(12) Proper procedures, operation,
and use of stair operating mechanism
for normal and emergency use.
(13) Proper use of safety straps.
(14) Proper use of barrier straps.
(15) Proper use of locking
mechanisms.
(16) Proper use of escape ropes and
escape tapes at overwing exits.
(17) Proper use of control handles to
close exits and secure in locked
position.
(18) Proper use of door locking
override systems.
(19) Proper use of slide override
systems.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(20) Understanding of door hazards.
(21) Correct body position for door
opening.
(22) Protective positions during an
evacuation.
(23) Manual operations if pneumatic
operations fail.
(24) Functions of door levers, door
opening devices, windows, and manual
slide inflation systems.
(25) Operation of exits on the flight
deck.
(26) Slide, raft, or slide raft transfer,
including required steps for girt
detachment, bustle removal, safe
handling, positioning, re-attachment of
girt, and inflation of slide raft.
(27) Use of slide, raft, or slide raft as
application for other survival needs.
(28) Use of following exits in normal
and emergency modes:
(i) Exits with slides or slide rafts.
(ii) Exits without slides.
(iii) Window exits.
(iv) Tailcone exits.
(v) Ventral stairs.
(vi) Flight deck exits.
2. Subject: Emergency Situations
(a) Task: Emergency Assignments and
Procedures Including Coordination
among Crewmembers
Subtask: The flight attendant must
know emergency procedures for each
type of emergency, including
unwarranted evacuations, and planned
and unplanned land and water
evacuations.
(b) Task: Decompression and
Physiological Effects of High Altitude
(Required When Flight Operations Are
Authorized Over 10,000 Feet)
Subtasks: The flight attendant must
know:
(1) Symptoms associated with
hypoxia.
(2) Recognition of conditions in the
cabin that a slow, rapid, or explosive
decompression has occurred.
(3) Principles of respiration and Time
of Useful Consciousness and why it is
different for cabin and flight
crewmembers.
(4) Gas expansion and gas bubble
formation and how it could effect the
crewmember during a decompression.
(5) Incidents of decompression.
(6) Post decompression duties.
(7) Procedures for inter-crew
communication and coordination.
(8) Identification of information to be
relayed to the flight crew via
communication equipment.
(9) Communication with other
crewmembers.
(10) Procedures for a slow, rapid, or
explosive decompression while the
flight attendant is in the cabin.
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1405
(11) Procedures for a slow, rapid, or
explosive decompression while the
flight attendant is in the flight deck.
(12) Awareness of possible flight crew
response (e.g., rapid descent) and its
effect on the cabin.
(13) Certificate holder’s procedures,
including the following actions:
(i) Don the nearest oxygen mask.
(ii) Fasten seat belt or hold on to
something solid.
(iii) Await notification from the flight
deck before moving around the cabin.
(iv) Follow post decompression
duties.
(v) Obtain and carry portable oxygen
bottle.
(vi) Monitor condition of passengers.
(vii) Open passenger oxygen
compartments that have not deployed if
supplemental oxygen is needed.
(viii) Administer first aid and first aid
oxygen, if necessary.
(ix) Communicate with fellow
crewmembers.
(x) Complete required carrier forms.
(c) Task: Fire Inflight or on the Surface
Subtasks:
(1) Classes of fires.
(2) Types of extinguishers appropriate
to each class of fire.
(3) Properties of halon extinguishers,
including that the potential harmful
effects on passengers and crew are
negligible compared to the safety
benefits achieved by fighting inflight
fires aggressively.
(4) Correct methods for fire fighting,
including proper use of PBE.
(5) Methods of communication while
wearing PBE and using aircraft
communication systems.
(6) Proper techniques for PBE hood
removal once away from the fire scene.
(7) Need for crewmembers to take
immediate and aggressive action in
response to signs of an inflight fire.
(8) Requirement to notify the flight
deck as soon as possible and maintain
constant communication and
coordination.
(9) Procedures to identify smoke in
cabin, galleys and lower-lobe galleys, or
lavatory.
(10) Procedures for handling fire or
smoke of undetermined origin.
(11) Procedures for smoke removal,
including crew communication and
coordination, as well as passenger
management, including any
precautions.
(12) Procedures for handling fire
hidden behind interior panels or
enclosed spaces, including removing or
otherwise gaining access to the area
behind interior panels (e.g., crash ax or
other tools) to effectively apply
extinguishing agents to the source of the
fire.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1406
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(13) Procedures to respond to smoke
detector activation in lavatory.
(14) Odor of fire (e.g., electrical fire or
burning cloth).
(15) Procedures to identify location
and source of fire (e.g., in ovens; volatile
fuel vapors; light ballast; cabin
furnishings; stowage bins and hat racks;
trash containers; clothing; APU; jetway;
ramp fires).
(16) Procedures to identify class of
fire (if possible).
(17) Procedures to assess the intensity
of the fire (if possible).
(18) Procedures to communicate with
other crewmembers and passengers and
respond to the fire, including:
(i) Fight the fire and call flight crew
to inform of fire.
(ii) Obtain assistance of other flight
attendants.
(iii) Passenger handling.
(iv) Use of interphone and other
communication devices.
(v) Use of passenger address system.
(vi) Assign a passenger to locate and
inform another flight attendant or flight
crewmember, obtain back-up equipment
and provide support.
(vii) Locate and retrieve the nearest
PBE.
(viii) Remove PBE from stowage,
including container or pouch.
(ix) Don PBE and activate oxygen in
proper sequence using proper
procedures.
(x) Locate and retrieve the nearest
appropriate fire extinguisher.
(xi) Remove extinguisher from
securing device.
(xii) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g.,
break tamper seal, pull pins, release
safety latches, and pressurize bottle).
(xiii) Approach source of fire using
protective techniques.
(xiv) Maintain safe distance from fire
with PBE on
(xv) Operate extinguisher discharge
mechanism properly.
(xvi) Discharge extinguisher at base of
fire using proper discharge pattern,
bottle position and flight attendant body
position.
(xvii) Use aircraft communication
system with PBE on (as necessary).
(xviii) Maintain and ensure ongoing
communication with flight crew.
(xix) Direct passengers to relocate
away from fire location, as appropriate.
(xx) Instruct passengers to breathe
through clothing.
(xxi) Distribute wet towels, if
possible.
(xxii) Relocate nearby portable oxygen
bottles and canisters.
(xxiii) Use additional fire
extinguishers and other firefighting
equipment.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(xxiv) Coordinate ongoing fire control
activity with other flight attendants and
flight crewmembers.
(xxv) Accept replacement by another
flight attendant with PBE and
extinguisher (as necessary) to perform
continuous firefighting duties.
(xxvi) Use follow-up procedures once
fire appears extinguished.
(xxvii) Monitor indications that PBE
is reaching time limits of operation.
(xxviii) Remove PBE as usefulness
expires or need is eliminated.
(xxix) Position used PBE and
extinguishers according to certificate
holder procedure.
(xxx) Check conditions of passengers
in immediate area.
(xxxi) Report condition of fire and
cabin to the flight crew.
(xxxii) Complete required reports.
(19) Training must also include:
(i) Fire Prevention: Flight attendant
readiness; cabin checks (including
stowage of articles that could contribute
to fire); articles that may block air vents
in the galley; lavatory checks (including
importance of material and condition of
trash container, spring-loaded flapper
door, smoke detection systems, and fire
extinguishers); galley checks (including
improper stowage of articles in the
oven, safe oven operations, cooking and
heating limitations, proper stowage of
flammable materials around ovens and
heating elements or lights and the
importance of keeping areas around
vents clear); enforcement of smoking
regulations; and proper use of electrical
equipment (including use of circuit
breakers). Crewmembers must also be
alert to fires that can occur on board the
aircraft while the aircraft is on the
ground (e.g., during boarding).
(ii) Characteristics of an aircraft fire:
Flash-over and criticality of time
management; toxic fumes and chemical
irritants; review of function, use, and
limitations of fire fighting equipment;
fire fighting techniques; special factors
(including cabin material flammability
and toxicity); location of highly
combustible and flammable items and
equipment; confined space; evacuation
of personnel from lower lobe galleys
and cabin ventilation.
(iii) Electrical Equipment and Circuit
Breakers: Procedures for circuit breaker
use associated with galleys, service
centers, lifts, lavatories, movie screens
and other electrical equipment must be
emphasized as well as location of
accessible (in the passenger cabin)
circuit breakers for each system.
(iv) External Fires on Ground: Crew
coordination; role of flight attendants
for exterior aircraft fires; APU, jetway,
ramp fires; notification of appropriate
airport personnel if necessary.
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(d) Task: Land and Water Evacuation
Subtasks:
(1) Recognition of the need for
evacuation.
(2) Crew communication and
coordination.
(3) Recognition of the importance of
maintaining situational awareness and
ability to anticipate and adapt as
emergency progresses.
(4) Use of evacuation signals.
(5) Brace for impact position for self
and passengers.
(6) Importance of selection and
briefing of able bodied passengers.
(7) How to assess conditions.
(8) Initiation of evacuation.
(9) Decision not to evacuate.
(10) Use of commands.
(11) Use of protective position.
(12) Passenger behavior (e.g., passive,
aggressive, negative and positive panic,
hysteria).
(13) Passenger flow control
management.
(14) Evacuation of passengers or
crewmembers who need the assistance
of others.
(15) Toxic smoke and flashover time
criticality.
(16) Care of passengers following
evacuation.
(17) Evacuation procedures for each
type of evacuation, including passenger
preparedness, cabin preparation, and
crew coordination procedures in
accordance with the certificate holder’s
procedures.
(18) Crew duties and responsibilities
for each crew position on each aircraft
type on which the flight attendant will
serve.
(19) Primary and secondary exit
responsibilities.
(20) Raft responsibilities, including
the importance of having an effective
raft commander.
(21) Launching and boarding of
assigned raft.
(22) Passenger briefings for each
assigned exit and duty position.
(e) Task: Illness, Injury or Other
Abnormal Situations
Subtasks:
(1) The flight attendant must know
the following:
(i) Procedures regarding the proper
use of emergency medical equipment.
(ii) Unique aircraft cabin conditions
that make giving first aid difficult.
(iii) Incapacitated crewmember
procedures, including maintaining
coverage of minimum crew positions
and responsibilities, reseating, and
briefing passengers who may be used for
exit responsibilities.
(2) The flight attendant must be
trained to do the following:
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(i) Respond to request for assistance
or identify ill or injured individual in
need of first aid.
(ii) Communicate and coordinate
information with other crewmembers.
(iii) Use interphone to communicate
with flight crewmembers.
(iv) Use interphone, public
announcement system, or a passenger to
locate and inform other flight attendants
or other passengers needed to assist.
(v) Request assistance from onboard
medical personnel.
(vi) Use proper techniques to move
person to specified place on that
configuration of airplane, if needed.
(vii) Request assistance, if needed,
from other flight attendants, passengers,
or flight crew.
(viii) Retrieve and use components of
universal precaution equipment, as
needed.
(ix) Comply with procedures for
taking universal precautions against
blood borne pathogens.
(x) Use gloves, mask, eye shield and
other protective gear as needed.
(xi) Properly dispose of biohazard.
(xii) Report possible exposure to
blood borne pathogens.
(xiii) Retrieve and use contents of first
aid kit, EMK, and other emergency
medical equipment, according to
certificate holder procedures.
(xiv) Retrieve portable oxygen bottle,
if needed.
(xv) Request help from persons
qualified to use EMK.
(xvi) Request help from ground
(airline contact with medical
professionals on the ground).
(xvii) Assess condition of person who
is ill or injured, including conducting
an interview to obtain medical history.
(xviii) Follow certificate holder’s first
response medical event procedures.
(xix) Use CPR equipment.
(xx) Perform CPR.
(xxi) Follow procedures for passenger
who requires CPR during landing.
(xxii) Use AED.
(xxiii) Ensure someone is monitoring
passenger who requires oxygen.
(xxiv) Follow procedures for
passenger who requires oxygen during
landing.
(xxv) Properly stow, reposition and
report the use of portable oxygen
bottle(s) and other emergency medical
equipment.
(xxvi) Coordinate with Emergency
Medical Personnel once on the ground.
(xxvii) Follow procedures to handle
other passengers onboard while medical
personnel board and care for ill or
injured passenger.
(xxviii) Inform flight crewmember of
equipment used.
(xxix) Complete required reports.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(3) The flight attendant must be
trained to recognize and treat the
following:
(i) Bleeding.
(ii) Chest pain.
(iii) Burns.
(iv) Injuries to the extremities.
(v) Shock.
(vi) Unconsciousness.
(vii) Allergic reaction.
(viii) Hyperventilation.
(ix) Stroke.
(x) Seizures.
(xi) Diabetic emergencies.
(xii) Childbirth.
(xiii) Abdominal distress.
(xiv) Airsickness.
(xv) Injuries to the skull, spine, neck
and chest.
(xvi) Eye injury.
(xvii) Ear distress.
(xviii) The effects of alcohol or drug
abuse.
(xix) Infectious diseases and
conditions.
(f) Task: Turbulence
Subtasks:
(1) Awareness of turbulence hazards,
aircraft behavior in turbulence and the
need to maintain personal safety.
(2) Predeparture briefing regarding
forecast turbulence related weather
conditions.
(3) Announcement requirements.
(4) Two way communication and
coordination procedures between flight
crewmembers and flight attendants
during all phases of flight, including the
use of the Fasten Seat Belt sign.
(5) Standardized phraseology and
communications regarding anticipated
time, intensity and duration of
turbulence encounters.
(6) Procedures promoting voluntary
passenger seat belt use and compliance
with the Fasten Seat Belt sign.
(7) Review of certificate holder history
regarding turbulence encounters and
injuries, as appropriate.
(8) Location and use of emergency
handholds available in the cabin, galley
and lavatories (such as, handles, grab
bars, or interior wall cutouts) by flight
attendants and passengers who are not
seated and restrained during turbulence.
(9) Procedures regarding anticipated
and unanticipated turbulence
encounters, including:
(i) Flight attendant notification by the
flight deck.
(ii) Assessing the severity of the
turbulence and initiating standard
operating procedures based on that
assessment.
(iii) Prioritization of flight attendant
duties.
(iv) Securing galley and passenger
cabin.
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1407
(v) Flight attendant’s personal safety.
(vi) Handling flight attendants who
may become incapacitated during a
turbulence encounter.
(10) Handling passengers who may
become injured during a turbulence
encounter.
(g) Task: Hijacking or Other Unusual
Situations
Subtask:
The certificate holder must develop a
security program that meets the
standards of the TSA security training
program for flight attendants. The
certificate holder must document that
the TSA has approved the security
training program for flight attendants
and the certificate holder must provide
security training to each flight attendant
in accordance with a security program
approved by the TSA.
(h) Task: Aircraft Occurrences,
Accidents, and Incidents
Subtasks:
(1) Importance of crewmember
actions.
(2) How crewmember actions affect
the outcome of accidents and incidents.
(3) Review and discuss previous
aircraft accidents and incidents.
(i) Task: Survival Skills
Subtasks:
(1) Effective survival skills to use in
conditions relevant to the certificate
holder’s route structure (e.g., arctic,
desert, jungle).
(2) Specialized survival equipment on
the aircraft.
III. Aircraft Specific Task
Requirements (see § 121.1369)
A. For Each Aircraft Type.
1. Subject: A General Description of the
Aircraft
Description, location, function, and
operation of the following:
(a) Task: Aircraft Characteristics and
Description
Subtasks:
(1) Design.
(2) Major aircraft components and
control surfaces.
(3) Principle dimensions.
(4) Interior configuration.
(5) Powerplant.
(6) Range.
(7) Speed.
(8) Altitude.
(9) Passenger seating capacity.
(b) Task: Cabin Configuration
Subtasks:
(1) Flight attendant panels.
(2) Flight attendant jumpseats and
restraint systems.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1408
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(3) Passenger seating zones.
(4) Passenger seats.
(5) Galley.
(6) Lavatories.
(7) Stowage areas.
(8) Emergency exits.
(9) Oxygen mask compartments.
(10) Passenger service units.
(11) Passenger convenience panels.
(12) Passenger information signs.
(13) Required placards.
(14) Passenger-cargo configurations.
(15) Escape path lighting.
(c) Task: Passenger Seats
Subtasks:
(1) Seat belts.
(2) Shoulder harnesses.
(3) Armrests, footrests and seat recline
controls.
(4) Tray tables.
(5) Passenger service units.
(6) Passenger convenience panels on
armrests.
(7) Passenger information signs.
(8) Placards.
(9) Passenger entertainment systems.
(10) Passenger flotation equipment.
(11) Any other passenger seating
equipment or systems relevant to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(d) Task: Air Conditioning, Ventilation,
and Pressurization Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Cabin pressurization indicators
and systems.
(2) Aircraft environmental control
systems.
(3) Any other air conditioning and
pressurization equipment or systems
relevant to flight attendant duties and
responsibilities.
(e) Task: Flight Attendant Jumpseats
Subtasks:
(1) Preflight.
(2) Automatic seat retraction.
(3) Jumpseat headrest.
(4) Restraint system integrity.
(5) Function and operation of the
restraint system.
(6) Securing restraint system when
not in use.
(7) Flotation equipment.
(8) Any other flight attendant station
equipment or systems relevant to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(f) Task: Flight Attendant Panels
Subtasks:
(1) Identification and function of
controls, switches and indicators on
flight attendant panels.
(2) Preflight and use of controls and
switches.
(3) Any other flight attendant panel
equipment or systems relevant to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(g) Task: Carry On Baggage Stowage
Subtasks:
(1) Overhead compartments.
(2) Open overhead racks.
(3) Closets.
(4) Stowage compartments.
(5) Underseat stowage restraint
requirements.
(6) Weight restrictions.
(7) Restraint or latching requirements.
(8) Required placards.
(9) Location requirements for
oversized items in the passenger cabin.
(10) Designated areas for the carriage
of pet containers in the passenger cabin.
(11) Designated areas for the stowage
of passenger assistance aids, such as
wheelchairs, canes and crutches.
(12) Any other carry on baggage
stowage equipment or systems relevant
to flight attendant duties and
responsibilities.
(h) Task: Communication Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Call system, including:
(i) Call light switches.
(ii) Chime and light indicators when
a call is initiated.
(iii) Routine and emergency call light
identification.
(iv) Resetting procedures for call light
indicators.
(2) Interphone system, including:
(i) Location of handset controls and
indicators.
(ii) Function and operation of routine
and emergency controls and indicators.
(iii) Interphone system inoperative
procedures.
(3) Passenger address system,
including:
(i) Location of handset and
microphone controls and indicators.
(ii) Passenger address system
inoperative procedures.
(iii) Any other communication
equipment or systems relevant to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(i) Task: Entertainment and
Convenience Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Description of aircraft
entertainment and convenience systems.
(2) Location and operation of controls
and switches including system
indicators.
(3) Problem identification, including
probable causes and corrective action
procedures.
(4) Location of accessible circuit
breakers for each system.
(5) Any other entertainment and
convenience equipment of systems
relevant to flight attendant duties and
responsibilities.
(j) Task: Flight Deck Configuration
Subtasks:
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(1) Flight crewmember and observer
stations.
(2) Portable emergency equipment.
(3) Use of oxygen systems.
(4) Use of flight deck door securing
devices and locking systems.
(5) Operation of observer’s jumpseat,
including function and operation of the
restraint system.
(6) Operation of flight deck door
including emergency opening
procedures.
(7) Emergency exits and means of
egress.
(8) Any other flight deck equipment
or systems relevant to flight attendant
duties and responsibilities.
(k) Task: Galleys
Subtasks:
(1) Ovens.
(2) Refrigeration Units.
(3) Stowage compartments and
latching devices.
(4) Carts and braking mechanisms and
restraining devices.
(5) Electrical control panels and
circuit breakers.
(6) Water system and water shutoff
valves.
(7) Oxygen mask compartments.
(8) Lower lobe galleys including
operation of escape exits and lifts.
(9) Any other galley equipment or
systems relevant to flight attendant
duties and responsibilities.
(l) Task: Lavatories
Subtasks:
(1) Washbasins.
(2) Supply compartments and latching
devices.
(3) Oxygen mask compartments.
(4) Passenger information signs.
(5) Required placards.
(6) Automatic fire extinguishers.
(7) Fire detection systems.
(8) Water shut off valves.
(9) Water heater switches and
indicators.
(10) Interior door locking mechanism
and signs.
(11) Special lavatory components
(e.g., doors that may be removed to
facilitate access to an incapacitated
passenger, lavatory walls which retract
to allow for stretcher removal around
corners and out of certain exits).
(12) Any other lavatory equipment or
systems relevant to flight attendant
duties and responsibilities.
(m) Task: Required Signs and Placards
Subtasks:
(1) Passenger information signs,
including:
(i) No Smoking signs.
(ii) Fasten Seat Belt signs.
(iii) Lavatory Occupied signs.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(iv) Return To Seat signs in the
lavatory.
(v) Exit signs.
(2) Aircraft markings, including:
(i) Interior emergency exit markings
indicating location of each passenger
emergency exit.
(ii) Emergency exit handle markings
indicating location of operating handle
and instructions for opening exit.
(iii) Emergency equipment markings
to identify equipment location.
(3) Aircraft placards, including:
(i) Placards on each forward bulkhead
and passenger seat stating Fasten Seat
Belt While Seated.
(ii) Placards in each lavatory stating
Federal law provides for a penalty for
tampering with the smoke detector
installed in this lavatory.
(n) Task: Lighting and Electrical
Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Interior and exterior lighting.
(2) Cabin lighting systems, including:
(i) Controls.
(ii) Switches.
(iii) Testing procedures, in accordance
with certificate holder procedures.
(3) Cabin circuit breakers, including:
(i) Means of access.
(ii) Switches.
(iii) Indicators.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(o) Task: Oxygen Equipment and
Systems
Subtasks:
(1) Flightcrew and observer oxygen
system, including:
(i) Location of oxygen regulators and
quick-donning oxygen masks.
(ii) Emergency operation of oxygen
regulator switches and indicators.
(iii) Distinction between ‘‘on
demand’’ and ‘‘under pressure’’ oxygen
flow.
(iv) Proper use of oxygen masks.
(2) Passenger oxygen systems,
including:
(i) Description and location of each
type of oxygen mask and compartment.
(ii) Location of extra masks.
(iii) Description and location of
oxygen mask compartment door
latching indicators.
(iv) Method to manually open each
type of oxygen mask compartment.
(v) Restrictions for repacking oxygen
mask compartments.
(vi) Automatic and manual means of
system activation.
(vii) Indicators of oxygen system
activation.
(viii) Procedure for initiating oxygen
flow to the mask(s).
(ix) Procedure for properly donning
oxygen mask and testing for oxygen
flow.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(x) Procedure for resetting oxygen
system in the event oxygen system is
not designed to shut off automatically.
(xi) Procedure for activating aircraft
system for first aid oxygen, if available.
(xii) Any other fixed oxygen
equipment or systems relevant to flight
attendant duties and responsibilities.
(p) Task: Notification of Inoperative
Equipment
Subtasks:
(1) MEL, including specific cabin
equipment and systems pertinent to
flight attendant duties that may be
inoperative, including the importance of
requesting this information during the
preflight briefing.
(2) Impact of inoperative cabin
equipment and systems on flight
attendant duties and procedures.
(q) Task: Emergency Equipment
Location
Location of emergency equipment, if
not included in emergency equipment
training (see paragraph II.C.1 (a) through
(d) of this attachment).
(r) Task: Emergency Exit Doors, Plugs
and Hatches, Including Doors, Window
Exits, Floor Level Exits, Tailcone Exits,
Ventral Stairs, Flight Deck Exits, and
Any Other Exit Designed for Passenger
or Crewmember Egress From the
Aircraft
Subtasks:
(1) Location and description of the
normal and emergency operation of
each emergency exit if this information
is not included in Emergency
Equipment Training (see paragraph
II.C.1.(e) of this attachment).
(2) Any other exit designed for
passenger or crewmember egress from
the aircraft.
(i) Procedures for using each exit in
the normal mode (if applicable).
(ii) Procedures for using each exit in
the emergency mode.
(s) Crewmember Rest Facilities
Subtasks:
(1) Operation of emergency systems.
(2) Operation of escape exits.
(3) Operation of escape lifts.
(4) Oxygen systems.
(5) Communication systems.
(6) Restraint systems.
(7) Any additional equipment or
systems in the crewmember rest
facilities on the aircraft on which the
flight attendant serves.
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1409
2. [Reserved]
B. [Reserved]
IV. Emergency Training Drill
Requirements (see § 121.1373)
A. Each flight attendant must operate
each exit on each aircraft type on which
the flight attendant is to serve in both
the normal and emergency modes,
including the actions and forces
required in the deployment of
emergency evacuation slides.
B. Each flight attendant must
complete the following emergency
training drills during the specified
training periods, using those items of
installed emergency equipment for each
type of aircraft operated by that part 119
certificate holder in which the flight
attendant is to serve.
C. Each piece of emergency
equipment and training device must be
in its fully secured, pinned, or bracketed
position, as installed on the aircraft,
prior to being operated by each flight
attendant during each drill (if the flight
attendant does not complete the
equipment mountings drill for that
piece of equipment) or prior to being
operated for each flight attendant during
an observation drill.
D. Flight attendants must complete
each drill according to the standards
and situational awareness markers
(CRM competencies) provided in each
drill without manual reference or
coaching.
E. Successful individual evaluation of
each flight attendant’s performance by a
person authorized to administer
proficiency tests is required. Flight
attendants who cannot demonstrate the
required level of proficiency during
testing must be retrained in accordance
with the certificate holder’s procedures
prior to retesting.
F. The operation of the equipment
must be identical to that installed in the
certificate holder’s aircraft on which the
flight attendant is to be qualified with
respect to weight, dimensions,
appearance (e.g., color, placards and
markings), features, charge duration (if
applicable), controls, types, and
operation.
V. Emergency Training Drills—General
(see § 121.1373)
A. Subject: Job Performance Drills
1. Task: Operation of Each Type of
Installed Hand Fire Extinguisher (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: The extinguisher
must be charged; however, it may be
charged with an environmentally
friendly agent.
(b) Task: This drill is not required for
the type of fire extinguisher used in the
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1410
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
protective breathing equipment and
firefighting drill (Task 8). Flight
attendants must fight an actual or
simulated fire. The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Remove fire extinguisher from the
brackets (if not completed during the
equipment mountings drill).
(2) Prepare extinguisher for use (e.g.,
rotate handle to pressurize, break
tamper seals, pull pin, release safety
latch).
(3) Operate extinguisher discharge
mechanism properly.
(4) Aim and discharge extinguisher at
the base of the fire (actual or simulated
‘‘open flame’’) or as close to the source
as possible (‘‘hidden fire’’) using proper
discharge pattern, bottle position and
flight attendant body position.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. Task: Operation of Each Type of
Portable Oxygen Equipment (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: The drill does not
need to be repeated using each type of
portable oxygen bottle installed in the
aircraft provided the procedures, oxygen
mask tubing, fittings, and the means to
activate the oxygen flow are the same
from one bottle to the other, regardless
of the size of the portable oxygen bottle.
Where types differ, the drills must be
repeated with the appropriate
equipment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Remove the bottle or canister from
the bracket or stowage (if not completed
during the equipment mountings drill).
(2) Retrieve oxygen mask and hose,
attach coupling to the high and low
outlets.
(3) Use the carrying strap.
(4) Prepare the ‘‘passenger’’ for
receiving oxygen administration (i.e., no
END QPS REQUIREMENT
smoking, possibly relocating passenger,
llllllllllllllllll
l removing petroleum products from
passenger’s face).
BEGIN INFORMATION
(5) Activate the oxygen and test for
(d) Effective training scenarios for
flow, position and secure the mask to
firefighting should include realistic
the passenger’s face.
drills with emphasis on combating
(6) Secure the oxygen bottle or
hidden fires. To provide realistic
canister and position it to monitor the
training, drills should simulate
supply.
locations of hidden fires, such as behind
(7) Demonstrate proper handling
sidewall panels, in overhead areas, air
techniques if using portable solid state
conditioning vents, or overhead panels.
units.
For example, electrical fires, lavatory
(8) Demonstrate proper placement of
fires or fires erupting from failures of
hot generators, as per certificate holder
lithium-ion batteries such as those used procedures, if using solid state units.
within laptop computers. The intent of
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
the training is to provide crewmembers
Markers): The flight attendant must
with the obstacles that would be
communicate and coordinate (through
encountered onboard the aircraft, but it
discussion or actions) with other
is not intended to have each student
crewmembers during the drill, as
remove sidewall panels. A training
appropriate. The flight attendant must
program should incorporate a method to also recognize indications regarding
assess the hidden fire and to combat the duration of oxygen supply.
hidden fire such as locating the source
3. Task: Operation of Each Type of
of the fire, if possible, before applying
Fixed Oxygen System in the Cabin (Job
an extinguishing agent.
(e) Depending on the sophistication of Performance)
(a) Environment: The drill does not
the training device, the flight attendant
need to be repeated using each type of
could utilize a manual release tool that
fixed oxygen system installed in the
is designed to open the oxygen
aircraft provided the procedures and the
compartments to gain access to a fire
means to activate the oxygen flow, and
that is suspected in that region, remove
the method to manually open the
a cabin ceiling speaker cover by simply
compartment, are the same from one
snapping it out of its fixture, or move
system to another. Where types differ,
carry-on baggage from an overhead
the drills must be repeated with the
compartment.
appropriate equipment.
END INFORMATION
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
llllllllllllllllll
l complete the following during the drill,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Each flight attendant must
manually drop oxygen mask and follow
the crewmember coordination
procedures.
(2) The flight attendant must
demonstrate the ability to ‘‘turn on’’ the
oxygen system, if necessary.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate.
4. Task: Operation of Each Type of
Protective Breathing Equipment (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: PBE consisting of a
portable oxygen bottle and full-face
mask must be fully operational and
charged. Self contained PBE may be
substituted with a training smoke hood
that is not operational.
(b) Task: This drill is not required for
the type of PBE used in the protective
breathing equipment and firefighting
drill (Task 8). The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Remove PBE from stowage
including stowage container (if not
accomplished during the equipment
mountings drill) and pouch.
(2) Don PBE and activate oxygen in
proper sequence and using proper
techniques.
(3) Verify proper seal.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize indications regarding
duration of oxygen supply.
5. Task: Operation of Each Type of
Installed Life Preserver and Each Type
of Individual Flotation Means (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F
of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Remove life preserver from the
sealed or closed (actual or simulated)
pouch.
(2) Don and secure life preserver and
inflate using automatic inflation of at
least one chamber.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(3) Partially inflate or simulate
inflation of second chamber of life
preserver orally.
(4) Practice deflation technique.
(5) Locate and review light activation.
(6) Demonstrate the procedures to use
a life preserver for a child (and infant,
if applicable).
(7) Demonstrate proper arm
placement and use of seat cushion.
(8) Demonstrate use of seat cushion by
infant and small child.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. The flight attendant must
also:
(1) Recognize removal procedures for
seat cushions, and also recognize any
equipment or furnishings that may
complement or may hinder the removal
of the seat cushion.
(2) Recognize the hazards that can be
associated with inflating life preservers
in the aircraft.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
6. Task: Operation of Each Type of
Automated External Defibrillator (AED)
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F
of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Remove the AED from the bracket
or stowage (if not completed during the
equipment mountings drill).
(2) Prepare the AED for use and attach
leads if necessary.
(3) Prepare the scene and ‘‘passenger’’
for use of an AED.
(4) Follow AED prompts for proper
use, including the administration of
shocks, rescue breathing and the
administration of cardiopulmonary
resuscitation (CPR) if so prompted, to
include the use of the CPR mask.
(5) Detach leads, if required by
certificate holder procedures.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize the need for
defibrillation.
7. Task: Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
(CPR)—Adult, Child, and Infant (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: This drill must be
performed using training equipment
that creates an effective environment for
the accomplishment of the performance
drill.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(b) Task: This CPR drill is not
required if the flight attendant performs
CPR during the operation of each type
of installed automated external
defibrillator. The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Administer CPR, to include the
use of the CPR mask, for adult, child
and infant CPR.
(2) [Reserved].
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize the need for CPR.
8. Task: Protective Breathing Equipment
and Firefighting Drill (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: This drill must be
performed using training equipment
that creates an effective environment for
the accomplishment of performance
drills using at least one type of hand fire
extinguisher that replicates the features
and operating mechanisms of the
installed fire extinguishers, with the
exception of the extinguishing agent,
and is appropriate for the type of actual
fire being fought while using the type of
installed PBE required by § 121.337 or
an approved PBE simulation device. A
self-contained PBE may be substituted
with a training smoke hood which is not
operational.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete at least one approved
protective breathing equipment and
firefighting drill in which the flight
attendant combats an actual fire, during
basic qualification training.
(1) For recurrent training, the flight
attendant must combat an actual or
simulated fire using at least one type of
installed hand fire extinguisher or
approved training device that is
appropriate for the type of actual fire or
simulated fire to be fought while using
the type of installed PBE required by
§ 121.337 or an approved PBE
simulation device.
(2) Each 36 months, the flight
attendant must combat at least one
‘‘hidden fire’’ that is actual or simulated
(e.g., behind a panel, in a lavatory or
with an undisclosed source of origin).
(3) The flight attendant must complete
the following during the drill, and be
evaluated and debriefed on the proper
use of equipment and procedures:
(i) Locate source of fire and smoke.
(ii) Remove PBE from stowage
container and pouch.
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1411
(iii) Don PBE and activate oxygen in
proper sequence (activation of oxygen
may be simulated).
(iv) Verify seal.
(v) Demonstrate the use of aircraft
communication systems (actual or with
a training device).
(vi) Select appropriate fire
extinguisher.
(vii) Remove the fire extinguisher
from brackets/secured position (if not
accomplished during the equipment
mountings drill).
(viii) Prepare extinguisher for use
(e.g., rotate handle to pressurize, break
tamper seals, pull pin, release safety
latch).
(ix) Approach fire or smoke.
(x) Fight fire using proper techniques
(particularly in the case of a ‘‘hidden
fire’’).
(xi) Operate extinguisher discharge
mechanism properly.
(xii) Demonstrate proper passenger
handling/protection techniques.
(xiii) Ensure fire is extinguished.
(xiv) Use protective techniques to
back away.
(xv) Use proper techniques for PBE
removal.
(xvi) Properly secure equipment as
per certificate holder’s procedures.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize the problem, be aware of
PBE duration, and be aware of signals
that PBE is no longer generating oxygen
to wearer.
9. Task: Cabin Preparation and
Evacuation Drills (Land and Water
Evacuation) (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: This drill must be
performed using training equipment
that creates an effective environment for
the completion of the performance drill.
(b) Task: Each flight attendant must
participate as either a flight attendant or
a passenger in a full, complete, and
uninterrupted cabin preparation as
outlined in the ‘‘Cabin Preparation and
Evacuation for a Planned Land
Evacuation’’ drill. In addition, if the
flight attendant is to be qualified in
extended overwater operations, that
flight attendant must participate as
either a flight attendant or a passenger
in a full, complete and uninterrupted
cabin preparation as outlined in the
‘‘Cabin Preparation and Evacuation for a
Planned Water Landing (Ditching)’’
drill.
(c) For the purposes of recurrent
training, flight attendants may complete
a ‘‘Cabin Preparation and Evacuation for
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1412
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
a Planned Land Evacuation’’ drill and a
‘‘Cabin Preparation and Evacuation for a
Planned Water Landing (Ditching)’’ drill
during alternate recurrent training
cycles. If the flight attendant has not
participated as a flight attendant in one
of the cabin preparation and evacuation
drills, then the flight attendant must
participate as a flight attendant in at
least a portion of another evacuation
drill.
(d) The flight attendant must
participate as a crewmember or a
passenger in at least one of the
following approved evacuation drills to
include crew coordination procedures,
cabin preparation and passenger
preparation that is applicable to the
certificate holder’s operations. The
flight attendant must also apply tasks
and procedures following the prescribed
sequence, as priorities allow.
(e) During the initiation phase of the
cabin preparation for the planned land
evacuation and the planned water
landing (ditching), the flight attendant
must:
(1) Receive notification from the flight
deck, including:
(i) Use of emergency notification
signal.
(ii) Confirmation from the flight deck
that an emergency landing and
evacuation are anticipated.
(2) Communicate with PIC to obtain
the following essential information:
(i) Find out the amount of time
remaining until landing.
(ii) Find out what type of landing is
anticipated (e.g., aircraft configuration,
environmental conditions, which exits
can be used).
(iii) Establish and confirm signal to
assume brace for impact position.
(iv) Confirm signal to evacuate.
(v) Coordinate with other flight
attendants.
(3) Prepare the cabin as follows:
(i) Secure galley ensuring all galley
components and supplies are properly
restrained.
(ii) Adjust cabin lights to full bright.
(iii) Deliver emergency announcement
or demonstration.
(f) The flight attendant must complete
the following during the drills, and be
evaluated and debriefed on the proper
use of equipment and procedures.
(1) Conduct a Cabin Preparation and
Evacuation for a Planned Land
Evacuation.
(i) Conduct initiation phase of the
cabin preparation for the Planned Land
Evacuation (see paragraphV.A.9.(e) of
this attachment.)
(ii) Instruct passengers to secure
seatbelts low and tight and review how
to release seat belts.
(iii) Instruct passengers on brace for
impact position(s) beginning with the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
position to be assumed by the majority
of passengers.
(iv) Conduct passenger review of
passenger safety information card.
(v) Instruct passengers on location of
exits (primary and alternate).
(vi) Direct passenger attention to the
location of escape path lighting.
(vii) Instruct passengers on how to
exit down slides or out windows.
(viii) Instruct passengers on use of
escape ropes or escape tapes at
overwing exits.
(ix) Direct passengers to leave
everything behind.
(x) Direct passengers to stay low in a
smoke filled cabin.
(xi) Reseat passengers as necessary.
(xii) Brief able bodied passengers on
tasks.
(A) Exit operation.
(B) Signals or commands regarding
starting the evacuation.
(C) Slide operation.
(xiii) Conduct compliance check.
(xiv) Prepare for landing.
(xv) Provide last minute instructions
to passengers.
(xvi) Check exits to ensure they are
ready for evacuation.
(xvii) Adjust cabin lighting to dim
setting.
(xviii) Secure barrier strap.
(xix) Use proper techniques to fasten
flight attendant restraint system.
(xx) Inform PIC of cabin readiness.
(xxi) Perform silent review.
(xxii) Assume flight attendant
protective brace position.
(xxiii) Command passengers to
assume protective brace position and
continue brace commands until the
aircraft has come to a complete stop.
(xxiv) Perform assigned duties
following emergency landing, as
follows:
(A) Remain seated until the aircraft
comes to a complete stop.
(B) Open seat belts.
(C) Assess conditions.
(D) Activate emergency lights.
(E) Aggressively initiate evacuation
procedures using communication
protocols or manage passenger behavior
if decision is made not to evacuate.
(F) Activate evacuation signal.
(G) Shout evacuation commands to
passengers.
(H) Conduct evacuation at floor level
exits.
(1) Assess conditions at exit.
(2) Apply forces necessary to open
door in emergency mode and under
possible adverse conditions.
(3) Take appropriate precautions for
door hazard conditions.
(4) Hold onto assist handle.
(5) Open the exit in the armed mode.
(6) Use manual operation if
pneumatic operations fail.
PO 00000
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(7) Block and redirect, if necessary.
(8) Secure the exit in the fully open
position.
(9) Hold passengers back until exit is
open and ready for evacuation.
(10) Pull the manual inflation handle
and verify deployment, inflation (e.g.,
ramp, slide).
(11) Ensure that stairs are positioned
for evacuation.
(12) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(13) Shout door commands to
passengers.
(14) Use passenger flow management
control.
(15) Open exits and manage flow
control at more than one exit if
procedures require responsibility for
opening more than one exit.
(16) Direct passengers to most usable
doors.
(17) Give commands to able bodied
passengers.
(I) Conduct evacuation at over wing
exits.
(1) Go to exit (if part of assigned
duties).
(2) Assess conditions at exit.
(3) Remove hatch.
(4) Dispose of hatch.
(5) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(6) Give commands to passengers at
over wing exit.
(7) Control passenger flow at over
wing area.
(8) Use escape ropes or escape tapes.
(J) Ensure evacuation of passengers
needing assistance.
(K) Evacuate crewmember through
most appropriate exit, if crewmember is
incapacitated.
(L) Shout commands to helper
passengers at the bottom of the slides,
stairs or exit.
(M) Remove emergency equipment.
(N) Check flight deck.
(2) Conduct a Cabin Preparation and
Evacuation for a Planned Water Landing
(Ditching).
(i) Conduct initiation phase of the
cabin preparation for the Planned Water
Landing (Ditching) (see paragraph
V.A.9.(e) of this attachment).
(A) Direct passengers to don life vests
and instruct them on use.
(B) Don crew life vest.
(C) Instruct passengers to secure
seatbelts low and tight and review how
to release seat belts.
(D) Instruct passengers on brace for
impact position(s) beginning with the
position to be assumed by the majority
of passengers.
(E) Conduct passenger review of
passenger safety information card.
(F) Instruct passengers on location of
exits (primary and alternate).
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(G) Direct passenger attention to the
location of emergency floor level
lighting.
(H) Instruct passengers on how to exit
down slides or out windows.
(I) Direct passengers to leave
everything behind.
(J) Direct passengers to stay low in a
smoke filled cabin.
(K) Reseat passengers as necessary.
(ii) Brief able bodied passengers on
tasks:
(A) Exit operation.
(B) Signals or commands regarding
starting the evacuation.
(C) Positioning raft according to
carrier procedures.
(D) Use of slide raft as raft.
(E) Launching raft or slide raft.
(iii) Continue with cabin preparation:
(A) Complete compliance check.
(B) Prepare for landing.
(C) Provide last minute instructions to
passengers.
(D) Check exits to ensure they are
ready for evacuation.
(E) Adjust cabin lighting to dim
setting.
(F) Secure barrier strap.
(G) Use proper techniques to fasten
flight attendant restraint system.
(H) Inform PIC of cabin readiness.
(I) Perform silent review.
(J) Assume flight attendant protective
brace position.
(K) Command passengers to assume
protective brace position and continue
to shout brace commands until the
aircraft has come to a complete stop.
(iv) Perform assigned duties following
impact to include the following:
(A) Remain seated until the aircraft
has stopped.
(B) Open seat belts.
(C) Assess conditions (e.g., watch for
water line).
(D) Activate emergency lights.
(E) Aggressively initiate evacuation
using communication protocols.
(F) Activate evacuation signal.
(G) Shout commands to passengers.
(H) Conduct evacuation at floor level
exits as follows:
(1) Assess conditions at exit.
(2) Apply forces necessary to open
door in emergency mode and under
possible adverse conditions.
(3) Take appropriate precautions for
door hazard conditions.
(4) Hold onto assist handle.
(5) Open the exit.
(6) Use manual operation if
pneumatic operations fail.
(7) Block and redirect if necessary.
(8) Secure the exit in the fully open
position.
(9) Hold passengers back until exit is
open and ready for evacuation.
(10) Pull the manual inflation
handle(s) and verify deployment,
inflation.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(11) Review deployment procedures
for inflated slide and launch rafts if
aircraft equipped with life rafts.
(12) Simulate evacuating passengers
into raft, slide raft, or water.
(13) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(14) Shout door commands to
passengers.
(15) Use passenger flow management
control.
(16) Direct passengers to most useable
doors.
(17) Give commands to able bodied
passengers.
(18) Ensure evacuation of passengers
needing assistance.
(19) Inflate crew life vest.
(I) Conduct evacuation at over wing
exit.
(1) Go to exit (if part of assigned
duties).
(2) Remove hatch.
(3) Dispose of hatch as per certificate
holder procedures.
(4) Review raft launching procedures
in overwing area.
(5) Use escape ropes or tapes at
overwing area (if applicable).
(6) Give commands to passengers at
over wing exit.
(7) Control passenger flow at over
wing area.
(g) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or actions) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. The flight attendant must
also:
(1) Demonstrate awareness of his or
her duties as a crewmember and duties
of other crewmembers during an
evacuation
(2) Review procedures for evacuation
of passengers or crewmembers needing
assistance.
1413
equipment and the capacity to respond
to changing situations without the
assistance of other crewmembers.
(i) While adding variable to the
scenarios is a good training tool, a
scenario should not incorporate
excessive variables that would overload
a flight attendant, nor be so limited on
variables that there is a reduced training
value to the exercise.
(j) An effective practice is to provide
flight attendants a demonstration of
‘‘textbook’’ cabin preparation or
evacuation drills conducted in
accordance with the certificate holder’s
procedures. Certificate holders should
also be aware of the desirability of flight
crewmembers and flight attendants
performing evacuation scenarios
together. When this is not possible,
certificate holders should include
information addressing the roles of
other crewmembers during emergency
evacuation situations.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
10. Task: Evacuation Drills (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: This drill must be
performed using training equipment
that creates an effective environment for
the accomplishment of performance
drills.
(b) The flight attendant must complete
the following during the drill, and be
evaluated and debriefed on the proper
use of equipment and procedures:
(c) During the initiation phase of the
Unplanned land evacuation and the
unplanned water evacuation drills, the
flight attendant must:
(1) Issue brace for impact commands
at the first sign a problem exists that
could lead to impact of evacuation.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(2) Remain seated until the aircraft
llllllllllllllllll
l comes to a complete stop.
(3) Open seat belts.
BEGIN INFORMATION
(4) Assess conditions.
(5) Activate emergency lights.
(h) To create a realistic training
(6) Aggressively initiate evacuation
environment, a certificate holder may
procedures using communication
choose to integrate variables into the
protocols or manage passenger behavior
scenarios that happen during actual
if decision is made not to evacuate.
emergencies (e.g., running out of time
(7) Activate evacuation signal.
prior to completing a cabin preparation,
(8) Shout evacuation commands to
change in the type of evacuation or
passengers.
landing). For aircraft for which more
(9) Conduct evacuation at floor level
than one flight attendant is required,
drills could also be conducted in which exits.
(10) Assess conditions at exit.
the flight attendant finds himself or
(11) Apply forces necessary to open
herself acting alone (simulating
door in emergency mode and under
incapacitation of other flight
possible adverse conditions.
attendants). The ‘‘solo’’ drill
(12) Take appropriate precautions for
demonstrates the ability of the flight
door hazard conditions.
attendant to take command of a
(13) Hold onto assist handle.
situation using available safety
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1414
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(14) Open the exit in the armed mode.
(15) Use manual operation if
pneumatic operations fail.
(16) Block and redirect if necessary.
(17) Secure the exit in the fully open
position.
(18) Hold passengers back until exit is
open and ready for evacuation.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(d) Task: Conduct an Unplanned Land
Evacuation
(1) Conduct initiation phase of the
unplanned land evacuation (See
paragraph V.A.10(c) of this attachment.)
(2) Pull the manual inflation handle(s)
and verify deployment, inflation (e.g.,
ramp, slide) (in the case of stairs, ensure
they are positioned for evacuation).
(3) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(4) Shout door commands (land
evacuation) to passengers.
(5) Use passenger flow management
control.
(6) Open exits and manage flow
control at more than one exit if
procedures require responsibility for
opening more than one exit.
(7) Direct passengers to most useable
doors.
(8) Give commands to able bodied
passengers.
(9) Conduct evacuation at over wing
exits.
(i) Go to exit.
(ii) Assess conditions at exit.
(iii) Remove hatch.
(iv) Dispose of hatch.
(v) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(vi) Give commands to passengers on
how to egress through exit.
(vii) Control passenger flow at over
wing area.
(viii) Use escape ropes or escape
tapes.
(10) Ensure evacuation of passengers
needing assistance..
(11) Evacuate crewmember through
most appropriate exit, if crewmember is
incapacitated.
(12) Shout commands to helper
passengers at the bottom of the slides,
stairs or exit.
(13) Remove emergency equipment.
(14) Check flight deck.
(e) Task: Conduct an Unplanned
Water Evacuation.
(1) Conduct initiation phase of the
unplanned water evacuation (See
paragraph V.A.10(c) of this attachment.).
(2) Pull the manual inflation handle(s)
and verify deployment and inflation (if
applicable).
(3) Review procedures to inflated
slide and launch rafts if aircraft
equipped with life rafts.
(4) Evacuate passengers into raft, slide
raft, or water.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(5) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(6) Shout door commands (water
evacuation) to passengers.
(7) Use passenger flow management
control.
(8) Direct passengers to most useable
doors.
(10) Give commands to able bodied
passengers.
(11) Ensure evacuation of passengers
needing assistance.
(12) Inflate crew life vest.
(13) Conduct evacuation at over wing
exit.
(i) Go to exit.
(ii) Remove hatch.
(iii) Dispose of hatch as per certificate
holder procedures.
(iv) Review procedures to launch rafts
in over wing area.
(v) Use escape ropes or escape tapes
at over wing area.
(vi) Give commands to passengers at
over wing exit.
(vii) Control passenger flow at over
wing area.
(viii) Ensure evacuation of passengers
needing assistance.
(f) Task: Control An Unwarranted
(Unneeded) Evacuation.
The flight attendant must perform the
following:
(1) Take protective position if at door.
(2) Coordinate with crew.
(3) Stop evacuation; use strong
commands.
(g) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. The flight attendant must
also review procedures for evacuation of
passengers needing assistance.
11. Task: Equipment Mountings Drill
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: Each piece of
emergency equipment or training device
must be in the fully secured or pinned
position and using the identical
bracketing or securing system that is
used on the aircraft prior to being
operated by each flight attendant during
each drill or prior to being operated by
each flight attendant during the
equipment mountings drill.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Completely remove each piece of
portable emergency equipment from its
bracket or securing system.
(2) Resecure each piece of portable
emergency equipment in its bracket or
securing system or properly stow
PO 00000
Frm 00136
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
according to certificate holder
procedures.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. The flight attendant must
also recognize the importance of
removing equipment as quickly as
possible.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) For realistic training, it is
important that the emergency
equipment used in the drills is identical
to the equipment found on the aircraft
in relation to the bracketing or securing
systems. For example, location of the
equipment in overhead bins, emergency
equipment stowage doghouses, and the
spacing of equipment relative to other
equipment.
(e) The FAA recognizes that some
training equipment, facilities and
scenarios make this training
requirement difficult to support. It is
important to give certificate holders
maximum flexibility to comply with the
performance requirement that each
flight attendant completely remove and
replace each piece of portable
emergency equipment from the bracket
or securing system that is identical to
those systems that a flight attendant
would find on each aircraft on which
they are qualified.
(f) It is acceptable that this
performance requirement be completed
during the individual drills or the
equipment mountings drill.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
12. Task: Ditching Survival Drill (Dry
Training Environment) (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: The certificate
holder may substitute a raft, provided
there are no substantive differences with
respect to weight, dimensions,
appearance, features, and operations
and the certificate holder provides
differences training approved by the
FAA. However, when flight attendants
are trained and qualified on multiple
aircraft types that are extended
overwater equipped, the flight attendant
must complete ‘‘hands on’’ drill training
on each different raft and slide raft on
a training schedule acceptable to the
FAA, not to exceed a 5 year recurrent
training cycle.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
participate in the following approved
dry ditching drill as applicable to the
certificate holder’s procedures and
approved extended overwater
operations. The flight attendant may
complete this drill in conjunction with
the one time wet ditching drill to
initially qualify to serve on an aircraft
that is used for extended overwater
operations. In addition, the flight
attendant must perform this drill during
recurrent or requalification training, as
applicable.
(c) The flight attendant must complete
the following during the drill, and be
evaluated and debriefed on the proper
use of equipment and procedures:
(1) Identify boarding station and
board raft.
(2) Review the need to crawl and stay
low.
(3) Discuss the importance of
distributing the load.
(4) Review the need to stay attached
to the aircraft as long as possible, and
operation of the quick disconnect.
(5) Review the need to get clear of
fuel-covered water and debris.
(6) Locate and deploy the sea anchor.
(7) Discuss the importance of upwind
and downwind.
(8) Retrieve the survival kit and
review contents.
(9) Identify inflation valve and review
operation of inflation pump and raft
repair kit.
(10) Identify items such as bailing
bucket and sponge for bailing raft dry.
(11) Erect the canopy and discuss
methods for collecting rain water and
water purification techniques.
(12) Demonstrate how canopy can be
used in both hot and cold climates.
(13) Review signaling devices located
in survival kits or brought to the raft.
(14) Discuss the cautions associated
with flares and sea dye marker and
proper use.
(15) Point out raft lights.
(16) Review alternate signaling
devices (e.g., mirrors).
(17) Locate and demonstrate use of
heaving line. Review techniques to
retrieve survivors.
(18) Discuss raft management
including distribution of duties to
passengers and ongoing physiological
effects of the situation.
(19) Discuss long term water survival
techniques or strategies.
(20) Discuss static line breaking
strain.
(21) Discuss transporting
incapacitated persons from the aircraft
into the rafts.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate.
13. Jumpseat Drill (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: Each flight attendant
must complete a flight attendant
jumpseat drill by using at least one type
of installed flight attendant jumpseat
from an aircraft on which the flight
attendant will be qualified to serve.
(b) Task: This is an emergency drill
requirement that the flight attendant
must complete for the certificate holder
for which the flight attendant is
employed. This drill is not required if
the flight attendant has completed any
drill using at least one type of installed
flight attendant jumpseat from an
aircraft on which the flight attendant
will be qualified to serve during an exit
device operation drill or evacuation
drill. During the completion of
proficiency drills, the flight attendant
must operate at least one exit starting
from a seated position on at least one
type of installed flight attendant
jumpseat from an aircraft on which the
flight attendant will be qualified to
serve during an exit device operation
drill, evacuation drill or flight attendant
jumpseat drill.
(c) The flight attendant must complete
the following during the drill, and be
evaluated and debriefed on the proper
use of equipment and procedures:
(1) Preflight check of the flight
attendant jumpseat.
(2) Properly secure restraint system.
(3) Demonstrate brace position
appropriate for flight attendant jumpseat
location on aircraft, as per certificate
holder procedures.
(4) Proper methods of releasing
restraint device, in accordance with per
certificate holder procedures.
(5) Proper method of stowing flight
attendant jumpseat and restraint system,
in accordance with certificate holder
procedures.
(d) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate..
1415
jumpseat for that aircraft type. In
addition, the rule requires job
performance training in each flight
attendant jumpseat by aircraft type
during basic qualification training or
Aircraft Operating Experience (AOE).
(f) Flight attendants will not always
be seated in their jumpseats when they
initiate the commands and actions to
open an exit in the emergency mode
during an evacuation. For example, a
flight attendant could be in the cabin
performing safety related duties during
aircraft taxi, or in the cabin of an aircraft
that is parked at the gate during
boarding when an evacuation may need
to be initiated. The drill allows the
certificate holder to give flight
attendants the opportunity to reinforce
effective jumpseat techniques during
exit operation, but allows certificate
holders the flexibility to incorporate
other ‘‘starting points’’ into exit device
operation scenarios.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
B. Subject: One Time Job Performance
Drills
1. Ditching Survival Drill (Wet Training
Environment) (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: The certificate
holder may substitute a raft, provided
there are no substantive differences with
respect to weight, dimension,
appearance, features, and operations,
and the certificate holder provides
differences training approved by the
Administrator.
(b) Task: This is a one-time
emergency drill requirement that the
flight attendant must accomplish for the
certificate holder for which the flight
attendant is employed. This one time
drill must be given in basic qualification
or transition training, whichever
training initially qualifies the flight
attendant to serve on an airplane that is
used for extended overwater operations.
(c) Activities prior to raft boarding
may be done in classroom, airplane, or
airplane mockup. Raft boarding and
subsequent activities must be done in
END QPS REQUIREMENT
water.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(d) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
BEGIN INFORMATION
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
(e) Proper use of the flight attendant
proper use of equipment and
jumpseat and restraint system is integral
procedures:
to a flight attendant being able to initiate
(1) Don and use life vest as a means
an effective aircraft evacuation. The rule
of flotation.
has a requirement for flight attendants
(2) Use flotation seat cushion for adult
who receive initial or transition training
on any aircraft type to receive academic and child or infant.
(3) Board the raft.
training on the use the flight attendant
PO 00000
Frm 00137
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1416
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(4) Demonstrate effective raft
management (e.g., distribute passengers
and deploy sea anchor).
(5) Use heaving lines and life lines.
(6) Erect the raft canopy.
(7) Manage passengers, including
distribution of duties to passengers.
(e) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
2. Emergency Evacuation Egress Slide
Drill (Job Performance)
(a) Environment: Each flight attendant
must complete an emergency evacuation
slide drill by egressing the aircraft or
approved training device using at least
one type of installed emergency
evacuation slide from an aircraft on
which the flight attendant will be
qualified to serve.
(b) Task: This drill is required when
the flight attendant is qualifying on an
aircraft that is equipped with emergency
evacuation slides. This drill is not
required if the flight attendant egresses
the aircraft or approved training device
using at least one type of installed
emergency evacuation slide from an
aircraft on which the flight attendant
will be qualified to serve during the
evacuation drill. (See paragraph V.A.10
of this attachment.)
(c) This is a one-time emergency drill
requirement that the flight attendant
must complete for the certificate holder
for which the flight attendant is
employed. This one time drill must be
given in basic qualification, transition
training, or recurrent training,
whichever training initially qualifies the
flight attendant to serve on an aircraft
with evacuation slides.
(d) The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Observe the airplane exits being
opened in the emergency mode and the
associated exit slide or slide raft pack
being deployed and inflated or perform
the tasks resulting in the completion of
these actions (if not completed during
the emergency evacuation including the
use of a slide observation drill).
(2) Use the correct method to egress
the aircraft and descend the slide.
(e) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
3. Emergency Evacuation Egress Drill
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: Each flight attendant
must complete an emergency evacuation
drill by egressing the aircraft or
approved training device using at least
one type of installed emergency exit,
from an aircraft on which the flight
attendant will be qualified to serve.
(b) Task: This is a one-time
emergency drill requirement that the
flight attendant must complete for the
certificate holder for which the flight
attendant is employed. This one time
drill must be given in basic qualification
or transition, whichever training
initially qualifies the flight attendant to
serve on an aircraft that is not equipped
with evacuation slides. An emergency
exit that has stairs may not be used.
(c) The flight attendant must complete
the following during the drill, and be
evaluated and debriefed on the proper
use of equipment and procedures:
(1) Observe the aircraft exits being
opened in the emergency mode or
perform the tasks resulting in the
completion of these actions
(2) Use the correct method to egress
the aircraft, or training device that is
representative of the aircraft in relation
to sill height from the ground or
window exit to the wing.
(d) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate.
(3) If a flight attendant qualifies on B–
737 in basic qualification training and
the certificate holder acquires a CRJ 2
years later and the flight attendant has
transition training on the CRJ, then the
flight attendant must complete and
emergency evacuation egress slide drill
during basic qualification training and
an emergency evacuation egress drill
during transition training on the CRJ.
(4) If a flight attendant qualifies on a
CRJ in basic qualification training, the
certificate holder acquires B–737s 2
years later, and the flight attendant has
transition training on the B–737, then
the flight attendant must complete an
emergency evacuation egress drill
during basic qualification training and
an emergency evacuation egress slide
drill during transition training on the B–
737.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
C. Subject: Observation Drills
1. Task: Removal From the Aircraft or
Training Device and Inflation of Each
Type of Installed Life Raft (Observation
Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the
observation drill, and be evaluated and
debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Specific attachment points in the
aircraft.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(2) How and where to attach life raft
llllllllllllllllll
l to aircraft.
(3) Safe inflation techniques.
BEGIN INFORMATION
(4) Launching points.
(5) Righting overturned rafts, if
(e) If the flight attendant will be
applicable.
qualified to serve on an aircraft with
emergency evacuation slides (e.g., B–
2. Task: Deployment, Inflation and
737), as well as an aircraft that does not
Detachment From the Aircraft of Each
have emergency evacuation slides (e.g.,
Type of Installed Slide or Slide Raft
CRJ), then the flight attendant must
Pack (Observation Drill)
complete both the emergency
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
evacuation egress slide drill and the
of this attachment.
emergency evacuation egress drill. To
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
achieve a realistic training environment, complete the following during the
certificate holders are encouraged to
observation drill, and be evaluated and
integrate these drills into other required debriefed on the proper use of
performance drill scenarios.
equipment and procedures:
Examples:
(1) Proper use of the exit operating
(1) If a flight attendant qualifies on a
handle.
B–737 and a CRJ in basic qualification
(2) Location and color of the inflation
training, then the flight attendant must
handle.
complete an emergency evacuation
(3) Demonstration of forces and
egress slide drill and an emergency
actions required to inflate slide or slide
evacuation egress drill.
raft.
(2) If a flight attendant qualifies on
(4) Sound of inflating slide or slide
CRJ in basic qualification training, then
raft.
the flight attendant must complete an
(5) Proper inflation and position of
emergency evacuation egress drill.
the slide or slide raft.
PO 00000
Frm 00138
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(6) Location of the ditching handle or
laces.
(7) Demonstration of the forces and
actions required to use the ditching
handle including secondary actions.
(8) Lanyard and the removal or
cutting of lanyard using the certificate
holder’s procedures.
(9) Righting overturned rafts, if
applicable.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
3. Task: Emergency Evacuation
Including the Use of a Slide
(Observation Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the
observation drill, and be evaluated and
debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Correct methods of evacuation.
(2) Correct methods of entering the
slide.
(3) Necessity for helpers at the bottom
of slide.
4. Task: Non-Floor Level Exits in the
Flight Deck Through Which a
Crewmember May Egress the Aircraft
(Observation Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
of this attachment.
(b) Task: Each flight attendant must
observe the operation of any additional
exits in the flight deck that
crewmembers may use to egress the
aircraft type for which the flight
attendant is qualifying. The flight
attendant may receive AOE credit for
observing the exit operation on the
aircraft or in an approved training
device. The flight attendant must
complete the following during the
observation drill, and be evaluated and
debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Assesses conditions outside the
exit to determine exit usability.
(2) Correct use of the exit operating
mechanism including hand and body
position.
(3) Use of proper terms and
procedures.
(4) Correct positioning of the escape
device.
(5) Method to secure exit in fully
opened position or ensuring correct
stowage position.
(6) Knows appropriate protective
hand and body positions.
(7) Access to escape tapes, escape
ropes or inertial reels.
5. Task: Flight Deck Fixed Oxygen
System (Observation Drill)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
of this attachment.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
observation drill, and be evaluated and
debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Access oxygen mask and remove
from stowage.
(2) Use of proper procedures to don
oxygen mask and activate oxygen in
proper sequence for an emergency.
(3) Re-securing of equipment.
(4) Observe the locations of the flight
deck fixed oxygen system during AOE
flight.
VI. Emergency Training Drills—
Aircraft Specific (see § 121.1373)
A. Subject: Exit Device Operation
1. Task: Floor Level Door Exit Device
Operation (Normal Mode) (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
of this attachment. Equipment may be
substituted provided there is no
substantive difference with respect to
weight, dimensions and appearance and
the flight attendant has been provided
with training on differences between
training equipment and the actual
aircraft exit. Equipment may not be
substituted if the forces and actions
necessary to operate the equipment are
different or if the operating mechanism
is different.
(b) Task: The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Identify signal and conditions
under which each door can be opened
and closed.
(2) Assess the exterior and interior
conditions for obstacles or hazards to
persons or the exit during the opening
and closing (e.g., jetway, stairs, barrier
straps).
(3) Follow procedure to ensure flight
attendant awareness at armed boarding
door prior to aircraft pushback.
(4) Identify signal for arming and
disarming.
(5) Coordinate and communicate.
(6) Properly arm and disarm the exit.
(7) Verify girt bar placement for armed
and disarmed.
(8) Verify door is in the correct mode.
(9) Use proper techniques for the
operating mechanism (such as door
handles to open exit and secure in
locked position).
(10) Secure safety strap then unsecure
safety strap; release locking mechanism.
(11) Properly use control handles to
close exit and secure in locked position.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate.
PO 00000
Frm 00139
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1417
2. Task: Floor Level Door Exit Device
Operation (Emergency Mode) (Job
Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
of this attachment. Equipment may be
substituted provided there is no
substantive difference with respect to
weight, dimensions and appearance and
the flight attendant has been provided
with training on differences between
training equipment and the actual
aircraft exit. Equipment may not be
substituted if the forces and actions
necessary to operate the equipment are
different or if the operating mechanism
is different.
(b) Task: The drill and door
operations must be performed in a
manner that resembles an actual
evacuation. The flight attendant’s voice
commands and actions during the drill
must be aggressive and easily
understood. The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Position escape device.
(2) Verify the exit is in the correct
mode.
(3) Recognize the signal for or the
conditions under which the exit is to be
opened in the emergency mode.
(4) Use proper voice commands to
passengers.
(5) Assess conditions outside the exit
to determine the exit usability (e.g.,
clear of obstruction, fire, aircraft
attitude).
(6) Open the exit in the armed mode
and secure the exit in the fully open
position.
(7) Hold onto assist handle.
(8) Pull the manual inflation handle(s)
and verify deployment, inflation (e.g.,
ramp, slide).
(9) Maintain appropriate protective
body and hand positions.
(10) Follow crew coordination
procedures.
(11) Access release handle(s) (e.g.,
Slide disconnect, jettison tailcone,
ventral stairs).
(12) Recognition of when it is
appropriate to exit the aircraft.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. In addition, the flight
attendant must:
(1) Be aware of passenger flow and
traffic to all exits during the evacuation.
(2) Be aware of additional exit
responsibilities.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1418
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
3. Task: Cabin Window Exit Device and
Plug or Hatch Exit Device Operation
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
of this attachment. Equipment may be
substituted provided there is no
substantive difference with respect to
weight, dimensions and appearance and
the flight attendant has been provided
with training on differences between
training equipment and the actual
aircraft exit. Equipment may not be
substituted if the forces and actions
necessary to operate the equipment are
different or if the operating mechanism
is different.
(b) Task: The drill and door
operations must be performed in a
manner that resembles an actual
evacuation. Commands must be
aggressive and easily understood. Each
flight attendant must operate each cabin
window exit device and plug or hatch
exit device, which has a different
operating mechanism. The flight
attendant must complete the following
during the drill, and be evaluated and
debriefed on the proper use of
equipment and procedures:
(1) Recognize the signal for or the
conditions under which the exit is to be
opened.
(2) Assess conditions outside the exit
to determine exit usability (e.g., clear of
obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(3) Open and correctly stow the exit
(if applicable).
(4) Give commands to passengers for
exiting exit.
(5) Verbally describe correct exit
placement following removal (if
applicable) if the training procedures
differ from the operational procedures.
(6) Pull the manual inflation handle
(if applicable) and verify deployment
(e.g., slide ramp), if applicable.
(7) Assume and maintain appropriate
protective body and hand positions.
(8) Access escape tapes or escape
ropes.
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. In addition, the flight
attendant must:
(1) Be aware of passenger flow and
traffic to all exits during the evacuation.
(2) Be aware of additional exit
responsibilities.
4. Task: Any Additional Emergency
Exits Required for Type Certification
(Job Performance)
(a) Environment: See paragraph IV.F.
of this attachment. Equipment may be
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
substituted provided there is no
substantive difference with respect to
weight, dimensions and appearance and
the flight attendant has been provided
with training on differences between
training equipment and the actual
aircraft exit. Equipment may not be
substituted if the forces and actions
necessary to operate the equipment are
different or if the operating mechanism
is different.
(b) Task: The drill and door
operations must be performed in a
manner that resembles an actual
evacuation. Commands must be
aggressive and easily understood. Each
flight attendant must operate any
additional emergency exit devices
required for type certification through
which crewmembers or passengers may
egress the aircraft. In the case of some
aircraft, an exit required for type
certification may be located on the flight
deck. In this case, the flight attendant
must complete performance drills on
that exit. The flight attendant must
complete the following during the drill,
and be evaluated and debriefed on the
proper use of equipment and
procedures:
(1) Recognize the signal for or the
conditions under which the exit is to be
opened.
(2) Assess conditions outside the exit
to determine exit usability (e.g., clear of
obstruction, fire, aircraft attitude).
(3) Open and correctly stow the exit
(if applicable).
(4) Give commands to passengers for
exiting exit.
(5) Verbally describe correct exit
placement following removal (if
applicable) if the training procedures
differ from the operational procedures.
(6) Pull the manual inflation handle
(if applicable) and verify deployment
(e.g., slide ramp), if applicable.
(7) Assume and maintain appropriate
protective body and hand positions.
(8) Access escape tapes or escape
ropes and access release handle(s) (e.g.,
slide disconnect).
(c) Situational Awareness (CRM
Markers): The flight attendant must
communicate and coordinate (through
discussion or action) with other
crewmembers during the drill, as
appropriate. In addition, the flight
attendant must:
(1) Be aware of passenger flow and
traffic to all exits during the evacuation.
(2) Be aware of additional exit
responsibilities.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
PO 00000
Frm 00140
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
BEGIN INFORMATION
(d) The Type Certification Data Sheets
for all aircraft are available online at:
https://www.airweb.faa.gov/
Regulatory_and_Guidance_Library/
rgMakeModel.nsf/
MainFrame?OpenFrameSet.
B. [Reserved]
Attachment 3 of Appendix S to Part 121
Training and Evaluation Requirements
for Flight Attendant Training Curricula
(Basic Qualification), Categories (New
Hire, Initial, Transition, Emergency,
Recurrent, and Requalification), and
Aircraft Operating Experience
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
A. Training and Evaluation
Requirements (see §§ 121.1301,
121.1331, 121.1341, 121.1343, 121.1361)
1. How must the task requirements
required for instruction and evaluation
in each curriculum be determined?
(a) To determine the tasks in which
each flight attendant must be trained
and evaluated, the certificate holder
must use the task listings provided in
the following table. The tasks must be
specific to the aircraft types (as
appropriate), and must be adjusted for
and kept current with the certificate
holder’s operation as reflected in the
FAA approved operations specifications
and FAOM, as amended.
(b) If the certificate holder adds tasks
or environments to those listed in Table
2A, it must further develop the tasks or
environments to include the
requirement and frequency for training
and evaluation in each specific category
of training listed in the table. These
changes must be submitted to the POI
for approval.
(c) The recurrent curriculum
requirements in the following table also
include the frequency during which
each flight attendant must be trained
and evaluated in each task. The table
indicates which tasks must be
completed by each flight attendant
every 12 months. The table also
indicates which tasks must be
completed by each flight attendant once
every 36 months.
2. Individuals authorized to administer
flight attendant training, evaluation, and
aircraft operating experience
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1419
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3A—PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER FLIGHT ATTENDANT TRAINING, EVALUATION, AND OBSERVATION ACTIVITIES UNDER SUBPART BB—SEE § 121.1323 OF THIS PART FOR SPECIAL LIMITED AUTHORIZATIONS FOR INITIAL
CADRE PERSONNEL
[See §§ 121.1291,121.1321, 121.1323, 121.1387]
Employer and position
Flight attendant training, evaluation, and
observation activities under subpart BB
(by aircraft type)
Part 142 or other part 119
certificate holder
Other contractor
The part 119 certificate
holder
FAA
Aviation
safety
inspector
(cabin
safety)
Flight
attendant
instructor 4
Academic Training
(New Hire, Initial, Emergency, Differences, Recurrent, and Requalification) ..........................................
Proficiency Test 2
(Emergency, Recurrent, Requalification) ...............................................
Supervision of Operating Experience ......
Proficiency Check
(Aircraft Operating Experience) ........
Subject
matter
expert 3
Flight
attendant
instructor 4
Check flight
attendant 1
Flight
attendant
instructor 4
Check flight
attendant 1
X
X
X
X
X
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
....................
X
X
X
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
X
X
1 Requires
authorization by the Administrator for specific duties to be performed.
qualified to administer proficiency tests, with the exception of FAA Aviation Safety Inspectors (Cabin Safety), must meet the requirements of § 121.1387 of this part.
3 Subject Matter Experts, who meet the requirements of § 121.1291 of this part and this QPS, may conduct specific flight attendant training.
4 Persons qualified to administer flight attendant training must meet the requirements of § 121.1291 of this part.
2 Persons
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(2) Subject matter experts in certain
subject areas may provide flight
attendant training on the following
specific tasks without a qualified flight
attendant instructor present:
llllllllllllllllll
l
(i) Firefighting and firefighting
equipment.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
(ii) Emergency medical events and
3. The use of Subject Matter Experts
emergency medical equipment.
(a) Under § 121.1291, a subject matter
(iii) Hazardous materials recognition.
expert, with specific technical
(b) [Reserved]
knowledge on a subject, may be used to
conduct training on specific tasks, in
END QPS REQUIREMENT
accordance with the following:
llllllllllllllllll
l
(1) Except as provided in paragraph
A.3.(a)(2) of this attachment, when flight
BEGIN INFORMATION
attendant training is provided by a
subject matter expert, a qualified flight
4. How to determine flight attendant
attendant instructor must be present.
eligibility for Requalification Training
months as part of basic qualification or
recurrent flight attendant training.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(b) [Reserved]
BEGIN INFORMATION
END INFORMATION
(a) A flight attendant instructor may
not be physically able to perform certain
performance drills due to injury,
pregnancy, or disability. Therefore, the
FAA allows those individuals to
complete the required training to qualify
as a flight attendant instructor, with the
exception of those performance drills
the person can not physically perform.
However, the FAA only allows flight
attendant instructors to instruct in
performance drills that they were able to
physically perform within the past 12
TABLE 3B—FLIGHT ATTENDANT: REQUALIFICATION
[§ 121.1309]
No person may serve as a flight attendant if that person becomes unqualified by failing to meet Recurrent training requirements
To be requalified the flight attendant must complete § 121.1301, as applicable, or comply with the appropriate phase of Requalification
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
If the flight attendant has been unqualified for:
Then the flight attendant may requalify by completing:
Less than 12 months:
A flight attendant who misses Recurrent training but does not miss a
complete Recurrent Flight Attendant Training Cycle.
A flight attendant that misses an entire Recurrent Flight Attendant
Training Cycle.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00141
Fmt 4701
Phase I Requalification (§ 121.1309(a)(1)):
• Current Recurrent Flight Attendant Training Cycle.
• Base month not changed.
Phase I Requalification (§ 121.1309(a)(2)):
• Current Recurrent Flight Attendant Training Cycle.
• Complete all study materials and evaluations from the previous Recurrent Flight Attendant Training Cycle.
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1420
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3B—FLIGHT ATTENDANT: REQUALIFICATION—Continued
[§ 121.1309]
No person may serve as a flight attendant if that person becomes unqualified by failing to meet Recurrent training requirements
To be requalified the flight attendant must complete § 121.1301, as applicable, or comply with the appropriate phase of Requalification
If the flight attendant has been unqualified for:
Then the flight attendant may requalify by completing:
• Flight attendants qualified in extended overwater operations must
participate in a cabin preparation and evacuation drill (water) if the
drill is not part of the current Recurrent Flight Attendant Training
Cycle.
• Base month may change.
Phase II Requalification:
• Current Recurrent Flight Attendant Training Cycle.
• Complete all study materials and evaluations from the previous Recurrent Flight Attendant Training Cycle.
• Flight attendants qualified in extended overwater operations must
participate in a cabin preparation and evacuation drill (water) if the
drill is not part of the current Recurrent Flight Attendant Training
Cycle.
• Base month may change.
• Ground based briefing with a representative from the certificate holder. The purpose of this briefing is to cover all new policies procedures or security requirements applicable to flight attendant duties
that have been updated, modified or implemented since the person
last served as a flight attendant for that certificate holder.
Phase III Requalification
• Basic Qualification Training.
• Base month may change.
• 5 hours of aircraft operating experience and two operating cycles on
at least one aircraft type.
12 months or more, but less than 24 months:
24 months or more:
(a) When a flight attendant does not
complete recurrent training during the
eligibility period, the flight attendant is
unqualified on the first day of the
month following the grace month. For
example, if a flight attendant’s base
month is February, the flight attendant
has until March 31st to complete
recurrent training. If the flight attendant
does not complete recurrent training by
March 31st, the flight attendant becomes
unqualified and unable to serve on
April 1st. For purposes of determining
the applicable phase of requalification,
the flight attendant’s base month must
be used without considering the grace
month. Therefore, in the example above,
the base month (February) instead of the
grace month (March) would be used to
determine the applicable phase of
requalification.
(b) [Reserved]
5. How to determine the requirements
for Aircraft Operating Experience
The following chart illustrates the
proposed requirements.
TABLE 3C—AIRCRAFT OPERATING EXPERIENCE (AOE)
(§ 121.1305)
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
On whose airplanes? ...................................................
What kind of flight? ......................................................
When must it be completed? .......................................
Who supervises it? ......................................................
How many people can one check flight attendant supervise on one flight?.
How many check flight attendants can supervise people on each flight?.
Are there any other limits on the number of people
accomplishing this on each flight?.
What duties must people receiving AOE perform? .....
Can the person be a required flight attendant? ..........
What is the requirement for completing AOE? ...........
For the certificate holder for which the flight attendant will serve.
Passenger carrying revenue flight or in proving flights.
AOE must be completed within 90 days of completing Initial training.
A check flight attendant.
Not more than four.
Not more than two.
The number of persons receiving aircraft operating experience on an aircraft may not exceed twice the number of flight attendants required by § 121.391 for that aircraft.
The assigned duties of a flight attendant.
No.
At least 5 hours total combined AOE with at least two operating cycles on each aircraft
type. If the flight attendant is qualifying on one aircraft type, the flight attendant must
have at least 5 hours of AOE on that aircraft type and complete two operating cycles
on that aircraft type. If the flight attendant is qualifying on three aircraft types, the flight
attendant must have at least 5 hours of AOE total and complete six operating cycles,
two on each aircraft type.
6. How to Determine the Requirements
for Recency
The following chart illustrates the
proposed requirements.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00142
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
1421
TABLE 3D—FLIGHT ATTENDANT: RECENT EXPERIENCE
(§ 121.1307)
To reestablish recent experience the person must do the following:
If the person has not served as a flight attendant for
the certificate holder for more than 6 months, but
less than 36 months the person must.
(§ 121.1307(b)(2)) .....................................................
If the person has not served as a flight attendant for
the certificate holder for 36 months or more the
person must.
(§ 121.1307(b)(3)) .....................................................
Participate in a ground based briefing with a person employed by the certificate holder.
The purpose of this briefing is to cover any new policies, procedures, and security requirements pertinent to flight attendant duties that have been updated, modified or implemented since the last time the person served as a flight attendant for that certificate
holder.
(a) Participate in a ground based briefing with a person employed by the certificate holder. The purpose of this briefing is to cover any new policies, procedures, and security
requirements pertinent to flight attendant duties that have been updated, modified or
implemented since the last time the person served as a flight attendant for that certificate holder.
(b) Serve as a flight attendant for one operating cycle on any aircraft type for that certificate holder, but not as a required crewmember.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00143
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.014
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
BILLING CODE 4910–13–P
EP12JA09.016
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00144
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.015
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1422
EP12JA09.018
1423
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00145
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.017
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
EP12JA09.020
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00146
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.019
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1424
EP12JA09.022
1425
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00147
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.021
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
EP12JA09.024
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00148
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.023
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1426
EP12JA09.026
1427
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00149
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.025
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
EP12JA09.028
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00150
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.027
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1428
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00151
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1429
EP12JA09.029
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00152
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.030
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1430
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00153
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1431
EP12JA09.031
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Nov<24>2008
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00154
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.032
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1432
EP12JA09.034
1433
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00155
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.033
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
EP12JA09.036
BILLING CODE 4910–13–C
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00156
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.035
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1434
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
34. Add appendix T to part 121 to
read as follows:
Appendix T—Aircraft Dispatcher
Qualification Performance Standards
Table of Contents
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Introduction
A. What are Qualification Performance
Standards (QPS)?
B. What types of materials are contained
within this document?
C. Can the reader rely solely on this
document for aircraft dispatcher
qualification and related training
requirements?
D. How can I get answers to questions about
the contents of this appendix?
E. Why do we need a QPS for aircraft
dispatchers?
F. Where can each type of standard be found
in the QPS?
G. Where can definitions and acronyms be
found?
H. What references are recommended?
I. What is the continuous analysis process
and how is it incorporated in this QPS?
J. How is Dispatch Resource Management
(DRM) training incorporated in this QPS?
K. Tables and Flowchart
Table 1, Baseline Programmed Hours for
Aircraft Dispatchers: Training Program
and Qualification Requirements
Table 2, Minimum Programmed Hours for
Aircraft Dispatchers: Training Program
and Qualification Requirements
Table 3, Requalification For Aircraft
Dispatchers: Training Program and
Qualification Requirements
Table 4, Training Category Evaluation
Requirements for Aircraft Dispatchers
Table 5, Personnel Authorized To Administer
Aircraft Dispatcher Training and
Evaluation, and To Conduct Observation
Activities Under Subpart CC
Flowchart 1, Flowchart for Initial and
Combined Certification and Initial
Training Curriculum
Attachment 1. General Knowledge and Skills
Requirements—Subjects and Tests—For
Initial, Combined Certification and
Initial, Recurrent, and Requalification
Training Categories (see §§ 121.1411;
121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419;
121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437;
121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453;
121.1455; and 121.1471)
Attachment 2. Basic Aircraft and Specific
Aircraft Type Training Requirements
—Subjects and Tests—For Initial,
Combined Certification and Initial,
Transition, Recurrent, Requalification,
Differences, and Special Training
Categories (see §§ 121.1411; 121.1413;
121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441;
121.1451; 121.1453; 121.1455, and
121.1471)
Attachment 3. Generic Training
Requirements—Subjects and Tests—For
Certification (see §§ 121.1411; 121.1413;
121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421;
121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441;
121.1451; 121.1453; and 121.1471)
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
1435
ttachment 4. Evaluation Requirements and
Performance Standards For Initial,
Combined Certification and Initial,
Transition, Recurrent, Requalification,
Differences, and Special Training
Categories (see §§ 121.1411; 121.1413;
121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421;
121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441;
121.1451; 121.1453; and 121.1471)
C. Can the reader rely solely on this
document for aircraft dispatcher
qualification and related training
requirements?
No, do not rely solely on this
document for regulatory requirements in
these areas. The reader must also use 14
CFR part 121, subpart CC.
B. What types of materials are contained
within this document?
analysis process.
3. To provide routine and periodic
update capability. This capability is
needed to respond to accidents,
incidents, or rapidly occurring changes
to equipment and operations. All
changes made to this appendix will be
subject to public notice and comment,
unless good cause exists to support a
finding that notice and comment would
be impracticable, unnecessary, or
contrary to the public interest.
D. How can I get answers to questions
llllllllllllllllll
l about the contents of this appendix?
1. You may contact: U.S. Department
BEGIN INFORMATION
of Transportation, Federal Aviation
Introduction
Administration Flight Standards
Service, Air Transportation Division,
A. What are Qualification Performance
AFS–210, 800 Independence Avenue,
Standards (QPS)?
SW., Washington, DC 20591, Telephone:
(202) 267–8166, Fax: (202) 267–5229.
The QPS defines the FAA standards
2. You may find answers to questions
by providing all of the tasks, areas of
on the Flight Standards Internet Web
training and evaluation, including
Site at: ‘‘https://www.faa.gov/about/
activities, procedures, and knowledge
needed to qualify and certificate aircraft office_org/headquarters_offices/avs/
dispatchers for performing in operations offices/afs/.’’ On this Web Site you will
find Flight Standards Programs,
under this part. The QPS document for
Aviation Safety Inspector Handbooks
dispatchers is part 121 appendix T:
and Documents, the current Aviation
Aircraft Dispatcher Qualification
Regulations (14 CFR), Advisory
Performance Standards. This QPS will
Circulars, and other items of interest.
be used by certificate holders operating
Also linked from this site are additional
under part 121, by training center
information sources and other FAA
certificate holders when supporting
links.
certificate holders and other commercial
E. Why do we need a QPS for aircraft
operators that operate under part 121
dispatchers?
and by Flight Standards personnel
during approval, evaluation and
1. To provide the certificate holder
surveillance of aircraft dispatcher
with a minimum set of standards for
developing the following:
training programs. The QPS
(a) Training and certification
incorporates a continuous analysis
programs,
process which enables the certificate
(b) Performance standards, and
holder to maintain and refine the
(c) Evaluation criteria as they relate to
training process by continually
the aircraft dispatcher job function.
monitoring the effectiveness and
2. To provide the certificate holder
efficiency of the training program.
with the requirements for a continuous
This QPS contains Information and
QPS Requirements.
1. Information: Explanations or
suggestions, which clarify or support
regulatory requirements, found in the
Code of Federal Regulations or in this
QPS document. Explanations or
suggestions are provided as guidance
and are not regulatory (not mandatory).
This guidance appears under the
heading ‘‘BEGIN INFORMATION’’ and
uses the terms ‘‘should’’ or ‘‘may’’ to
indicate that it is not mandatory.
2. QPS Requirements: Aircraft
Dispatcher QPS requirements are
regulatory and mandatory. These
requirements appear under the heading
‘‘BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENTS’’ and use
the terms ‘‘must’’ and ‘‘may not.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00157
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
F. Where can each type of standard be
found in the QPS?
1. Attachment 1 has the general
knowledge and skills requirements.
2. Attachment 2 has the basic aircraft
and specific aircraft type training
requirements.
3. Attachment 3 contains generic
training requirements for certification.
With this attachment, certificate holders
would have the option to provide
additional training subjects, which
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1436
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
when combined with Attachments 1
and 2, would lead to the issuance of an
aircraft dispatcher certificate.
4. Attachment 4 has the required
evaluation requirements and
performance standards for each task and
knowledge area.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
G. Where can definitions and acronyms
be found?
The definitions relevant to this QPS
appear in § 121.1405. Acronyms are as
follows:
ACARS Aircraft Communications
Addressing and Reporting System
ADPM Aircraft Dispatcher Procedures
Manual
AFD Airport Facility Directory
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AIM Aeronautical Information Manual
AIRMET Airman Meteorological Report
ARTCC Air Route Traffic Control Center
ASD Aircraft Situation Display
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATIS Automated Terminal Information
System
CEP Central East Pacific
CRM Crew Resource Management
DPD Dispatch Program Designee
DRM Dispatch Resource Management
EFIS Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning System
ETOPS Extended Operations
ETP Equal Time Point
EWINS Enhanced Weather Information
System
FCOM Flight Crew Operating Manual
FDC Flight Data Center
FMS Flight Management System
FSS Flight Service Station
GOM General Operating Manual
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
HF High Frequency
IAP Initial Approach Point
ICAO International Civil Aviation
Organization
INS Inertial Navigation System
IOS Instructor’s Operating Station
LOFT Line Oriented Flight Training
LORAN Long Range Navigation
MEL Minimum Equipment List
METAR Meteorological Aviation Routine
Weather Report
MNPS Minimum Navigation Performance
Specification
NATS North Atlantic Track System
NDB Non-directional Radio Beacon
NOPAC North Pacific
PACOTS Pacific Organized Track System
PIC Pilot in Command
PRM Precision Radar Monitor
QPS Qualification Performance Standards
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RVR Runway Visual Range
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation
Minimum
SID Standard Instrument Departure
SIGMET Significant Meteorological Report
SFAR Supplemental Federal Aviation
Regulation
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Route
TAF Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
H. What references are recommended?
The following references (as
amended) were used to prepare detailed
knowledge and skill standards for tasks.
They are strongly recommended for
providing further details for lesson
development.
1. 14 CFR part 1, Definitions and
Abbreviations.
2. 14 CFR part 65, Certification:
Airmen Other than Flight
Crewmembers.
3. 14 CFR part 91, General Operating
and Flight Rules.
4. 14 CFR part 119, Certification: Air
Carriers and Commercial Operators.
5. 14 CFR part 121, Operating
Requirements: Domestic, Flag, and
Supplemental Operations.
6. 14 CFR part 139, Certification of
Airports.
7. AC 00–6, Aviation Weather.
8. AC 00–45E, Aviation Weather
Services.
9. AC 25.1581–1, Airplane Flight
Manual.
10. AC 60–22, Aeronautical Decision
Making.
11. AC 60–28, English Language Skill
Standards.
12. AC 61–27, Instrument Flying
Handbook.
13. AC 61–84, Role of Preflight
Preparation.
14. AC 120–28, Criteria for Approval
of Category III Landing Weather
Minima.
15. AC 120–29, Criteria for Approving
Category I and Category II Landing
Minima for Approach.
16. AC 120–42a, Extended Range
Operations (ETOPS).
17. AC 120–55, TCAS II Operational
Approval for Air Carriers.
18. AC 120–59, Air Carrier Internal
Evaluation Programs.
19. AC 120–71, Standard Operating
Procedures for Flight Deck
Crewmembers.
20. AC 120–88, Preventing Injuries
Caused by Turbulence.
21. AC 121–32, Dispatch Resource
Management Training.
22. NTSB 830, Notification and
Reporting of Aircraft Accidents or
Incidents and Overdue Aircraft, and
Preservation of Aircraft Wreckage, Mail,
Cargo, and Records.
23. Aeronautical Information Manual
(AIM).
24. International Flight Information
Manual (IFIM).
25. En route Low and High Altitude
Charts.
26. Profile Descent Charts.
27. Standard Instrument Departure
(SID).
28. Standard Terminal Arrival Routes
(STAR).
PO 00000
Frm 00158
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
29. Airport Facility Directory (AFD)
and Instrument Approach Procedure
Charts (IAP).
30. National Flight Data Center
Notices to Airmen (FDC NOTAM).
31. Integrated Measurement of Crew
Resource Management and Technical
Flying Skills, DOT/FAA/RD–93/26.
32. Transportation Security
Regulations (TSRs).
33. HMR 175, Hazardous Materials
Regulations, Carriage by Aircraft.
34. FAA Order 8040.4, Safety Risk
Management.
35. Air Transportation Operations
Inspector’s Handbook, 8400.10.
I. What is the continuous analysis
process and how is it incorporated in
this QPS? (see §§ 121.1437(a)(10) and
121.1441)
1. The continuous analysis process is
a certificate holder internal evaluation
and improvement process. The
continuous analysis process will enable
the certificate holder to maintain and
refine the training process by
continually monitoring the effectiveness
and efficiency of the process. Various
assessment tools (testing, checking,
inspection, documenting, evaluation,
and analysis) will be used to validate
the effectiveness of a training program
or the need to change a training
program.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
2. A continuous analysis process is
incorporated in this QPS through
integration with the qualification and
training program. The certificate holder
is responsible for designating
responsibility for the process. The
certificate holder must ensure
appropriate and adequate assessment
tools (testing, checking, critique,
inspection, observation, documenting,
evaluation, and analysis) are utilized to
enable the certificate holder to validate
the effectiveness of the qualification and
training program, or the need to change
that program. The certificate holder
must describe the attributes of the
continuous analysis process in the
certificate holder’s FAA approved
training program.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
3. Components of a Continuous
Analysis Process
(a) Qualification and training program
as approved by the Administrator.
(b) Attributes of the continuous
analysis process.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(1) Who is responsible?
(2) Who has authority to change the
process?
(3) Description of the process.
(4) Controls. Policy, procedure,
training, evaluation.
(5) Documenting and measurement.
(6) Interfaces between Departments.
Consistency (policy, procedures,
manuals).
(i) Across Departments.
(ii) Across Divisions.
(c) Assessment tools (adequate and
appropriate).
(1) Testing.
(2) Checking.
(3) Critique.
(4) Inspection and observation.
(5) Documenting.
(6) Evaluation and analysis.
(d) Modification and adjustment of
the qualification and training program.
(e) Approval for modification and
adjustment.
BEGIN INFORMATION
4. Daily Application of DRM for Job
Skills.
(a) The following are examples of how
the daily application of DRM will assist
in developing DRM skills:
(1) Briefing during the changeover
period between an aircraft dispatcher
coming on duty, and the aircraft
dispatcher going off duty.
(2) Briefing of the flight crews.
(3) The aircraft dispatcher’s ability to
manage risk and mitigate potential
problems.
(4) Obtaining required operational
information.
(5) Performance feedback from
operational control personnel on the
aircraft dispatcher’s decision making
process.
(6) The aircraft dispatcher’s ability to
handle abnormal situations and
emergencies.
(7) Interaction with fellow aircraft
dispatchers.
J. How is Dispatch Resource
(8) Interaction with various
Management (DRM) training
departments within the airline.
incorporated in this QPS? (see
(b) Joint DRM Training:
§ 121.1433(b)(7))
(1) Certificate holders are discovering
the value of revising DRM training to
1. DRM training is incorporated
reach varied employee groups and to
through the certificate holder’s aircraft
combine those groups during training.
dispatcher qualification and training
program and the daily application of on The objective is to improve the
effectiveness and safety of the entire
the job skills.
operations team.
2. DRM Training and Evaluation
(2) Aircraft dispatchers are required to
requirements for initial, combined
observe flightdeck operations as part of
certification and initial, recurrent, and
initial, combined certification and
requalification training categories are
initial, recurrent, and requalification
contained in attachments 1, 3, and 4.
training. Some certificate holders
END INFORMATION
include familiarization visits to the
llllllllllllllllll
l aircraft dispatchers’ operational control
center to provide the flight
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
crewmembers insight into the joint
3. DRM Training and Evaluation.
responsibility of the pilot in command
and the aircraft dispatcher. These
(a) Training. DRM training is a
familiarization visits have commonly
component of the initial, combined
been part of the special training offered
certification and initial, recurrent, and
to the first time captains. The FAA
requalification training categories. drm
encourages the use of aircraft
training must consist of the
dispatchers in Line Oriented Flight
requirements listed in Attachment 4.
Training (LOFT).
(b) Evaluation. Evaluation of an
(3) The certificate holder should
aircraft dispatcher’s practical
application of DRM skills must occur as provide realistic training scenarios for
aircraft dispatchers to improve their
follows:
daily decision making process.
(1) During the proficiency test (for
(4) DRM refers to the effective use of
initial or combined certification and
all available resources including, human
initial training) and during the
resources, hardware, and information.
proficiency check (for recurrent or
Human resources include all other
requalification training).
groups routinely working with the
(2) During the supervised operating
airline operational control center (or
experience delivered after initial,
pilot in command) who are involved in
combined certification and initial, or
decisions that are required to operate a
requalification training.
flight safely. DRM is not a single task.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
DRM is a set of competencies that must
llllllllllllllllll
l be evident in all tasks in this QPS.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00159
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1437
(5) DRM training is subject to the
continuous analysis process required by
§ 121.1441 of this part.
(6) The DRM Advisory Circular (AC
121–32 as amended) discusses in greater
detail how to integrate DRM into
operational control and numerous
departments within the certificate
holder.
K. Tables and Flowchart
1. The following tables summarize
aircraft dispatcher training requirements
for certificate holders.
2. Table 1 shows the baseline
programmed hours for aircraft
dispatcher training programs. The
Administrator considers the certificate
holder’s training program, level of
operational complexity, and aircraft
dispatcher responsibilities when
determining whether to increase the
number of baseline programmed hours.
3. Table 2 shows the minimum
progammed hours a certificate holder
may submit to the administrator for a
training program with reduced hours.
The Administrator considers the
certificate holder’s training program,
level of operational complexity, and
aircraft dispatcher responsibilities when
determining whether to approve a
reduction in programmed hours.
4. Table 3 shows the requalification
training program and qualification
requirements. The table shows five
phases based on the number of months
of lapsed currency. The certificate
holder may requalify a previously
qualified dispatcher for up to 36
months. In accordance with § 121.1419,
the training and evaluation must be
initiated and successfully completed
prior to the end of the specific lapsed
period. Initial training is required when
an aircraft dispatcher has been out of
currency for 36 months or more.
5. Table 4 shows the tasks in which
each aircraft dispatcher must be trained
and evaluated. In Table 4 an ‘‘X’’ means
that the aircraft dispatcher must
complete the task satisfactorily. An ‘‘N/
A’’ means that the task is not applicable.
6. Table 5 shows the ‘‘Personnel
Authorized To Administer Aircraft
Dispatcher Training and Evaluation and
To Conduct Observation Activities
Under Subpart CC.’’
7. Flowchart 1 is included to illustrate
the curriculum path, evaluations, and
timeline for initial and combined
certification and initial training
programs.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1438
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 1—BASELINE PROGRAMMED HOURS FOR AIRCRAFT DISPATCHERS: TRAINING PROGRAM AND QUALIFICATION
REQUIREMENTS
[See § 121.1435]
Training categories
Activity
Initial for certificated
dispatchers
Generic Training (see attachment 3)
General Knowledge and Skills Segment (see attachment 1).
Basic Aircraft (see attachment 2) ......
Practical Test .....................................
Specific Training per Aircraft Type
(see attachment 2).
General Knowledge for Flag Operations (see attachment 1).
General Knowledge per Flag Area of
Operation (see attachment 1).
Supervised Operating Experience,
Domestic.
Supervised Operating Experience,
per Flag Area of Operation.
Operating Familiarization ...................
Proficiency Test .................................
Proficiency Check ..............................
Recurrent
Transition
Combined certification
and initial
N/A ................................
48 ..................................
N/A ................................
16 ..................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
136.
32.
32 ..................................
N/A ................................
8 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
4 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
8 ....................................
32.
Required.
8.
8* ...................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
8*.
2* ...................................
2* ...................................
N/A ................................
2*.
8 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
8.
8* ...................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
8*.
Required .......................
Required .......................
N/A ................................
Required .......................
N/A ................................
Required .......................
N/A ................................
Required .......................
N/A ................................
Required.
Required.
N/A.
* The Administrator may require additional programmed hours contingent on the level of the training program, operational complexity, and responsibilities of the dispatcher.
TABLE 2—MINIMUM PROGRAMMED HOURS FOR AIRCRAFT DISPATCHERS: TRAINING PROGRAM AND QUALIFICATION
REQUIREMENTS
[See § 121.1435]
Training categories
Activity
Initial for
certificated
dispatchers
Generic Training (see attachment 3)
General Knowledge and Skills Segment (see attachment 1).
Basic Aircraft (see attachment 2) ......
Practical Test .....................................
Specific Training per Aircraft Type
(see attachment 2).
General Knowledge for Flag Operations (see attachment 1).
General Knowledge per Flag Area of
Operation (see attachment 1).
Supervised Operating Experience,
Domestic.
Supervised Operating Experience,
per Flag Area of Operation.
Operating Familiarization ...................
Proficiency Test .................................
Proficiency Check ..............................
Recurrent
Transition
N/A ................................
48 ..................................
N/A ................................
8 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
136.
32.
24 ..................................
N/A ................................
4 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
2 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
4 ....................................
32.
Required.
4.
8 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
8.
2 ....................................
2 ....................................
N/A ................................
2.
8 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
8.
8 ....................................
N/A ................................
N/A ................................
8.
Required .......................
Required .......................
N/A ................................
Required .......................
N/A ................................
Required .......................
N/A ................................
Required .......................
N/A ................................
Required.
Required.
N/A.
Combined
certification and initial
TABLE 3—REQUALIFICATION PROGRAMMED HOURS FOR AIRCRAFT DISPATCHERS: TRAINING PROGRAM AND QUALIFICATION
REQUIREMENTS
[See § 121.1419]
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Months lapse in currency
Activity
Phase I
less than 6 months
Phase II
at least 6 months, but
less than 12 months
Phase III
at least 12 months,
but less than 24
months
Phase IV
at least 24 months,
but less than 36
months
Missed Recurrent
Modules (see attachments 1 and 2).
Required ...................
Required ...................
Required ...................
Required ...................
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00160
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Phase V
36 months or more
N/A.
1439
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 3—REQUALIFICATION PROGRAMMED HOURS FOR AIRCRAFT DISPATCHERS: TRAINING PROGRAM AND QUALIFICATION
REQUIREMENTS—Continued
[See § 121.1419]
Months lapse in currency
Activity
Phase I
less than 6 months
Phase II
at least 6 months, but
less than 12 months
Phase III
at least 12 months,
but less than 24
months
Phase IV
at least 24 months,
but less than 36
months
General Knowledge
and Skills Segment
(see attachment 1).
Specific Training per
Aircraft Type (see
attachment 2).
General Knowledge
per Flag Area of Operation (see attachment 1).
Supervised Operating
Experience, Domestic.
Supervised Operating
Experience, per Flag
Area of Operation.
Operating Familiarization.
0 ................................
2 ................................
4 ................................
8 ................................
Initial.
0 ................................
1 ................................
2 ................................
2 ................................
Initial.
0 ................................
2 ................................
2 ................................
2 ................................
Initial.
0 ................................
4 ................................
8 ................................
8 ................................
Initial.
0 ................................
2 ................................
2 ................................
2 ................................
Initial.
Required if not completed in previous
12 months.
Proficiency Check
Required if not
completed in previous 12 months.
Required if not completed in previous
12 months.
Proficiency Check
Required if not
completed in previous 12 months.
Required ...................
Required ...................
Required.
Proficiency Check
Required.
Proficiency Check
Required.
Proficiency Test Required.
Proficiency Tests or
Checks (see Table 4
and attachment 4).
Phase V
36 months or more
TABLE 4—TRAINING CATEGORY EVALUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR AIRCRAFT DISPATCHERS
[See Attachment 4]
Proficiency test
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Area of evaluation
tasks
Initial
I. Area of Evaluation: General
A. Equipment Knowledge .........................................................................
B. Aircraft Performance and Limitations Knowledge ................................
C. Operating Requirements ......................................................................
D. National Weather System ....................................................................
E. National NOTAM System .....................................................................
II. Area of Evaluation: Duty Period Orientation
A. Operations Orientation .........................................................................
B. Dispatcher Shift Turnover ....................................................................
C. Shift Self Briefing .................................................................................
D. Certificate Holder Manuals, Procedures, and Operating Information
III. Area of Evaluation: Planning and Executing a Dispatch Release
A. Obtain Required Information ................................................................
B. Flight Planning .....................................................................................
C. Create and Issue Dispatch Release ....................................................
D. Briefing Flight Crews ............................................................................
IV. Area of Evaluation: Flight Monitoring
A. Updating and Gathering Information ...................................................
B. Operational Control Decision-Making ..................................................
C. Amend Dispatch Release ....................................................................
V. Area of Evaluation: Situation Management
A. Dispatch and Aircraft Abnormality or Emergency ................................
B. Collection and Dissemination of Information on Overdue or Missing
Aircraft ...................................................................................................
VI. Area of Evaluation: Dispatch Resource Management
A. Demonstrate and apply DRM concepts ...............................................
Transition
Combined
certification
and initial*
Recurrent and
requalified
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
N/A
N/A
N/A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
N/A
N/A
N/A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
N/A
X
N/A
N/A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
N/A
N/A
N/A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
N/A
X
X
X
N/A
X
X
*In addition to the Proficiency Test, a Practical Test is required as prescribed in Attachment 3.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Proficiency
check
Frm 00161
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1440
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 5—PERSONNEL AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER AIRCRAFT DISPATCHER TRAINING AND EVALUATION, AND TO
CONDUCT OBSERVATION ACTIVITIES UNDER SUBPART CC
[See §§ 121.1421 and 121.1439]
Employer and position
Aircraft dispatcher training,
evaluation, and observation activities under subpart CC
Other than employees of the
part 119 certificate holder
The part 119 certificate holder
Non-certificated
dispatcher
instructor
Certificated
dispatcher
instructor
Non-certificated
dispatcher
instructor
Certificated
dispatcher
instructor
FAA
Certificated
dispatcher
Check
dispatcher
Dispatch
program
designee
Aviation safety
inspector
operations
Training And Evaluation
Generic Training, General
Knowledge and Skills,
and Basic Aircraft ..........
DRM, Certificate Holder
Computer Systems,
Computer Flight Planning, Contingency Operations, Practical Dispatch Applications .........
Specific Aircraft Type ........
Flag and Flag Area of Operations ..........................
Supervised Operating Experience .........................
Proficiency Test (Initial,
Transition) ......................
Proficiency Check (Recurrent, Requalification) ......
Practical Test for Certificate ................................
Proficiency Test (Combined Certification and
Initial) .............................
aX
aX
X
aX
........................
X
X
........................
........................
aX
........................
aX
X
X
........................
aX
........................
........................
X
X
X
X
........................
........................
aX
........................
X
........................
........................
X
X
........................
........................
........................
bX
........................
bX
X
X
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
X
X
X
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
X
X
X
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
X
X
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
X
X
........................
........................
........................
X
Observation Activities
Observation of Dispatch
Program Designee
(DPD) .............................
a Must
b May
........................
........................
........................
........................
be acceptable to the Administrator.
be conducted by a check dispatcher or a person who meets the experience requirements of § 121.1417.
BEGIN INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
END QPS REQUIREMENT
BILLING CODE 4910–13–P
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00162
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
BILLING CODE 4910–13–C
clarification only and are not all
llllllllllllllllll
l inclusive.
3. For recurrent and requalification
END INFORMATION
see the discussion under general
Attachment 1 of Appendix T to Part 121 knowledge and skills segment for
recurrent and requalification in
General Knowledge and Skills
Requirements—Subjects and Tests—for paragraph B of this attachment.
Initial, Combined Certification and
END INFORMATION
Initial, Recurrent, and Requalification
llllllllllllllllll
l
Training Categories
llllllllllllllllll
l BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
BEGIN INFORMATION
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
A. General Knowledge and Skills
Segment for Initial, Combined
Certification and Initial, Recurrent, and
Requalification. (See §§ 121.1411;
121.1413; 121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1431;
121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439;
121.1441; 121.1451; 121.1453; 121.1455;
and 121.1471)
1. The general knowledge and skills
segment introduces the student to the
certificate holder, its policies, and
operations. The general knowledge and
skills segment also includes other
pertinent information that prepares the
student for specific ground and skills
training, including how to use the
certificate holder’s operating manuals
for exercising operational control.
2. The general knowledge and skills
segment includes required subjects. In
addition, some of the subjects have
examples. These examples are for
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
4. The FAA Aircraft Dispatcher
Knowledge Test is a requirement for
certification and the practical test. The
certificate holder’s testing under this
attachment is not a substitute for the
FAA Aircraft Dispatcher Knowledge
Test.
5. Training is required for all subjects
listed in each area of instruction that
pertain to the certificate holder’s
operations specifications for persons in
initial, combined certification and
initial, recurrent, and requalification
training. Training is also required for
subjects not listed in each area of
instruction, but that pertain to a
certificate holder’s operation. The
aircraft dispatcher must understand the
subjects required for the areas of
instruction listed in Attachment 1 of
this appendix.
6. The certificate holder must
administer a knowledge test for the
subjects in each area of instruction. The
PO 00000
Frm 00163
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1441
knowledge test must be written or
computer based. The FAA must approve
the form and content in each area of
instruction. An individual must
satisfactorily complete the knowledge
test. To satisfactorily complete a
knowledge test, a score of 80% or better
in each area of instruction is required
and a qualified person must correct the
test to 100%. Correction of missed
questions must include a discussion of
which answer is correct, and why the
answer selected is incorrect. Retraining
is required in each area of instruction
when a score of 80% or better is not
achieved. Retraining is followed by
reevaluation of the student in each
retrained area of instruction. The form
and content of the reevaluation must
also be approved by the FAA. The
knowledge tests for each training
category must meet the following
requirements:
(a) For initial and combined
certification and initial, a knowledge
test must be comprised of the minimum
number of questions required for the
subjects within each area of instruction.
(b) For recurrent training, a
knowledge test must be comprised of at
least 20 questions selected from the
applicable areas of instruction.
(c) For requalification training that
requires missed recurrent training
modules, each recurrent knowledge test
must be comprised of at least 20
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
EP12JA09.037
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1442
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
questions per missed recurrent training
module, selected from the applicable
areas of instruction. For each activity
not completed as part of recurrent
training (as required by Table 3 of this
appendix), a test comprised of subjects
selected from the applicable areas of
instruction must have at least 5
questions per required activity.
7. The FAA may allow distance
learning for subjects in each area of
instruction unless otherwise indicated.
However, the FAA will not approve
cumulative distance learning hours that
equal more than 50% of the total
required programmed hours as listed in
Tables 1, 2 or 3 of this appendix.
8. General Knowledge required—
Areas of Instruction—With Subjects:
(a) Area of Instruction: Introduction
and Orientation. (5 questions required)
Subjects:
(1) Course contents, schedules, and
materials.
(2) Key personnel.
(3) Record keeping requirements.
(4) Drug testing and alcohol testing.
(5) Identification badges.
(6) Certificate holder publications.
(7) Schedule.
(8) Dispatcher’s duties and
responsibilities.
(9) Joint dispatcher and pilot in
command responsibilities.
(b) Area of Instruction: Applicable
Federal Regulations. (10 questions
required)
Subjects:
(1) 14 CFR part 1.
(2) 14 CFR part 91.
(3) 14 CFR part 119.
(4) 14 CFR part 121.
(5) 14 CFR part 139.
(6) 49 CFR part 175 (HMR).
(7) 49 CFR part 830 (NTSB).
(8) Special Federal Aviation
Regulations (SFARs).
(9) 49 CFR Chapter 12 (TSR).
(c) Area of Instruction: Manual
overview. (10 questions required)
Subjects:
(1) The certificate holder’s operations
specifications.
(2) Manuals containing the following:
(i) Procedures established by FAA
authorized exemptions to certain
Federal Aviation Regulations (if
applicable).
(ii) Procedures established by FAA
authorized deviations to certain Federal
Aviation Regulations (if applicable).
(iii) Minimum Equipment List (MEL).
(iv) Configuration Deviation List
(CDL).
(v) Dispatch Deviation Guide (DDG)
procedures.
(vi) Maintenance flight logs
procedures.
(vii) Procedures for maintenance, test,
training, and ferry flights.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(viii) Deicing and anti-icing
procedures.
(ix) The process for gathering safety
related information such as NOTAMs
and weather.
(x) The certificate holder’s approved
training program.
(xi) Certificate holder security
procedures and directives.
(xii) Certificate holder
communications and procedures.
(xiii) Emergency procedures.
(xiv) Procedures for determining
whether hazardous materials are on
board an aircraft and notification
procedures in an emergency.
(xv) Dispatch procedures.
(xvi) Weight and balance procedures.
(xvii) Contents of the Airplane Flight
Manual.
(xviii) Certificate holder operations
(e.g., GOM, FOM).
(xix) Station operations procedures.
(xx) Crew operating procedures.
(d) Area of Instruction: Meteorology.
(15 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Upper air meteorology.
(2) METAR.
(3) TAF.
(4) SIGMET–AIRMET.
(5) Area forecast.
(6) Winds aloft (high and low
altitude).
(7) Surface meteorology.
(8) Thunderstorms.
(9) Tornadoes.
(10) Tropical weather (if applicable).
(i) Typhoons.
(ii) Tropical storms.
(iii) Hurricanes.
(11) Atmospheric hazards to aviation:
(i) Low level windshear.
(ii) Microburst.
(iii) Mountain waves (if applicable).
(iv) Turbulence (all types).
(v) Icing.
(vi) Reduced visibility (e.g., fog, ice
fog, smog).
(vii) Volcanic ash.
(12) FAA approved weather service
providers and approved sources.
(13) Interpretation and use of weather
charts.
(14) Enhanced Weather Information
System (EWINS), (if applicable).
(e) Area of Instruction: Approach
plates and charts. (5 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) SIDS and DP.
(2) STARS.
(f) Area of Instruction: Navigation
Aids and Publications. (10 questions
required).
Subjects:
(1) ILS/Localizer.
(2) ILS PRM (if applicable).
(3) VOR and VOR/DME.
(4) VOR Classification.
PO 00000
Frm 00164
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(5) NDB.
(6) RNAV (e.g., GPS, Inertial).
(7) Class I, Class II, or Performance
Based Navigation (as applicable).
(8) Terminal and en route charts and
publications.
(9) Inoperative navigation aids.
(10) RADAR.
(g) Area of Instruction: Airport
characteristics. (5 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Airports (emphasizing special or
unique characteristics).
(2) Runway configurations (e.g.,
parallel runways, orientation).
(3) Runway surfaces (e.g., grooved,
porous friction, runway weight bearing
capacity).
(4) Obstacles.
(5) Slope.
(6) Elevation.
(7) Terrain features.
(8) Methods of receiving information
about airport operations and conditions.
(9) Airport lighting and marking.
(h) Area of Instruction: Air Traffic
Control. (15 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Air Traffic Control communication
and coordination.
(2) Instrument approach procedures.
(3) Terminal departure procedures.
(4) Terminal arrival procedures.
(5) En route procedures (e.g., strategic
and tactical planning tools such as
Coded Departure Routes (CDR), National
Route Program (NRP), Severe Weather
Avoidance Procedures (SWAP)).
(6) Flow Control, ARTCC, approach,
departure, tower, ground, FSS.
(7) National Airspace System.
(8) High Altitude Redesign (HAR).
(9) Airspace (Class A–G).
(10) Controlled and uncontrolled
airspace and airports.
(11) Approved instrument approach
procedures (operations specifications).
(12) Information required on ATC
Flight Plans (e.g., RNP, RVSM).
(13) Collaborative Decision Making
(CDM) (as applicable).
(14) Certificate holder policy on
reroutes and deviations and impact on
operational control.
(i) Area of Instruction: NOTAMS (as
applicable) (10 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Local (L).
(2) Distant (D).
(3) FDC.
(4) Chart NOTAMs.
(5) Chart supplements.
(6) FIR boundary NOTAMs.
(7) Oceanic NOTAMs.
(8) ATC NOTAMs.
(9) Military NOTAMs.
(10) TFRs and prohibited airspace.
(11) Airport Facility Directory (AFD).
(12) Certificate holder.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(13) Field conditions.
(14) SFARs.
(15) Method for gathering and
disseminating NOTAMs.
(16) Other NOTAM sources.
(j) Area of Instruction: Crewmember
requirement, if applicable per certificate
holder procedures. (5 questions
required).
Subjects:
(1) Duty time requirements.
(2) Qualification.
(i) Aircraft.
(ii) Airports.
(iii) Areas.
(iv) Takeoff and landing minimums.
(k) Area of Instruction: Dispatch
Resource Management (DRM) Training.
Distance learning not allowed. (5
questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Briefings.
(2) Assertiveness.
(3) Inquiry.
(4) Conflict resolution.
(5) Interdepartmental coordination
process.
(6) Interpersonal relationships.
(7) Situational awareness.
(8) Preparation, planning, and
vigilance.
(9) Time management (prioritizing).
(10) Tactical and strategic use of
resources.
(11) Stress management.
(12) Decisionmaking process.
(13) Multi-tasking.
(14) Risk management.
(15) Leadership.
(16) Communication.
(l) Area of Instruction: Ground de-ice
and anti-ice program (5 questions
required).
Subjects:
(1) Types, purpose, characteristics,
and effectiveness of de-ice and anti-ice
fluids.
(2) De-ice and anti-ice handling and
performance implications.
(3) Aircraft surface contamination and
critical area identification.
(4) Use of holdover times.
(5) Aircraft de-ice and anti-ice
procedures and checks to detect
contaminated surfaces.
(m) Area of Instruction: Computer
System, as applicable. Distance learning
not allowed. (10 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Weather.
(2) Flight planning.
(3) Dispatch release.
(4) Irregular operations.
(5) Takeoff, en route, and landing
gross weight calculations.
(6) Weight and balance.
(7) Flight monitoring, times, and
schedule.
(8) Airborne and ground based aircraft
situation displays (e.g., ASD).
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(9) NOTAMs.
(10) Computer applications and
technology required to perform aircraft
dispatcher duties.
(n) Area of Instruction: Contingency
operations for maintaining operational
control in the event of single or multiple
system failures (e.g., power,
communication). Distance learning not
allowed. (5 questions required).
(o) Area of Instruction: Other required
training. The hours for other required
training are in addition to approved
programmed hours of instruction stated
in Table 1 of this appendix.
Subjects:
(1) Awareness training for hazardous
materials (part 121, subpart Z).
(2) Drug testing program and alcohol
misuse prevention program (part 121
appendices I and J).
(3) Security training (49 CFR part
1544).
9. Training for a specific type of
operation, Domestic or Flag.
(a) Area of Instruction: Domestic
operations: (15 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Definition of a domestic operation
and what constitutes a domestic
operation.
(2) The certificate holder’s approved
operations specifications related to
Domestic operations. Examples:
(i) Special use airspace (e.g., Domestic
RVSM).
(ii) Fuel reserves for domestic
operations.
(iii) Operations specification A 12
(Operations to certain foreign airports).
(iv) Exemptions or deviations (if
applicable).
(v) Operations specification C 70
(Authorized airports).
(3) En route operations over routes
and diversions, if applicable, that may
expose passengers and crew to extreme
environmental conditions. Examples:
(i) Western U.S. terrain clearance and
driftdown.
(ii) Ozone and hazardous weather.
(4) Unique domestic instrument
approach and departure procedures.
Examples:
(i) Missed approach procedures.
(ii) Unique local procedures.
(iii) Special instrument approach and
departure procedures.
(iv) Specific SFAR requirements (if
applicable).
(v) Engine out departure procedures.
(5) Required Navigation Performance
(RNP) or Performance Based Navigation.
(6) Domestic communications system;
air to ground, radio relay.
(7) Procedures for determining
alternate airport requirements.
Examples:
(i) Alternate airport selection.
PO 00000
Frm 00165
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1443
(ii) Changes to alternates.
(8) Crewmember requirement, if
applicable per certificate holder
procedures.
(i) Duty time requirement.
(ii) Qualification.
(A) Aircraft.
(B) Airports.
(C) Areas.
(D) Takeoff and landing minimums.
(9) Dispatch release and its validity
time for an intermediate airport.
(10) Other issues surrounding
operational control of domestic
operations. Examples:
(i) Holding fuel requirements.
(ii) Dispatching into congested
airspace.
(iii) Reanalysis of airborne flights.
(iv) Uncontrolled airspace
authorizations, en route and terminal.
(b) Area of Instruction: General
knowledge for Flag Operations: (10
questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Definition of a flag operation and
what constitutes a flag operation.
(2) Flag regulations.
(3) Class II navigation (e.g., Inertial,
GPS).
(4) Equal Time Point (ETP), if
applicable.
(5) Extended overwater.
(6) Fuel requirements.
(7) The practical application of the
term ‘‘Re-dispatch’’ and information
required to be exchanged between the
aircraft dispatcher and the Pilot in
Command, if applicable.
(8) International weather. Accessing
international weather information
(unique problems associated with
obtaining international weather
information).
(9) ICAO NOTAMS, as applicable.
(i) Chart NOTAMS.
(ii) Chart supplements.
(iii) The certificate holder’s
procedures for obtaining NOTAM
information.
(iv) Track messages.
(v) International ATC environments.
Examples:
(A) Uncontrolled airspace.
(B) Airspace restrictions and
procedures.
(C) Language barriers.
(vi) Operations over high terrain.
Example: Driftdown considerations
(terrain clearance, oxygen, and alternate
requirements).
(vii) Procedures for determining
alternate airport requirements.
Examples:
(A) Alternate airport selection.
(B) Changes to alternates.
(viii) Crewmember requirement, if
applicable per certificate holder
procedures.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1444
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Republic, Hungary, Macedonia, Poland,
Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia,
Yugoslavia.
(vi) Latin America. Includes: Mexico,
Central America, Caribbean Islands and
Cuba.
(vii) Middle East-South Asia.
Includes: Afghanistan, Bahrain,
Bangladesh, Bhutan, Chagos
Archipelago, Cyprus, India, Iran, Iraq,
Israel, Jordan, Maldives, Myanmar,
Nepal, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi
Arabia, Sri Lanka, Syria, Thailand,
Turkey, Indian Ocean.
(viii) North America. Includes:
Alaska, Bermuda, Canada, Contiguous
United States.
(ix) Atlantic Basin. Includes: Special
Contingency Routes, MNPS, Greenland,
Iceland, South Atlantic Ocean.
(x) Pacific Basin. Includes: Australia,
New Zealand, New Guinea, Aleutian
END QPS REQUIREMENT
Islands, Hawaiian Islands, Japan, Korea,
llllllllllllllllll
l Southeast Asia, Indonesia, Malaysia,
Philippines, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Pacific
BEGIN INFORMATION
Islands.
(1) Rules, regulations, operations
(xi) Polar Routes, Area of Magnetic
specifications, procedures,
Unreliability, and any applicable
environmental issues, cultural issues,
alternates.
and other factors influence the
(xii) South America. Includes: All
certificate holder’s operations in
Continental Countries.
different parts of the world. Flag Area of
(4) The certificate holder’s approved
Operation means a specific geographical operations specifications related to flag
area that may require compliance with
operations.
unique policies, procedures,
(5) Long range navigation and
regulations, and requirements. Because
associated special requirements.
of these varying operational
Examples:
complexities, the required training is
(i) Number of Long Range Navigation
divided into 12 Flag Areas of Operation. Systems (LRNS) required for a specific
airspace.
END INFORMATION
(ii) Contingency procedures.
llllllllllllllllll
l
(6) Long range communication and
associated special requirements.
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
Examples:
(2) Each Flag Area of Operation must
(i) Number of Long Range
contain the minimum number of
Communication Systems (LRCS)
programmed hours as outlined in Tables required for a specific airspace.
1, 2, or 3, as applicable.
(ii) Types required for specific
(3) Flag Areas of Operation:
airspace (e.g., VHF, HF, Satellite, data
(i) Africa. Includes: Continental
link).
Africa, Cape Verde, Madagascar,
(iii) Contingency procedures.
Mauritius, Reunion, Seychelles.
(7) Extended Operations (ETOPS), as
(ii) Asia-Eastern. Includes: Mainland
applicable. Examples of variables that
China, Mongolia, Siberia.
must be considered:
(iii) Commonwealth of Independent
(i) Fuel.
States. Includes: Armenia, Azerbaijan,
(ii) Weather.
Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan,
(iii) Alternate airport requirements.
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russian
(iv) Adequate or suitable airports.
Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan,
(v) Required equipment.
Ukraine, Uzbekistan.
(vi) Maintenance status.
(iv) Europe-Central. Includes: Austria,
(vii) Entry and exit points.
Belgium, Denmark, Estonia, Faroe
(8) En route operations over routes
Islands, Finland, France, Germany,
and diversions, as applicable that may
Gibraltar, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia,
expose passengers and crew to extreme
Luxembourg, Madeira Islands, Malta,
environmental conditions. Examples:
Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain,
(i) Greenland.
Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom.
(ii) Himalayas.
(v) Europe-Eastern. Includes: Albania,
(iii) Polar.
Boznia-Herzegovinia, Bulgaria, Czech
(iv) Russian airspace.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(A) Duty time requirements.
(B) Qualification.
(1) Aircraft.
(2) Airports.
(3) Areas.
(4) Takeoff and landing minimums.
(ix) Compliance with foreign
regulations and requirements that may
be more restrictive than U.S. regulations
and requirements.
(x) Dispatch release and its validity
time for an intermediate airport.
(c) Area of Instruction: General
Knowledge per Flag Area of Operation.
The following subjects must be used to
build the training for each flag area of
operation. For training programs that
include multiple flag areas of operation,
duplicate subjects (e.g., ETOPS, Flag
Regulations) need only be trained once.
(10 questions required).
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
PO 00000
Frm 00166
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(9) Special use airspace (e.g., Reduced
Vertical Separation Minimums (RVSM)).
(10) Required Navigation Performance
(RNP) or Performance Based Navigation.
(11) Unique international instrument
approach and departure procedures.
Examples:
(i) Limited navigational aids.
(ii) Limited ATC facilities.
(iii) Missed approach procedures.
(iv) Unique local procedures.
(v) Special instrument approach
procedures.
(vi) Specific SFAR requirements, as
applicable.
(vii) Engine out departure procedures.
(12) Approved airports and landing
rights.
(13) Over-fly permission.
(14) Unique characteristics and
special conditions in international
airspace and at international airports.
Examples:
(i) Performance limitations.
(ii) Mountainous terrain.
(iii) Navigation aids.
(15) Issues unique to flag area of
operations into which the certificate
holder operates. Examples:
(i) Air traffic control.
(ii) Organized tracks.
(iii) Polar operations.
(iv) Uncontrolled airspace.
END QPS REQUIREMENTS
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
B. General Knowledge and Skills
Segment for Recurrent and
Requalification. (See §§ 121.1419;
121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435; 121.1437;
121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1455; and
121.1471).
The general knowledge and skills
segment is designed to maintain the
currency of each aircraft dispatcher. It
ensures the necessary operational and
procedural knowledge required for the
dispatcher to effectively exercise
operational control.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
1. Training is required for dispatchers
in recurrent or requalification training
programs for a certificate holder.
Training must address operational and
procedural review of topics deemed
necessary by the certificate holder and
approved by the Administrator.
Curricula must contain (but are not
limited to) selected portions of the
following areas of instruction. The test
that is required for recurrent training
must contain 20 questions. For
requalification training, the number of
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
achieved. Retraining is followed by
reevaluation of the student in each
A. General. (See §§ 121.1411; 121.1413;
retrained area of instruction. The form
121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1431; 121.1433;
and content of the reevaluation must
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441;
also be approved by the FAA. The
121.1451; 121.1453; 121.1455, and
knowledge tests for each training
121.1471)
category must be as follows:
1. The basic aircraft segment
(a) For initial and combined
introduces the student to the base
certification and initial, a knowledge
aircraft of the operator including aircraft test comprised of the minimum number
systems and performance. The specific
of questions required for the subjects
aircraft segment is an overview of
within each area of instruction.
aircraft systems and performance that
(b) For recurrent training, a
prepares the student for specific
knowledge test comprised of at least 20
application and skills training to
questions selected from the applicable
include how to use the certificate
areas of instruction. For certificate
holder’s aircraft manual or manuals for
holders with more than one aircraft
conducting operational control of the
type, aircraft systems for each specific
airline.
aircraft type may be covered over a 3
2. The basic aircraft and specific
year cycle as approved by the
aircraft segment includes required
Administrator.
subjects. In addition, some of the
(c) For requalification training that
required subjects have examples. These
requires missed recurrent training
examples are for clarification only and
modules, each recurrent knowledge test
are not all inclusive.
must be comprised of at least 20
questions per missed recurrent training
END INFORMATION
module, selected from the applicable
llllllllllllllllll
l areas of instruction. For each activity
required by Table 3 of this appendix, a
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
test comprised of subjects selected from
3. The FAA Aircraft Dispatcher
the applicable areas of instruction must
Knowledge Test is a requirement for
have at least 5 questions per required
certification and the practical test. The
activity.
certificate holder’s testing under this
(d) For differences training at least 5
attachment is not a substitute for the
questions. Training and evaluation is
FAA Aircraft Dispatcher Knowledge
required in specific subject areas
Test.
4. Training is required for all subjects specified when differences are required.
6. The FAA may allow distance
listed in each area of instruction that
learning for subjects in each area of
pertain to the certificate holder’s
instruction unless otherwise indicated.
operations specifications for persons in
However, the FAA will not approve
initial, combined certification and
cumulative distance learning hours that
initial, transition, recurrent,
equal more than 50% of the total
requalification, difference, and special
required programmed hours as listed in
training. Training is also required for
Tables 1, 2 or 3 of this appendix.
subjects not listed in each area of
instruction, but that pertain to a
B. Basic Aircraft Training Requirements
certificate holder’s operation. The
for Initial or Combined Certification and
aircraft dispatcher must understand the
Initial. (See §§ 121.1431; 121.1433;
subjects required for the areas of
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441;
instruction listed in Attachment 2.
121.1451; 121.1453; 121.1455, and
5. The certificate holder must
121.1471)
administer a knowledge test for the
Areas of Instruction—With Subjects:
subjects in each area of instruction. The
1. Area of Instruction: Basic Aircraft
knowledge test must be written or
Systems Theory and Performance. (10
computer based. The FAA must approve questions required).
the form and content in each area of
Subjects:
instruction. An individual must
END QPS REQUIREMENT
(a) Air conditioning.
satisfactorily complete the knowledge
(b) Pressurization.
llllllllllllllllll
l test. To satisfactorily complete a
(c) Auto flight.
Attachment 2 of Appendix T to Part 121 knowledge test, a score of 80% or better
(d) Communications.
in each area of instruction is required
(e) Electrical.
Basic Aircraft and Specific Aircraft
and a qualified person must correct the
(f) Equipment and furnishings.
Type Training Requirements—Subjects test to 100%. Correction of missed
(g) Fire protection.
and Tests—for Initial, Combined
questions must include a discussion of
(h) Flight controls.
Certification and Initial, Transition,
which answer is correct, and why the
(i) Fuel.
Recurrent, Requalification, Differences, answer selected is incorrect. Retraining
(j) Hydraulics.
and Special Training Categories
is required in each area of instruction
(k) Ice and rain protection.
(l) Instrumentation.
llllllllllllllllll
l when a score of 80% or better is not
questions required for testing is based
on the number of missed training
modules. See paragraph A.6.(c) of this
attachment for specific requirements for
requalification training.
2. General Knowledge required.
Areas of Instruction:
Subjects:
(a) Operations Specifications.
(b) General Operating Manual.
(c) Air Traffic Control and Instrument
Approach Procedures.
(d) Reduced Vertical Separation
Minimum (RVSM).
(e) Certificate holder communications
systems and procedures.
(f) Meteorology.
(g) NOTAMS.
(h) Maintenance procedures.
(i) Emergency procedures.
(j) Joint dispatcher and pilot in
command responsibilities.
(k) Characteristics of appropriate
airports.
(l) Prevailing weather phenomena.
(m) Approach plates and charts.
(n) Navigational aids and
publications.
(o) Certificate holder computer
systems (distance learning not allowed).
(p) Computer flight planning (distance
learning not allowed).
(q) Dispatch Resource Management
(DRM) (distance learning not allowed).
(r) Ground de-ice and anti-ice
procedures and policies (must be
covered each year).
(s) Flag Areas of Operation—Selected
subjects from paragraphs A.9.(b) and (c)
of this attachment.
3. Area of Instruction: Other required
training.
The hours for other required training
are in addition to approved programmed
hours of instruction stated in Table 1 of
this appendix.
Subjects:
(a) Awareness training for hazardous
materials (part 121, subpart Z).
(b) Drug testing program and alcohol
misuse prevention program (part 121
appendices I and J).
(c) Security training (49 CFR part
1544).
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1445
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
BEGIN INFORMATION
PO 00000
Frm 00167
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1446
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(m) Landing gear.
(n) Lights.
(o) Oxygen.
(p) Water and waste.
(q) Auxiliary power.
(r) Doors.
(s) Propellers.
(t) Engines.
(u) Weight and balance theory.
(v) Flight planning overview.
(w) Aircraft performance.
2. Area of Instruction: A general
description of the aircraft performance
characteristics emphasizing the
following as applicable: (5 questions
required).
Subjects:
(a) Aircraft limitations that may affect
the aircraft performance.
(b) Navigation equipment and
required navigation performance.
(c) Communication equipment and
required communication performance.
(d) Other factors affecting operating
and performance characteristics.
3. Area of Instruction: MEL and CDL
specific applications and appropriate
operating manual procedures applicable
to dispatch for: (10 questions required).
Subjects:
(a) Air conditioning.
(b) Pressurization.
(c) Auto flight.
(d) Communications.
(e) Electrical.
(f) Equipment and furnishings.
(g) Fire protection.
(h) Flight controls.
(i) Fuel.
(j) Hydraulics.
(k) Ice and rain protection.
(l) Instrumentation.
(m) Landing gear.
(n) Lights.
(o) Oxygen.
(p) Water and waste.
(q) Auxiliary power.
(r) Doors.
(s) Propellers.
(t) Engines.
4 Area of Instruction: Additional
training in the following subjects must
be included (as applicable): (10
questions required).
Subjects:
(a) Instrument approach and
communication equipment.
(b) Aircraft specific deicing
procedures.
(c) Special considerations and
authorizations for international
operations.
(d) Reduced separation standards.
(e) Special maintenance procedures.
(f) Flight manual specific emergency
procedures and equipment.
(g) Weight and balance
considerations.
(h) Basic aircraft performance
dispatch requirements and procedures.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(i) Flight planning including route,
track and altitude selection, en route
performance, flight time analysis,
weather considerations, and fuel
analysis.
(j) Aircraft specific emergency
procedures.
(k) Mission capable considerations
(e.g., over-water equipped).
C. Aircraft Type Specific Training
Requirements for Initial, Combined
Certification and Initial, Transition,
Recurrent, and Requalification. (See
§§ 121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435;
121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451;
121.1453; 121.1455, and 121.1471)
1. Aircraft Type Specific Training
Requirements—Areas of Instruction—
With
Subjects:
(a) Area of Instruction: Systems
Overview: (15 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Air conditioning.
(2) Pressurization.
(3) Auto flight.
(4) Communications.
(5) Electrical.
(6) Equipment and furnishings.
(7) Fire protection.
(8) Flight controls.
(9) Fuel.
(10) Hydraulics.
(11) Ice and rain protection.
(12) Instrumentation.
(13) Landing gear.
(14) Lights.
(15) Oxygen.
(16) Water and waste.
(17) Auxiliary power.
(18) Doors.
(19) Propellers.
(20) Engines.
(b) Area of Instruction: Performance.
(5 questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Take-off performance.
(2) En route performance.
(3) Landing performance.
(c) Area of Instruction: Other. (10
questions required).
Subjects:
(1) Aircraft manuals.
(2) Aircraft limitations.
(3) Weight and balance.
(4) Emergency and abnormal
procedures.
2. Differences training. (5 questions
required)
Each training program must provide
differences training if the Administrator
finds that, due to differences between
aircraft of the same type operated by the
certificate holder, additional training is
necessary to ensure that each dispatcher
is adequately trained to perform the
assigned duties. The programmed hours
established for differences training are
PO 00000
Frm 00168
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in addition to the previously approved
programmed hours for the approved
training program. For differences
training (§ 121.1471), the hours remain
in the differences training category.
There are no programmed hours in
Tables 1 and 2 of this appendix for
differences training.
3. Special training.
The programmed hours established
for special training are in addition to the
previously approved programmed hours
for the approved training program. For
special training (§ 121.1437(c)), the
certificate holder integrates the training
into the existing categories in Tables 1
and 2 of this appendix. There are no
programmed hours in Tables 1 and 2 for
special training.
END QPS REQUIREMENT
llllllllllllllllll
l
Attachment 3 of Appendix T to Part 121
Generic Training Requirements—
Subjects and Tests—for Certification
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN INFORMATION
A. The Generic Training
This attachment lists those subject
areas required to train and evaluate
persons who are not certificated
dispatchers. In addition, some of the
required subjects have examples. These
examples are for clarification only and
are not all inclusive. The areas of
instruction in this attachment will help
prepare persons to take the aircraft
dispatcher practical test.
END INFORMATION
llllllllllllllllll
l
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
B. General (See §§ 121.1411; 121.1413;
121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421;
121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441;
121.1451; 121.1453; and 121.1471)
1. The FAA Aircraft Dispatcher
Knowledge Test is a requirement for
certification and the practical test. The
certificate holder’s testing under this
attachment is not a substitute for the
FAA Aircraft Dispatcher Knowledge
Test.
2. Instruction and evaluation is
required in all area subjects for
combined certification and initial
training.
3. The certificate holder must
administer a knowledge test for the
subjects in each area of instruction. The
knowledge test must be written or
computer based. The FAA must approve
the form and content in each area of
instruction. An individual must
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
satisfactorily complete the knowledge
test. To satisfactorily complete a
knowledge test, a score of 80% or better
in each area of instruction is required
and a qualified person must correct the
test to 100%. Correction of missed
questions must include a discussion of
which answer is correct, and why the
answer selected is incorrect. Retraining
is required in each area of instruction
when a score of 80% or better is not
achieved. Retraining is followed by
reevaluation of the student in each
retrained area of instruction. The form
and content of the reevaluation must
also be approved by the FAA.
4. The FAA may allow distance
learning for subjects in each area of
instruction unless otherwise indicated.
However, the FAA will not approve
cumulative distance learning hours that
equal more than 50% of the total
required programmed hours as listed in
Tables 1 and 2 of this appendix.
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
C. General Training Requirements Areas
of Instruction—With Subjects: (See
§§ 121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415;
121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421; 121.1423;
121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435;
121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451;
121.1453; and 121.1471)
1. Area of Instruction: Regulations (10
questions required)
Subjects:
(a) 14 CFR part 65, subparts A and C.
(b) 14 CFR parts 1, 25, 61, 71, 91, 121,
139, and 175.
(c) 49 CFR part 830 (NTSB).
(d) General Operating Manual (GOM).
2. Area of Instruction: Meteorology
(15 questions required).
Subjects:
(a) Basic Weather Studies.
(1) The earth’s motion and its effects
on weather.
(2) Analysis of the following regional
weather types, characteristics, and
structures, or combinations thereof:
(i) Maritime.
(ii) Continental.
(iii) Polar.
(iv) Tropical.
(3) Analysis of the following local
weather types, characteristics, and
structures or combinations thereof:
(i) Coastal.
(ii) Mountainous.
(iii) Island.
(iv) Plains.
(4) The following characteristics of
the atmosphere:
(i) Layers.
(ii) Composition.
(iii) Global wind patterns.
(iv) Ozone.
(v) Tropopause.
(5) Pressure:
(i) Units of measure.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(ii) Weather systems characteristics.
(iii) Temperature effects on pressure.
(iv) Altimeters.
(v) Pressure gradient force.
(vi) Pressure pattern flying weather.
(6) Wind:
(i) Major wind systems and coriolis
force.
(ii) Jetstreams and their
characteristics.
(iii) Local wind and related terms.
(7) States of matter:
(i) Solids, liquid, and gases.
(ii) Causes of change of state.
(8) Clouds:
(i) Composition, formation, and
dissipation.
(ii) Types and associated
precipitation.
(iii) Use of cloud knowledge in
forecasting.
(9) Fog:
(i) Causes, formation, and dissipation.
(ii) Types.
(10) Ice:
(i) Causes, formation, and dissipation.
(ii) Types.
(11) Stability and instability:
(i) Temperature lapse rate,
convection.
(ii) Adiabatic processes.
(iii) Lifting processes.
(iv) Divergence.
(v) Convergence.
(12) Turbulence:
(i) Jetstream associated.
(ii) Pressure pattern recognition.
(iii) Low level windshear.
(iv) Mountain waves.
(v) Thunderstorms.
(vi) Clear air turbulence.
(13) Airmasses:
(i) Classification and characteristics.
(ii) Source regions.
(iii) Use of airmass knowledge in
forecasting.
(14) Fronts:
(i) Structure and characteristics, both
vertical and horizontal.
(ii) Frontal types.
(iii) Frontal weather flying.
(15) Theory of storm systems:
(i) Thunderstorms.
(ii) Tornadoes.
(iii) Hurricanes and typhoons.
(iv) Microbursts.
(v) Causes, formation, and dissipation.
(b) Weather, analysis, and forecasts.
(1) Observations:
(i) Surface observations.
(A) Observations made by certified
weather observer.
(B) Automated weather observations.
(ii) Terminal forecasts.
(iii) Significant en route reports and
forecasts.
(A) Pilot reports.
(B) Area forecasts.
(C) Sigmets, airmets.
PO 00000
Frm 00169
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1447
(D) Center weather advisories.
(iv) Weather imagery.
(A) Surface analysis.
(B) Weather depiction.
(C) Significant weather prognosis.
(D) Winds and temperature aloft.
(E) Composite moisture stability chart.
(F) Surface weather prognostic chart.
(G) Radar meteorology.
(H) Satellite meteorology.
(I) Other charts as applicable.
(v) Meteorological information data
collection systems.
(2) Data collection, analysis, and
forecast facilities.
(3) Service outlets providing aviation
weather products.
(c) Weather Related Aircraft Hazards.
(1) Crosswinds and gusts.
(2) Contaminated runways.
(3) Restrictions to surface visibility.
(4) Turbulence and windshear.
(5) Icing.
(6) Thunderstorms and microburst.
(7) Volcanic ash.
3. Area of Instruction: Navigation (10
questions required)
Subjects:
(a) Study of the Earth.
(1) Time reference and location (0
Longitude, UTC).
(2) Definitions.
(3) Projections.
(4) Charts.
(b) Chart Reading, Application, and
Use.
(c) National Airspace Plan.
(d) Navigation Systems.
(e) Airborne Navigation Instruments.
(f) Instrument Approach Procedures.
(1) Transition procedures.
(2) Precision approach procedures.
(3) Non-precision approach
procedures.
(4) Minimums and the relationship to
weather.
(g) Special Navigation and
Operations.
(1) North Atlantic.
(2) Pacific.
(3) Global differences.
4. Area of Instruction:
Communications (5 questions required)
Subjects:
(a) Regulatory requirements.
(b) Communication Protocol.
(c) Voice and Data Communications.
(d) Notice to Airmen (NOTAMS).
(e) Aeronautical Publications.
(f) Abnormal Procedures.
5. Area of Instruction: Air Traffic
Control (10 questions required)
Subjects:
(a) Responsibilities.
(b) Facilities and Equipment.
(c) Airspace classification and route
structure.
(d) Flight Plans.
(1) Domestic.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1448
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(2) International.
(e) Separation Minimums.
(f) Priority Handling.
(g) Holding Procedures.
(h) Traffic Management.
6. Area of Instruction: Emergency and
Abnormal Procedures. (5 questions
required)
Subjects:
(a) Security measures on the ground.
(b) Security measures in the air.
(c) FAA responsibility and services.
(d) Collection and dissemination of
information on overdue or missing
aircraft.
(e) Means of declaring an emergency.
(f) Responsibility for declaring an
emergency.
7. Area of Instruction: Practical
dispatch applications. (distance learning
not allowed)
Subjects:
(a) Human Factors.
(1) Decision-making:
(i) Situation assessment.
(ii) Generation and evaluation of
alternatives.
(A) Tradeoffs and prioritization.
(B) Contingency planning.
(iii) Support tools and technologies.
(2) Human error:
(i) Causes.
(A) Individual and organizational
factors.
(B) Technology-induced error.
(ii) Prevention.
(iii) Detection and recovery.
(3) Teamwork:
(i) Communication and information
exchange.
(ii) Cooperative and distributed
problem-solving.
(iii) Resource management.
(A) Air Traffic Control (ATC)
activities and workload.
(B) Flight crew activities and
workload.
(C) Maintenance activities and
workload.
(D) Operations control staff activities
and workload.
(b) Applied Dispatching.
(1) Briefing techniques, Dispatcher,
Pilot.
(2) Preflight:
(i) Safety.
(ii) Weather analysis.
(A) Satellite imagery.
(B) Upper and lower altitude charts.
(C) Significant en route reports and
forecasts.
(D) Surface charts.
(E) Surface observations.
(iii) NOTAMS and airport conditions.
(iv) Crew.
(A) Qualifications.
(B) Limitations.
(v) Flight planning.
(A) Route of flight.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(1) Standard Instrument Departures
and Standard Terminal Arrival Routes.
(2) En route charts.
(3) Operational altitude.
(4) Departure and arrival charts.
(B) Minimum departure fuel.
(1) Climb.
(2) Cruise.
(3) Descent.
(vi) Decision to operate the flight.
(vii) ATC flight plan filing.
(viii) Flight documentation.
(A) Flight plan.
(B) [Reserved]
(3) Authorize flight departure with
concurrence of pilot in command.
(4) In-flight operational control:
(i) Situational awareness.
(ii) Information exchange.
(iii) Amend original dispatch release
as required.
(5) Post-flight:
(i) Arrival verification.
(ii) Weather debrief.
(iii) Flight irregularity reports as
required.
8. Area of Instruction: Weight and
balance subject: (5 questions required)
Subject:
(a) Theory and application weight and
balance.
(b) [Reserved]
9. Area of Instruction: Performance for
the type of aircraft. (5 questions
required)
BEGIN QPS REQUIREMENT
B. Evaluation Requirements. (See
§§ 121.1411; 121.1413; 121.1415;
121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421; 121.1423;
121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433; 121.1435;
121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441; 121.1451;
121.1453; and 121.1471)
1. Evaluation is required for all tasks
and situations listed in each duty area
that pertain to the certificate holder’s
operations specifications for persons in
initial, combined certification and
initial, transition, recurrent,
requalification, difference, and special
training. Evaluation is also required for
tasks and situations that are not listed,
but that pertain to a certificate holder’s
operation. The aircraft dispatcher must
understand, and where applicable,
satisfactorily complete the tasks
required for the areas of evaluation
listed in Table 4 of this appendix.
2. The certificate holder must use
Table 4 to determine the tasks and
situations on which each aircraft
dispatcher must be trained and
evaluated for each training category. If
the certificate holder adds tasks or
situations to those listed in Table 4, it
must further develop the tasks or
situations to include the requirement
and frequency for training and
evaluation in each specific category of
training listed in the table. These
changes must be approved by the POI.
3. Evaluation Requirements for Initial,
Combined Certification and Initial, and
Transition Training Categories.
(a) The proficiency test for initial and
combined certification and initial is a
combination of knowledge evaluation
END QPS REQUIREMENT
and skills evaluation during which
llllllllllllllllll
l additional training or practice is not
allowed.
Attachment 4 of Appendix T to Part 121
(b) The proficiency test for transition
may be a knowledge evaluation, a skills
Evaluation Requirements and
evaluation, or a combination of
Performance Standards for Initial,
knowledge evaluation and skills
Combined Certification and Initial,
evaluation, during which additional
Transition, Recurrent, Requalification,
training or practice is not allowed.
Differences, and Special Training
(c) The knowledge evaluation portion
Categories
of the proficiency test must cover the
llllllllllllllllll
l
subjects in each area of evaluation in
BEGIN INFORMATION
Table 4 of this appendix. The
knowledge evaluation for initial and
A. General
combined certification and initial must
be in the form of written or computer
The following list provides a set of
based questions. The knowledge
tasks and situations by area of
evaluation for transition must be in the
evaluation for the aircraft dispatcher.
form of oral, written, or computer based
These are the areas and tasks found in
questions. The knowledge evaluation
the introduction to the QPS in Table 4,
must contain the minimum number of
Training Category Evaluation
questions addressing each area of
Requirements for Aircraft Dispatchers,
evaluation outlined in this attachment.
which establishes the evaluation by
The FAA must approve the form and
task.
content in each area of evaluation. An
END INFORMATION
individual must satisfactorily complete
llllllllllllllllll
l the knowledge evaluation. To
PO 00000
Frm 00170
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
satisfactorily complete a knowledge
evaluation, a score of 80% or better in
each area of evaluation is required and
a qualified person must correct the test
to 100%. Correction of missed questions
must include a discussion of which
answer is correct, and why the answer
selected is incorrect. Retraining is
required in each area of evaluation
when a score of 80% or better is not
achieved. Retraining is followed by
reevaluation of the student in each
retrained area of evaluation. The form
and content of the reevaluation must
also be approved by the FAA.
(d) The skills evaluation portion of
the proficiency test must be
administered in either an actual or
simulated dispatch work environment
and must cover the subjects in each area
of instruction as depicted in Table 4.
Each area of evaluation must be
satisfactorily demonstrated to the Check
Dispatcher, Dispatch Program Designee,
or FAA Operations Inspector, as
applicable. Retraining is required for
each task in each area of evaluation that
is not satisfactorily completed.
Retraining is followed by reevaluation
of the student in each retrained area of
instruction. The FAA must also approve
the form and content of the
reevaluation.
4. Evaluation Requirements for
Recurrent and Requalification Training
Categories.
(a) For recurrent training and
requalification training, the proficiency
check is a combination of knowledge
evaluation and skills evaluation of tasks
listed in Table 4 and described in this
attachment during which additional
training or practice is allowed. A
portion of the proficiency check must be
administered in either an actual or
simulated dispatch work environment.
(b) The minimum number of
questions addressing each task is listed
in each area of evaluation. These
questions are only required for
knowledge evaluation portion of the
proficiency check. The knowledge
evaluation portion of the proficiency
check must be administered in the form
of oral, written, or computer based
questions. To satisfactorily complete a
proficiency check, a score of 80% in
each task area of evaluation is required
and a qualified person must correct the
test to 100%. Correction of missed
questions must include a discussion of
which answer is correct, and why the
answer selected is incorrect. Retraining
is required in each area of evaluation
when a score of 80% or better is not
achieved. Retraining is followed by
reevaluation of the student in each
retrained area of evaluation. The form
and content of the reevaluation must
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
also be approved by the FAA. The skills
evaluation portion of the proficiency
check must be satisfactorily
demonstrated to the Check Dispatcher,
Dispatch Program Designee, or FAA
Operations Inspector, as applicable.
5. Dispatch Resource Management
(DRM) indicators must be evaluated
throughout the entire proficiency test or
check.
6. The certificate holder must tailor
the procedures in this attachment for
each aircraft type and approved
operation. The certificate holder must
include these procedures in the
manual(s) provided to the aircraft
dispatcher.
C. Tasks and Situations by Area of
Evaluation (See §§ 121.1411; 121.1413;
121.1415; 121.1417; 121.1419; 121.1421;
121.1423; 121.1425; 121.1431; 121.1433;
121.1435; 121.1437; 121.1439; 121.1441;
121.1451; 121.1453; and 121.1471)
1. Area of Evaluation: General
(a) Task: Equipment Knowledge. (10
questions required).
The dispatcher must have an
understanding and a basic knowledge
about the following subjects (systems
and components) (as applicable):
(1) Landing gear, including: Extension
and retraction systems, brakes, antiskid, tires, nose-wheel steering, and
shock absorbers.
(2) Engine(s), including: Controls and
indications, induction system,
carburetor and fuel injection, turbocharging, cooling, fire detection and
protection, mounting points, turbine
wheels, compressors, de-icing, antiicing, and other related components.
(3) Propellers, including: Type,
controls, feathering and unfeathering,
auto feather, negative torque sensing,
synchronizing, and synchro-phasing.
(4) Fuel system, including: Capacity,
controls; indicators; cross-feeding;
transferring; jettison; fuel grade, color
and additives; fueling and de-fueling
procedures; and allowable fuel
substitutions, if applicable.
(5) Oil system, including: Grade and
indicators.
(6) Hydraulic system, including:
Capacity pumps, pressure, reservoirs,
grade, and regulators.
(7) Electrical system, including:
Alternators, generators, battery, circuit
breakers and protection devices,
controls, indicators, and external and
auxiliary power sources and ratings.
(8) Environmental systems, including:
Heating, cooling, ventilation, oxygen
and pressurization, controls, indicators,
and regulating devices.
(9) Avionics and communications,
including: Autopilot, flight director, and
PO 00000
Frm 00171
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1449
Electronic Flight Indicating Systems
(EFIS); Flight Management System(s)
(FMS); Long Range Navigation systems;
Doppler Radar; Inertial Navigation
Systems (INS); Global Positioning
System (GPS, DGPS, WGPS); VOR, NDB,
ILS, MLS, and RNAV systems and
components; indicating devices;
transponder; and emergency locator
transmitter.
(10) Ice protection (anti-ice and deice), including: Pitot-static system,
propeller (if appropriate), windshield,
wing and tail surfaces.
(11) Flight controls, including:
Ailerons, elevator(s), rudder(s), control
tabs, balance tabs, stabilizer, flaps,
spoilers, leading edge flaps and slats,
and trim systems.
(b) Task: Aircraft Performance and
Limitations Knowledge. (10 questions
required)
(1) The dispatcher must understand
and be proficient in the use of (as
appropriate to the aircraft) performance
charts, tables, graphs, or other data
relating to the certificate holder’s
approved system for the following:
(i) Accelerate—stop distance.
(ii) Accelerate—go distance.
(iii) Balanced field.
(iv) Takeoff performance, all engines
and with engine(s) inoperative, as
appropriate.
(v) Climb performance including
segmented climb performance; with all
engines operating; with one or more
engine(s) inoperative, and with other
engine malfunctions as may be
appropriate.
(vi) Service ceiling, all engines, with
engines(s) inoperative, including Drift
Down and Terrain Clearance, if
appropriate.
(vii) Cruise performance.
(viii) Fuel consumption, range, and
endurance.
(ix) Descent performance.
(xi) Go-around from rejected landings.
(xii) The effects of meteorological
conditions upon performance
characteristics with correct application
of these factors to a specific chart, table,
graph or other performance data.
(xiii) How to determine longitudinal
and lateral center-of-gravity location for
a specific load condition including how
to add, remove, or shift weight to meet
longitudinal (forward and aft), and
lateral balance limits for takeoff, cruise,
and landing.
(2) The aircraft dispatcher must know
all of the limitations appropriate to each
aircraft type and the kind of operation
the dispatcher dispatches with respect
to:
(i) Systems and components.
(ii) Performance.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
1450
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
(iii) MEL issues and how they may be
different for a flag operation or a
domestic operation.
(c) Task: Operating Requirements (10
questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must
understand the certificate holder’s
operating requirements as provided in:
(1) Operations Specifications.
(2) General Operating Manual.
(3) 14 CFR part 1.
(4) 14 CFR part 91.
(5) 14 CFR part 119.
(6) 14 CFR part 121.
(7) 14 CFR part 139.
(8) 49 CFR part 175 (HMR).
(9) 49 CFR part 830 (NTSB).
(10) Special Federal Aviation
Regulations (SFARs).
(11) 49 CFR Chapter 12 (TSR).
(12) ATC System.
(13) Airport Facility Directory.
(d) Task: National Weather System. (5
questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must know the
National weather system (international
weather systems, if applicable) and be
able to use the system to assess weather
conditions at departure, intermediate,
en route, destination, and alternate
airports.
(e) Task: National NOTAM System. (5
questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must know the
National NOTAM system (international
NOTAM systems, if applicable) and be
able to determine the impact of these
NOTAMs on en route flight planning
and at departure, intermediate, en route,
destination, and alternate airports.
2. Area of Evaluation: Duty Period
Orientation
(a) Task: Operations Orientation. (5
questions required).
The dispatcher must know how to use
available information to create an
operations orientation that covers, as
applicable:
(1) The location of all flights for
which the dispatcher is responsible.
(2) Planned flights and any special
flights for the duty period.
(3) Knowledge of issues, such as
anticipated ATC problems and delays.
(4) NOTAMS, weather, and field
conditions for regular and alternate
airports.
(5) Navigation facilities and any
irregularities that may affect the safety
of flight.
(b) Task: Dispatcher Shift Turnover.
(5 questions required).
The dispatcher must:
(1) Determine that his or her duty
schedule complies with part 121
dispatcher duty regulations and
certificate holder operating procedures.
(2) Become thoroughly briefed at the
beginning of duty period by the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
dispatcher who is turning over
operational control.
(3) Develop situational awareness and
prioritize his or her workload.
(4) Provide thorough briefing at the
end of the duty period to the relieving
dispatcher.
(c) Task: Shift Self Briefing. (5
questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must use
available information to anticipate and
respond to events that may occur during
the duty period, including:
(1) The general weather patterns.
(2) Weather information system
status.
(3) EWINS status (if applicable).
(4) Radar imagery.
(5) Fuel status of current and planned
flights.
(6) MEL status of current and planned
flights.
(7) General airport conditions.
(d) Task: Certificate Holder Manuals,
Procedures, and Operating Information.
(10 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must
understand and verify the currency of
the operational procedures contained in
the following:
(1) Certificate holder manual
containing Flight Crew Operating
Manual (FCOM) information.
(2) Airplane Flight Manual (AFM).
(3) Manual containing certificate
holder operations procedures.
(4) Manual containing the Aircraft
Dispatcher Procedures Manual (ADPM).
(5) Aeronautical Information Manual
(AIM).
(6) Certificate holder’s operations
specifications.
(7) Maintenance restrictions such as
airworthiness directives.
(8) MEL.
(9) CDL.
3. Area of Evaluation: Planning and
Executing a Dispatch Release
(a) Task: Obtain, Evaluate, and
Disseminate Required Information. (10
questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must do the
following, as applicable:
(1) Obtain, evaluate, and disseminate
to the flight crew all pertinent weather
information in the aircraft dispatcher’s
area of responsibility as follows:
(i) Weather reports and forecasts.
(ii) Pilot and radar reports.
(iii) Surface analysis reports.
(iv) Radar summary charts.
(v) Significant weather prognostics.
(vi) Winds and temperature aloft.
(vii) Freezing level charts.
(viii) Turbulence reports and
forecasts.
(ix) Icing reports and forecasts.
(x) Stability charts.
PO 00000
Frm 00172
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(xi) Severe weather outlook charts.
(xii) Constant pressure charts.
(xiii) Constant pressure prognostics.
(xiv) Tables and conversion graphs.
(xv) SIGMETS, convective SIGMETS,
convective outlooks, weather warnings,
and AIRMETS.
(xvi) ATIS report.
(xvii) Satellite imagery.
(xviii) NOTAMs.
(xix) Field condition reports.
(2) Obtain, evaluate, and disseminate
to the flight crew other information in
the aircraft dispatcher’s area of
responsibility, such as the following:
(i) Aircraft status.
(A) Maintenance and MEL.
(B) Loading and fuel.
(C) Performance data.
(ii) ATC problems such as departure
or arrival delays, flow control and en
route or altitude problems.
(iii) ATC tower closures, curfews, or
other information, such as noise
abatement requirements at or near the
arrival period.
(iv) Fuel and ground handling issues.
(v) Highlight restrictive MEL and CDL
items.
(vi) Irregular operations plan of action
(e.g., diversion).
(3) Obtain, review, and disseminate to
the flight crew the following:
(i) The suitability of runways,
including whether closed runways or
runways with displaced thresholds are
accounted for in the performance
computations.
(ii) All NOTAMs.
(iii) Information about field
conditions (contact the station if the
information is not readily available) at
airports to determine the validity of the
information and the impact on
operations.
(iv) The fueling restrictions and any
station equipment problems (contact the
station if the information is not readily
available) for the airports to determine
the impact on planned operations.
(4) Review the aircraft dispatcher
‘‘read file’’ for updated operational
information.
(5) Review AIM.
(i) Navaids.
(ii) Airports and air navigation and
lighting.
(iii) Airspace.
(iv) Air traffic control procedures
including clearances.
(v) Airport operations.
(vi) Departure, en route, and arrival
procedures.
(6) Review the Flight Crew
Qualification for route to be flown
(i) Special airports.
(ii) Special use airspace.
(iii) High minimum captains and
flight crew minimums.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(7) Review the aircraft status.
(i) Maintenance and MEL.
(ii) Loading and fuel.
(iii) Performance data.
(iv) Special areas of operation
requirements.
(b) Task: Flight Planning. (15
questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must do the
following, as applicable:
(1) Select an alternate airport.
(i) Use a flight movement forecast
(FMF) under an approved EWINS
program.
(ii) Determine whether an alternate
airport is required for the destination
airport in accordance with 14 CFR part
121, any existing exemptions,
deviations, operations specification
requirements, and procedures, for the
certificate holder.
(iii) If weather conditions at the
departure airport are below landing
minimums in the certificate holder’s
operation specifications for that airport,
specify a departure alternate in
accordance with 14 CFR part 121, and
the approved certificate holder
procedures.
(iv) Ensure that each alternate airport
selected (whether for departure or
destination airports) meets the
requirements of 14 CFR part 121, and
the approved certificate holder
procedures.
(v) Consider and plan for an
unscheduled stop.
(vi) Determine the operational
suitability of the planned alternate by
determining the following:
(A) Field conditions (e.g., wet
runways, runway friction reports,
braking action reports).
(B) The MEL and CDL status of the
aircraft and any potential weather
related condition or restriction.
(C) Crosswind and tailwind
components.
(D) Weather reporting service is
available.
(E) Approach chart does not prohibit
its use as an alternate.
(F) The appropriate navigational
facilities are monitored and operational.
(G) The airport has an instrument
approach procedure authorized for use
by the certificate holder.
(H) Tower closures and alternative
procedures.
(2) Determine whether holding is
anticipated at both the destination and
the appropriate alternate(s) by
considering the following:
(i) En route conditions.
(ii) ATC constraints.
(iii) Possible re-routes.
(iv) Marginal weather conditions at
the arrival airports.
(v) MEL and CDL considerations.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
(3) Determine the MEL and CDL status
of the aircraft and its impact on the
flight plan.
(4) Plan the flight considering the
following:
(i) The ATC preferred routing (e.g.,
High Altitude Redesign, RVSM, RNP).
(ii) The performance requirements of
part 121, subpart I.
(iii) The MEL or CDL status of the
aircraft and any potential weather
related considerations of resultant
restrictions.
(iv) The en route navigational
facilities are monitored and operational.
(v) Maintenance, test, training, and
ferry flights (as applicable).
(5) Determine the fuel load
requirements.
(i) Ensure that the flight is released
with sufficient fuel on board to comply
with the requirements of 14 CFR and the
certificate holder’s requirements for
computing minimum fuel supply.
(ii) Consider the impact of
underfueling or overfueling on the
dispatch release.
(iii) Comply with the requirements of
any deviations or exemptions used.
(6) Determine aircraft performance
requirements. Ensure that the flight is
released at a weight and configuration
that complies with the requirements of
14 CFR part 121, subpart I and any
additional certificate holder
requirements.
(c) Task: Create and Issue Dispatch
Release. (5 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must do the
following, as applicable:
(1) Create and issue a dispatch release
using the certificate holder’s approved
system for issuing dispatch releases.
(2) Create and issue a dispatch release
using the certificate holder’s approved
back-up system for issuing dispatch
releases.
(3) Ensure that the dispatch release
meets the regulatory requirements and
contains or has attached to it the
available weather reports, weather
forecasts (or a combination of these) for
the destination airport, any intermediate
stops, and any alternate airports.
(4) Ensure the dispatch release meets
the approved certificate holder
requirements.
(d) Task: Briefing Flight Crews. (5
questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must
demonstrate the ability to brief the flight
crew on the topics listed in paragraph
C.3. of this attachment.
4. Area of Evaluation: Flight Monitoring
(a) Task: Updating and Gathering
Information. (5 questions required)
During the en route portion of the
flight, the dispatcher must:
PO 00000
Frm 00173
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1451
(1) Track changing weather and
operating conditions.
(2) Determine the actual time the
aircraft departed, progress of flight, and
its estimated time of arrival.
(3) Provide the PIC with necessary
information for the safe conduct of the
flight, such as changing meteorological
conditions or irregularities of facilities
and services. Provide this information
using the certificate holder’s approved
communication system(s).
(4) Advise the PIC of any changes in
the operations environment as follows:
(i) ATC constraints.
(ii) Updated NOTAMs that may affect
the flight.
(iii) Change in operations and an
alternate plan.
(iv) Field conditions and runway
availability.
(b) Task: Operational Control
Decisionmaking. (5 questions required)
The aircraft dispatcher must do the
following, as applicable:
(1) Understand the operational
function of and interaction with other
departments, such as the following:
(i) Maintenance.
(ii) Crew scheduling.
(iii) Training.
(iv) Customer service.
(v) Airport and station.
(2) Process the operational function of
and interaction with these departments
into an operational control decision in
accordance with approved certificate
holder procedures.
(c) Task: Amend Dispatch Release. (5
questions required).
The aircraft dispatcher must
demonstrate the following:
(1) Determine when an amendment to
a dispatch release is required (e.g.,
mechanical problem, alternate or
destination changes).
(2) Amend the dispatch release in
accordance with approved certificate
holder procedures.
(3) Record that amendment in
accordance with approved certificate
holder procedures.
5. Area of Evaluation: Situation
Management
(a) Task: Dispatch and Aircraft
Abnormality or Emergency. (10
questions required).
The dispatcher must demonstrate the
ability to do the following:
(1) Manage the following abnormal
and emergency situations generated
from a source other that the flight crew:
(i) A bomb threat is received.
(ii) Inflight medical emergency.
(iii) Engine failure in flight.
(iv) Inflight fire.
(v) Overweight landings.
(vi) Low fuel emergencies.
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
1452
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
(vii) Aircraft diversions.
(viii) Hijacking.
(ix) Sabotage threats.
(x) An aircraft has been involved in a
major accident.
(xi) An aircraft is overdue or missing.
(xii) Actions or alerts issued by
military or other security agencies.
(xiii) Any other operational situation
that affects the safety of flight.
(2) Establish communication with the
Aircraft through the normal certificate
holder air to ground communication
system.
(3) Immediately notify the PIC of an
emergency situation that arises during
flight that requires an immediate
decision and action by an aircraft
dispatcher and record that decision.
(4) Determine whether the PIC has
declared an emergency.
(5) Declare an emergency (if
appropriate) in accordance with 14 CFR
in the event the aircraft dispatcher
cannot communicate with the PIC.
(6) Maintain operational control of the
flight experiencing the abnormal or
emergency situation.
(7) Notify certificate holder
management of the abnormal or
emergency situation.
(8) Maintain operational control of all
flights in the dispatcher’s control.
(9) Contact maintenance for
mechanical situations.
(10) Determine the extent of the
situation and attempt to classify the
type of situation in order to report it
properly to the authorities.
(11) Use of the appropriate certificate
holder manuals (e.g., QRH, emergency
procedures manual).
(b) Task: Collection and
dissemination of information on
overdue or missing aircraft. (5 questions
required).
The aircraft dispatcher must:
(1) Know how to send a written report
of any deviation (within 10 days of the
emergency) through the certificate
holder’s operations manager to the POI
at the certificate holding district office
in accordance with 14 CFR.
(2) Know how to notify the nearest
National Transportation Safety Board
(NTSB) office when an accident or any
of the following occur:
(i) Flight control system malfunction
or failure.
(ii) Inability of any required flight
crewmember to perform normal flight
duties as a result of injury or illness.
(iii) Failure of structural components
of a turbine engine excluding
compressor and turbine blades and
vanes.
(iv) In-flight fire.
(v) Aircraft collide in flight.
(vi) Damage to property, other than
the aircraft, estimated to exceed $25,000
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
for repair (including materials and
labor) or fair market value in the event
of total loss, whichever is less.
(vii) For large multiengine aircraft
(more than 12,500 pounds maximum
certificated takeoff weight):
(A) In-flight failure of electrical
systems which requires the sustained
use of an emergency bus powered by a
back-up source such as a battery,
auxiliary power unit, or air-driven
generator to retain flight control or
essential instruments;
(B) In-flight failure of hydraulic
systems that results in sustained
reliance on the sole remaining hydraulic
or mechanical system for movement of
flight control surfaces;
(C) Sustained loss of the power or
thrust produced by two or more engines;
and
(D) An evacuation of an aircraft in
which an emergency egress system is
utilized.
(viii) An aircraft is overdue and is
believed to have been involved in an
accident.
6. Area of Evaluation: Dispatch
Resource Management
(a) Evaluation. Evaluation of an
aircraft dispatcher’s practical
application of DRM skills must occur as
follows:
(1) After the aircraft dispatcher has
completed initial, combined
certification and initial, recurrent, and
requalification training. This evaluation
must be completed during the
proficiency test (for initial and
combined certification and initial
training) and during the proficiency
check (for recurrent or requalification
training).
(2) During the supervised operating
experience delivered after initial,
combined certification and initial, and
requalification training.
(b) Task: Demonstrate and apply DRM
concepts. (Evaluation must be in the
form of demonstration)
The aircraft dispatcher must know
and be able to apply the following DRM
competencies:
(1) Briefings.
(2) Assertiveness.
(3) Inquiry.
(4) Conflict resolution.
(5) Interdepartmental coordination
process.
(6) Interpersonal relationships.
(7) Situational awareness.
(8) Preparation, planning, and
vigilance.
(9) Time management (prioritizing).
(10) Tactical and strategic use of
resources.
(11) Stress management.
(12) Decisionmaking process.
PO 00000
Frm 00174
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(13) Multi-tasking.
(14) Risk management.
(15) Leadership.
(16) Communication.
PART 135—OPERATING
REQUIREMENTS: COMMUTER AND
ON-DEMAND OPERATIONS
35. The authority citation for part 135
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 44113, 44701–
44702, 44705, 44709, 44711–44713, 44715–
44717, 44722.
36. Revise § 135.1(a)(4) to read as
follows:
§ 135.1
Applicability.
(a) * * *
(4) Each person who applies for initial
or provisional approval of an Advanced
Qualification Program curriculum,
curriculum segment, or portion of a
curriculum segment under subpart Y of
part 121 of this chapter and each person
employed or used by a certificate holder
to perform training, qualification, or
evaluation functions under an
Advanced Qualification Program under
subpart Y of part 121 of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
37. Revise § 135.3(b) and (c) and add
paragraph (d) to read as follows:
§ 135.3 Rules applicable to operations
under this part.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Each certificate holder that
conducts commuter operations under
this part with airplanes in which two
pilots are required by the type
certification rules of this chapter must
comply with subpart BB of part 121 of
this chapter instead of the requirements
of subparts E, G, and H of this part.
(c) The rules in subpart BB of part 121
of this chapter are considered a subpart
of part 135 of this chapter for certificate
holders identified in paragraph (b) of
this section.
(d) If authorized by the Administrator
upon application, each certificate holder
that conducts operations under this part
to which paragraph (b) of this section
does not apply, may comply with the
applicable sections of subpart BB of part
121 of this chapter instead of the
requirements of subparts E, G, and H of
this part, except that those authorized
certificate holders may choose to
comply with the operating experience
requirements of § 135.244, instead of the
requirements of § 121.1225 of this
chapter.
PART 142—TRAINING CENTERS
38. The authority citation for part 142
continues to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 / Proposed Rules
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 40119,
44101, 44701–44703, 44705, 44707, 44709–
44711, 45102–45103, 45301–45302.
§ 142.1
[Amended]
mstockstill on PROD1PC66 with PROPOSALS2
39. Remove and reserve § 142.1(b)(2).
40. Revise § 142.63(b) to read as
follows:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
20:01 Jan 09, 2009
Jkt 217001
§ 142.63
Privileges.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Approved under subpart Y,
Advanced Qualification Program, of part
121 of this chapter, for meeting recency
of experience requirements.
PO 00000
Frm 00175
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1453
Issued in Washington, DC, on December 4,
2008.
John M. Allen,
Acting Director, Flight Standards Service.
[FR Doc. E8–29584 Filed 1–9–09; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910–13–P
E:\FR\FM\12JAP2.SGM
12JAP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 74, Number 7 (Monday, January 12, 2009)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 1280-1453]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E8-29584]
[[Page 1279]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Transportation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Aviation Administration
14 CFR parts 65, 119, 121 et al.
Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 7 / Monday, January 12, 2009 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 1280]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Aviation Administration
14 CFR parts 65, 119, 121, 135 and 142
[Docket No. FAA-2008-0677; Notice No. 08-07]
RIN 2120-AJ00
Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers
AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
ACTION: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The FAA proposes to amend the regulations for crewmember and
dispatcher training programs in domestic, flag, and supplemental
operations. The proposed regulations enhance traditional training
programs by requiring the use of flight simulation training devices for
flight crewmembers and including additional training requirements in
areas that are critical to safety. The proposal also reorganizes and
revises the qualification and training requirements. The proposed
changes are intended to contribute significantly to reducing aviation
accidents.
DATES: Comments must be received on or before May 12, 2009.
ADDRESSES: You may send comments identified by Docket Number FAA-2006-
26139 using any of the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to https://
www.regulations.gov and follow the online instructions for sending your
comments electronically.
Mail: Send comments to the Docket Management Facility,
U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West
Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.
Fax: Fax comments to the Docket Management Facility at
202-493-2251.
Hand Delivery: Bring comments to the Docket Management
Facility in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday
through Friday, except Federal holidays.
For more information on the rulemaking process, see the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document.
Privacy: We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
https://www.regulations.gov, including any personal information you
provide. Using the search function of our docket Web site, anyone can
find and read the comments received into any of our dockets, including
the name of the individual sending the comment (or signing the comment
for an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's
complete Privacy Act Statement in the Federal Register published on
April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-78).
Docket: To read background documents or comments received, go to
https://www.regulations.gov at any time or to the Docket Management
Facility in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New
Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday
through Friday, except Federal holidays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For flight crewmember information
contact Ed Cook, for flight attendant information contact Nancy Lauck
Claussen, and for aircraft dispatcher information contact David Maloy,
Air Carrier Training Branch (AFS-210), Flight Standards Service,
Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue, SW.,
Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-8166. For legal questions,
contact Anne Bechdolt, Office of Chief Counsel (AGC-200), Federal
Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC
20591; telephone (202) 267-7230; e-mail: Anne.Bechdolt@faa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Later in this preamble under the Additional
Information section, we discuss how you can comment on this proposal
and how we will handle your comments. Included in this discussion is
related information about the docket, privacy, and the handling of
proprietary or confidential business information. We also discuss how
you can get a copy of this proposal and related rulemaking documents.
Authority for This Rulemaking
The FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety is found in
Title 49 of the United States Code. This rulemaking is promulgated
under the authority described in 49 U.S.C. 44701(a)(5), which requires
the Administrator to promulgate regulations and minimum standards for
other practices, methods, and procedures necessary for safety in air
commerce and national security.
Table of Contents
I. Summary of the Proposal
II. Qualification Performance Standards (QPS) Appendices
III. Background
A. Current Qualification and Training Requirements
B. Need for Safety Improvements and FAA Actions
C. Qualification To Serve as a Required Crewmember or Aircraft
Dispatcher
D. Subparts N and O Aviation Rulemaking Committee (ARC)
E. Training Program Vocabulary and Instructional Design
IV. The Proposal
A. Major Changes Affecting Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
B. Major Changes Affecting Flight Crewmembers
C. Major Changes Affecting Flight Attendants
D. Major Changes Affecting Aircraft Dispatchers
V. Impact Statements
I. Summary of the Proposal
Purpose
The primary purpose of this NPRM is to establish new requirements
for traditional air carrier training programs to ensure that safety-
critical training is included. These changes are expected to make a
significant contribution to the FAA's accident reduction goal. The
secondary purpose of this rulemaking project is to reorganize, simplify
and modernize all rule language associated with crewmember and aircraft
dispatcher qualification and training under part 121. This proposal
revises and recodifies the crewmember qualification and training
requirements in subparts N and O into a new subpart BB of part 121 and
revises and recodifies the aircraft dispatcher qualification and
training requirements in subparts N and P into subpart CC of part 121.
This rulemaking is part of the FAA's efforts to reduce fatal
accidents in which human error was a major contributing cause. The
proposed changes would reduce human error and improve performance among
flight crewmembers, flight attendants, and aircraft dispatchers.
The FAA is proposing the following safety improvements to its
qualification and training requirements:
Train and evaluate flight crewmembers in a complete flight
crew environment.
Require Line Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) to be
administered to flight crewmembers in a full flight simulator (FFS)
during recurrent training.
Require the use of a qualified flight simulation training
device (FSTD) for training, testing, and checking flight crewmembers.
Require special hazard training for flight crewmembers,
such as loss of control and Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT).
[[Page 1281]]
Require additional training and practice in the use of
Crew Resource Management (CRM) principles.
Require flight attendants to complete ``hands on''
performance drills using emergency equipment and procedures every 12
months.
Require flight attendants to complete operating experience
by aircraft type for the certificate holder.
Require trained and qualified flight attendant ground
instructors and evaluators.
Standardize the training and experience requirements for
check dispatchers and dispatcher instructors.
Implement supervised operating experience (SOE)
requirements for aircraft dispatchers.
Establish Requalification training for aircraft
dispatchers and crewmembers.
Require a continuous analysis process (CAP) for
certificate holders.
In addition, the FAA's recent ``Call to Action'' plan elevated
short-, mid-, and long-term goals to address safety improvement at
airport runways. This proposed rule states that the tasks listed in the
rule, and the Flight Crewmember Operating Manual (FCOM) required by the
rule, must be integrated with one another and must reflect the
certificate holder's operations and the specific aircraft. The proposed
rule also includes tasks that directly address the runway safety goals.
Specifically, they include the following:
(1) Using an airport diagram (surface movement) chart to aid in
maintaining positional awareness.
(2) Obtaining the appropriate clearance before crossing or entering
active runways.
(3) Observing runway hold lines, localizer and glide slope critical
areas, beacons, and other surface movement guidance control markings
and lighting.
(4) Ensuring takeoff clearance is received and that the correct
runway is being entered for takeoff prior to crossing the hold short
line.
The FAA is issuing this proposal under the authority described in
Subtitle VII, Part A, subpart i, 49 U.S.C. 44701. The FAA is charged
with regulating air commerce in a way that best promotes safety.
Compliance Issues
To help transition from the current regulations to the revised
requirements for qualification, service, and use of crewmembers and
aircraft dispatchers, the FAA is proposing to continue the current
regulations under subparts N, O, and P, for 5 years after the effective
date of the final rule. On the date the current regulations expire, all
certificate holders, crewmembers, and aircraft dispatchers must be in
compliance with the requirements in subparts BB and CC of part 121.
Therefore, it will be necessary for certificate holders to begin
training under subparts BB and CC in sufficient time to ensure that all
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers are trained, qualified, and meet
the applicable look back provisions of subparts BB and CC, before the
expiration of regulations pertaining to qualification, service, and use
of crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers in subparts N, O, and P.
Proposed 14 CFR121.1202 and 121.1402 require certificate holders to
submit a transition plan that specifies the transition completion date,
which must be before the expiration of the current regulations.
The effective date of the final rule will be 120 days after
publication in the Federal Register. Persons who have an approved
training program before the effective date of the final rule or have
submitted a training program for approval before the effective date of
the final rule may comply with existing regulations, subparts BB and
CC, or both. The proposed rule permits simultaneous compliance to allow
the certificate holder to continue using its approved programs while
transitioning to the new requirements. Although the rule allows the
certificate holder to simultaneously comply with the existing
regulations and the new rules, each individual crewmember or aircraft
dispatcher must be trained and qualified under the requirements of
either subparts BB and CC, or subparts N, O, and P.
For example, during the transition period, the air carrier may
decide to train all newly hired flight attendants in accordance with
the proposed rules, while continuing to train existing flight
attendants under the current requirements. However, individual flight
attendants, in the above example, would be required to be fully in
compliance with the requirements of the existing regulations or with
the proposed regulations. If a certificate holder submits a training
program for a new aircraft type after the effective date of the rule,
the training program developed for this new aircraft type must be in
compliance with and approved under proposed subparts BB and CC.
Therefore, any flight attendants qualified on this new aircraft type
would be trained in accordance with the new rules, while flight
attendants qualified on aircraft types currently operated by the
certificate holder could be trained in accordance with the existing
regulations in subparts N, O, and P.
Setting the effective date for 120 days after publication of the
final rule and allowing use of the existing regulations for 5 years
after this period provides existing certificate holders and the FAA
time to smoothly transition to the new requirements. By using this
approach, certificate holders seeking FAA approval for a new training
program will not have to develop one training program to comply with
the old regulations, then develop another training program to comply
with the new regulations.
The proposed rule also contemplates that when a new training
program is submitted for approval after the rule's effective date, the
training program must meet the requirements of subparts BB or CC, as
applicable. The FAA does not intend that non-significant modifications
that may be proposed to a current training program under the existing
regulations would require the certificate holder to initiate
development of a training program to comply with Subpart BB or CC any
earlier than they had planned in accordance with their current business
plan.
The FAA has included a grandfather provision in proposed subpart BB
to allow persons qualified for a crewmember duty position under the
current rules to meet the requirements of the proposed rule without
having to repeat certain categories of training they have already
completed under the current rules. Proposed subpart CC contains a
similar grandfather provision for aircraft dispatchers.
In addition, the FAA is proposing to amend requirements in current
Sec. 121.543 in proposed Sec. 121.1241(b)(3)(v). Proposed Sec.
121.1241(b)(3)(v) requires that all flight crewmembers at the controls
are current and qualified, including landing recency. Under the current
rules, landing recency is not required for relief pilots. This proposal
codifies current industry practice and ensures proficiency in all tasks
necessary for safe operation of the aircraft.
II. Qualification Performance Standards (QPS) Appendices
The FAA is proposing to add four QPS appendices in 14 CFR part 121:
pilots, appendix Q; flight engineers, appendix R; flight attendants,
appendix S; and aircraft dispatchers, appendix T. The QPS appendices
contain minimum training and evaluation standards as well as procedures
for crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers to become qualified and
maintain qualification. The material in the proposed QPS appendices is
based on the subjects and
[[Page 1282]]
tasks in subparts N, O, and P. In addition, the pilot QPS is based on
current part 121 practical training and checking standards in
appendices E and F, and flight simulation performance guidelines in
appendix H. The FAA has separated the material in the QPS appendices
into two sections: ``QPS Requirements'' and ``Information.'' The ``QPS
Requirements'' sections are regulatory and are in addition to the
requirements in part 121. The ``Information'' sections are advisory,
and are not regulatory. Future changes and additions to the QPS
Requirements would be subject to notice and comment rulemaking
procedures under the Administrative Procedure Act, unless ``good
cause'' (see 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B)) exists to justify proceeding without
notice and comment.
The FAA does not expect that many changes to the QPS appendices
will justify the expenditure of time and resources at the highest
levels of the agency that the standard procedures for final review of
rulemakings require. The Administrator will delegate authority for
final review and issuance of changes to the QPS appendices to the
Director of the Flight Standards Service. This delegation of authority
will be exercised with the concurrence of the Office of the Chief
Counsel. This streamlined process will result in timely responses to
incident and accident data, continuous analysis process (CAP) changes,
and advances in aircraft or simulation technology. If at any time
during the amendment process the Administrator or the Director of the
Flight Standards Service determines that a proposed amendment is not
appropriate for this streamlined process, the rulemaking project will
proceed in accordance with the agency's standard rulemaking procedures.
III. Background
A. Current Qualification and Training Requirements
The regulations governing certificate holder crewmember and
aircraft dispatcher qualification and training requirements appear in
14 CFR part 121 subparts N, O, and P. Subpart N contains the
requirements for establishing and maintaining a training program for
crewmembers, aircraft dispatchers, and other operations personnel.
Subpart N also contains the requirements for the use of airplane
simulators and other training devices. Subpart O contains crewmember
qualification requirements. Subpart P contains aircraft dispatcher
qualification requirements. Appendix E to part 121 establishes the
flight training tasks required in pilot initial, transition, and
upgrade training. Appendix F to part 121 establishes the flight
checking tasks required in pilot proficiency checks. Appendix H to part
121 provides guidelines and a means for using advanced airplane
simulators in training and checking of flight crewmembers.
B. Need for Safety Improvements and FAA Actions
FAA Initiatives
Among the leading causes of fatal accidents for U.S. air carriers
from 1987 through 1996 were loss of control and CFIT. Human error was
identified as a major contributing cause in a large percentage of these
accidents. The FAA took immediate steps toward preventing these types
of accidents by developing technological standards and encouraging
simulator training in CFIT avoidance and to improve flight crewmember
response in loss of control situations. The FAA also reviewed its
regulations in 14 CFR part 121 subparts N, O, and P to identify
improvements in training for flight crewmembers, flight attendants, and
aircraft dispatchers.
As part of the regulatory review, the FAA evaluated its experience
with the Advanced Qualification Program (AQP) currently in place at
many part 121 air carriers. AQP is an alternative method using advanced
simulation equipment and objective performance standards for training
and testing crewmembers.\1\ The FAA's review of AQP revealed the need
to improve the traditional qualification and training programs
conducted under subparts N, O, and P.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The FAA codified AQP in 14 CFR part 121 subpart Y (September
16, 2005; 70 FR 54810).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigations
identified several areas of inadequate training that were the probable
cause of an accident, such as Incomplete Manuals, Inadequate Standards/
Procedures, Lack of a Stabilized Approach Below 500 Feet, Crew Resource
Management, Turbulence, Thunder Storms, Wind Shear, IFR Conditions,
Cross Wind, and Tail Wind.
During the 1985 through 2004 time period, the NTSB determined that
inadequate training was the probable cause of 169 accidents involving
the affected populations. We believe that many of these accidents could
have been prevented if the proposed training initiatives were in place
during that 20-year period. Of the 169 accidents, 43 (about 25%)
involved one or more fatalities and 126 (about 75%) had no fatalities.
These accidents resulted in 988 fatalities and 250 serious injuries. In
addition to the injuries and fatalities, there was also significant
damage or complete hull loss for these accidents. This proposal
contains changes to address the causes and factors identified by the
NTSB.
NTSB Recommendations
The changes proposed in this NPRM also address several NTSB
recommendations. The NTSB recommendations addressed Crewmember Resource
Management (CRM) training (Recommendations A-88-71 and A-94-196); use
of simulators to conduct LOFT (Recommendations A-94-191 through 194);
TCAS RA training (Recommendation A-93-46); training of flight crews to
respond to sudden, unusual or unexpected aircraft upsets
(Recommendation A-96-120); flight attendant training (Recommendations
A-92-67, A-92-70, A-92-71, A-92-74, and A-92-77); and training to
respond to inflight fires (Recommendations A-01-83 through A-01-85).\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The NTSB Safety Recommendation Letters are available online
at https://www.ntsb.gov/Recs/letters/letters.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The FAA recognizes that the NTSB has already closed some of these
recommendations. However, we reviewed NTSB recommendations concerning
training to make the proposed training requirements as effective as
possible. For specific information on how the FAA is responding to
these NTSB recommendations, see section IV, ``The Proposal,'' later in
this preamble.
C. Qualification To Serve as a Required Crewmember or Aircraft
Dispatcher
There are several requirements for a crewmember to become qualified
to serve in part 121 operations. Just because an individual is
``qualified'' under this proposal does not mean that he or she can
serve in part 121 operations without meeting additional requirements.
For example, pilots are ``qualified'' under this proposal when they
hold the appropriate certificates and ratings and have completed the
required curricula. However, to serve unsupervised in part 121
operations they must also meet the operating experience, initial line
check, crew pairing, operating limitations, and route and airport
qualification requirements. In addition, when they first serve in part
121 operations they must be supervised. Further, once they obtain their
initial authorization to serve, they must continually meet a different
set of requirements to retain that authorization. This is similar to
current requirements.
[[Page 1283]]
D. Subparts N and O Aviation Rulemaking Committee (ARC)
On May 3, 2004, the FAA established the ARC as a forum for the FAA
and the aviation community to discuss crewmember and aircraft
dispatcher qualification and training. The ARC focused on changes to
improve flight safety issues; the application of simulation to flight
crewmember training, testing, or checking activities; and the
implementation of technical changes in training and qualification
standards. The ARC included participants from the FAA, Air Line Pilots
Association, Air Transport Association, Airbus Training Center, Airline
Dispatchers Federation, Alteon Training, America West Airlines,
American Airlines, Association of Flight Attendants, Association of
Professional Flight Attendants, Boeing, CAE, Independence Air, JetBlue
Airways, Northwest Airlines, Omni Air International, Pan Am, Regional
Airline Association, and Southwest Airlines. The ARC submitted
recommendations to the Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety in
April 2005. These recommendations focused on changes to the regulatory
requirements, the development of QPS appendices specific to the needs
of pilots, flight engineers, flight attendants, and aircraft
dispatchers, and organization of the regulations.
E. Training Program Vocabulary and Instructional Design
The purpose of a certificate holder's training program is to
produce and maintain competency necessary for job performance. In this
proposal, the FAA is introducing new terms associated with training
programs.
At the highest level, training programs have ``curricula'' to
qualify a person for a duty position for an aircraft type. A pilot in
command (PIC), second in command (SIC), flight engineer, or a flight
attendant serving in operations under this part holds a ``crewmember
duty position.'' A flight instructor (aircraft or simulator), flight
engineer instructor (aircraft or simulator), flight attendant
instructor, check person (check pilot, aircraft; check pilot,
simulator; check flight engineer, aircraft; check flight engineer,
simulator; or check flight attendant), or person authorized to
administer flight attendant proficiency tests holds a ``training'' or
``evaluation'' duty position. The curriculum for each crewmember duty
position and training or evaluation duty position includes categories
of training and the appropriate segments for each category.
Within a curriculum, ``categories of training'' (also called
``training categories'') relate to qualification experience levels,
first time qualification for a certificate holder, first time
qualification in type, configuration differences within type or series,
maintaining and regaining qualification, and changes in operation. The
categories of training within a curriculum include: New hire; initial;
transition; conversion (full and core); upgrade (full and core);
emergency; differences; recurrent; requalification; and special.
Each category of training includes two ``segments of training''--
academic and job performance. Academic is training and evaluation that
provides students with the required knowledge and cognitive skills
necessary to perform the tasks required for the crewmember duty
position or training or evaluation duty position. Academic training
could be completed in either a classroom setting or through distance
learning. Job performance is training and evaluation in the duty or job
environment that provides students with the practical, hands on
experience of integrating knowledge and skills and learning the related
motor skills necessary to perform the job.
For flight crewmembers, the proposed term ``academic training'' is
currently known as ``ground training.'' For flight crewmembers, the
proposed term ``job performance training'' is currently known as
``flight training.'' The FAA has proposed these new terms in order to
ensure they accurately apply to all training populations affected by
the proposed rule, including those that do not conduct flight training,
such as flight attendants and aircraft dispatchers.
Segments of training have subsets called ``modules.'' Certificate
holders create modules based on the task requirements in the applicable
QPS. The FAA approves all modules as part of the approved training
program.
The following table compares the proposed terminology with the
current usage.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current rule Proposed rule
------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAINING PROGRAM TRAINING PROGRAM
(Curriculum and Resources) (Curriculum and
Resources)
CURRICULUM CURRICULUM
CATEGORIES OF TRAINING CATEGORIES OF
TRAINING
Aircraft
Flight crewmember: Flight attendant: dispatchers:
Basic Indoctrination New Hire New Hire Initial
Initial Initial Initial Transition
Transition Transition Transition Recurrent
Upgrade Conversion Recurrent Requalification
Recurrent Upgrade Requalification Differences
Requalification Recurrent Differences Special
Differences Requalification Special
Crewmember Emergency Differences Emergency
Special
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRICULUM SEGMENTS CURRICULUM SEGMENTS
(Two Types--Ground and Flight) (Two Types--
Academic and Job
Performance)
MODULE MODULE
LESSON LESSON
ELEMENT ELEMENT
IV. The Proposal
This section addresses the major changes proposed in this document
and includes a general description of each change and supporting
rationale. You can find a detailed description of these and other
proposed changes in the ``Section-by-Section Discussion'' in the docket
for this rulemaking at https://
[[Page 1284]]
www.regulations.gov. In addition to the ``Section-by-Section
Discussion'' document, the docket also contains ``Derivation and
Distribution Tables'' for the proposed Subparts BB and CC. The
``Derivation and Distribution Tables'' will help commenters track how
the proposed sections relate to the current sections in part 121. The
following table lists the major changes and their applicability to
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers.
Major Changes and Their Applicability to Crewmembers and Aircraft
Dispatchers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major changes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Provide more accurate and complete operating procedures and
crewmember and aircraft dispatcher duties.
2. Integrate subparts N, O, and P into new subparts BB and CC.
3. Require baseline and minimum programmed hours.
4. Require integration of Crew Resource Management (CRM) and
Dispatcher Resource Management (DRM).
5. Add ``Special'' training category.
6. Establish phased Requalification.
7. Establish provisions for initial cadre.
8. Continuous analysis process.
B. Flight Crewmembers
1. Require the use of FSTD for job performance training and
evaluation.
2. Train and evaluate flight crewmembers in a full crew environment.
3. Require Special Hazards training.
4. Require Recurrent LOFT.
5. Reduce the frequency of performance drills using emergency
equipment and procedures.
C. Flight Attendants
1. Establish qualification and training requirements for check
flight attendants, flight attendant instructors, and evaluators.
2. Require operating experience by aircraft type specific to the
certificate holder.
3. Increase the frequency of performance drills using emergency
equipment and procedures.
D. Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Establish dispatcher instructors and check dispatchers.
2. Require supervised operating experience specific to the
certificate holder.
3. Establish optional aircraft dispatcher Combined Certification and
Initial Curriculum.
4. Establish qualification requirements for Dispatch Program
Designees.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Major Changes Affecting Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers
1. Provide for More Accurate and Complete Operating Procedures and
Crewmember and Aircraft Dispatcher Duties
Training effectiveness is enhanced when operational procedures and
crewmember duties are thoroughly and accurately defined for the type of
operation. The FAA reviewed numerous accidents where a lack of properly
defined procedures and duties were a direct or contributing factor. The
following proposals will improve the completeness and accuracy of the
duties and procedures for crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers.
Add Standard Operating Procedures, Abnormal or Non-normal
Procedures, Emergency Procedures, Weight and Balance (or Loading), and
Performance sections to the Operating Limitations section of the FAA-
approved Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM) as mandatory instructions
for all persons operating a civil aircraft in operations under this
part.
Require that training and evaluation of monitoring duties
for the pilot not flying the aircraft be provided in addition to the
traditional pilot flying (at the controls).
Include procedures in the FCOM for executing the tasks
authorized for the certificate holder. These procedures may come from
the following: (1) The FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual (AFM); (2)
the generic procedures provided in the QPS; or other procedures as
modified by the certificate holder and approved by the Principal
Operations Inspector (POI), such as those contained in Operations
Specifications (OpSpecs).
Provide training in approved procedures in critical
environments (e.g., windshear for takeoff and landing).
Provide awareness performance statements relative to each
task (e.g., be aware of the autoflight configuration at all times).
Require that the material in the current certificate
holder's manual (Sec. Sec. 121.133, 121.135, and 121.141) pertaining
to crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers be contained in the Flight Crew
Operating Manual (FCOM), Flight Attendant Operating Manual (FAOM), and
Aircraft Dispatcher Procedures Manual (ADPM).
The requirement for operating procedures and crewmember duties is
not new. However, a thorough and accurate compilation of the
information will improve safety of flight operations. It will also
result in better training program definition and development.
2. Integrate Subparts N, O, and P Into New Subparts BB and CC
Under the proposal, the current regulations governing drug and
alcohol testing and hazardous material training would remain in
subparts N and O. The crewmember qualification and training
requirements in subparts N and O would be moved into subpart BB of part
121 and the aircraft dispatcher qualification and training requirements
in subparts N and P would be moved into subpart CC of part 121. Other
changes include the addition of new appendices, Q, R, S, and T as QPS
appendices for pilots, flight engineers, flight attendants, and
aircraft dispatchers. The proposal also removes obsolete references to
flight navigators.
3. Require Baseline and Minimum Programmed Hours
This proposal prescribes programmed hour requirements for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers. Programmed hours are the required
academic and job performance training hours for categories of training.
The proposed programmed hours are contained in the applicable QPS. The
programmed hours consist of baseline and minimum hours for academic and
job performance training segments. The term baseline hours refers to
the starting point for determining the number of programmed
[[Page 1285]]
hours required for FAA approval. The FAA may allow a reduction from the
baseline hours in certain circumstances. However, the FAA will not
allow a reduction below the minimum number of hours prescribed in the
QPS appendices.
For example, in accordance with Table 1 of the Pilot QPS, the
baseline for transition academic training is 92 hours. The FAA may
allow a certificate holder to reduce the number of programmed hours if
the certificate holder demonstrates that circumstances justify a lesser
amount. However, the FAA will not approve a reduction below the minimum
hours stated in the Pilot QPS, which is 62 hours for transition
academic training. These proposed requirements would improve the
consistency of reductions to training hours.
The programmed hours do not include other required training, such
as training for hazardous materials and security. In addition, periods
of time when training is not occurring, such as lunch and travel
between facilities, do not count toward required programmed hours. The
proposed programmed hours give certificate holders flexibility in
developing training programs. The proposed programmed hours also ensure
that training programs have a sufficient number of hours for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers to gain and maintain proficiency.
Flight Crewmember Programmed Hours
Programmed hours consist of baseline and minimum hour requirements.
The FAA bases the proposed baseline and minimum program training hours
on national norms, FAA handbooks, traditional and AQP training
programs, and problems routinely encountered by a POI. The baseline
hours for flight training are not reducible. The baseline hours for
academic training could be reduced to the minimum hours if the
certificate holder applied for a reduction under proposed Sec.
121.1335(b). The Administrator would consider the factors outline in
proposed Sec. 121.1337(e) before granting a reduction in programmed
hours. These factors are:
The pass/fail rate in the curriculum.
The quality and effectiveness of the teaching-learning
process.
The experience levels of the students, instructors, and
check persons.
The certificate holder's type and scope of operations.
The complexity of make, model, and series of aircraft
used.
Current regulations prescribe minimum programmed hours for flight
training. However, under Sec. 121.409(c), the minimum programmed hours
do not apply if the training program includes a course of flight
crewmember training in an FSTD. Since one of the purposes of this rule
is to require all certificate holders to use FSTD in their job
performance training programs, the FAA proposes to delete the exception
in current Sec. 121.409(c). Under Sec. 121.1335 of this proposal, all
training programs are required to have the programmed hours specified
in the applicable QPS.
Flight Attendant Programmed Hours
Similar to flight crewmember programmed hours, flight attendant
programmed hours are also based on current regulatory and advisory
material. In Recommendation A-92-67, the NTSB stated the FAA should
establish procedures for reducing required hours of flight attendant
Recurrent training. Specifically, the NTSB recommended the procedures
be based on the following:
The number of types of aircraft for which flight
attendants are qualified.
The accuracy and effectiveness of training devices and
simulators.
The methods used to test and evaluate proficiency.
The FAA proposes to change the way it allocates flight attendant
programmed hours for Initial training for each aircraft type. The FAA
proposes to increase the number of baseline hours for Initial training
on the first aircraft type. Under the proposal, the FAA requires 12
hours of training on general subjects (such as CRM, passenger handling,
and theory of flight) and 12 hours of aircraft type specific training.
For each subsequent aircraft type, the FAA does not require the flight
attendant to repeat training on the general subjects.
The FAA also proposes a baseline of 24 hours for flight attendant
emergency training. These hours may not be reduced for flight
attendants qualified in overwater operations. For flight attendants not
qualified in overwater operations, the required hours may be reduced to
a minimum of 22 hours. This proposal codifies the national norms that
the FAA has included in FAA Order 8400.10 Air Transportation Operations
Inspector's Handbook (https://www.faa.gov/library/manuals/examiners_
inspectors/8400/), and is consistent with industry practice and NTSB
recommendations.
In addition, the FAA is proposing new programmed hours for
transition training. Transition training would allow a flight attendant
to qualify on an aircraft type if the flight attendant has been
qualified for at least 180 days and served in the previous 180 days on
an aircraft as a flight attendant for that certificate holder.
Under the proposal, the baseline programmed hours for transition
training are 12 hours to ensure adequate training for flight
attendants. The baseline may be reduced to a minimum of 8 hours.
Aircraft Dispatcher Programmed Hours
The proposed aircraft dispatcher regulations contain programmed
hour requirements similar to crewmember programmed hours, including
authorizations for reductions. For example, the Aircraft Dispatcher QPS
outlines a baseline programmed hour requirement of 8 hours for
supervised operating experience. These programmed hours may not be
reduced below the baseline.
4. Require Integration of Crew Resource Management (CRM) and Dispatcher
Resource Management (DRM)
CRM and DRM training is the incorporation of team management
concepts in flight operations. Resource management training focuses on
the interaction among flight crewmembers, flight attendants, aircraft
dispatchers, maintenance personnel, air traffic controllers, and
others. CRM and DRM activities include team building and maintenance,
information transfer, problem solving, decision making, maintaining
situational awareness, and using automated systems. This proposal
revises current CRM and DRM requirements by integrating CRM and DRM
proficiencies throughout the training and evaluation programs for
crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers. These proposed changes address
NTSB recommendations concerning CRM training (Recommendations A-88-71
and A-94-196).
The proposed requirements provide details about how certificate
holders must include CRM and DRM training in specific subject areas.
The QPS appendices describe specific CRM and DRM subject areas, such
as: Communication processes and decisions, workload management, and
situational awareness. The proposed Pilot and Flight Engineer QPS
appendices require CRM training and evaluation during recurrent LOFT
sessions and line checks. Training in these areas helps prevent errors
such as taxiing on a wrong runway, misinterpreting tower controller
information, and incompletely preparing for takeoff because of
interruptions. The Flight Attendant QPS incorporates CRM proficiencies
into performance drills. The Aircraft Dispatcher QPS requires that
certificate
[[Page 1286]]
holders evaluate DRM indicators throughout the entire Proficiency Test
or Check.
5. Add ``Special'' Training Category
When certain changes are made to the certificate holder's
operations or equipment, the certificate holder must make conforming
changes to its training program. For example, a certificate holder may
begin conducting Reduced Vertical Separation Minimums (RVSM) or
Extended Operations (ETOPs) and would need to amend its training
program to address these new operations. Another example is the
addition of equipment to aircraft (e.g., Automated External
Defibrillators). In these situations, it may be difficult to determine
when specific crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers have been trained.
To address this situation, some certificate holders have developed a
``Special'' training category. The modules for this ``Special''
training category are temporary and used by the certificate holder to
ensure that all crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers receive the new
training. The certificate holder integrates the module for this
``Special'' training into the existing training categories. The
proposed language has adopted this strategy by codifying a ``Special''
category of training.
6. Establish Phased Requalification
Flight Crewmembers
Proposed Sec. 121.1239 establishes Requalification requirements
for flight crewmembers who become unqualified by not meeting Recurrent
training requirements. The proposed changes clarify that an unqualified
person may not necessarily be required to repeat all of the Initial
training to regain qualification. Instead, the FAA has based the
Requalification requirements on the amount of time that has elapsed
since the person last served in the duty position in operations under
this part.
Proposed Sec. 121.1239(b) outlines three phases of
Requalification:
Phase I Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for less than 9 months.
Phase II Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for at least 9 months, but less than 27 months.
Phase III Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 27 months or more.
The specific tasks that the flight crewmember must complete for
requalification are outlined in the appropriate QPS.
Flight Attendants
Proposed Sec. 121.1309 establishes Requalification requirements
for flight attendants who become unqualified by not meeting Recurrent
training requirements. This rule is necessary because the current
regulations imply that an unqualified person must repeat all required
training. In some cases this is not necessary because a previously
qualified flight attendant retains some of the knowledge and skills
that he or she has learned. Thus, proposed Sec. 121.1309 establishes
that, to be requalified, the person must meet either the basic
qualification requirements (new hire, initial, transition, and
emergency training, and differences training, if necessary), or
requalification requirements based on the amount of time the person has
been unqualified.
Proposed Sec. 121.1309 outlines three phases of requalification:
Phase I Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for less than 12 months.
Phase II Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for at least 12 months, but not more than 24 months.
Phase III Requalification program--the person has been
unqualified for more than 24 months.
The specific tasks that the flight attendant is required to
complete for Requalification are outlined in the proposed Flight
Attendant QPS.
Dispatchers
Proposed Sec. 121.1419 contains aircraft dispatcher
requalification requirements that are similar to crewmember
requalification requirements.
Proposed Sec. 121.1419 outlines five phases of requalification:
Phase I Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for less than 6 months.
Phase II Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 6 months or more, but less than 12 months.
Phase III Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 12 months or more, but less than 24 months.
Phase IV Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 24 months or more, but less than 36 months.
Phase V Requalification--the person has been unqualified
for 36 months or more.
The specific tasks that the dispatcher must accomplish for
requalification are outlined in the appropriate QPS.
7. Establish Provisions for Initial Cadre
A start-up part 119 certificate holder or an existing certificate
holder starting-up operations using a new aircraft type is not able to
meet all of the requirements for check pilots, check flight engineers,
and check flight attendants. Those certificate holders lack qualified
personnel to fill these duty positions. The FAA has over 40 years of
experience authorizing check persons as the initial cadre. The existing
practice has served the safety goals of the FAA for the following
reasons: (1) The FAA requires highly qualified and recently experienced
personnel to participate in the initial cadre; (2) the FAA directly
oversees the evaluation and observation of the initial cadre; and (3)
the FAA limits the duration of the initial cadre to a period not to
exceed 24 months. Proposed Sec. 121.1257 codifies a long-standing FAA
policy to allow initial cadre personnel to serve as check pilots or
check flight engineers during the period of initial cadre status.
Proposed Sec. Sec. 121.1425 and 121.1323 for check dispatchers and
check flight attendants are similar to proposed Sec. 121.1257 for
initial cadre check pilots and check flight engineers. These sections
codify requirements for qualifying an initial cadre of check persons.
Most of the proposed requirements are based on current industry
practice and FAA policy.
8. Continuous Analysis Process
The proposal adds a continuous analysis process for crewmember and
aircraft dispatcher training programs. These new requirements are
similar to the existing Sec. 121.373, which addresses continuing
analysis and surveillance for maintenance programs. The proposal
requires certificate holders to establish procedures for validating and
maintaining the effectiveness of the continuous analysis process and
the training program. Additionally, it requires certificate holders to
analyze crewmember and aircraft dispatcher evaluations to identify
areas that need to be addressed and training program improvements that
need to be made. The continuous analysis process ensures that
certificate holders identify and correct deficiencies in their training
programs. The proposal also establishes a notification and appeal
process that ensures the FAA approves any changes to the training
program, consistent with the approval and amendment process.
[[Page 1287]]
B. Major Changes Affecting Flight Crewmembers
1. Require the Use of FSTD for Job Performance Training and Evaluation
Current appendix H of part 121 permits certificate holders to use
simulators for varying amounts of the training, testing, and checking
required by the FAA. Appendix H is a voluntary alternative to training
and checking in the airplane. The only required use of an FSTD in the
current regulations is the windshear requirements in Sec. 121.409(d).
The proposal requires that all creditable pilot and flight engineer
training and evaluation be completed in a qualified FSTD approved by
the POI for those tasks specified in the applicable QPS. Using FSTD,
rather than airplanes, allows for more in-depth training in a safer
environment, including the practice of critical emergency procedures.
FSTD also provide benefits such as reducing noise, air pollution, and
air traffic congestion, and conserving petroleum resources. This
proposal addresses concerns raised by NTSB Recommendations A-94-191
through 194, which stated that part 121 flight training and checking
should be required in FSTD wherever possible.
The FAA recognizes that in a few cases, certificate holders
initially may not be able to comply with the requirements to use FSTD
for all of their job performance training and evaluation. Accordingly,
the proposed rule includes provisions for requesting a deviation in
Sec. 121.1345(b) through (e). Proposed paragraph (b) describes the
limited circumstances when a certificate holder may receive a deviation
from the requirement in paragraph (a). Proposed paragraph (c) requires
a person requesting a deviation to demonstrate to the FAA why the
circumstances warrant a deviation from the requirement to use a
qualified FSTD. The FAA does not intend that the deviation provide a
loophole for certificate holders who want to continue training and
evaluating in aircraft. Rather, the deviation is designed to
accommodate those certificate holders who use aircraft for which there
are no FSTD available (e.g., DC-6) or, for extraordinary reasons, do
not have access to an FSTD for the aircraft type they operate.
2. Train and Evaluate Flight Crewmembers in a Full Crew Environment.
The existing recurrent qualification and training requirements for
a PIC and SIC differ in several respects. Current regulations require
different tasks and events for PIC and SIC, and the training is
separate. For example, PIC receive more training tasks and more
frequent proficiency checks than SIC. In addition, PIC train on a 6-
month basis, and SIC train on a 12-month basis. The disparity between
the training requirements for PIC and SIC is not consistent with actual
line operations. During actual operations, pilots must work as a flight
crew unit. Typically, today's flight operations involve PIC and SIC
performing both pilot flying and monitoring duties.
The proposed rule eliminates the differences in training for PIC
and SIC. The training cycles for PIC and SIC are no longer separate.
Under the proposal, PIC and SIC are required to complete Recurrent
training on a 9-month basis. The requirement is such that each must
complete all of the academic subjects and all of the job performance
tasks listed in the applicable QPS where each subject, task, or
environment may be required once each 9-month period; once each 18-
month period, or once each 36-month period. Proposed Sec. 121.1333 and
the QPS require the same tasks and events for PIC and SIC. Both PIC and
SIC must demonstrate proficiency in the flying and monitoring duties
associated with the prescribed tasks and events. The QPS also requires
the same number of programmed hours for PIC and SIC training. For
example, there are 24 programmed hours for transition flight training.
During that 24 hours of training, both the PIC and the SIC must
demonstrate proficiency in flying and monitoring duties. The proposed
changes facilitate training flight crewmembers in a complete crewmember
environment.
In addition to leveling the requirements regarding tasks and task
performance between PIC and SIC, this proposal provides additional
advantages. The change in frequency of training exposure provides an
increase in the actual training exposure for both PIC and SIC over an
equal time period. Additionally, while this proposal reduces the
frequency with which PIC return for training, it increases the
frequency with which SIC return for training. The FAA anticipates a
reduction in previous piloting experience for pilots entering the air
carrier industry in the near future; almost all of these new pilots
will start their air carrier service as SIC. This proposal would
provide these new, lesser experienced, pilots with more training at
each training event and provide those training events more frequently
than under today's regulations.
In addition to integrating the training for PIC and SIC, the
proposal will also integrate the training for flight engineers with the
training for PIC and SIC, when applicable. Proficiency tests,
proficiency checks, proficiency reviews, LOFT, and FSTD Course of
Instruction require all flight crewmember duty positions to be occupied
by a person who is qualified to serve in that crewmember duty position
(including a qualified crewmember, instructor, check pilot, and aircrew
program designee (APD)), or is in student status learning to serve in
that crewmember duty position.
3. Require Special Hazards Training
In 1996, the NTSB recommended the FAA require training to better
prepare flight crewmembers to respond to sudden or unexpected aircraft
upsets (Recommendation A-96-120). Also, the NTSB recommended the FAA
develop CFIT training requirements for all pilots operating under part
121.
The QPS includes special hazard academic training subjects such as
CFIT and Ground Proximity Escape maneuvers, upset and loss of control,
and runway incursions. In addition to academic training in special
hazards, the FAA is proposing to include job performance training
during Initial, Conversion, Transition, Upgrade, Requalification, and
Recurrent training. For pilots, this training includes inflight
maneuvers in upset and disturbance recovery, low altitude windshear
avoidance and escape, and ground proximity warning system (GPWS) and
terrain awareness warning system (TAWS) alert recognition and escape
maneuvers.
4. Require Recurrent LOFT
LOFT is training in an FSTD with a complete flight crew. LOFT uses
representative flight segments containing standard operating
procedures, abnormal procedures, non-normal procedures, and emergency
procedures expected in line operations. LOFT used in Recurrent training
is called ``recurrent LOFT.'' LOFT used to qualify for line operations
is called ``qualification LOFT.''
Proposed Sec. 121.1353 includes the general requirements for
conducting LOFT. The proposed requirements are more specific than the
current regulations and codify existing advisory material (AC 120-35C,
Line Operational Simulations: Line Oriented Flight Training, Special
Purpose Operational Training, Line Operational Evaluation). A LOFT is
conducted as a line operation and allows for no interruption by the
instructor during the session except for a non-disruptive acceleration
of uneventful en route segments. Interruptions are not allowed in LOFT
[[Page 1288]]
sessions because they disrupt the flow and undermine the realistic
nature of line operations.
The proposal requires 4 hours of training in an FSTD, plus a
briefing and debriefing. In addition, each duty position must be filled
by a person who is qualified or in student status to serve in that
position. This proposed requirement is needed because the training
value of LOFT is diminished when inappropriate crew substitutions are
made, such as using an SIC to substitute for a PIC. The certificate
holder selects the tasks to be performed from the list provided in the
applicable QPS, and the FAA approves the selected tasks. In this way,
the FAA is certain the selected tasks are appropriate for the
certificate holder's operations.
Under proposed Sec. 121.1353, any person serving in a flight
crewmember position during a LOFT who does not perform satisfactorily
may not serve as a required crewmember or operate under part 121
without receiving additional training to correct the deficiencies. This
is common industry practice and consistent with FAA advisory material.
The certificate holder must schedule a separate training session to
correct the deficiencies. This additional training ensures that the
substandard performance is corrected before the person performs line
operations.
5. Reduce the Frequency of Performance Drills Using Emergency Equipment
and Procedures
The current rule requires all crewmembers to have recurrent
emergency ``hands on'' performance drill training on the use of
portable emergency equipment (e.g., fire extinguishers, protective
breathing equipment, portable oxygen equipment, flotation equipment)
and aircraft exits every 24 months. This proposal adjusts the frequency
of flight crewmember ``hands on'' training from 24 months to 36 months.
This matches the newly adjusted frequency for flight crewmember
Recurrent training. It also addresses FAA guidance recommending that
flight crewmembers land the aircraft as quickly as possible to minimize
the effect of an on-board fire, and that flight crewmembers remain on
the flight deck, consistent with the post-9/11 security procedures. In
addition, current policy places increased responsibility on the flight
attendant to respond to emergency situations in the aircraft cabin.
While this proposal decreases the frequency of hands on drills for
flight crewmembers, it increases the frequency of hands on drills for
flight attendants. Although the FAA is proposing to reduce the
frequency for flight crewmember emergency ``hands on'' drills, we are
also proposing to add an unannunciated fire (fire in the aircraft
cabin) drill to flight training.
C. Major Changes Affecting Flight Attendants
The proposed rule and associated Flight Attendant QPS appendix
would revise flight attendant requirements in several areas to address
NTSB recommendations and to enhance flight attendant training and
evaluation.
1. Establish Qualification and Training Requirements for Check Flight
Attendants, Flight Attendant Instructors, and Evaluators
Check Flight Attendants
The proposed rule includes eligibility, approval, qualification,
and continuing qualification requirements for check flight attendants.
These proposed requirements provide regulatory standards for initially
qualifying a flight attendant to serve as a check flight attendant as
well as continuing qualification for that flight attendant. The
requirements ensure that check flight attendants are familiar with the
certificate holder's operations as well as the aircraft type on which
they will be conducting operating experience, that they are line-
qualified for the certificate holder before evaluating other flight
attendants, and that they are qualified to evaluate flight attendants
who are completing operating experience. The FAA is proposing to add
these requirements to ensure that effective and qualified evaluators
conduct the evaluation of the person completing operating experience.
Flight Attendant Instructors
The proposed rule requires each flight attendant instructor to
complete basic qualification or Recurrent training requirements, as
appropriate, for the certificate holder. The FAA recognizes that a
flight attendant instructor may not be physically able to perform
certain performance drills due to injury, pregnancy, or disability.
Therefore, the FAA also proposes to allow those individuals to complete
the required training to qualify as a flight attendant instructor, with
the exception of those performance drills the person cannot physically
perform. However, the FAA only allows flight attendant instructors to
teach performance drills that they are able to demonstrate at the time
of instruction. In addition, the flight attendant instructors must have
performed the drills within the past 12 months as part of their basic
qualification or Recurrent flight attendant training. This requirement
provides certificate holders with flight attendant instructor staffing
flexibility, while ensuring that flight attendant training is delivered
by knowledgeable instructors who have completed the FAA approved flight
attendant training program for that certificate holder. The FAA based
the proposed rule on current effective industry practices.
Persons Authorized To Administer Flight Attendant Proficiency Tests
The FAA is proposing new requirements to ensure that an individual
who evaluates flight attendant proficiency tests is approved by the
Administrator and has appropriate training to administer the test. This
ensures that effective and qualified evaluators administer the
proficiency tests. The FAA based these requirements on current
effective industry practice regarding qualification of instructors and
evaluators in flight attendant training programs.
2. Require Operating Experience by Aircraft Type Specific to the
Certificate Holder
The proposed rule increases the requirements for flight attendants
to complete operating experience on each aircraft type operated by the
certificate holder prior to becoming qualified on that aircraft type.
The proposed rule requires flight attendants to gain aircraft operating
experience after completion of Initial training for each aircraft type.
This is different from the current rule which only requires a flight
attendant to complete operating experience on one aircraft type (Group
I or Group II, as applicable) in part 121 operations during the flight
attendant's career. The proposal ensures that a flight attendant
qualified on a large number of different aircraft types has more
extensive training on each aircraft type than under the current rules.
The proposed rule also requires that a person receive operating
experience on each aircraft type for each certificate holder for whom
the person is employed. This requirement is necessary because flight
attendant procedures can differ significantly between certificate
holders, even for the same aircraft type.
The proposed rule also gives certificate holders more flexibility
than the current rule regarding the instructional design of basic
qualification curricula. For example, under the current rule, a person
must complete all Basic Qualification training before beginning
operating experience. However, under the proposed rule, a person must
only complete new hire
[[Page 1289]]
and Initial training on the aircraft type prior to beginning aircraft
operating experience on that aircraft type. This approach allows
certificate holders to incorporate the increased operating experience
requirements into their training programs more efficiently.
The proposed rule also requires flight attendants to complete
aircraft operatin